GPON _ OLT Series Product User Manual

1U4P/1U8P/1U16P

---Command Line
Operation Manual
Version : V2.0
 Content
1. READ INSTRUCTIONS ...................................................................................................................... 1

COMMAND LINE CONVENTIONS .................................................................................................................... 1

KEYBOARD OPERATING CONVENTIONS ............................................................................................................ 1
NOTATION CONVENTION ............................................................................................................................. 1
NOUN CONVENTION .................................................................................................................................. 2
PRECAUTIONS ........................................................................................................................................... 2

2. COMMAND LINE INTERFACE VIEW ................................................................................................. 3

2.1. COMMAND LINE VIEW OVERVIEW ........................................................................................................ 4

2.1.1. Enter Enable view ................................................................................................................... 5
2.1.2.Enter the Config view .............................................................................................................. 5
2.1.3.Enter the Interface view .......................................................................................................... 5
2.1.4.Enter ACL view ........................................................................................................................ 6
2.1.5.Enter Multicast-vlan view........................................................................................................ 6
2.1.6.Exit to exit any view ................................................................................................................ 7

3. EQUIPMENT UPGRADE ................................................................................................................... 7

3.1. UPGRADE OLT SOFTWARE .................................................................................................................... 7

3.1.1. FTP server upgrade ................................................................................................................. 7
3.1.2. TFTP server upgrade ............................................................................................................... 8
3.2. O LT AUTOMATIC UPGRADE .................................................................................................................. 9
3.2.1. Transfer the upgrade file of the OLT to the OLT ..................................................................... 9
3.2.2. View the upgrade file of OLT .................................................................................................. 9
3.2.3. Delete the upgrade file of OLT.............................................................................................. 10
3.2.4. Configure automatic upgrade time ...................................................................................... 10
3.2.5. Delete the OLT automatic upgrade configuration file .......................................................... 10
3.2.6. View OLT automatic upgrade configuration file information ............................................... 11
3.2.7. Enabling and disabling the automatic upgrade function of OLT .......................................... 11
3.3. SHOW HARDWARE VERSION INFORMATION OF THE OLT ............................................................................ 12
3.4. VIEW THE CURRENT LOADING, COPYING, AND BACKUP PROGRESS OF THE OLT............................................... 12

4. DEVICE MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................................ 13

4.1. RESTART THE OLT ............................................................................................................................. 13

4.2. INITIALIZE THE OLT ........................................................................................................................... 13
4.3. CONFIGURING THE OUT-OF-BAND MANAGEMENT IP OF THE OLT ............................................................... 14
4.4. CONFIGURE THE IN-BAND VLANIF VIRTUAL INTERFACE OF THE OLT .............................................................. 14
4.5. VIEW OUT-OF-BAND MANAGEMENT INTERFACES ................................................................................... 15
4.6. VIEW OLT DEVICE INFORMATION ......................................................................................................... 15
4.7. CONFIGURE USER LOGIN TIMEOUT........................................................................................................ 16
4.8. VIEW USER EXECUTION TIMEOUT ......................................................................................................... 16
4.9. EXIT THE CURRENT SYSTEM ................................................................................................................. 17
4.10. EXIT TO VIEW VIEW ......................................................................................................................... 17
 4.11. CONFIGURE THE IP ADDRESS OF THE DNS SERVER ................................................................................. 17
4.12. DELETE THE IP ADDRESS OF THE DNS SERVER....................................................................................... 18
4.13. VIEW THE IP ADDRESS OF THE DNS SERVER ......................................................................................... 18
4.14. VIEW LICENSE FILE INFORMATION .................................................................................................... 19
4.15. USER FILE DELETION ........................................................................................................................ 19
4.16. FILE DELETION ................................................................................................................................ 20
4.17. CONFIGURE THE OLT SYSTEM NAME ................................................................................................... 20
4.18. DEVICE DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION .................................................................................................... 20
4.18.1. Ping Diagnostic Commands ................................................................................................ 20
4.18.2. Traceroute Diagnostic Commands...................................................................................... 21

5. CONDITION MONITORING ............................................................................................................ 22

5.1. CHECK THE WORKING STATUS OF THE OLT COOLING FAN ........................................................................... 22
5.2. VIEW THE REAL-TIME OPERATING TEMPERATURE OF THE OLT .................................................................... 22
5.3. VIEW THE MEMORY USAGE OF THE OLT ................................................................................................ 23
5.4. TIME TO CONFIGURE THE OLT ............................................................................................................. 23
5.5. CHECK THE TIME OF THE OLT .............................................................................................................. 23
5.6. CONFIGURING TEMPERATURE THRESHOLDS FOR THE OLT SYSTEM.............................................................. 24
5.7. VIEW TEMPERATURE THRESHOLDS FOR OLT SYSTEMS ............................................................................... 24
5.8. VIEW THE START-UP TIME AND OPERATING HOURS OF THE OLT .................................................................. 25
5.9. CONFIGURING A NETWORK TIME (NTP) SERVER .................................................................................... 25
5.10. DELETE NETWORK TIME (NTP) SERVER .............................................................................................. 25
5.11. CONFIGURE THE MAXIMUM RECORDED VALUE OF PERFORMANCE STATISTICS ............................................... 26
5.12. VIEW SESSION INFORMATION FOR NETWORK TIME (NTP) SERVERS .......................................................... 26
5.13. CONFIGURE THE OLT SYSTEM TIME ZONE ............................................................................................ 27
5.14. VIEW THE CURRENT TIME ZONE OF THE OLT SYSTEM .............................................................................. 27
5.15. VIEW THE SPECIFIED MAC ADDRESS INFORMATION ................................................................................ 28
5.16. VIEW OLT STATIC MAC ADDRESS....................................................................................................... 28
5.17. VIEW OLT CPU USAGE .................................................................................................................... 29
5.18. VIEW OLT POWER STATUS ...................................................................................................... 30
5.19. VIEW THE HISTORY INFORMATION OF THE MOST RECENTLY ENTERED COMMANDS OF THE OLT
............................................................................................................................................................ 30

6. CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................. 31

6.1. BACK UP THE OLT CONFIGURATION ...................................................................................................... 31

6.1.1. FTP server backup configuration .......................................................................................... 31
6.1.2. TFTP server backup configuration ........................................................................................ 31
6.2. RESTORING THE OLT CONFIGURATION................................................................................................... 32
6.2.1. FTP server restore configuration .......................................................................................... 32
6.2.2. TFTP server restore configuration ........................................................................................ 33
6.3. RELATED CONFIGURATION OF PERIODIC BACKUP FUNCTION........................................................................ 33
6.3.1. Enabling and disabling the automatic periodic backup function ......................................... 33
6.3.2. Set automatic backup cycle and backup time ...................................................................... 34
6.3.3. Function configuration of automatically backing up information to a server with a specified
address ........................................................................................................................................... 34
 6.4. VIEW THE CURRENT REAL-TIME CONFIGURATION OF THE OLT .................................................................... 35
6.5. SAVE THE CURRENT CONFIGURATION OF THE OLT .................................................................................... 35
6.6. DELETE THE OLT CONFIGURATION SAVE FILE ........................................................................................... 36
6.7. VIEW OLT CONFIGURATION SAVE FILE ................................................................................................... 37
6.8. ENABLE/DISABLE AUTOMATIC SAVING OF CONFIGURATION PERIOD .............................................................. 37
6.9. CONFIGURE THE TIME INTERVAL FOR PERIODIC AUTO-SAVE ........................................................................ 38
6.10. TURN ON/OFF THE AUTOMATIC CYCLE SAVING CONFIGURATION FUNCTION AT A SPECIFIC TIME ........................ 38
6.11. AUTOMATICALLY SAVE CONFIGURATION AT SPECIFIC TIME ........................................................................ 38

7. USER MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................................... 39

7.1. ADD NEW USER AND USER PASSWORD................................................................................................... 39

7.2. DELETE USERS .................................................................................................................................. 39
7.3. MODIFY USER PASSWORD ................................................................................................................... 40
7.4. VIEW ALL CREATED USERS OF OLT ........................................................................................................ 40
7.5. VIEW LOGGED IN USER INFORMATION ................................................................................................... 41
7.6. THE TELNET LOGIN USER OFFLINE.......................................................................................................... 41

8. SNMP CONFIGURATION ............................................................................................................... 42

8.1. ENABLING AND DISABLING THE SNMP FUNCTION ................................................................................... 42

8.2. VIEW SNMP AGENT FUNCTION STATUS................................................................................................. 42
8.3. CONFIGURE THE NAME OF THE SNMP READ COMMUNITY ........................................................................ 42
8.4. VIEW SNMP AGENT READ COMMUNITY .............................................................................................. 43
8.5. CONFIGURE THE NAME OF THE SNMP WRITE COMMUNITY ....................................................................... 43
8.6. VIEW SNMP AGENT WRITE COMMUNITY............................................................................................. 44
8.7. CONFIGURING SNMP AGENTS WITH AUTHENTICATION FOR SECURITY MODE-BASED GROUPS ........................ 44
8.8. CONFIGURING SNMP AGENTS WITHOUT AUTHENTICATION FOR SECURITY MODE BASED GROUPS ................... 45
8.9. CONFIGURING SNMP AGENT HIDDEN SECURITY MODE BASED GROUPS..................................................... 46
8.10. CONFIGURING SNMP AGENT SYSTEM DESCRIPTION INFORMATION ......................................................... 46
8.11. CONFIGURING SNMP AGENT SYSTEM LOCATION INFORMATION.............................................................. 47
8.12. CONFIGURING SNMP AGENT SYSTEM CONTACT INFORMATION............................................................... 47
8.13. CONFIGURING SNMP AGENT SYSTEM NAME INFORMATION .................................................................. 47
8.14. VIEW INFORMATION ABOUT THE SNMP AGENT SYSTEM ......................................................................... 48
8.15. CONFIGURE THE IP ADDRESS FOR THE SNMP AGENT TO RECEIVE ALARMS.................................................. 48
8.16. VIEW THE INFORMATION OF THE SNMP AGENT ALARM RECEIVING ADDRESS .............................................. 49
8.17. CONFIGURE THE ENTITY ACCESS USER, AUTHENTICATION MODE AND PASSWORD OF THE SNMP AGENT............ 49
8.18. VIEW SNMP AGENT ENTITY ACCESS USERS ........................................................................................ 50

9. VLAN ............................................................................................................................................ 51

9.1. BASIC CONFIGURATION OF VLAN ........................................................................................................ 51

9.1.1. Create VLAN ......................................................................................................................... 51
9.1.2. delete VLAN .......................................................................................................................... 52
9.1.3. Configure VLAN name .......................................................................................................... 52
9.1.4. delete VLAN name ................................................................................................................ 53
9.1.5. View VLAN information ........................................................................................................ 53
9.1.6. View vlan conversion list information .................................................................................. 55
 9.2. VLAN POLICY .................................................................................................................................. 55
9.2.1. VLAN based on MAC address ............................................................................................... 56
9.2.2. View MAC-VLAN entries ....................................................................................................... 56
9.2.3. Delete MAC-VLAN entry ....................................................................................................... 57
9.2.4. VLAN based on IP address .................................................................................................... 57
9.2.5. View IP-Subnet-VLAN entries ............................................................................................... 58
9.2.6. Delete IP-Subnet-VLAN entry ............................................................................................... 58
9.2.7. VLAN based on protocol ....................................................................................................... 59
9.2.8. View Protocol-VLAN entries ................................................................................................. 60
9.2.9. Delete the Protocol-VLAN entry ........................................................................................... 60
9.3. VLAN SERVICE ISOLATION .................................................................................................................. 60
9.4. VLAN-BASED SERVICE USER-BRIDGE CONFIGURATION .............................................................................. 61
9.4.1. Port-based service user-bridge configuration ...................................................................... 61

10. IPV4............................................................................................................................................ 62

10.1. CREATE AND DELETE VLANIF INTERFACES .............................................................................................. 62

10.2. CONFIGURE OLT VLANIF INTERFACE DESCRIPTION.................................................................................. 62
10.3. CONFIGURE THE IP ADDRESS OF THE OLT VLANIF INTERFACE, LOOPBACK PORT, AND NETWORK MANAGEMENT
PORT ..................................................................................................................................................... 63
10.4. VIEW OLT VLANIF INTERFACE INFORMATION ........................................................................................ 63

11. IPV6............................................................................................................................................ 64

11.1. IPV6 CONFIGURATION ............................................................................................................... 64

11.1.1. Enabling and disabling IPv6............................................................................................... 64
11.1.2. Configure the IPv6 address of the vlanif interface, loopback interface, and network
management interface .................................................................................................................. 65
11.1.3. Configure the link-local address of the vlanif interface, loopback port, and network
management port .......................................................................................................................... 65
11.1.4. View IPv6-related interface information .......................................................................... 66
11.2. NDP CONFIGURATION .............................................................................................................. 67
11.2.1. Configure and remove NDP ............................................................................................... 67
11.2.2. Clear dynamic NDP entries ................................................................................................ 68
11.2.3. View NDP entries ............................................................................................................... 68
11.2.4. Configure NDP aging time ................................................................................................. 69
11.2.5. View NDP history information .......................................................................................... 70
11.3. IPV6 ROUTING........................................................................................................................... 70
11.3.1. Ping command ................................................................................................................... 70
11.3.2. Configure static routes ...................................................................................................... 71
11.3.3. View routing information .................................................................................................. 72
11.3.4. View routing information by routing type ........................................................................ 73

12. ARP CONFIGURATION ................................................................................................................. 73

12.1. FUNCTION CONFIGURATION OF OLT ARP ............................................................................................ 73

12.1.1. Clear dynamic ARP entries ................................................................................................. 73
12.1.2. Configuring and Deleting Static ARP for OLT ...................................................................... 74
 12.1.3. View ARP entries ................................................................................................................ 75
12.1.4. Configuring the OLT ARP Aging Time .................................................................................. 76
12.1.5. Check the OLT ARP aging time............................................................................................ 76
12.1.6. Configuring ARP MAC Address Change Checking ............................................................... 76
12.1.7. Configuring the fast update function of ARP ...................................................................... 77
12.1.8. Configuring the Learning Function of Gratuitous ARP ....................................................... 77
12.1.9. Configuring the gratuitous ARP periodic sending function ................................................ 78
12.1.10. Configuring ARP Learning Restrictions on an Interface .................................................... 78
12.1.11. View OLT ARP configuration information ......................................................................... 79
12.1.12. Configuring the proxy function of ARP on an interface .................................................... 79
12.1.13. Check the proxy function of interface ARP ....................................................................... 80
12.2. OLT ARP DETECTION FUNCTION CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 81
12.2.1. Configuring ARP Inspection ................................................................................................ 81
12.2.2. Configuring Trusted Ports for ARP Inspection .................................................................... 81
12.2.3. Cancel the trusted port for ARP inspection ........................................................................ 81
12.2.4. Enable ARP inspection statistics ......................................................................................... 82
12.2.5. Querying the Configuration of the ARP Inspection Function ............................................. 82
12.2.6. Querying ARP Inspection Statistics ..................................................................................... 83
12.2.7. Clear ARP inspection statistics ........................................................................................... 84

13. OLT UPLINK PORT CONFIGURATION ........................................................................................... 84

13.1. UPLINK PORT PROPERTY CONFIGURATION ............................................................................................ 84

13.1.1. Disable uplink port ............................................................................................................. 84
13.1.2. Enable uplink port .............................................................................................................. 85
13.1.3. Configure the name of the uplink port............................................................................... 85
13.1.4. Restore the name of the uplink port to the default value .................................................. 86
13.1.5. Configuring the auto-negotiation function of the uplink electrical port ............................ 86
13.1.6. Configure the duplex mode of the uplink electrical port ................................................... 87
13.1.7. Configure the speed of the uplink electrical port .............................................................. 88
13.1.8. Configure the maximum frame length transmitted by the uplink port .............................. 88
13.1.9. Restore the default value of the maximum frame length for uplink port transmission ..... 89
13.2. CONFIGURING THE FLOW CONTROL FUNCTION OF THE UPLINK PORT .......................................................... 89
13.3. CONFIGURING THE MAC ADDRESS LEARNING FUNCTION OF THE UPLINK PORT ............................................. 89
13.4. UPLINK PORT MIRRORING FUNCTION .................................................................................................. 90
13.4.1. Configuring uplink port mirroring ...................................................................................... 90
13.4.2. Remove the mirroring function configuration of the uplink port ...................................... 91
13.4.3. View the configuration information of the mirroring function of the uplink port ............. 91
13.5. UPLINK PORT PERFORMANCE STATISTICS .............................................................................................. 92
13.5.1. Configuring the Threshold for Uplink Port Performance Statistics ..................................... 92
13.5.2. Viewing the configuration information of the performance statistics threshold of the
uplink port ...................................................................................................................................... 93
13.5.3. Clearing Uplink Port Performance Statistics ....................................................................... 94
13.5.4. Configure the performance statistics function with an interval of 15 minutes for the uplink
port................................................................................................................................................. 94
13.5.5. Configure the performance statistics function of the uplink port interval of 24 hours ..... 95
 13.5.6. View the current 15-minute performance statistics of the uplink port ............................. 95
13.5.7. View the current 24-hour performance statistics of the uplink port ................................. 96
13.5.8. View the performance statistics of the uplink port in the past 15 minutes ....................... 98
13.5.9. View the performance statistics of the uplink port in the past 24 hours ........................... 99
13.6. UPLINK PORT TRAFFIC SUPPRESSION FUNCTION ..................................................................................... 99
13.6.1. Configuring the Broadcast Storm Suppression Function on the Uplink Port ..................... 99
13.6.2. Configuring Unknown Multicast Storm Suppression on Uplink Ports .............................. 100
13.6.3. Configuring Unknown Unicast Storm Suppression on Uplink Ports ................................. 101
13.7. UPLINK PORT SPEED LIMIT FUNCTION ................................................................................................ 101
13.7.1. Configure the uplink and downlink speed limit function of the uplink port .................... 101
13.7.2. Remove the uplink and downlink speed limit function of the uplink port ....................... 102
13.7.3. Configure the bandwidth of the uplink and downlink rate limiting function of the uplink
port............................................................................................................................................... 103
13.7.4. Configure the upstream and downstream burst traffic size of the uplink port ................ 103
13.7.5. View the upstream and downstream speed limit configuration information of the uplink
port............................................................................................................................................... 104
13.8. UPLINK PORT ISOLATION FUNCTION .................................................................................................. 104
13.8.1. Configuring port isolation for uplink ports ....................................................................... 104
13.8.2. Viewing OLT Port Isolation Configuration Information ..................................................... 105
13.9. UPLINK PORT RAPID SPANNING TREE CONFIGURATION .......................................................................... 105
13.9.1. Cost of configuring rapid spanning tree for uplink ports ................................................. 105
13.9.2. Configuring Rapid Spanning Tree Edge Ports for Uplink Ports ......................................... 106
13.9.3. Configuring the point-to-point link connection function of rapid spanning tree on uplink
ports ............................................................................................................................................. 106
13.9.4. Configure the priority of the rapid spanning tree of the uplink port ............................... 107
13.10. UPLINK PORT VLAN CONFIGURATION ............................................................................................. 108
13.10.1. Configure the VLAN mode of the uplink port ................................................................. 108
13.10.2. Configuring the Native VLAN of the Uplink Port ............................................................ 109
13.10.3. Configure the priority of the native VLAN of the uplink port ......................................... 109
13.10.4. Enable or disable the native-vlan of the uplink port ...................................................... 110
13.10.5. Configuring the Access VLAN of the Uplink Port ............................................................ 110
13.10.6. Configuring the Hybrid VLAN of the Uplink Port ............................................................ 110
13.10.7. Delete the Hybrid VLAN of the uplink port .................................................................... 111
13.10.8. Configure the Trunk VLAN of the uplink port ................................................................. 112
13.10.9. Delete the trunk VLAN of the uplink port ...................................................................... 112
13.10.10. Configure the Translate VLAN of the uplink port ......................................................... 113
13.10.11. Delete the Translate VLAN of the uplink port............................................................... 113
13.10.12. Configure the protocol VLAN of the GE uplink port ..................................................... 114
13.11. VIEW UPLINK PORT INFORMATION .................................................................................................. 114
13.11.1. View the attributes and status information of the uplink port ...................................... 114
13.11.2. View the VLAN information of the uplink port ............................................................... 116
13.11.3. Check the optical power information of the OLT uplink optical port ............................. 116

14. OLT PON PORT CONFIGURATION .............................................................................................. 117

14.1. PON PORT PROPERTY CONFIGURATION ............................................................................................. 117

 14.1.1. Disable PON port .............................................................................................................. 117
14.1.2. Enable PON port ............................................................................................................... 117
14.1.3. Configure the name of the PON port ............................................................................... 118
14.1.4. Restore the name of the PON port to the default value .................................................. 118
14.1.5. Configure the maximum frame length transmitted by the PON port .............................. 119
14.1.6. Restore the default value of the maximum frame length for PON port transmission ..... 119
14.2. DETECT ONU LONG LIGHT FUNCTION ............................................................................................... 120
14.2.1. Configure the automatic detection ONU long light function of the PON port ................. 120
14.2.2. Manually configure the ONU long light-emitting function of the PON port .................... 121
14.2.3. View the automatic detection ONU long light function information of all PON ports ..... 121
14.3. ONU AUTOMATIC ISOLATION FUNCTION ............................................................................................ 122
14.3.1. Configuring the ONU automatic isolation function under the PON port ......................... 122
14.3.2. Check the status of the ONU automatic isolation function under the PON port ............. 123
14.4. CONFIGURING THE FLOW CONTROL FUNCTION OF THE PON PORT .......................................................... 123
14.5. PON PORT MIRRORING FUNCTION ................................................................................................... 124
14.5.1. Configuringpon port mirroring ......................................................................................... 124
14.5.2. Remove PON port mirroring function configuration ........................................................ 125
14.5.3. View the configuration information of the mirroring function of the PON port .............. 125
14.6. OLT PON PORT VLAN CONFIGURATION ........................................................................................... 126
14.6.1. Enable or disable the native VLAN of the PON port .................................................... 126
14.6.2. Configuring the Native VLAN of the PON Port ................................................................. 126
14.6.3. Configure the Trunk VLAN of the PON port...................................................................... 127
14.6.4. View the VLAN information of the PON port ................................................................... 127
14.7. PON PORT PERFORMANCE STATISTICS ............................................................................................... 128
14.7.1. Configure the performance statistics function with a PON port interval of 15 minutes .. 128
14.7.2. Configure the performance statistics function with a PON port interval of 24 hours ...... 128
14.7.3. Configuring the Threshold for PON Port Performance Statistics ...................................... 129
14.7.4. Clear PON port performance statistics ............................................................................. 130
14.7.5. View the current 15-minute performance statistics of the PON port .............................. 131
14.7.6. View the current 24-hour performance statistics of the PON port .................................. 132
14.7.7. View the performance statistics of the PON port in the past 15 minutes ........................ 133
14.7.8. View the performance statistics of the PON port in the past 24 hours............................ 134
14.7.9. View the performance statistics threshold configuration information of the PON port .. 135
14.7.10. View the pon-mac traffic statistics under the PON port ................................................ 135
14.7.11. Reset the pon-mac traffic statistics under the PON port ............................................... 137
14.8. PON PORT TRAFFIC SUPPRESSION FUNCTION...................................................................................... 137
14.8.1. Configuring Broadcast Storm Suppression on a PON Port ............................................... 137
14.8.2. Configuring Unknown Multicast Storm Suppression on a PON Port ................................ 138
14.8.3. Configuring Unknown Unicast Storm Suppression on a PON Port ................................... 138
14.9. PON PORT SPEED LIMIT FUNCTION ................................................................................................... 139
14.9.1. Configure the upstream and downstream speed limit function of the PON port ............ 139
14.9.2. Remove the upstream and downstream speed limit function of PON port..................... 140
14.9.3. Configure the bandwidth of the upstream and downstream rate limiting functions of the
PON port ...................................................................................................................................... 140
 14.9.4. Configure the upstream and downstream burst traffic size of the PON port .................. 141
14.9.5. View the upstream and downstream speed limit configuration information of the PON
port............................................................................................................................................... 141
14.10. PON PORT ISOLATION FUNCTION ................................................................................................... 142
14.10.1. Configuring the Port Isolation Function of a PON Port .................................................. 142
14.10.2. Viewingpon Port Isolation Configuration Information ................................................... 143
14.11. VIEW OLT PON PORT INFORMATION ............................................................................................. 143
14.11.1. the properties and status information of the OLT PON port .......................................... 143
14.11.2. the optical power information of the OLT P ON port ..................................................... 145

15. OLT MAC ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................... 145

15.1. CONFIGURE A BLACK HOLE MAC ADDRESS ......................................................................................... 145

15.2. DELETE THE BLACK HOLE MAC ADDRESS ........................................................................................... 146
15.3. CONFIGURING THE LIMIT ON THE NUMBER OF MAC ADDRESS TABLE ENTRIES ......................................... 146
15.4. ADD STATIC MAC ADDRESS BINDING ................................................................................................ 147
15.5. REMOVE STATIC MAC ADDRESS BINDING ........................................................................................... 148
15.6. CONFIGURING THE MAC ADDRESS AGING TIME .................................................................................. 149
15.7. MAC ADDRESS LEARNED BY THE OLT ............................................................................................... 149
15.8. MAC ADDRESS LEARNED BY THE PORT OF THE OLT .............................................................................. 150
15.9. MAC ADDRESS LEARNED UNDER THE SPECIFIED VLAN BY THE OLT......................................................... 150
15.10. MAC ADDRESSES LEARNED BY THE OLT .......................................................................................... 151
15.11. MAC ADDRESSES OF OLT............................................................................................................. 152
15.12. MAC ADDRESSES LEARNED BY THE OLT .......................................................................................... 152
15.13. CHECK THE MAC ADDRESS LEARNED BY THE OLT PON PORT .............................................................. 153
15.14. CHECK THE MAC ADDRESS LEARNED BY THE GE PORT OF THE OLT ....................................................... 154
15.15. CHECK THE MAC ADDRESS LEARNED BY THE XGE PORT OF THE OLT ..................................................... 155
15.16. CHECK THE MAC ADDRESS LEARNED BY THE PORT AGGREGATION GROUP OF THE OLT .............................. 155
15.17. MAC ADDRESSES OF OLT............................................................................................................. 156
15.18. MAC ADDRESS AGING TIME OF THE OLT ......................................................................................... 156
15.19. CHECK THE MAC ADDRESS OF THE OLT IN THE SPECIFIED VLAN .......................................................... 157

16. OLT ROUTING FUNCTION CONFIGURATION .............................................................................. 158

16.1. ADD OR REMOVE STATIC ROUTES ...................................................................................................... 158

16.2. VIEW THE ROUTING TABLE INFORMATION OF THE OLT .......................................................................... 159
16.3. SET THE GATEWAY FOR THE DEFAULT ROUTE OF OLT .............................................................................. 160
16.4. CONFIGURE THE DEFAULT GATEWAY OF THE NETWORK MANAGEMENT PORT.............................................. 160
16.5. CONFIGURING THE OLT RIP FUNCTION ............................................................................................. 160
16.5.1. Enabling and disabling RIP processes ............................................................................. 160
16.5.2. View the running status and configuration information of the RIP process ................. 161
16.5.3. View the current running status and detailed information of the RIP process ............. 161
16.5.4. View the current route aggregation information of the RIP process ............................. 162
16.5.5. View the current neighbor information of the RIP process ........................................... 163
16.5.6. Configure the global RIP version ..................................................................................... 164
16.5.7. Adjust the timer value of RIP .......................................................................................... 164
16.5.8. Configure Equal Cost Routes ........................................................................................... 165
 16.5.9. send default route ........................................................................................................... 165
16.5.10. Configure the default cost of imported routes ............................................................. 166
16.5.11. Configuring the Priority of RIP Routes .......................................................................... 166
16.5.12. Enable RIP routing on the specified network segment ................................................ 167
16.5.13. Configure the IP address of the specified RIP neighbor ............................................... 167
16.5.14. Configuring Interface Suppression Status ..................................................................... 168
16.5.15. Configure to import routes from other routing protocols ........................................... 168
16.5.16. Configure automatic aggregation ................................................................................. 169
16.5.17. Configure the RIP version of the packets sent by the interface ................................... 169
16.5.18. Configure the RIP version for receiving packets on an interface ................................. 170
16.5.19. Configuring the Split Horizon Function of RIP .............................................................. 170
16.5.20. Configuring the Poison Inversion Function of RIP ........................................................ 171
16.5.21. Configuring Manual Aggregation on an Interface ........................................................ 171
16.5.22. View brief information about interface status and configuration ............................... 172
16.5.23. View interface status and configuration details ........................................................... 172
16.6. CONFIGURING THE OLT OSPF FUNCTION .......................................................................................... 173
16.6.1. View the current running status and configuration information of the OSPF process . 173
16.6.2. Configure the OSPF process ............................................................................................ 174
16.6.3. Querying OSPF Border Router Information .................................................................... 175
16.6.4. Query the current link state database information of the OSPF process ...................... 175
16.6.5. Querying Interface Details of an OSPF Process .............................................................. 176
16.6.6. Query the current neighbor information of the OSPF process ...................................... 177
16.6.7. View the routing table of the OSPF process ................................................................... 178
16.6.8. Configure area ................................................................................................................. 179
16.6.9. Adjust the cost reference value ...................................................................................... 179
16.6.10. Configuring OSPF to Republish Routes ......................................................................... 180
16.6.11. Configure the default cost of imported routes ............................................................. 180
16.6.12. Configuring the Priority of OSPF Routes ....................................................................... 181
16.6.13. An LSA that advertises its own SPF database ............................................................... 181
16.6.14. Configure to import routes from other routing protocols ........................................... 182
16.6.15. Configure the IP address of the OSPF neighbor............................................................ 183
16.6.16. Configure the router ID of the current OSPF process ................................................... 183
16.6.17. Configuring Interface Suppression Status ..................................................................... 184
16.6.18. Adjust the spf calculation time of ospf ......................................................................... 184
16.6.19. route summary .............................................................................................................. 185
16.6.20. Configure cost value ...................................................................................................... 186
16.6.21. Configure the NETWORK area ....................................................................................... 186
16.6.22. Configuring NSSA Zones ................................................................................................ 187
16.6.23. Configure STUB area ...................................................................................................... 187
16.6.24. Configure virtual connections ....................................................................................... 188
16.6.25. Configure Interface Overhead ....................................................................................... 189
16.6.26. Configure Interface Priority ........................................................................................... 189
16.6.27. Configure the mtu mismatch detection function ......................................................... 189
16.6.28. Configure the network type of the interface under the OSPF protocol....................... 190
 16.6.29. Configuring the Expiration Time of Neighbor Relationships ........................................ 191
16.6.30. Configure the interval for sending hello packets under OSPF ...................................... 191
16.6.31. Configure the interval for retransmission of lost link status under OSPF protocol ..... 192
16.6.32. Configure the interval for retransmission of lost link status under OSPF protocol ..... 192

17. MULTICAST MODULE CONFIGURATION .................................................................................... 193

17.1. CONFIGURING THE QUICK LEAVE FUNCTION OF IGMP ......................................................................... 193

17.2. THE MODE OF IGMP ..................................................................................................................... 194
17.3. CONFIGURING IGMP PROXY PARAMETERS ........................................................................................ 194
17.4. CONFIGURING THE FORWARDING POLICY FOR MULTICAST PROTOCOL PACKETS......................................... 196
17.5. ENABLE IGMP QUERY FUNCTION ...................................................................................................... 197
17.6. VIEW IGMP CONFIGURATION INFORMATION ....................................................................................... 197
17.7. VIEW OLT MULTICAST ENTRIES ....................................................................................................... 198
17.8. CONFIGURE IGMP STATIC GROUP RULES ............................................................................................. 198
17.9. VIEW IGMP STATIC GROUP INFORMATION........................................................................................... 199
17.10. CONFIGURING MULTICAST VLAN .................................................................................................. 199
17.11. CONFIGURING STATIC MULTICAST PROGRAMS .................................................................................. 200
17.12. CONFIGURING STATIC MULTICAST PROGRAMS IN BATCHES.................................................................. 200
17.13. DELETE STATIC MULTICAST PROGRAM .............................................................................................. 201
17.14. VIEW PROGRAM LIBRARY .............................................................................................................. 201
17.15. CONFIGURING IGMP ROUTING PORTS ........................................................................................... 202
17.16. VIEW IGMP ROUTING PORTS ....................................................................................................... 202
17.17. CONFIGURING THE SUPPRESSION POLICY FOR UNKNOWN MULTICAST SERVICE FLOWS ............................. 202
17.18. CHECKING THE SUPPRESSION POLICY FOR UNKNOWN MULTICAST SERVICE FLOWS .................................. 203
17.19. VIEW THE CURRENT MULTICAST GROUP INFORMATION OF THE SYSTEM .................................................. 203
17.20. VIEW MULTICAST VLAN INFORMATION............................................................................................. 204

18. SPANNING TREE CONFIGURATION ............................................................................................ 205

18.1. CONFIGURING SPANNING TREE FEATURES.......................................................................................... 205

18.2. CONFIGURING THE SPANNING TREE PROTOCOL WORKING MODE OF SWITCHING DEVICES .......................... 205
18.3. CONFIGURE THE PRIORITY OF THE SWITCHING DEVICE IN THE SPECIFIED SPANNING TREE PROTOCOL................ 206
18.4. CONFIGURING THE FORWARD-DELAY TIME OF THE SWITCHING DEVICE ................................................... 206
18.5. CONFIGURE THE INTERVAL AT WHICH THE SWITCHING DEVICE SENDS BPDUS ............................................ 207
18.6. CONFIGURING THE BPDU AGING TIME ON SWITCH PORTS ................................................................... 207
18.7. CONFIGURE THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SPANNING TREE HOPS IN THE MST REGION .................................. 208
18.8. CONFIGURE THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF BPDUS SENT BY THE DEVICE WITHIN THE HELLO TIME.................... 208
18.9. CONFIGURING THE BPDU FUNCTION OF THE DEVICE ........................................................................... 209
18.10. CONFIGURE THE EDGE PORT OF THE DEVICE TO ENABLE THE BPDU FILTER FUNCTION................................ 209
18.11. CONFIGURE ERROR TIMEOUT RECOVERY TIME ................................................................................... 210
18.12. ENTER THE MST DOMAIN VIEW..................................................................................................... 210
18.13. SET PATH COST CALCULATION CRITERIA ............................................................................................ 210
18.14. CONFIGURE THE MST DOMAIN NAME OF THE SWITCHING DEVICE ........................................................ 211
18.15. CONFIGURE THE MSTP REVISION LEVEL FOR SWITCHING DEVICES ......................................................... 212
18.16. MAP THE SPECIFIED VLAN TO THE SPECIFIED SPANNING TREE INSTANCE................................................. 212
18.17. CONFIGURE THE PATH COST OF THE PORT ......................................................................................... 212
 18.18. CONFIGURE THE PRIORITY OF PORTS IN THE SPECIFIED SPANNING TREE INSTANCE ..................................... 213
18.19. CONFIGURE EDGE PORTS .............................................................................................................. 214
18.20. CONFIGURE POINT-TO-POINT LINKS ................................................................................................ 215
18.21. CONFIGURING BPDU PROTECTION FOR EDGE PORTS ........................................................................ 215
18.22. CONFIGURE MCHECK VARIABLES .................................................................................................... 216
18.23. CONFIGURING ROLE RESTRICTED PORTS.......................................................................................... 216
18.24. CONFIGURING TCN RESTRICTED PORTS .......................................................................................... 217
18.25. QUERY THE DETAILS OF MSTP ...................................................................................................... 218
18.26. QUERYING MSTP DOMAIN CONFIGURATION INFORMATION ............................................................... 218

19. OLT ACL CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT ................................................................................ 219

19.1. ACL APPLICATION TIME RANGE ( TIME-RANGE ) CONFIGURATION............................................................ 219

19.1.1. Set the time period in which the ACL applies relative time ............................................. 219
19.1.2. the time period for which the ACL applies absolute time ................................................ 220
19.1.3. Delete the configured ACL application time period ......................................................... 221
19.1.4. View the configured ACL application time period ............................................................ 221
19.1.5. Configure the absolute time for ACL application ............................................................. 222
19.2. ACL CREATION AND DELETION ......................................................................................................... 222
19.3. CONFIGURE ACL NAME................................................................................................................... 223
19.4. BASIC ACL RULE CONFIGURATION (BASIC ACL) .................................................................................... 224
19.5. VIEWING BASIC ACL RULES ............................................................................................................. 225
19.6. DELETION OF BASIC ACL RULES....................................................................................................... 225
19.7. ADVANCED ACL CONFIGURATION (ADVANCED ACL) ............................................................................ 225
19.8. VIEWING ADVANCED ACL RULES ...................................................................................................... 228
19.9. DELETION AND MODIFICATION OF ADVANCED ACL RULES...................................................................... 228
19.10. LINK ACL CONFIGURATION (LINK ACL) ............................................................................................ 229
19.11. VIEWING LINK ACL RULES ............................................................................................................ 230
19.12. DELETION OF LINK ACL RULES ....................................................................................................... 230
19.13. VIEW ACL CONFIGURATION .......................................................................................................... 231
19.14. MODIFY ACL RULE-ID VALUE ........................................................................................................ 231

20. OLT QOS CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT............................................................................... 232

20.1. CONFIGURE ACL RULE-BASED TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT ......................................................................... 232

20.1.1. Configure to filter traffic matching ACL rules ................................................................... 232
20.1.2. Modify the DSCP value of the traffic matching the ACL rule ............................................ 233
20.1.3. Configure mirroring of traffic matching ACL rules ............................................................ 234
20.1.4. Configure to restrict traffic matching ACL rules ............................................................... 235
20.1.5. Add the outer VLAN of the traffic matching the ACL rule ................................................ 236
20.1.6. Translate VLANs for traffic matching an ACL rule ............................................................. 237
20.1.7. Modify the VLAN priority of traffic matching an ACL rule ................................................ 237
20.1.8. Configure redirection of traffic matching ACL rules ......................................................... 238
20.1.9. Modify the TOS value of the traffic matching the ACL rule .............................................. 239
20.1.10. Clear the traffic statistics of ports matching ACL rules ................................................... 239
20.1.11. View filter policies applied to device ports .................................................................... 240
20.1.12. View the QOS policy applied by the device port ............................................................ 240
 20.2. CONFIGURE THE MODE OF GLOBAL QOS ........................................................................................... 241
20.3. CONFIGURE SYSTEM QUEUES........................................................................................................... 241
20.3.1. Configure the mapping method of system queues .......................................................... 241
20.3.2. Configure the mapping table between system queues and 802.1p priorities ................. 242
20.3.3. Configure system queue scheduling mode ...................................................................... 242
20.3.4. View system queue scheduling mode .............................................................................. 244
20.4. CONFIGURE PORT QUEUES .............................................................................................................. 245
20.4.1. Configure the mapping method of the port queue .......................................................... 245
20.4.2. Configure the mapping table between port queues and 802.1p priorities ...................... 246
20.4.3. Configure the mapping priority of the port queue .......................................................... 246
20.4.4. Configure the port queue scheduling mode .................................................................... 247
20.4.5. View port queue scheduling mode .................................................................................. 248
20.5. SET THE MAPPING TEMPLATE OF DSCP TO 802.1P PRIORITY ................................................................. 249
20.6. MAPPING TEMPLATE FOR SETTING TOS TO 802.1P PRIORITY ................................................................ 250

21. OLT DHCP FUNCTION CONFIGURATION .................................................................................... 250

21.1. OLT DHCP-SNOOPING FUNCTION CONFIGURATION ............................................................................ 250

21.1.1. Configuring DHCP-Snooping ............................................................................................. 250
21.1.2. Check Configuration of DHCP-Snooping ........................................................................... 251
21.1.3. Configure DHCP-Snooping to monitor vlan ...................................................................... 252
21.1.4. Configuring DHCP-Snooping Trusted Ports ....................................................................... 253
21.1.5. configure DHCP-Snooping source MAC address check .................................................... 253
21.1.6. Configure the rate of DHCP-Snooping request packets .................................................... 254
21.1.7. configure DHCP-Snooping opton82 domain .................................................................... 254
21.1.8. the forwarding policy of DHCP-Snooping option 82 ........................................................ 255
21.1.9. Configuring DHCP-Snooping option82 Vlan Forwarding Policy ........................................ 256
21.1.10. Configure the padding mode of the DHCP-Snooping option82 ..................................... 256
21.1.11. Create custom ascii type option82 format item ............................................................. 257
21.1.12. Create custom hex type option82 format item .............................................................. 257
21.1.13. Remove custom option82 format items ......................................................................... 258
21.1.14. Modify sub-options of custom option82 format items .................................................. 258
21.1.15. Configuring the Binding Policy of DHCP-Snooping ......................................................... 259
21.1.16. Remove DHCP-Snooping Binding monitor entry ............................................................ 259
21.1.17. Configuring the Delayed Writing Time of the DHCP-Snooping Binding Table ................ 260
21.1.18. configure Delay in deletion of the DHCP-Snooping binding table .................................. 260
21.1.19. Write DHCP-Snooping snooping table to Flash .............................................................. 261
21.1.20. Upload the DHCP-Snooping listening table to the server .............................................. 261
21.1.21. Check DHCP-Snooping binding information ................................................................... 262
21.1.22. Configuring DHCP-Snooping ARP fast reply function ..................................................... 262
21.2. OLT DHCP-CLIENT FUNCTION CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT ............................................................. 263
21.2.1. Configure DHCP-Client ..................................................................................................... 263
21.2.2. Obtain DHCP-Client IP manually....................................................................................... 263
21.2.3. Manually release the DHCP-Client IP ............................................................................... 264
21.2.4. Configure the DHCP- Client option60 domain .................................................................. 264
21.2.5. View DHCP-Client configuration ....................................................................................... 265
 21.2.6. Check the DHCP-Client option60 field .............................................................................. 265
21.3. DHCP- SERVER FUNCTION CONFIGURATION....................................................................................... 266
21.3.1. configure DHCP- Server function...................................................................................... 266
21.3.2. Configure the size of the DHCP- Server address pool ...................................................... 266
21.3.3. Check the allocation status of the DHCP- Server address pool ........................................ 266
21.3.4. Configure the subnet mask assigned by DHCP- Server .................................................... 267
21.3.5. Configure the DHCP- Server gateway address.................................................................. 267
21.3.6. Configure DHCP- Server to assign minimum (maximum) lease time ............................... 268
21.3.7. Configuring DHCP- Server Static Binding .......................................................................... 268
21.3.8. Configure the DNS address of the DHCP- Server.............................................................. 269
21.3.9. Configure the name of the DHCP- Server ......................................................................... 269
21.4. OLT DHCP-RELAY FUNCTION CONFIGURATION................................................................................... 269
21.4.1. Enable/disable dhcp-relay function ................................................................................. 269
21.4.2. Configure the ip address of the dhcp-relay server ........................................................... 270
21.4.3. delete dhcp-relay server vlan ........................................................................................... 270
21.4.4. View dhcp-relay function configuration ........................................................................... 271

22. OLT AAA FUNCTION CONFIGURATION ...................................................................................... 271

22.1. AAA MODE ................................................................................................................................. 271

22.1.1. Enter AAA mode ............................................................................................................... 271
22.1.2. View AAA configuration information................................................................................ 272
22.1.3. Configure Domain Name Separator ................................................................................. 272
22.2. CONFIGURE AUTHENTICATION MODE ............................................................................................... 273
22.3. LOCAL USER CONFIGURATION........................................................................................................... 273
22.3.1. Create local user (based on AAA mode ) .......................................................................... 274
22.3.2. Configure the local user terminal level ............................................................................ 274
22.3.3. Configure local user type.................................................................................................. 275
22.3.4. View local users ................................................................................................................ 275
22.4. RADIUS SERVER TEMPLATE CONFIGURATION ........................................................................................ 276
22.4.1. Create a RADIUS server template ..................................................................................... 276
22.4.2. Configure RADIUS authentication server ......................................................................... 276
22.4.3. Clear the configuration of the RADIUS authentication server ......................................... 277
22.4.4. Configuring the Shared Key of the RADIUS Authentication Server .................................. 277
22.4.5. Configure the padding address of the specified NAS-IP-Address field ............................. 278
22.4.6. Configure whether the specified username field carries the domain name .................... 278
22.4.7. Query radius configuration information ........................................................................... 279
22.5. TACACS+ SERVER TEMPLATE CONFIGURATION ...................................................................................... 279
22.5.1. Create tacacs+server template ......................................................................................... 279
22.5.2. Configure tacacs+ authentication server .......................................................................... 280
22.5.3. Configure the shared key of the tacacs+ authentication server ....................................... 280
22.5.4. Configure the fill address of the specified remote_addr field ......................................... 281
22.5.5. Configure whether the specified user field carries the domain name ............................. 281
22.5.6. Query tacacs+ configuration information ........................................................................ 282
22.6. DOMAIN CONFIGURATION .............................................................................................................. 282
22.6.1. Create domain .................................................................................................................. 282
 22.6.2. Binding Authentication Template ..................................................................................... 283
22.6.3. Binding a RADIUS server template ................................................................................... 283
22.6.4. Bind tacacs plus server template...................................................................................... 284
22.6.5. Query domain configuration information ........................................................................ 284

23. 802.1X FUNCTION .................................................................................................................... 285

23.1.1. Enable or disable port dot1x ............................................................................................ 285

23.1.2. Globally enable 802.1x (dot1x) ........................................................................................ 285
23.1.3. Configure how dot1x performs access control on a specified interface .......................... 286
23.1.4. View the configuration information of dot1x on the port................................................ 286
23.1.5. Configure the authorization status of the specified port ................................................. 287
23.1.6. View dot1x information of ONU ports ............................................................................. 288
23.1.7. Configure the maximum number of accesses to a specified port .................................... 288
23.1.8. Display access user information ....................................................................................... 289
23.1.9. Configure the authentication control mode of the specified port ................................... 289
23.1.10. Configuring the Client Authentication Timeout Timer ................................................... 290
23.1.11. Configuring the Authentication Server Timeout Timer .................................................. 291
23.1.12. Configuring the Periodic Reauthentication Timer .......................................................... 291
23.1.13. Configuring periodic re-authentication .......................................................................... 291
23.1.14. Configure the silent function .......................................................................................... 292
23.1.15. Configure the silent timer .............................................................................................. 292
23.1.16. View some configuration information of the current dot1x .......................................... 293
23.1.17. Display dot1x configuration information globally .......................................................... 293

24. IP SOURCEGAURD FEATURES .................................................................................................... 294

24.1. CONFIGURING THE IP SOURCEGAURD FUNCTION ................................................................................ 294

24.2. DISABLE IP SOURCEGAURD FUNCTION .............................................................................................. 295
24.3. CONFIGURING IP SOURCEGAURD DYNAMIC TABLE BINDING................................................................... 295
24.4. CONFIGURE IP SOURCEGAURD STATIC RULES ..................................................................................... 296
24.5. DELETE IP SOURCEGAURD STATIC RULE ............................................................................................. 296
24.6. APPLICATION OF IP SOURCEGAURD STATIC RULES ............................................................................... 297
24.7. REMOVE THE IP SOURCEGAURD STATIC RULE FOR THE PORT .................................................................. 298
24.8. QUERYING IP SOURCEGAURD ENTRIES ............................................................................................. 298
24.9. QUERYING THE CONFIGURATION OF THE IP SOURCEGAURD FUNCTION ................................................... 299
24.10. QUERY IP SOURCEGAURD BINDING TABLE INFORMATION................................................................... 300

25. LOOP MONITORING ................................................................................................................. 300

25.1. GLOBALLY ENABLE LOOP MONITORING FUNCTION ................................................................................ 301

25.2. CONFIGURING THE LOOP MONITORING FUNCTION ............................................................................... 301
25.3. CONFIGURING THE LOOP MONITORING CONTROLLED FUNCTION ............................................................. 301
25.4. CONFIGURING PORT LOOP MONITORING CONTROLLED STATUS ............................................................. 302
25.5. CONFIGURE LOOP MONITORING ALL VLAN SWITCHES .......................................................................... 303
25.6. CONFIGURING THE LOOP DETECTION INTERVAL OF THE OLT SYSTEM ...................................................... 303
25.7. CONFIGURING THE PORT LOOP DETECTION AUTOMATIC RECOVERY FUNCTION ......................................... 304
25.8. CONFIGURING THE PORT LOOP DETECTION AUTOMATIC RECOVERY INTERVAL........................................... 304
 25.9. CHECK THE LOOP DETECTION STATUS OF THE OLT SYSTEM ..................................................................... 305

26. OLT LINK AGGREGATION CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT ...................................................... 305

26.1. ADDITION AND DELETION OF AGGREGATE GROUP MEMBERS ................................................................ 305

26.2. ENABLE OR DISABLE THE AGGREGATION GROUP FLOW CONTROL FUNCTION............................................... 306
26.3. SET LINK AGGREGATION PRIORITY .................................................................................................... 306
26.3.1. Setting Link Aggregation System Priority ......................................................................... 306
26.3.2. Restoring Link Aggregation Priority .................................................................................. 307
26.3.3. Setting Link Aggregation Port Priority .............................................................................. 307
26.3.4. View Link Aggregation System Priority ............................................................................. 308
26.3.5. View the port priority in the link aggregation aggregation group .................................... 308
26.4. SET LINK AGGREGATION TIMEOUT VALUE .......................................................................................... 308
26.4.1. Configuring the Link Aggregation System Timeout Value ................................................ 308
26.4.2. Restore Link Aggregation System Timeout Value ............................................................. 309
26.4.3. Querying the Link Aggregation System Timeout Value .................................................... 309
26.5. SET THE MAXIMUM FRAME LENGTH FOR LINK AGGREGATION AGGREGATION GROUP TRANSMISSION............... 310
26.6. SET THE LINK AGGREGATION AGGREGATION GROUP LOAD BALANCING MODE ............................................. 310
26.6.1. Set the sharing mode of the known unicast data of the link aggregation aggregation group
..................................................................................................................................................... 310
26.6.2. Setting the sharing mode of non-unicast data in a link aggregation aggregation group . 311
26.7. SET THE NAME OF THE LINK AGGREGATION AGGREGATION GROUP ........................................................... 311
26.8. CLEAR LINK AGGREGATION AGGREGATION GROUP STATISTICS ............................................................... 312
26.9. ENABLE OR DISABLE LINK AGGREGATION AGGREGATION GROUP .............................................................. 312
26.10. LINK AGGREGATION AGGREGATION GROUP RAPID SPANNING TREE CONFIGURATION ............................... 313
26.10.1. Configuring Fast Spanning Tree Costs for Link Aggregation Aggregation Groups .......... 313
26.10.2. Configuring the Edge Port of Rapid Spanning Tree in a Link Aggregation Aggregation
Group ........................................................................................................................................... 313
26.10.3. Configuring the point-to-point link connection function of fast spanning tree in a link
aggregation aggregation group .................................................................................................... 314
26.10.4. Configuring the Priority of Rapid Spanning Tree in a Link Aggregation Aggregation Group
..................................................................................................................................................... 315
26.11. LINK AGGREGATION AGGREGATION GROUP VLAN CONFIGURATION ........................................ 316
26.11.1. Configuring Link Aggregation Aggregation Group VLAN Mode ...................................... 316
26.11.2. Configuring the Native VLAN of the Link Aggregation Group......................................... 316
26.11.3. Configuring the Priority of the Native VLAN of the Link Aggregation Group ................. 317
26.11.4. Configuring the Access VLAN of the Link Aggregation Group ........................................ 317
26.11.5. Configuring the Hybrid VLAN of the Link Aggregation Group ........................................ 318
26.11.6. Deleting the Hybrid VLAN of a Link Aggregation Group ................................................. 319
26.11.7. Configuring the Trunk VLAN of the Link Aggregation Group .......................................... 319
26.11.8. Deleting the trunk VLAN of a link aggregation group..................................................... 320
26.12. VIEW LINK AGGREGATION AGGREGATION GROUP INFORMATION ......................................................... 320
26.12.1. View the VLAN information of the link aggregation aggregation group port................. 320
26.12.2. Viewing the Status Information of Link Aggregation Group Ports ................................. 321
26.12.3. Viewing Link Aggregation Aggregation Group Statistics................................................. 322
26.12.4. Checking Link Aggregation Group Port Matching Status ................................................ 322
27. OLT SYSTEM TEMPLATE CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 323

27.1. DBA TEMPLATE CONFIGURATION ..................................................................................................... 323

27.1.1. Create and delete DBA templates .................................................................................... 323
27.1.2. DBA template configuration ............................................................................................. 324
27.1.3. View the current dba template configuration .................................................................. 326
27.1.4. Submit the current dba template configuration .............................................................. 326
27.1.5. Querying DBA Template Information ............................................................................... 327
27.2. ONT LINE PROFILE CONFIGURATION ................................................................................................. 327
27.2.1. Create a new ONT line profile .......................................................................................... 327
27.2.2. tcont creation and deletion in line template and DBA template binding ......................... 328
27.2.3. GEM Mapping mapping mode configuration in the line template .................................. 329
27.2.4. GEM Port Creation and Deletion in Line Template ........................................................... 330
27.2.5. GEM Mapping creation and deletion in line template ..................................................... 330
27.2.6. Line Template Configuration Forward Error Correction (FEC) .......................................... 331
27.2.7. Line Template Configuration Data Encryption .................................................................. 332
27.2.8. Binding a Line Template to a Traffic Template .................................................................. 332
27.2.9. Line Template Configuration QOS Mode .......................................................................... 333
27.2.10. Configuring OMCC Encryption for ONTs in Line Templates ............................................ 334
27.2.11. View the current line template configuration ................................................................ 334
27.2.12. Submit the current line template configuration............................................................. 335
27.2.13. Querying the ONT Line Profile Information on the OLT ................................................. 335
27.3. ONT SERVICE TEMPLATE CONFIGURATION.......................................................................................... 336
27.3.1. Create a new ONT service template ................................................................................. 336
27.3.2. Configuring the capability set in the ONT service profile ................................................. 337
27.3.3. Do not pay attention to the default (native-vlan) vlan switch of the ONT configured in the
service template ........................................................................................................................... 338
27.3.4. Configure the port vlan of the ONT in trunk mode in the service template .................... 338
27.3.5. Configure the port vlan of the ONT to be in translation mode in the service template .. 339
27.3.6. Configure the port vlan of the ONT in QinQ mode in the service template..................... 340
27.3.7. Configure the port vlan of the ONT in the transparent transmission mode in the service
template ....................................................................................................................................... 341
27.3.8. Delete the port vlan configuration of the ONT from the service template ...................... 342
27.3.9. Configure the MAC address aging time of the ONT in the service template ................... 342
27.3.10. Configuring the MAC address learning function of the ONT in the service template .... 343
27.3.11. Configuring the maximum number of MAC addresses for an ONT port in the service
template ....................................................................................................................................... 343
27.3.12. View the configuration of the current business template.............................................. 344
27.3.13. Querying the ONT Service Template Information on the OLT ........................................ 345
27.3.14. Submit the current business template configuration ..................................................... 346
27.4. TRAFFIC TEMPLATE CONFIGURATION ................................................................................................ 347
27.4.1. Create a traffic template .................................................................................................. 347
27.4.2. Modify Traffic Template.................................................................................................... 347
27.4.3. View traffic template configuration ................................................................................. 348
27.5. ONT DIGITMAP TEMPLATE CONFIGURATION...................................................................................... 349
 27.5.1. Create a new ONT digital map template .......................................................................... 349
27.5.2. The timer timeout period when exact matching is configured in the digitmap template349
27.5.3. Configure the timer timeout duration for partial matching in the digitmap template .... 350
27.5.4. Configure the digitmap format in the digitmap template ................................................ 350
27.5.5. Configure sub-digitmap scheme in digitmap template .................................................... 351
27.5.6. Delete sub-digitmap scheme in digitmap template ......................................................... 351
27.5.7. View the configuration of the current digitmap template ............................................... 352
27.5.8. Submit the current digitmap template configuration ...................................................... 352
27.5.9. Querying the ONT digitmap template information on the OLT ........................................ 353
27.5.10. Delete the ONT digitmap template on the OLT .............................................................. 353
27.6. ONT POTS PORT TEMPLATE CONFIGURATION .................................................................................... 354
27.6.1. Create a new ONT POTS port profile ................................................................................ 354
27.6.2. Impedance is configured in the ONT POTS port profile ................................................... 354
27.6.3. the signaling type of the POTS port in the ONT POTS port profile ................................... 355
27.6.4. the transmit gain of the POTS port in the ONT POTS port profile .................................... 356
27.6.5. the receive gain of the POTS port in the ONT POTS port profile ...................................... 356
27.6.6. View the configuration of the current ONT POTS port profile ......................................... 356
27.6.7. Submit the current ONT POTS port template configuration ............................................ 357
27.6.8. Querying the ONT POTS port profile information on the OLT .......................................... 357
27.6.9. Deleting the ONT POTS port profile on the OLT ............................................................... 358
27.7. ONT SIP PROXY TEMPLATE CONFIGURATION ..................................................................................... 358
27.7.1. Create a new ONT SIP proxy template ............................................................................. 358
27.7.2. the proxy server IP address or domain name in the ONT SIP proxy template ................. 359
27.7.3. View the configuration of the current ONT SIP proxy template ....................................... 359
27.7.4. Submit the current ONT SIP proxy template configuration .............................................. 361
27.7.5. Querying the ONT SIP Proxy Template Information on the OLT ....................................... 361
27.7.6. Delete ONT SIP Proxy Template on OLT ............................................................................ 362
27.8. ONT SIP SERVICE DATA TEMPLATE CONFIGURATION ........................................................................... 362
27.8.1. Create a new ONT SIP service data template ................................................................... 362
27.8.2. Enable or disable the call hold permission in the ONT SIP service data profile ............... 363
27.8.3. Enable or disable the call park permission in the ONT SIP service data template ........... 363
27.8.4. Enable or disable call forwarding permission in ONT SIP service data template ............. 364
27.8.5. Enable or disable call waiting permission in ONT SIP service data template ................... 364
27.8.6. Enable or disable the conference call permission in the ONT SIP service data template 364
27.8.7. Enabling or disabling the Do Not Disturb Permission for Calls in the ONT SIP Service Data
Profile ........................................................................................................................................... 365
27.8.8. Enable or disable the hotline service permission in the ONT SIP service data template . 365
27.8.9. Enable or disable the message waiting indication permission in the ONT SIP service data
template ....................................................................................................................................... 366
27.8.10. Enable or disable the three-party call permission in the ONT SIP service data template
..................................................................................................................................................... 366
27.8.11. View the configuration of the current ONT SIP service data template .......................... 367
27.8.12. Submit the current ONT SIP service data template configuration ................................. 367
27.8.13. Querying the ONT SIP service data template information on the OLT ........................... 368
 27.8.14. Deleting the ONT SIP Service Data Template on the OLT ............................................... 369
27.9. ONT MULTICAST ACL TEMPLATE CONFIGURATION ............................................................................. 369
27.9.1. Create an ONT Multicast ACL Profile ................................................................................ 369
27.9.2. Add a multicast entry to the ONT multicast ACL template .............................................. 370
27.9.3. Delete the multicast entry from the ONT multicast ACL template .................................. 370
27.9.4. View the configuration of the current ONT multicast ACL profile .................................... 371
27.9.5. Submit the current ONT multicast ACL template configuration ....................................... 371
27.9.6. Querying the ONT Multicast ACL Profile Information on the OLT .................................... 372
27.9.7. Deleting the ONT Multicast ACL Profile on the OLT ......................................................... 372
27.10. ONT WAN TEMPLATE CONFIGURATION .......................................................................................... 373
27.10.1. Create a new WAN template .......................................................................................... 373
27.10.2. Add Bridge Wan.............................................................................................................. 373
27.10.3. Add Route Wan .............................................................................................................. 374
27.10.4. Modify WAN parameters................................................................................................ 375
27.10.5. Delete the specified WAN .............................................................................................. 376
27.10.6. View current WAN template configuration .................................................................... 376
27.10.7. Submit the current WAN template configuration .......................................................... 377
27.10.8. View WAN Template Information ................................................................................... 378
27.10.9. Delete the specified WAN template ............................................................................... 378
27.11. ONT WIFI TEMPLATE CONFIGURATION ........................................................................................... 379
27.11.1. Create a new WIFI template ........................................................................................... 379
27.11.2. enable WIFI .................................................................................................................... 379
27.11.3. WIFI Properties 2.4g Configuration ................................................................................ 380
27.11.4. WIFI properties 5g configuration ................................................................................... 381
27.11.5. Clear WIFI configuration ................................................................................................. 383
27.11.6. Delete the specified WIFI template ................................................................................ 383
27.11.7. View the current WIFI template configuration .............................................................. 383
27.11.8. Submit the current WIFI template configuration ........................................................... 384
27.11.9. View WIFI template information .................................................................................... 384
27.11.10. ONU binding WIFI template ......................................................................................... 385
27.11.11. ONU unbind WIFI template .......................................................................................... 386
27.11.12. View the WIFI template configuration bound to the ONU ........................................... 386
27.12. ONT MULTICAST PROFILE CONFIGURATION ..................................................................................... 387
27.12.1. Create an ONT Multicast Profile ..................................................................................... 387
27.12.2. Bind the multicast ACL profile to the ONT multicast profile .......................................... 387
27.12.3. Configure the interval for sending IGMP group-specific query packets in the ONT
multicast profile ........................................................................................................................... 388
27.12.4. Set the maximum multicast bandwidth in the ONT multicast profile ............................ 388
27.12.5. Set the maximum number of programs in the ONT multicast profile ............................ 389
27.12.6. Set the general multicast query packet interval in the ONT multicast profile ............... 389
27.12.7. Set the maximum response time of query packets in the ONT multicast profile........... 390
27.12.8. Set the robustness coefficient of the system in the ONT multicast profile .................... 390
27.12.9. Set the processing method for unauthorized request to join packets in the ONT multicast
profile ........................................................................................................................................... 391
 27.12.10. Set the upstream multicast packet rate in the ONT multicast profile .......................... 391
27.12.11. Configure the multicast version in the ONT multicast profile ...................................... 392
27.12.12. Set the forwarding mode of upstream multicast packets in the ONT multicast profile
..................................................................................................................................................... 392
27.12.13. Enable or disable the quick leave function in the ONT multicast profile ..................... 393
27.12.14. Set the ONT multicast packet forwarding mode in the ONT multicast profile ............. 393
27.12.15. View the configuration of the current ONT multicast profile....................................... 394
27.12.16. Submit the current ONT multicast profile configuration .............................................. 394
27.12.17. Querying the ONT Multicast Profile Information on the OLT ....................................... 395
27.12.18. Deleting the ONT Multicast Profile on the OLT ............................................................ 396
27.13. ONT TR069 TEMPLATE CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................... 396
27.13.1. Create a new ONT TR069 template ................................................................................ 396
27.13.2. Configure the ACS password in the ONT TR069 template ............................................. 397
27.13.3. Configure the ACS port number in the ONT TR069 profile ............................................ 397
27.13.4. Configure the URL address of the ACS in the ONT TR069 template ............................... 397
27.13.5. Configure the user name of the ACS in the ONT TR069 template ................................. 398
27.13.6. Configure the authentication domain of the ACS in the ONT TR069 template .............. 398
27.13.7. Enable or disable ACS connection request authentication in ONT TR069 template ...... 399
27.13.8. Configure the CPE password in the ONT TR069 template .............................................. 399
27.13.9. Configure the CPE port number in the ONT TR069 template ........................................ 400
27.13.10. Configure the CPE user name in the ONT TR069 template .......................................... 400
27.13.11. Configuring the Notification Interval in the ONT TR069 Profile ................................... 400
27.13.12. Delete the configuration parameters in the ONT TR069 template .............................. 401
27.14. OPTICAL MODULE ALARM PROFILE CONFIGURATION ......................................................................... 401
27.14.1. Create a new optical module alarm template ................................................................ 401
27.14.2. Configure Optical Transceiver TX Bias Current ............................................................... 402

28. ONT MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................................. 402

28.1. ONT AUTHENTICATION CONFIGURATION ........................................................................................... 402

28.1.1. Enable or disable the automatic discovery function of the ONT ..................................... 402
28.1.2. The ONT automatically discovers the aging time configuration ....................................... 403
28.1.3. Authenticate the ONT and the binding template through the ONT's SN ......................... 403
28.1.4. Authenticate the ONT and the binding template through the password of the ONT's SN
..................................................................................................................................................... 404
28.1.5. Authenticate ONT and binding template through ONT's SN+ Password .......................... 406
28.1.6. Authenticate ONT and binding template through ONT's Loid ......................................... 407
28.1.7. Authenticate ONT and bind template through ONT's Loid+ password ............................ 408
28.1.8. Configuring ONT Authentication Mode ............................................................................ 409
28.1.9. Batch authentication of ONTs in the discovery state ....................................................... 410
28.1.10. Canceling an ONT in auto-discovery state ...................................................................... 411
28.1.11. Delete an ONT certified by the OLT ................................................................................ 412
28.1.12. Blacklist Authentication ONT (Configuration and View) ................................................ 413
28.1.13. Configure the SN sequence number of the ONT ............................................................ 413
28.1.14. Re-register ONT .............................................................................................................. 414
28.1.15. Modify the authentication method of the ONT ............................................................. 414
 28.1.16. lines and service profiles bound to an ONT ................................................................... 416
28.1.17. View auto-discovered ONTs ........................................................................................... 416
28.1.18. View ONT registration information ................................................................................ 418
28.2. ONT POLICY AUTHENTICATION AND BATCH DELIVERY CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT ................................ 421
28.2.1. Enabling or disabling the ONT policy authentication function in global mode ................ 421
28.2.2. Enabling or disabling the ONT policy authentication function on the PON port ............. 422
28.2.3. Configuring the ONT Policy Authentication Mode ........................................................... 422
28.2.4. Configuring the Matching Mode of Batch Delivery Configurations in ONT Policy
Authentication ............................................................................................................................. 423
28.2.5. Viewing the policy authentication configuration information of the ONT ....................... 424
28.3. ONT BASIC MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................ 425
28.3.1. Add description information to ONT ................................................................................ 425
28.3.2. Activate ONT .................................................................................................................... 425
28.3.3. Deactivate ONT ................................................................................................................ 426
28.3.4. Restart the ONT ................................................................................................................ 426
28.3.5. ONT management ip (iphost) function configuration ...................................................... 427
28.3.6. Delete the ONT management ip (iphost) configuration ................................................... 428
28.3.7. View ONT management ip (iphost) configuration ............................................................ 429
28.3.8. automatic aging switch for ONT registration.................................................................... 429
28.3.9. automatic aging time for ONT registration ...................................................................... 430
28.3.10. the aging time configuration of ONU ............................................................................. 430
28.3.11. the scan interval for ONT registration ............................................................................ 431
28.3.12. Clear offline ONU ........................................................................................................... 432
28.3.13. Configure the ONU automatic restart time .................................................................... 432
28.3.14. Check ONU automatic restart time ................................................................................ 433
28.3.15. View ONT version information ....................................................................................... 433
28.3.16. View the ONT's actual capability set .............................................................................. 434
28.3.17. Configuring ONT Quiet Time .......................................................................................... 435
28.3.18. View ONT silent time ...................................................................................................... 435
28.3.19. View the ONT capability set configured by the user ...................................................... 436
28.3.20. Reasons for Failure to View ONT Configuration Status .................................................. 437
28.3.21. View the optical power information of the ONT ............................................................ 437
28.3.22. Check the number of ONTs registered and online under the OLT PON port .................. 438
28.3.23. Configuring the Security Key Renegotiation Interval ..................................................... 439
28.3.24. Delete the security key renegotiation interval configuration ......................................... 439
28.3.25. Query the security key renegotiation interval ................................................................ 439
28.3.26. Enable or disable the security key function ................................................................... 440
28.3.27. Check the ONT downstream data encryption switch status .......................................... 440
28.3.28. View ONT health status .................................................................................................. 441
28.3.29. View the sn serial number of the automatically discovered ONU ................................. 441
28.3.30. Check the current status of the ONU ............................................................................. 442
28.3.31. View ONT rate ................................................................................................................ 442
28.3.32. View ONT port status ..................................................................................................... 443
28.3.33. View ONT optical backhaul information......................................................................... 443
 28.3.34. View ONT Multicast ........................................................................................................ 444
28.4. ONT UPGRADE MANAGEMENT ........................................................................................................ 444
28.4.1. Transfer the upgrade file of the ONT to the OLT .............................................................. 444
28.4.2. Configure the ONT to be upgraded .................................................................................. 445
28.4.3. Start or stop ONT upgrade ............................................................................................... 446
28.4.4. View the configuration information of ONT upgrade ....................................................... 447
28.4.5. Check the upgrade progress of the ONT .......................................................................... 447
28.5. ONT WAN CONNECTION MANAGEMENT .......................................................................................... 448
28.5.1. Add Bridge Wan................................................................................................................ 448
28.5.2. Add Route Wan ................................................................................................................ 449
28.5.3. View the ONT's WAN connection information ................................................................. 451
28.5.4. ONT WAN connection modification ................................................................................. 452
28.5.5. Enable or disable the ONT's WAN connection ................................................................. 454
28.5.6. Modify the bound port of the ONT WAN connection ...................................................... 454
28.5.7. Modifying the service type of an ONT WAN connection ................................................. 455
28.5.8. VLAN Handling Mode of ONT WAN Connections ............................................................. 456
28.5.9. Modify the MTU value of the ONT WAN connection ....................................................... 456
28.5.10. Enable or disable the NAT function of ONT WAN connection ........................................ 457
28.5.11. Enable or disable the DHCP function on the LAN side of the ONT ................................. 458
28.6. ONT WIFI CONNECTION MANAGEMENT ........................................................................................... 458
28.6.1. enable WIFI ...................................................................................................................... 458
28.6.2. WIFI properties 2.4G frequency band configuration ........................................................ 459
28.6.3. WIFI attribute 5G frequency band configuration ............................................................. 460
28.6.4. De-enable WIFI SSID ......................................................................................................... 462
28.6.5. Configure WIFI SSID properties ........................................................................................ 463
28.6.6. Restore WIFI default properties ....................................................................................... 464
28.6.7. View ONU WIFI configuration .......................................................................................... 464
28.7. ONT PORT MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................. 465
28.7.1. ONT port Native - vlan (access) VLAN configuration ........................................................ 465
28.7.2. Configuring the uplink and downlink rate limits for ONT ports ....................................... 466
28.7.3. Check the uplink and downlink rate limits of ONT ports .................................................. 467
28.7.4. Enable or disable the ONT port flow control function ..................................................... 467
28.7.5. Configuring the auto-negotiation function of an ONT port ............................................. 468
28.7.6. Configure the speed and duplex mode of the ONT port .................................................. 468
28.7.7. Enable or disable ONT port .............................................................................................. 469
28.7.8. Binding an IGMP profile to an ONT port .......................................................................... 470
28.7.9. View ONT port configuration information (native-vlan, port rate, flow control) ............. 470
28.7.10. View ONT port status (link status, rate negotiation) ...................................................... 471
28.7.11. Enable or disable ONT CATV port ................................................................................... 472
28.7.12. View the CATV configuration of the ONT ....................................................................... 472
28.7.13. View ONT CATV information .......................................................................................... 473
28.7.14. View the MAC address table learned by the ONT port .................................................. 473
28.8. ONT PERFORMANCE STATISTICS ....................................................................................................... 474
28.8.1. View ONT performance statistics ..................................................................................... 474
 28.8.2. port performance statistics of the ONT in the current 15 minutes .................................. 475
28.8.3. View the port performance statistics of the ONT in the past 15 minutes ........................ 476
28.8.4. Reset ONT traffic statistics ............................................................................................... 477
28.9. ON U VOICE PORT CONFIGURATION ................................................................................................. 478
28.9.1. Enable or disable ONT voice port ..................................................................................... 478
28.9.2. Add ONU voice port discrete configuration ..................................................................... 478
28.9.3. Delete the ONU voice port configuration ......................................................................... 479
28.9.4. Modifying the discrete configuration of the ONU voice port ........................................... 479
28.9.5. ONU voice port service binding ont-sipagent template ................................................... 480
28.9.6. ONU voice port service binding digitmap template ......................................................... 481
28.9.7. ONU voice port service binding siprightflag template ..................................................... 481
28.10. ONU RESTORES FACTORY MODE .................................................................................................... 482
28.11. CONFIGURING ONT CATV GLOBAL MANAGEMENT .......................................................................... 482
28.12. ONU TR069 TEMPLATE ............................................................................................................... 483
28.12.1. ONU binding tr069 template .......................................................................................... 483
28.12.2. Remove ONT tr069 template ......................................................................................... 483
28.12.3. View information about the ONT tr069 template .......................................................... 484
28.12.4. View the relevant parameters and binding times of the ONT tr069 template .............. 484

29. SERVICE VIRTUAL PORT CONFIGURATION................................................................................. 485

29.1. CREATE SERVICE-PORT ................................................................................................................... 486

29.1.1. Create a single-service virtual port .................................................................................. 486
29.1.2. Create a multi-service virtual port ................................................................................... 487
29.1.3. Automatically configure bulk single-service virtual ports ................................................ 489
29.1.4. Automatically configure batch multi-service virtual ports ............................................... 490
29.1.5. Configuring the service virtual port creation mode ......................................................... 491
29.1.6. Configuring service virtual port description information ................................................. 492
29.1.7. Configuring a Service Virtual Port Performance Statistics Switch .................................... 492
29.1.8. Configure service virtual port performance statistics clearing ......................................... 493
29.1.9. Configuring the Management Status of Service Virtual Ports .......................................... 494
29.1.10. Modify the vlan conversion mode of the service virtual port ........................................ 494
29.1.11. Modify the traffic template referenced by the service virtual port ............................... 495
29.2. DELETE SERVICE-PORT .................................................................................................................... 496
29.2.1. Delete service virtual port ................................................................................................ 497
29.2.2. Delete the corresponding service virtual port under the PON port ................................. 497
29.2.3. Delete the service virtual port corresponding to the VLAN ............................................. 499
29.2.4. Delete the traffic template referenced by the service virtual port .................................. 499
29.2.5. Delete service virtual port description information ......................................................... 500
29.3. VIEW SERVICE-PORT ...................................................................................................................... 500
29.3.1. View single or all service virtual ports .............................................................................. 501
29.3.2. View the automatically configured service virtual port ................................................... 502
29.3.3. Query service virtual ports based on service VLANs ........................................................ 503
29.3.4. Query service virtual ports based on user-side packet types .......................................... 503
29.3.5. Query service virtual ports based on user-side VLANs .................................................... 504
29.3.6. Query service virtual ports based on user-side VLAN priority ......................................... 505
 29.3.7. Check the service virtual port under the PON port .......................................................... 505
29.3.8. View the configuration of the current service virtual port............................................... 507
29.3.9. Query service virtual port performance statistics switch ................................................. 508
29.4. GEMPORT TRAFFIC STATISTICS .......................................................................................................... 510
29.4.1. View gem port statistics ................................................................................................... 510
29.4.2. View default gem port traffic statistics ............................................................................ 510
29.4.3. Viewing multicast gem port traffic statistics .................................................................... 511
29.4.4. Reset gem port traffic statistics ........................................................................................ 511
29.4.5. Reset default gem port traffic statistics............................................................................ 512
29.4.6. Reset multicast gem port traffic statistics ........................................................................ 512

30. LOG MANAGEMENT AND QUERY ............................................................................................. 513

30.1. ADD LOG SERVER .......................................................................................................................... 513

30.2. DELETE LOG SERVER ....................................................................................................................... 513
30.3. CONFIGURE THE LOG SERVER LOG SWITCH.......................................................................................... 514
30.4. CONFIGURING THE LOG SERVER ALARM LOG SWITCH ............................................................................ 514
30.5. ACTIVATE LOG SERVER HOST ............................................................................................................ 515
30.6. DEACTIVATE THE LOG SERVER HOST................................................................................................... 515
30.7. VIEW LOG SERVER HOST CONFIGURATION INFORMATION ....................................................................... 516
30.8. MANUALLY BACKING UP OLT LOGS (FTP) .......................................................................................... 517
30.9. MANUALLY BACKING UP OLT LOGS (TFTP MODE) ............................................................................... 517
30.10. DELETE OLT LOGS ....................................................................................................................... 518
30.11. VIEW ALL OLT LOGS .................................................................................................................... 518

31. ALARM MANAGEMENT AND QUERY ........................................................................................ 519

31.1. CLEAR THE SPECIFIED ACTIVE ALARM ENTRY ........................................................................................ 519

31.2. CLEAR THE ACTIVE ALARM LOG OF THE SPECIFIED LEVEL ........................................................................ 519
31.3. CLEAR THE ACTIVITY ALARM LOG OF THE SPECIFIED BOARD .................................................................... 520
31.4. CLEAR THE ACTIVE ALARM LOG OF THE SPECIFIED GE PORT .................................................................... 520
31.5. CLEAR THE ACTIVE ALARM LOG OF THE SPECIFIED PON PORT ................................................................. 520
31.6. CLEAR THE ACTIVE ALARM LOG OF THE SPECIFIED XGE PORT .................................................................. 521
31.7. CONFIGURE THE ALARM LEVEL OF THE SPECIFIED ALARM ENTRY .............................................................. 521
31.8. ENABLING AND CONFIGURING THE ALARM ANTI-JITTER PERIOD............................................................. 522
31.9. DISABLE THE ALARM ANTI-JITTER FUNCTION ....................................................................................... 522
31.10. CONFIGURE THE OUTPUT SWITCH OF THE SPECIFIED ALARM ENTRY ........................................................ 522
31.11. CONFIGURE THE ALARM OUTPUT SWITCH OF THE SPECIFIED LEVEL TYPE.................................................. 523
31.12. CONFIGURE ALL ALARM OUTPUT SWITCHES ...................................................................................... 524
31.13. CONFIGURING THE ALARM OUTPUT DETAILED INFORMATION SWITCH................................................... 524
31.14. VIEW THE SPECIFIED ACTIVE ALERT ENTRY ........................................................................................ 524
31.15. VIEW ACTIVE ALARMS OF A SPECIFIED LEVEL ..................................................................................... 525
31.16. VIEW ACTIVE ALARM LOGS OF A SPECIFIED BOARD ............................................................................. 526
31.17. VIEW ACTIVE ALARM LOGS OF A SPECIFIED GE PORT .......................................................................... 526
31.18. VIEW THE ACTIVE ALARM LOG OF THE SPECIFIED PON PORT ................................................................ 527
31.19. VIEW THE ACTIVE ALARM LOG OF THE SPECIFIED XGE PORT ................................................................. 528
31.20. VIEW ALL ALARM LOGS ................................................................................................................ 528
 31.21. VIEW THE HISTORY OF THE SPECIFIED ALARM ENTRY ........................................................................... 529
31.22. VIEW THE ALARM HISTORY OF THE SPECIFIED SEVERITY ....................................................................... 530
31.23. VIEW THE ALARM HISTORY OF A SPECIFIED BOARD ............................................................................. 530
31.24. VIEW THE ALARM HISTORY OF A SPECIFIED GE PORT .......................................................................... 531
31.25. VIEW THE ALARM HISTORY OF THE SPECIFIED PON PORT .................................................................... 532
31.26. VIEW THE ALARM HISTORY OF THE SPECIFIED XGE PORT ..................................................................... 532
31.27. VIEW ALL ALARM HISTORY ............................................................................................................ 533
31.28. CLEAR ALL ALARM HISTORY ........................................................................................................... 533
31.29. VIEW THE ALARM ANTI-JITTER PERIOD............................................................................................. 534
31.30. VIEW BASIC ALARM INFORMATION ................................................................................................. 534
31.31. CONFIGURING BANDWIDTH THRESHOLD ALARMS IN THE UPSTREAM/DOWNSTREAM DIRECTION OF A PORT 535

32. INCIDENT MANAGEMENT AND INQUIRY .................................................................................. 535

32.1. CONFIGURE THE SPECIFIED EVENT LEVEL ............................................................................................ 536

32.2. CONFIGURE ALL EVENT OUTPUT SWITCHES ......................................................................................... 536
32.3. CONFIGURE EVENT OUTPUT DETAILS SWITCH ...................................................................................... 536
32.3.1. Enable or disable the output of the specified event ........................................................ 537
32.4. CONFIGURING THE ALARM OUTPUT LIMIT INFORMATION SWITCH............................................................ 537
32.5. CONFIGURING THE NUMBER OF ALARM OUTPUT LIMIT ENTRIES ............................................................ 538
32.6. ENABLE OR DISABLE THE OUTPUT OF EVENTS OF THE SPECIFIED LEVEL ...................................................... 538
32.7. VIEW ALL EVENT HISTORY ............................................................................................................... 539
32.8. VIEW THE HISTORY OF THE SPECIFIED EVENT ....................................................................................... 539
32.9. VIEW THE HISTORY OF EVENTS OF A SPECIFIED LEVEL ............................................................................ 540
32.10. VIEW THE HISTORY OF EVENTS OF A SPECIFIED BOARD......................................................................... 541
32.11. VIEW THE EVENT HISTORY OF THE SPECIFIED GE PORT ........................................................................ 541
32.12. VIEW THE EVENT HISTORY OF THE SPECIFIED PON PORT ..................................................................... 541
32.13. VIEW THE EVENT HISTORY OF THE SPECIFIED XGE PORT ...................................................................... 542
32.14. CLEAR ALL EVENT HISTORY ............................................................................................................ 542
32.15. VIEW BASIC INFORMATION ABOUT AN EVENT .................................................................................... 543

33. OLT WEB PROGRAM MANAGEMENT ........................................................................................ 543

33.1. CLOSE OLT WEB ......................................................................................................................... 543

33.2. OPEN OLT WEB .......................................................................................................................... 544
33.3. UNINSTALL THE OLT WEB PROGRAM ............................................................................................... 544
33.4. CONFIGURE THE PROTOCOL TYPE OF OLT WEB LOGIN ......................................................................... 544
33.5. VIEW THE INFORMATION OF THE OLT WEB PROGRAM......................................................................... 545
33.6. ENABLE OR DISABLE THE WEB VERIFICATION CODE LOGIN FUNCTION ...................................................... 545

34. PPPOE PROXY FUNCTION ......................................................................................................... 546

34.1. ENABLE/DISABLE PPPOE PROXY FUNCTION........................................................................................ 546

34.2. CONFIGURING PPPOE PROXY FORWARDING POLICY............................................................................ 546
34.3. CONFIGURE PADDING MODE FOR PPPOE OPTIONS .............................................................................. 547
34.4. CREATE A CUSTOM ASCILL TYPE PPPOE PROXY FORMAT ITEM................................................................. 547
34.5. CREATE CUSTOM HEX TYPE PPPOE PROXY FORMAT ITEM ...................................................................... 547
34.6. MODIFY THE SUB-OPTIONS OF THE CUSTOM PPPOE PROXY FORMAT ITEM ............................................... 548
 34.7. VIEW PPPOE PROXY CONFIGURATION INFORMATION ........................................................................... 549
34.8. VIEW PPPOE PROXY FORMAT ITEMS ................................................................................................. 549

35. ACCESS CONTROL SETTINGS ..................................................................................................... 550

35.1. DEFAULT ACCESS RULES .................................................................................................................. 550

35.2. SET UP ACCESS RULES FOR DIFFERENT LOGIN METHODS......................................................................... 550
35.3. CLEAR ACCESS RULES ..................................................................................................................... 551
35.4. VIEW ACCESS RULE INFORMATION .................................................................................................... 551

36. LOGIN METHOD CONTROL ....................................................................................................... 552

36.1. DEVICE LOGIN METHOD SETTINGS .................................................................................................... 552

36.2. CHECK THE STATUS OF THE DEVICE LOGIN METHOD .............................................................................. 552
36.3. TELNET ACCESS DEVICE ................................................................................................................ 553

APPENDIX 1.................................................................................................................................... 553

1.Read instructions

command line conventions

Format Significance
Bold Command keywords (the part that remains
unchanged in the command and must be typed
in) are represented in bold font
Italic Command-line arguments (the part of the
command that must be replaced by an actual
value) are in italics
[] Parts enclosed in [] are optional when used
(x|y|...) means to choose one of two or more options
[x|y|...] Indicates one or no choice from two or more
options
<x-y> means to choose one of the numbers from x to
y
$ Indicates that the next line is the comment
content

keyboard operating conventions

Format Significance
characters with angle brackets Indicates the key name. For example, <Enter>,
<Tab>, <Backspace>, <a>, <?>, etc. respectively
indicate carriage return, tab, backspace,
lowercase letter a, ?
<Key 1+Key 2> It means pressing several keys on the keyboard
at the same time. For example, <Ctrl+Alt+A>
means pressing the three keys "Ctrl", "Alt" and
"A" at the same time
<Key 1,Key 2> It means press the first key first, release it, and
then press the second key. For example, <Alt,
F> means press the <Alt> key first, release it
and then press the <F> key

Notation convention
This book also uses various striking signs to indicate the places that should be paid special
attention during the operation. The meanings of these signs are as follows:

Caution, Attention: Remind the matters that should be paid attention to in the

page 1_
 operation. Improper operation may cause

lost data or damaged equipment.

WARNING: Special attention should be paid to the notes after this sign, and improper
operation may cause personal injury.

Instructions, hints, tips, thinking: Make necessary additions and explanations to the
description of the operation content.

Noun convention
OLT : Indicates the 1U4P/1U8P/1U16P system, including the uplink port connected to the switch
and other uplink devices, and the main switch processing module.
PON : Indicates the PON protocol processing module and the PON port connected to the ONT .

Precautions
 command lines described in the documentation are all case- sensitive on the OLT.
 If you encounter a command that cannot be entered or prompts an error, you can use the
question mark "?" to see what the format of the following command is.
 Incomplete commands can be completed by pressing the "Tab" key.
 1U4P/1U8P/1U16P are box OLTs with only one board, so the command to enter PON board
mode is interface gpon 0/0

page 2_
2.Command Line Interface View
View and view switching
Note: This command line environment is divided into multiple views including:
 view view : hereinafter referred to as view view or user mode, enter the password after
power on,
Only the simplest commands can be executed in this mode. The view looks like: OLT >
 enable view : hereinafter referred to as enable view or privileged mode, enter enable from
view mode
Command to enter, this mode has higher permissions than view . The view looks like: OLT#
 config view : hereinafter referred to as config view or global configuration mode, from
enable
Mode input config to enter, the view looks like: OLT (config)#
 ge interface view : hereinafter referred to as ge / gigabit interface view / mode, you can
enter interface ge 0/0 from the config view to enter: the view is such as: OLT( config
-interface-ge -0/0 )#
 xge interface view : hereinafter referred to as xge / 10 Gigabit interface view / mode, you
can enter interface xge 0/0 from the config view to enter: the view is such as: OLT( config
-interface-xge -0/0 )#
 gpon interface view : hereinafter referred to as gpon interface view / mode, you can enter
interface gpon 0/0 from the config view to enter: the view is such as: OLT( config- interface-
gpon -0/0 )#
 vlanif Layer 3 interface view : You can enter interface vlanif vlanID from the config view to
enter: the view is such as: OLT( config -interface-vlanif- 1 ) #
 Management interface MGMT view: You can enter interface mgmt from the config view to
enter: the view is such as: OLT( config - interface-mgmt)#
 multicast-vlan view : You can enter multicast-vlan vlanid from the config view to enter:
 The view is such as: OLT( config -multicast-vlan-100)#
 link-aggregation view: you can enter interface link-aggregation from the config view to
enter: the view is such as: OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

page 3_
 2.1. Command line view overview
Console interface
(1U4PON&1U8PON&1U1
6PON bits per second:
115200) PuTTY
Data Pull:8 (telnet)
Parity:none
Stop bit:1
data flow control:none) Login
Username:
Password:

View interface
OLT>

enable

Enable interface
OLT#
config

Global configuration
mode OLT(config)#

GE interface GPON interface

Ge interface view GPON interface View

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#
Xge interface
Mgmt 接口
Xge interface Mgmt interface view
view OLT(config-interface-mgmt)
OLT(config-interface-xge-0/0)# #
Link-aggregation view multicast-vlan vlanid
vlanID:1-4094
Link-aggregation view
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# multicast-vlan view
OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)#
interface vlanif vlanID
vlanID:1-4094 Acl view
vlanif Layer 3 interface view
Acl view
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)#
OLT(acl-basic-2000)#

page 4_
2.1.1.Enter Enable view

Command
OLT> enable
syntax

Function
Enter the enable view from the view view .
Description

【Configuration case】
Case: Enter the enable view from the view view:
OLT> enable
OLT#

2.1.2.Enter the Config view

Command
Command syntax
syntax

Function
Enter the config view from the enable view
Description

2.1.3.Enter the Interface view

OLT(config)# interface gpon <FrameID/SlotID>

OLT(config)# interface ge <FrameID/SlotID>
Command OLT(config)# interface link-aggregation
syntax OLT(config)# interface mgmt
OLT(config)# interface vlanif <VLAN ID>
OLT(config)# interface xge <FrameID/SlotID>

Applicable view config view

Function Enter the gpon/ge/link-aggregation/mgmt/vlanif/xge view from the

Description config view .

<VLAN ID> VLAN ID value, the value range can be 1-4094

<FrameID/SlotI
Chassis ID/Slot ID, the fixed value is 0/0
D>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enter the vlanif 100 view from the config view:
OLT(config)# interface vlanif 100

page 5_
 OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)#

Case 2: Enter the ge interface view from the config view:

OLT(config)# interface ge 0/0

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# exit

Case 3: Enter the epon interface view from the config view:
OLT(config)# interface epon 0/0

OLT(config-interface-epon-0/0)#

2.1.4.Enter ACL view

Command
OLT(config)# acl <acl ID>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
Enter the acl view from the config view .
Description

<2000-2999> basic acl|

<acl ID> <3000-4999> advanced acl|
<5000-5999> link ac

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enter the basic acl view from the config view:
OLT(config)# acl 2000
ACL ID Create OK!

OLT(acl-basic-2000)#

Case 2: Enter advanced acl view from config view:

OLT(config)# acl 3000
ACL ID Create OK!

OLT(acl-adv-3000)#

Case 3: Enter the link acl view from the config view:
OLT(config)# acl 5000

OLT(acl-link-5000)#

2.1.5.Enter Multicast-vlan view

page 6_
 Command
OLT(config)# multicast-vlan <multicast-vlan ID>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
Enter the multicast-vlan view from the config view .
Description

<multicast-vlan
Multicast vlan ID, the value range can be 1-4094
ID>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enter the multicast-vlan 100 view from the config view:
OLT(config)# multicast-vlan 100

OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)#

2.1.6.Exit to exit any view

Command
OLT(config)# exit
syntax

Function
Exit to the previous view from any view .
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Exit from the config view to the enable view:
OLT(config)# exit

OLT#

3.Equipment upgrade

3.1.Upgrade OLT software

3.1.1.FTP server upgrade

Command OLT(config)# load packetfile ftp <ftp-server-ip> <user-name>

syntax <user-password> <file-name>

Applicable view enable view, config view

Function This command is used to upgrade the OLT software version. This
Description command can only be used under the root account .

page 7_
 <ftp-server-ip> IP address of the FTP server

<user-name> Username set on the FTP server

<user-password
Password set on the FTP server
>

<file-name> The name of the OLT software to be downloaded

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Upgrade the OLT application, the program file name is
New16Port_Image_V1.0.0_180530_1928.img, the ftp server IP address is 192.168.1.16, the ftp
user name is amdin, and the password is admin. After the OLT displays upgrade OK, restart the
OLT.
OLT(config)# load packetfile ftp 192.168.1.16 admin admin New16Port
_Image_V1.0.0_180530_1928.img
Broadcast message from root:
Upgrade is in process.
File [ New16Port_Image_V1.0.0_180530_1928.img ] download .......... OK
File [ New16Port_Image_V1.0.0_180530_1928.img ] upgrade .......... OK

3.1.2.TFTP server upgrade

Command
OLT(config)# load packetfile tftp <tftp-server-ip><file-name>
syntax

Applicable view enable view, config view

Function This command is used to upgrade the OLT software version. This
Description command can only be used under the root account .

<tftp-server-ip> IP address of the TFTP server

<file-name> The name of the OLT software to be downloaded

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Upgrade the OLT application, the file name is
New16Port_Image_V1.0.0_180530_1928.img, and the tftp server IP address is 192.168.1.16.
After the OLT displays upgrade OK, restart the OLT.
OLT(config)# load packetfile tftp 192.168.1.16 New16Port
_Image_V1.0.0_180530_1928.img
Broadcast message from root:
Upgrade is in process.
File [ New16Port_Image_V1.0.0_180530_1928.img ] download ..................... OK
File [ New16Port_Image_V1.0.0_180530_1928.img ] upgrade ............. OK

page 8_
3.2.O LT automatic upgrade

3.2.1.Transfer the upgrade file of the OLT to the OLT

OLT(config)# load file to flash {ftp <ip-address> < ftp - user - name >
Command
< FTP - user - password > < FILE-NAME >} | { tftp <ip-address> <
syntax
FILE-NAME >}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to transfer the upgrade file of the OLT to the
Description OLT .

ftp Use the ftp protocol to transfer the ONT upgrade file to the OLT

<ip-address> The ip address of the ftp or tftp server, in the format XXXX

< FTP - user - The access user name of the ftp server, the value range is 1-32
name > characters

< FTP - user - The access password of the ftp server, the value range is 1-32
password > characters

OLT , the value range is 1-64 characters, and the extension of the OLT
< FILE-NAME >
upgrade file needs to be added

tftp Use tftp protocol to transfer OLT upgrade files to OLT

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Use tftp to transfer the upgrade file of OLT to OLT
OLT(config)# load file to flash tftp 192.168.5.155 V1.0.4_190307.img

3.2.2.View the upgrade file of OLT

Command
OLT(config)# show flash file
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the OLT upgrade file uploaded to the
Description OLT

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the uploaded OLT upgrade file

page 9_
 OLT(config)# show flash file
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
file list:
File Name Size(B) Creation Time Attribute
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
V1.0.5_190701.img 20512256 2019/10/16 09:22:24 +0000 -rw
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Files Total: 1
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------

3.2.3.Delete the upgrade file of OLT

Command
OLT(config)# flash file delete < FILE-NAME >
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to delete the OLT upgrade file uploaded to the
Description OLT

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the uploaded OLT upgrade file
OLT(config)# flash file delete V1.0.5_190701.img
Delete V1.0.5_190701.img successfully!

3.2.4.Configure automatic upgrade time

Command
OLT(config)# olt autoupdate image < FILE-NAME > time < time >
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the OLT automatic upgrade file
Description and time

OLT , the value range is 1-64 characters, and the extension of the OLT
< FILE-NAME >
upgrade file needs to be added

< time > Automatic upgrade time, format: YYYY/MM/DD-HH:MM:SS

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure OLT to automatically upgrade to version 1.0.4 at 7:00 pm on 2019-10-11
OLT(config)# olt autoupdate image V1.0.4_190307.img time 2019/10/11-19:00:00

3.2.5.Delete the OLT automatic upgrade configuration file

page 10_
 Command
OLT(config)# no olt autoupdate config
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to delete the OLT automatic upgrade

Description configuration file

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the OLT automatic upgrade configuration file
OLT(config)# no olt autoupdate config

3.2.6.View OLT automatic upgrade configuration file information

Command
OLT(config)# show olt autoupdate config
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the OLT automatic upgrade

Description configuration file information

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the OLT automatic upgrade configuration file
OLT(config)# show olt autoupdate config
Configuration olt autoupdate switch : disable
Configuration olt autoupdate time : --
Configuration olt autoupdate image : --

3.2.7.Enabling and disabling the automatic upgrade function of OLT

Command
OLT(config)# olt autoupdate {enable|disable}
syntax

Applicable view config view

To enable or disable the automatic upgrade function, you need to

Function
upload the upgrade file and configure the automatic upgrade time
Description
first.

disable: Disable the automatic upgrade function.

enable|disable
enable: Enable the automatic upgrade function.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable OLT automatic upgrade function

page 11_
 OLT(config)# olt autoupdate enable

3.3.Show hardware version information of the OLT

Command
OLT(config)# show version
syntax

Applicable view enable view, config view

Function This command is used to view OLT hardware and software

Description information.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View device version information.
OLT(config)# show version
Hardware version : V3.0
Firmware version : V1.0.0 (Wed, 30 May 2018 19:25:46 +0800)

OLT(config)#

3.4.View the current loading, copying, and backup progress of

the OLT

Command
OLT(config)# show progress load
syntax

Applicable view enable view, config view

This command is used to query the progress of a load, copy, or

backup operation currently being performed by the device. When the
Function
device is performing loading, copying, and backup operations, if you
Description
need to view the progress of the current operation and understand
the status of the operation, use this command.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the loading progress.
OLT(config)# show progress load
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Transmit Protocol : FTP
FTP Server : 0.0.0.0
FTP User Name :
FTP Password :
Transmit FileName :
Transmit Action : Unknown

page 12_
 Transmit Status : Idle
Transmit Progress : 0%
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

4.Device management

4.1.Restart the OLT

Command
OLT(config)# reboot
syntax

Applicable view enable view, config view

Function This command is used to restart the OLT. Only the root user group has
Description this permission.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Restart the OLT.
OLT(config)# reboot
Please check whether data has saved,
the unsaved data will lose if reboot system.
Are you sure to reboot system? (y|n):

4.2.Initialize the OLT

Command OLT(config)# erase saved-config

syntax OLT(config)# reboot

Applicable view config view

Function These two commands are used to restore the OLT to the factory, and
Description only the root user group has this permission.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Initialize the OLT.
OLT(config)# erase saved-config
This command will clear the active board data that has been saved
Please remember to backup the system configuration data
Are you sure to continue? (y/n):

OLT(config)# reboot

page 13_
 Please check whether data has saved,
the unsaved data will lose if reboot system.
Are you sure to reboot system? (y/n):

4.3.Configuring the out-of-band management IP of the OLT

Command OLT(config-interface-mgmt)# ip address <ip-address>

syntax {<ip-address-mask>|<length of mask> }

Applicable view mgmt view

The ip address command is used to configure the IP address and

Function
subnet mask of the out-of-band management interface. The OLT can
Description
be accessed through this IP address.

IP address. IP addresses are divided into five categories. Users can

select the appropriate IP subnet according to the actual situation.
<ip-address>
When the host address part is all 0 or all 1, it has a special effect and
cannot be used as a general IP address.

<ip-address-ma
Subnet mask. The format is XXXX
sk>

<length of
Subnet mask length, the value is 0-32
mask>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the IP address of the OLT's out-of-band management interface as
192.168.5.68 and the subnet mask length as 24.
OLT(config-interface-mgmt)# ip address 192.168.5.68 24

OLT(config-interface-mgmt)#

4.4.Configure the in-band vlanif virtual interface of the OLT

Command OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# ip address <ip-address>

syntax {<ip-address-mask>|<length of mask>}

Applicable view vlanif view

The ip address command is used to configure the IP address and

subnet mask of the VLAN interface. Use this command when you
Function need to allow the IP packets in the VLAN to participate in Layer 3
Description forwarding. After the interface IP address and subnet mask are
configured successfully, the IP packets in the VLAN are forwarded at
Layer 3 with this IP address .

page 14_
 IP address. IP addresses are divided into five categories. Users can
select the appropriate IP subnet according to the actual situation.
<ip-address>
When the host address part is all 0 or all 1, it has a special effect and
cannot be used as a general IP address.

<ip-address-ma
Subnet mask. The format is XXXX
sk>

<length of
Subnet mask length, the value is 0-32
mask>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the IP address of the vlanif virtual interface of the OLT as 192.168.100.1
and the subnet mask as 255.255.255.0.
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# ip address 192.168.100.1 255.255.255.0

OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)#

4.5.View Out-of-Band Management Interfaces

Command
OLT(config)# show interface mgmt
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to query the IP address, maximum

Function
transmission unit, and device MAC address of the out-of-band
Description
management interface.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the IP address, MTU, and interface Mac address of the OLT's out-of-band
management interface.
OLT(config)# show interface mgmt
Description : Outband management interface
The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500 bytes
Internet Address is 192.168.5.68, netmask 255.255.255.0
Hardware address is E0:67:B3:00:00:A1
Receive 1211697 packets, 110976849 bytes
Transmit 1010970 packets, 181111550 bytes

OLT(config)#

4.6.View OLT device information

page 15_
 Command
OLT(config)# show device
syntax

Applicable view enable view, config view

Function This command is used to query the model, mac address, SN, and
Description manufacturer name of the OLT.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the device information of the OLT.
OLT(config)# show device
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Device model : New16Port
Device MAC address : E0:67:B3:00:00:A1
Device serial-number : AF2101-160130001
Device vendor name : XPON
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

4.7.Configure user login timeout

Command
OLT(config)# exec-timeout <time>
syntax

Applicable view enable view, config view

This command is used to configure the user login timeout period.

Function
When the user does not perform any operation on the device within
Description
the set time, it will automatically log out. The default is 300 seconds.

<time> Execution timeout, the range is 1-36000, the unit is seconds

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the execution timeout to 36000 seconds.
OLT(config)# exec-timeout 36000

OLT(config)#

4.8.View user execution timeout

Command
OLT(config)# show exec-timeout
syntax

Applicable view enable view, config view

Function This command is used to view the user execution timeout time.

page 16_
 Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the user execution timeout.
OLT# show exec-timeout
Timeout: 36000s

OLT#

4.9.Exit the current system

Command
OLT(config)# logout
syntax

Applicable view view view, enable view, config view

Function
This command is used to exit the current system.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Exit the current system.
OLT# logout

>>User name:

4.10.Exit to view view

Command
OLT(config)# end
syntax

Applicable view other views than the view view

Function This command is used to exit directly to the view view from other
Description views other than the vlew view.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Exit from the config view to the view view.
OLT(config)# end

OLT>

4.11.Configure the IP address of the DNS server

Command OLT(config)# dns server <ip-addr>

page 17_
 syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the IP address of the DNS server
Description of the OLT.

<ip-addr> IP address in the format of XXXX

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The IP address of the DNS server of the OLT is 192.168.5.1.
OLT(config)# dns server 192.168.5.1

OLT(config)#

4.12.Delete the IP address of the DNS server

Command
OLT(config)# no dns server <ip-addr>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to delete the system domain name server. No
Description parameter is used to delete the preferred and alternate DNS servers.

<ip-addr> IP address in the format of XXXX

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the DNS server with the OLT IP address 192.168.5.1.
OLT(config)#no dns server 192.168.5.1

OLT(config)#

4.13.View the IP address of the DNS server

Command
OLT(config)# show dns server
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the IP address of the DNS server of the
Description OLT.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the IP address of the OLT's DNS server.
OLT(config)# show dns server

page 18_
 IPv4 DNS Servers :
Domain-server IpAddress
1 192.168.5.1

OLT(config)

4.14.View LICENSE file information

Command
OLT(config)# show license
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the license file information in the
Description current system

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the license file of the OLT
OLT(config)# show license
License : 254a18babd1df261f949026af31ed4bc2af3c4e8dcb98c962283cb8f8d512bbd
Max pon port : 8
Effective pon port : 8
Time limit : Unlimited
OLT(config)#

4.15.User file deletion

Command OLT(config)# file delete <filename>

syntax
Applicable config view
view
Function This command is used to delete user files
Description
【Configuration case】
Case 1 : delete the file named file23
OLT(config)# file delete file23

page 19_
4.16.file deletion

Command OLT(config)# file delete

syntax
Applicable config view
view
Function This command is used to delete all files
Description
【Configuration case】
Case 1 : Delete Files
OLT(config)# file delete
OLT(config)#

4.17.Configure the OLT system name

Command
OLT(config)# sysname <name>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the name of the OLT displayed on
Description the command line of the OLT.

<name> The network name of the OLT, which supports 1-16 characters.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the network name of the OLT as test.
OLT(config)# sysname test

test(config)#

4.18.Device Diagnostic Information

4.18.1.Ping Diagnostic Commands

Command
OLT(config)# ping <DESTINATION>| < ip >
syntax

Applicable view enable view or config view

Function
between the device and the target host
Description

<DESTINATION> Destination IP address or hostname. IP addresses are divided into five

page 20_
 categories. Users can choose the appropriate IP subnet according to
the actual situation. When the host address part is all 0 or all 1, it has
a special effect and cannot be used as a general IP address. The
format is xxxx.

< ip > Destination IP address or hostname, same as <DESTINATION> .

【Configuration case】
target IP address 192.168.5.50 on the OLT
OLT(config)# ping 192.168.5.50
PING 192.168.5.50 (192.168.5.50): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 192.168.5.50: seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.449 ms
64 bytes from 192.168.5.50: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.379 ms
64 bytes from 192.168.5.50: seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.365 ms
64 bytes from 192.168.5.50: seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.612 ms

--- 192.168.5.50 ping statistics ---

4 packets transmitted, 4 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip min/avg/max = 0.365/0.451/0.612 ms

OLT(config)#

4.18.2.Traceroute Diagnostic Commands

Command
OLT(config)# traceroute < DESTINATION >
syntax

Applicable view enable view or config view s

Function Through traceroute, you can know what path the information takes
Description from the computer to the host on the other end of the Internet.

Destination IP address or hostname. IP addresses are divided into five

categories. Users can choose the appropriate IP subnet according to
<Destination-IP
the actual situation. When the host address part is all 0 or all 1, it has
>
a special effect and cannot be used as a general IP address. The
format is xxxx.

【Configuration case】
Traceroute target IP address 192.168.5.50 on OLT
OLT(config)# traceroute 192.168.5.50
traceroute to 192.168.5.50 (192.168.5.50), 30 hops max, 38 byte packets
1 192.168.5.50 0.954 ms 0.473 ms 0.189 ms

OLT(config)#

page 21_
5.Condition monitoring

5.1.Check the working status of the OLT cooling fan

Command
OLT(config)# show fan
syntax

Applicable view enable view, config view

Function This command is used to view the working status of the cooling fan of
Description the OLT.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the working status of the cooling fan of the OLT.
OLT# show fan
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
FAN[1] status: Normal (6660RPM)
FAN[2] status: Normal (6660RPM)
FAN[3] status: Normal (6720RPM)
FAN[4] status: Normal (6780RPM)
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT#

5.2.View the real-time operating temperature of the OLT

Command
OLT(config)# show temperature
syntax

Applicable view enable view, config view

Function This command is used to view the real-time operating temperature of

Description the OLT.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the real-time operating temperature of the OLT.
OLT# show temperature
The temperature of the board: 45.0(C)
OLT#

page 22_
5.3.View the memory usage of the OLT

Command
OLT(config)# show memory
syntax

Applicable view enable view, config view

Function
This command is used to view the memory usage of the OLT.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the memory usage of the OLT.
OLT# show memory
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total memory: 1012MB
Free memory: 745MB
Utilization: 27%
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT#

5.4.Time to configure the OLT

Command
OLT(config)# time <time>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to configure the time of the OLT.
Description

<time> Time, format: YYYY/MM/DD-HH:MM:SS

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Time to configure OLT.
OLT(config)# time 2018/06/22-15:35:59

OLT(config)#

5.5.Check the time of the OLT

Command
OLT(config)# show time
syntax

Applicable view enable view, config view

page 23_
 Function
This command is used to view the time of the OLT.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the time of OLT.
OLT(config)# show time
2018-06-22 15:36:18 +00:00

OLT(config)#

5.6.Configuring Temperature Thresholds for the OLT System

Command
OLT(config)# temperature threshold high-temperature value
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the temperature threshold of the

Function OLT system. If the real-time temperature is higher than the
Description configured system temperature threshold, an alarm will be reported.
The default is 80°C .

The temperature threshold of the OLT system, the value range is

value
40-105, the unit is °C
【Configuration case】

Case 1: Configure the maximum temperature threshold of the OLT system to be 40°C.
OLT(config)# temperature threshold high-temperature 40

OLT(config)#

5.7.View temperature thresholds for OLT systems

Command
OLT(config)# show temperature threshold
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the temperature threshold of the OLT
Description system.
【Configuration case】

Case 1: View the OLT system temperature threshold.

OLT(config)# show temperature threshold
The temperature high-threshold of the system : 80(C)

page 24_
 OLT(config)#

5.8.View the start-up time and operating hours of the OLT

Command
OLT(config)# show uptime
syntax

Applicable view enable view, config view

Function This command is used to view the startup time and running time of
Description the OLT.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the startup time and running working time of the OLT.
OLT# show uptime
System up time : 0 day 17 hour 29 minute 47 second
System boot time : Thu Sep 7 17:20:33 2017

OLT#

5.9.Configuring a Network Time (NTP) Server

Command OLT(config)# ntp-service unicast-service {<ip-addr>|<domain

syntax name>}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the network time NTP server of
Description the OLT.

<ip-addr> The IP address of the network time server, in the format of XXXX

<domain name> The domain name of the network time server

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the OLT NTP server address as 202.120.2.101
OLT(config)# ntp-service unicast-service 202.120.2.101

OLT(config)#

5.10.Delete Network Time (NTP) Server

Command OLT(config)# no ntp-service unicast-service {<ip-addr>|<domain

syntax name>}

page 25_
 Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to delete the network time NTP server of the
Description OLT.

<ip-addr> The IP address of the network time server, in the format of XXXX

<domain name> The domain name of the network time server

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the OLT NTP server address as 202.120.2.101
OLT(config)# no ntp-service unicast-service 202.120.2.101

OLT(config)#

5.11.Configure the maximum recorded value of performance

statistics

Command OLT(config)# statistics max-record <15min record-number of

syntax 15min > | <24hour record-number of 24hour >

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the maximum record value of OLT
Description performance statistics.

record-number Configure the maximum record value of the performance statistics

of 15min function with an interval of 15 minutes, in the range of 1-96.

record-number Configure the maximum record value of the performance statistics

of 24hours function with an interval of 24 hours, ranging from 1 to 7.
【Configuration case】

Case 1: The maximum statistic value of the performance statistic function configured with a
time interval of 24 hours is 6 .
OLT(config)# statistics max-record 24hour 6

OLT(config)#

5.12.View session information for Network Time (NTP) servers

Command
OLT(config)# show ntp-service session
syntax

Applicable view config view

page 26_
 Function This command is used to view the session information of the network
Description time NTP server of the OLT.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the session information of the OLT NTP server
OLT(config)# show ntp-service session
clock source: 202.120.2.101
clock stratum: 0
clock status: configured
reference clock ID: 0.0.0.0
reach: 0
current poll: 64 secs
now: 0
offset: +0.000000ms
delay: 0.000000
disper: 0.000000

OLT(config)#

5.13.Configure the OLT system time zone

Command
OLT(config)# timezone gmt+/gmt- <timezone>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Set the system time zone to be the east time zone or the west time
zone. "GMT+" indicates the Eastern Time Zone, that is, the local time
Function
is faster than Greenwich Mean Time, and "GMT-" indicates the
Description
Western Time Zone, that is, the local time is slower than Greenwich
Mean Time.

Time zone time, the format is hh:mm, the maximum value of the east
<timezone> time zone is 18:00, and the maximum value of the west time zone is
18:00.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configuring the OLT system time zone
OLT(config)# timezone gmt+ 08:00

OLT(config)#

5.14.View the current time zone of the OLT system

page 27_
 Command
OLT(config)# show timezone
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the current time zone of the OLT
Description system.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current time zone of the OLT system
OLT(config)# show timezone
The current time zone: GMT+08:00

OLT(config)#

5.15.View the specified Mac address information

Command
OLT(config)# show location <mac-addr>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view information about the local mac
Description address of the OLT.

<mac-addr> Mac address in the format xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the information of the OLT local mac address E0:56:43:A9:B4:1A
OLT(config)# show location E0:56:43:A9:B4:1A
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 2
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
MAC VLAN Port MAC-Type
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
E0:56:43:A9:B4:1A 100 cpu static
E0:56:43:A9:B4:1A 200 cpu static
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

5.16.View OLT static MAC address

Command
OLT(config)# show mac-address static [(include|exclude) STRING]
syntax

page 28_
 Applicable view config view

Function
static MAC addresses learned by the OLT .
Description

STRING Regular expression, length 1-64 bytes

include Match contains regular expression

exclude match does not contain regular expressions

【Configuration case】
static mac addresses learned by the OLT .
OLT(config)# show mac-address static
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 5
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
MAC VLAN Sport Port Onu Gemid MAC-Type
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
E0:67:B3:00:00:05 300 - cpu - - static
E0:67:B3:00:00:05 400 - cpu - - static
E0:B7:63:00:00:46 1 - cpu - - static
E0:67:B3:00:00:05 500 - cpu - - static
E0:67:B3:12:EB:F6 100 - ge0/0/1 - - static
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

5.17.View OLT CPU usage

Command
OLT(config)# show cpu
syntax

Applicable view Enable view, config view

Function
This command is used to view the usage of OLT CPU.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View OLT CPU usage
OLT(config)# show cpu
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Utilization: 54%
Load Average(1min) : 8.11
Load Average(5min) : 8.38
Load Average(15min) : 8.39
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

page 29_
 OLT(config)#

5.18.View OLT Power Status

Command
OLT(config)# show power state
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to view the power status of the OLT device
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View OLT Power Status
OLT(config)# show power state
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Slot-ID WorkStatus
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
1 not working
2 working

5.19.View the history information of the most recently entered

commands of the OLT

Command
OLT(config)# show history
syntax

Applicable view View view, enable view, config view

Function This command is used to view the history information of recently

Description entered commands.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the historical information of the most recent OLT input commands
OLT(config)# show history
enable
config
exec-timeout 36000
exit
show dns server
show cpu

OLT(config)#

page 30_
6.Configuration management

6.1.Back up the OLT configuration

6.1.1.FTP server backup configuration

Command OLT(config)# backup configuration format <gz|txt> ftp

syntax <server-ip-address> <user-name> <user-password> <filename>

Applicable view enable view, config view

Function
Back up the OLT configuration
Description

Format<gz|txt> Backup configuration file format: gz format and txt format

<server-ip-addr
ftp server ip address
ess>

<user-name> ftp username

<user-password
ftp user password
>

The name of the backup configuration file, the name is set by

<filename>
yourself, and the file format name is not required

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Backup the configuration file of the device, the configuration file name is config, the
backup file type is gz, the ftp server IP address is 192.168.1.16, the ftp user name is amdin, and
the password is admin.
OLT(config)# backup configuration format gz ftp 192.168.1.16 admin admin config
Start backup configuration files
The backup is successful

OLT(config)#

6.1.2.TFTP server backup configuration

Command OLT(config)# backup configuration format <gz|txt> tftp

syntax <server-ip-address> <filename>

Applicable view enable view, config view

Function Back up the OLT configuration

page 31_
 Description

<server-ip-addr
tftp server ip address
ess>

The name of the backup configuration file, the name is set by

<filename>
yourself, and the file format name is not required

Format<gz|txt> Backup configuration file format: gz format and txt format

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The configuration file of the backup device, the configuration file name is config, the
backup file type is gz, and the IP address of the tftp server is 192.168.5.202.
OLT# backup configuration format gz tftp 192.168.5.202 config
Start backup configuration files
The backup is successful

OLT#

6.2.Restoring the OLT configuration

6.2.1.FTP server restore configuration

Command OLT(config)# load configuration format <gz|txt> ftp

syntax <server-ip-address> <user-name> <user-password> <filename>

Applicable view enable view, config view

Function
Restoring the OLT configuration
Description

<server-ip-addr
ftp server ip address
ess>

<user-name> ftp username

<user-password
ftp user password
>

The name of the configuration file to be downloaded, which is the file

<filename>
name backed up from the OLT.

Format<gz|txt> Backup configuration file format: gz format and txt format

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Download the configuration file of the device, the configuration file name is config ,
the backup file format is gz , the ftp server IP address is 192.168.1.16, the ftp user name is amdin,

page 32_
and the password is admin.
OLT(config)# load configuration format gz ftp 192.168.1.16 admin admin config
The new configuration file will overwrite the old one
Are you sure to load new configuration file? (y/n):y
Start loading configuration
The loading is successful!

6.2.2.TFTP server restore configuration

Command OLT(config)# load configuration format <gz|txt> tftp

syntax <server-ip-address> <filename>

Applicable view enable view, config view

Function
Back up the configuration file of the OLT
Description

<server-ip-addr
tftp server ip address
ess>

The name of the configuration file to be downloaded, which is the file

<filename>
backed up from the OLT.

Format<gz|txt> Backup configuration file format: gz format and txt format

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Download the configuration file of the device, the name of the configuration file is
config, the format of the backup file is gz, and the IP address of the tftp server is 192.168.1.16.
OLT(config)# load configuration format gz tftp 192.168.1.16 config
The new configuration file will overwrite the old one
Are you sure to load new configuration file? (y|n):y
Start loading configuration
The loading is successful!

OLT(config)#

6.3.Related configuration of periodic backup function

6.3.1.Enabling and disabling the automatic periodic backup function

OLT(config)# auto-backup period { alarm |configuration|log}

Command syntax
enable/disable
Applicable view config view
Function Description This command is used to configure the periodic backup switch of

page 33_
 alarm or configuration or log . Save to this computer
enable/disable enable: Enable the automatic periodic backup alarm function
disable: Disable the automatic periodic backup alarm function
{ alarm | Alarm: alarm
configuration | log } Configuration: configuration
Log: log

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable automatic periodic backup alarm function
OLT(config)# auto-backup period alarm enable

6.3.2.Set automatic backup cycle and backup time

Command OLT(config)# auto-backup period { alarm |configuration|log} interval

syntax <days> time <HH:MM>
Applicable config view
view
This command is used to configure the automatic periodic backup alarm,
backup cycle and backup time of configuration or log. When a certain
Function cycle needs to be automatically backed up to the local machine, use this
Description command. Periodic backup can be started only when the switch is turned
on. If no backup period is configured, the backup period will automatically
take the default value.
<days> Set the backup period, the unit is days
<HH:MM> Set the backup time in the format <hour:minute>
【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the backup cycle of automatic periodic backup alarm to be one day and
the backup time to be 11:35
OLT(config)# auto-backup period alarm interval 1 time 1 1 : 35

6.3.3.Function configuration of automatically backing up information

to a server with a specified address

Command OLT(config)# (no) auto-backup server { alarm |configuration|log} { tftp

syntax /ftp} <ip>
Applicable config view
view
Function This command is used to automatically save the automatic backup alarms,
Description configurations, and logs to the server with the specified ip address
{ alarm | Alarm: Set the automatic backup alarm information to the server with the
configuration | specified ip address

page 34_
 log } Configuration: Set the automatic backup configuration information to the
server with the specified ip address
Log: Set up automatic backup log information to the server with the
specified ip address

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set up automatic backup alarm information to the server with the specified ip
address 193.168.5.163

OLT(config)#backup server alarm tftp 192.168.5.163

6.4.View the current real-time configuration of the OLT

Command
OLT(config)# show current-config
syntax

Applicable view enable view, config view

This command is used to view live configuration files. After a user

Function completes a set of configurations, to verify whether the configuration
Description is correct, and to query the currently effective configuration
commands, use this command.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current real-time configuration file of the OLT
OLT(config)# show current-config
Current configuration:
!
spanning-tree enable
spanning-tree timer max-age 6
spanning-tree timer forward-delay 30
spanning-tree timer hello 1
spanning-tree priority 4096
!
interface ge 0|0
spanning-tree edged-port 1 enable
spanning-tree priority 1 16
spanning-tree cost 1 1600
spanning-tree mcheck 1 enable
exit

6.5.Save the current configuration of the OLT

page 35_
 Command
OLT(config)# save
syntax

Applicable view enable view, config view

Function This command is used to save the configuration file of the current
Description device.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Save the current real-time configuration file of the OLT
OLT(config)# save
The percentage of saved data is: 0%
The percentage of saved data is: 4%
The percentage of saved data is: 9%
The percentage of saved data is: 13%
The percentage of saved data is: 18%
The percentage of saved data is: 22%
The percentage of saved data is: 27%
The percentage of saved data is: 31%
The percentage of saved data is: 36%
The percentage of saved data is: 40%
The percentage of saved data is: 45%
The percentage of saved data is: 68%
The percentage of saved data is: 81%
The percentage of saved data is: 95%
The percentage of saved data is: 100%
OLT(config)#

6.6.Delete the OLT configuration save file

Command
OLT(config)# erase saved-config
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to erase the configuration save file. After

Function
executing this command, restart the OLT, and the OLT will restore the
Description
factory settings.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the configuration save file
OLT# erase saved-config
This command will clear the active board data that has been saved
please rememb
er to backup the system configuration data

page 36_
 Are you sure to continue? (y | n)[n]: y

Successfully restored factory configuration!

6.7.View OLT configuration save file

Command
OLT(config)# show saved-config
syntax

Applicable view enable view, config view

Function
This command is used to view the OLT configuration save file.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the OLT configuration save file
OLT(config)# show saved-config
#Saving user: root
#Saving time: 2017-03-20 19:00:02+0800
spanning-tree enable
spanning-tree timer max-age 6
spanning-tree timer forward-delay 30
spanning-tree timer hello 1
spanning-tree priority 4096
interface ge 0|0
spanning-tree edged-port 1 enable
spanning-tree priority 1 16
spanning-tree cost 1 1600
spanning-tree mcheck 1 enable
exit

6.8.Enable/disable automatic saving of configuration period

Command OLT(config)# autosave interval on /off

syntax
Applicable config view
view
Function This command is used to enable or disable the auto save function
Description
On / off on : Turn on the automatic cycle automatic save function
off : Turn off the automatic cycle automatic save function
【Configuration case】
Case 1 : Turn on the cycle automatic save function

page 37_
 OLT(config)# autosave interval on

6.9.Configure the time interval for periodic auto-save

Command OLT(config)# autosave interval configuration < Interval>

syntax
Applicable config view
view
Function This command is used to configure the autosave feature
Description
Interval Iterval: refers to the time interval, in hours and minutes
【Configuration case】
Case 1 : Set the auto save interval to 2 minutes
OLT(config)# autosave interval configuration 2

6.10.Turn on/off the automatic cycle saving configuration

function at a specific time

Command OLT(config)# autosave time on /off

syntax
Applicable config view
view
Function This command is used to enable or disable the auto save function
Description
On / off on: Turn on the automatic cycle automatic save function
off: Turn off the automatic cycle automatic save function
【Configuration case】
Case 1 : Turn on automatic save at specified time
OLT(config)# autosave time on

6.11.Automatically save configuration at specific time

Command OLT(config)#autosave time configuration < HH:MM >

syntax
Applicable config view
view

page 38_
 Function This command is used to configure the autosave feature
Description
HH:MM HH:MM: refers to the time of automatic saving, in hours and minutes
【Configuration case】
Case 1 : Set the auto save time to 13:35
OLT(config)# autosave time configuration 13:35

7.User Management

7.1.Add new user and user password

Command OLT(config)# user add <user-name> <user-password>

syntax {admin|guest|root }

Applicable view config view

This command is used to add a new user, a new user password, and
the groups to which the new user belongs are root, admin, and guest.
root: The user has all permissions on the device.
Function admin: The user has configuration and view permissions, but does
Description not have the permissions to restart, upgrade, save configuration,
and view users.
guest: The user has the functions of viewing configuration and
backup.

<user-name> Username of the new user

<user-password
Set username and password
>

admin|guest| The permissions to which the new user belongs, including root,
root admin, and guest

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create a new admin user, the user name is test, and the password is test
OLT(config)# user add test test admin
OLT(config)#

7.2.delete users

Command
OLT(config)# user delete <name>
syntax

page 39_
 Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to delete the created user. Note that the root
Description user cannot be deleted .

<name> Username to be deleted

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the user whose username is test.
OLT(config)# user delete test
OLT(config)#

7.3.Modify user password

Command
OLT(config)# user [ <user-name> ] password <user-password>
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to modify the user's password .

Function
user password <user-password> : Modify the login password of the
Description
current user.

<user-name> Username whose password is to be changed

<user-password
password to change
>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Change the password of user 111 to 123456
olt(config)# user 111 password ******

olt(config)#

7.4.View all created users of OLT

Command
OLT(config)# show user
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to query all created users of the device.
Description

【Configuration case】

page 40_
 Case 1: View all created users of OLT
OLT(config)# show user
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
User Group
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
root root
yao guest
test admin
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
OLT(config)#

7.5.View logged in user information

Command
OLT(config)# show client
syntax

Applicable view view view, enable view, config view

Function
This command is used to check information about user login.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View OLT logged in user information
OLT(config)# show client
ID Access-Type User-Name IP-Address Login-Time
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
>32 Telnet root 192.168.5.67 03:52:47
46 Telnet root 192.168.5.20 00:07:45

OLT(config)#

7.6.the telnet login user offline

Command
OLT(config)# client kick-off <client-id>
syntax

Applicable view enable view, config view

Function
This command is used to force a telnet logged in user offline.
Description

The ID of the logged in user, the value range can be 1-4294967295.

<client-id>
The ID can be viewed with the show client command.

【Configuration case】

page 41_
 Case 1: Forcibly kick 44 logged-in users offline
OLT# client kick-off 44
The user has been kicked off successfully
OLT#

8.SNMP configuration

8.1.Enabling and disabling the SNMP function

Command
OLT(config)# service snmp {enable|disable }
syntax

Applicable view config view

The OLT can be managed by EMS only if the function of the SNMP
Function
agent is enabled. After disabling this function, the OLT cannot be
Description
managed by EMS.

disable: Disable the snmp proxy function.

enable|disable
enable e: Enable the snmp proxy function.

【Configuration case】

Case 1 : Enable snmp proxy function

OLT(config)# service snmp en able
OLT (config) #

8.2.View SNMP agent function status

Command
OLT(config)# show snmp-agent status
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to view the status of the snmp function.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the status of the OLT snmp function
OLT(config)# show snmp-agent status
Snmp agent status: Enable

OLT(config)#

8.3.Configure the name of the SNMP read community

page 42_
 Command
OLT(config)# snmp-agent community read <community-name>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the name of the snmp read
Description community.

<community-na Read the name of the community, supports 1-32 characters.

me> Generally set to public

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the read community of the snmp agent as public
OLT(config)# snmp-agent community read public

8.4.View SNMP Agent Read Community

Command
OLT(config)# show snmp-agent community read
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the information of the snmp read
Description community.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the read community information of OLT snmp
OLT(config)# show snmp-agent community read
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Community-Name VACM-Name View-Name
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
public default all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

8.5.Configure the name of the SNMP write community

Command
OLT(config)# snmp-agent community write <community-name>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the name of the snmp write

page 43_
 Description community.

<community-na Write the name of the community, 1-32 characters are supported.
me> Usually set to private

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the write community of the snmp agent as private
OLT(config)# snmp-agent community write private
OLT(config)#

8.6.View SNMP Agent Write Community

Command
OLT(config)# show snmp-agent community write
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the information of the snmp write
Description community.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the write community information of OLT snmp
OLT(config)# show snmp-agent community write
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Community-Name VACM-Name View-Name
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
private default all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

8.7.Configuring SNMP Agents with Authentication for Security

Mode-Based Groups

OLT(config)# snmp-agent group v3 <group-name> authentication

Command
{[notify-view <none|all> ]|[ read-view <none|all> ]|[write-view
syntax
<none|all>]}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the security mode-based group of

Description the snmp proxy with authentication.

<group-name> Group name, supports 1-32 characters.

page 44_
 notify-view Specifies the notification view corresponding to this group name.

read-view Set the read-only view corresponding to this group name.

write-view Set the read-write view corresponding to the group name.

none does not match the view.

all matches all views.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure a security mode-based group with authentication for the snmp agent. The
group name is test, which corresponds to all notification views.
OLT(config)# snmp-agent group v3 test authentication notify-view all

OLT(config)#

8.8.Configuring SNMP Agents without Authentication for Security

Mode Based Groups

OLT(config)# snmp-agent group v3 <group-name> noauth

Command
{[notify-view <none|all>]|[ read-view <none|all>]|[ write-view
syntax
<none|all>]}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the security mode based group of
Description snmp agent without authentication.

<group-name> Group name, supports 1-32 characters.

notify-view Specifies the notification view corresponding to this group name.

read-view Set the read-only view corresponding to this group name.

write-view Set the read-write view corresponding to the group name.

none does not match the view.

all matches all views.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure a security mode-based group without authentication for the snmp agent.
The group name is test, which corresponds to all read views.
OLT(config)# snmp-agent group v3 test noauth read-view all

page 45_
 OLT(config)#

8.9.Configuring SNMP Agent Hidden Security Mode Based Groups

OLT(config)# snmp-agent group v3 <group-name> privacy

Command
{[notify-view <none|all>]|[ read-view <none|all>]|[ write-view
syntax
<none|all>]}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure security mode based groups

Description hidden by snmp agent.

<group-name> Group name, supports 1-32 characters.

notify-view Specifies the notification view corresponding to this group name.

read-view Set the read-only view corresponding to this group name.

write-view Set the read-write view corresponding to the group name.

none does not match the view.

all matches all views.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure a security mode-based group hidden by the snmp agent. The group name
is test, which corresponds to all read-write views.
OLT(config)# snmp-agent group v3 test privacy write-view all

OLT(config)#

8.10.Configuring SNMP Agent System Description Information

Command
OLT(config)# snmp-agent sys-info description <description>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the description information of the

Description snmp agent system

Description information, supports 1-100 characters. The default value

<description>
is description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the description information of the snmp agent system as test

page 46_
 OLT(config)# snmp-agent sys-info description test

OLT(config)#

8.11.Configuring SNMP Agent System Location Information

Command
OLT(config)# snmp-agent sys-info location <location>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the location information of the

Description snmp proxy system

Description information, supports 1-100 characters. The default value

<location>
is location

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the location information of the snmp proxy system as test1
OLT(config)# snmp-agent sys-info location test1

OLT(config)#

8.12.Configuring SNMP Agent System Contact Information

Command
OLT(config)# snmp-agent sys-info contact <contact>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure snmp agent system contact

Description information

<contact> Description information, supports 1-100 characters. Default is contact

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the contact information of the snmp proxy system as test2
OLT(config)# snmp-agent sys-info contact test2

OLT(config)#

8.13.Configuring SNMP Agent System Name Information

Command
OLT(config)# snmp-agent sys-info name <name>
syntax

page 47_
 Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure snmp agent system name

Description information

<name> Description information, supports 1-100 characters. Default is name

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the name information of the snmp agent system as test3
OLT(config)# snmp-agent sys-info name test3

OLT(config)#

8.14.View information about the SNMP agent system

Command
OLT(config)# show snmp-agent sys-info
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the information of the snmp proxy
Description system.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the information of the OLT snmp agent system
OLT(config)# show snmp-agent sys-info
The name of this managed node:
test3

The description of this managed node:

test

The contact person for this managed node:

test2

The physical location of this node:

test1

OLT(config)#

8.15.Configure the IP address for the SNMP agent to receive alarms

Command OLT(config)# snmp-agent trap <host-name> <ip-addr> <port>

syntax <community-name>

page 48_
 Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the IP address of the snmp agent
Description to receive alarms.

<host-name> Description information, supports 1-32 characters.

<ip-addr> IP address for receiving alarms.

<port> The port number for receiving alarms, the value range is 1-65535

<community-na
Community name, supports 1-32 characters
me>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the snmp alarm receiving address as 192.168.5.185, the host name as test,
the port number as 563, and the community as public
OLT(config)# snmp-agent trap test 192.168.5.185 563 public

OLT(config)#

8.16.View the information of the SNMP agent alarm receiving address

Command
OLT(config)# show snmp-agent trap
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the information about the receiving
Description address of the snmp agent alarm.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the information about the receiving address of the OLT snmp agent alarm.
OLT(config)# show snmp-agent trap
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Index Host-Name IP-Address Port Community-Name
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
1 test 192.168.5.185 563 public
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

8.17.Configure the entity access user, authentication mode and

password of the SNMP agent

page 49_
 OLT(config)# snmp-agent usm-user v3 <user-name> <group-id>
Command
authentication-mode md5 <md5-password> privacy-mode des56
syntax
<des56-password>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the snmp proxy entity access user
mapping to the security group, and set the authentication mode and
Function
password. The authentication mode is an optional parameter. Note:
Description
Before this, you need to create a snmp-agent based security mode
group.

<user-name> Entity access user name.

<group-id> The ID of the group based on the user's security mode.

<md5-password
User authentication password, password length is 8-64 characters
>

<des56-passwor
56-bit DES encrypted password, password length is 8-64 characters
d>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the snmp-agent entity access group as test1, map the group test based on
the security mode, the authentication mode is md5 and the password is 12345678 and the
authentication mode is des56, and the password is 111111111.
OLT(config)# snmp-agent usm-user v3 test1 test authentication-mode md5 12345678
privacy-mode des56 111111111

OLT(config)#

8.18.View SNMP Agent Entity Access Users

Command
OLT(config)# show snmp-agent usm-user [ <user> ]
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the access user information of the
Description snmp proxy entity.

Entity access user name, supports 1-64 characters. This parameter is

optional. Without this parameter, it means to view all entities to
<user>
access user information. Adding this parameter means viewing the
specified entity access user information.

【Configuration case】

page 50_
 Case 1: View all entity access user information of the OLT snmp agent.
OLT(config)# show snmp-agent usm-user
User name : test
Group name : test
Authentication mode : md5
Authentication key: 12345678
Privacy mode : des56
Privacy key: 12345678

User name : test1

Group name : test
Authentication mode : md5
Authentication key: 12345678
Privacy mode : des56
Privacy key: 111111111

Total number : 2

OLT(config)#

Case 2: View the information about the entity access user test of the OLT snmp agent.
OLT(config)# show snmp-agent usm-user test
User name : test
Group name : test
Authentication mode : md5
Authentication key: 12345678
Privacy mode : des56
Privacy key: 12345678

9.VLAN

9.1.Basic configuration of VLAN

9.1.1.Create VLAN

Command
OLT(config)# vlan < vlan -list > _
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to create single or bulk VLANs.
Description

<vlan- list > Created vlan id , the value can be 1-4094

page 51_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create vlan 100.
OLT(config)# vlan 100
Create vlan successfully: 100

OLT(config)#

Case 2: Create vlans 110-120 in batches.

OLT(config)# vlan 110-120
Create vlan successfully: 110-120

OLT(config)#

9.1.2.delete VLAN

Command
OLT(config)# no vlan < vlan - list >
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to delete a single or bulk VLAN.
Description

<vlan- list > Deleted vlan id , the value can be 1- 4094

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete vlan 100.
OLT(config)# no vlan 100
Delete vlan successfully: 100

OLT(config)#

Case 2: Batch delete vlan 110-120.

OLT(config)# no vlan 110-120
Delete vlan successfully: 110-120

OLT(config)#

9.1.3.Configure VLAN name

Command
OLT(config)# vlan - name < vlan -list > <vlan-name>
syntax

Applicable view config view

page 52_
 Function
This command is used to configure the name of the vlan .
Description

<vlan- list > Created vlan id , the value can be 1-4094

<vlan- name > The name of the Vlan, the length is 1-17

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the name of vlan 100 as test.
OLT(config)# vlan-name 100 test

OLT(config)#

Case 2: batch configuration vlan 100-120 named test.

OLT(config)# vlan-name 100-120 test

OLT(config)#

9.1.4.delete VLAN name

Command
OLT(config)# no vlan-name <vlan-list>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to clear the name of the vlan .
Description

<vlan-list> Clear the vlan id of the vlan name , the value can be 1- 4094

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear the name of vlan 100.
OLT(config)# no vlan-name 100

OLT(config)#

Case 2: Bulk clear the names of vlan 110-120.

OLT(config)# no vlan-name 110-120

OLT(config)#

9.1.5.View VLAN information

Command
OLT(config)# show vlan {<vlan-ID>|<all>}
syntax

page 53_
 Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to view the information of vlan.
Description

<vlan- ID > View the vlan id of the vlan information, the value can be 1-4094

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the information of vlan 100.
OLT(config)# show vlan 100
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Vlan-ID: 100 Vlan-Name: vlan100
Untagged-Ports: -
Tagged-Ports: -
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

Case 2: View the information of all vlans of the OLT.

OLT(config)# show vlan all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Vlan-ID: 1 Vlan-Name: vlan1
Untagged-Ports:
ge0/0/2 ge0/0/4 xge0/0/1 xge0/0/2 lag1
lag2 lag3 lag4 lag5 lag6
lag7 lag8 lagL9 lagL10 lagL11
lagL12 lagL13 lagL14 lagL15 lagL16
Tagged-Ports: -
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Vlan-ID: 55 Vlan-Name: vlan55
Untagged-Ports:
ge0/0/3
Tagged-Ports: -
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Vlan-ID: 100 Vlan-Name: vlan100
Untagged-Ports: -
Tagged-Ports: -
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Vlan-ID: 101 Vlan-Name: vlan101
Untagged-Ports:
ge0/0/1
Tagged-Ports: -
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Vlan-ID: 102 Vlan-Name: vlan102
Untagged-Ports: -

page 54_
 Tagged-Ports: -
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Vlan-ID: 103 Vlan-Name: vlan103
Untagged-Ports: -
Tagged-Ports: -
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Vlan-ID: 104 Vlan-Name: vlan104
Untagged-Ports: -
Tagged-Ports: -
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Vlan-ID: 105 Vlan-Name: vlan105
Untagged-Ports: -
Tagged-Ports: -
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Vlan-ID: 200 Vlan-Name: vlan200
Untagged-Ports: -
Tagged-Ports: -
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Vlan-ID: 304 Vlan-Name: vlan304
Untagged-Ports: -
Tagged-Ports: -
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

9.1.6.View vlan conversion list information

Command
OLT(config)# show vlan translate all
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
Use this command to view vlan conversion list information.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the VLAN translation list information.
OLT(config)# show vlan translate all
Error: There is no vlan translate entry!

OLT(config)#

9.2.VLAN policy

page 55_
9.2.1.VLAN based on MAC address

Command
OLT(config)# mac-vlan <mac-address> <vlan-id> <priority>
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to add mac-vlan. When the packet entering the
Function OLT does not carry a tag, if the destination address is the same as the
Description configured mac address, the packet will be tagged with the
corresponding vlan and priority.

<mac-address> mac address, the format is xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.

<vlan-id> VLAN id, value range: 1-4094.

<priority> vlan priority.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create a mac-vlan, where the mac address is 13:20:12:08:97:23, the vlan is 100, and
the priority is 0
OLT(config)# mac-vlan 13:20:12:08:97:23 100 0

OLT(config)#

9.2.2.View MAC-VLAN entries

Command
OLT(config)# show mac-vlan all
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to view all mac-vlan entries.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all mac-vlan entries
OLT(config)# show mac-vlan all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
index mac-address vlan priority
1 13:20:12:08:97:23 100 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

page 56_
9.2.3.Delete MAC-VLAN entry

Command
OLT(config)# no mac-vlan {<mac-address> | <all>}
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to remove the mac-vlan entry
Description

<mac-address> mac address, the format is xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.

<all> all mac-vlan entries

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the mac-vlan entry with the mac address 13:20:12:08:97:23
OLT(config)# no mac-vlan 13:20:12:08:97:23

OLT(config)#

Case 2: Remove all mac-vlan entries

OLT(config)# no mac-vlan all

OLT(config)#

9.2.4.VLAN based on IP address

Command OLT(config)# ip-subnet- vlan <ip-addr> { <length-mask>|<mask>}

syntax <vlan-id> <priority>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to add ip-subnet-vlan. When the packets

Function entering the OLT are without tags, if the destination address is the
Description same as the configured IP address, the packets without tags will be
marked with the corresponding vlan and the priority tag.

<ip-addr> IP address in the format xxxx.

<length-mask| length-mask: subnet mask length, the value range is 0-32

mask> mask: subnet mask, the format is xxxx

<vlan-id> VLAN id, value range: 1-4094.

<priority> priority.

【Configuration case】

page 57_
 Case 1: Create ip-subnet-vlan, where the IP address is 192.168.5.34, the subnet mask length
is 24, the vlan is 100, and the priority is 0
OLT(config)# ip-subnet-vlan 192.168.5.34 24 100 0

OLT(config)#

9.2.5.View IP-Subnet-VLAN entries

Command
OLT(config)# show ip-subnet-vlan all
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to view all ip-subnet-vlan entries.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all ip-subnet-vlan entries
OLT(config)# show ip-subnet-vlan all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
ip-address netmask vlan priority
192.168.5.0 255.255.255.0 100 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

9.2.6.Delete IP-Subnet-VLAN entry

Command
OLT(config)# no ip-subnet-vlan <ip-addr> {<length-mask>|<mask>}
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to delete the ip-subnet-vlan entry
Description

<ip-addr> IP address in the format xxxx.

<length-mask| length-mask: subnet mask length, the value range is 0-32

mask> mask: subnet mask, the format is xxxx

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the IP-Subnet-VLAN entry with IP address 192.168.5.34 and subnet mask
length 24
OLT(config)# no ip-subnet-vlan 192.168.5.34 24

page 58_
 OLT(config)#

9.2.7.VLAN based on protocol

OLT(config)# protocol-vlan <protocol-index> {at|ipv4|ipv6}

{ethernetii|snap}
Command OLT(config)# protocol-vlan <protocol-index> ipx
syntax {ethernetii|snap|llc|snap}
OLT(config)# protocol-vlan <protocol-index> mode
{ethernetii|snap>} etype <ethertype id>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to create protocol-vlan. The created

protocol-vlan can be used to bind to each ge port, pon port and xge
port. By configuring a protocol-based VLAN, the switch can analyze
the packets received on the port without VLAN tags, and match the
Function packets with the protocol template set by the user according to
Description different encapsulation formats and values of special fields. The
corresponding VLAN Tag is added to the packets of the specified
protocol to realize the automatic distribution of the data belonging to
the specified protocol to the corresponding VLAN for transmission.
The no command is used to delete the specified protocol-vlan entry.

<protocol-index
protocol-vlan index, the value range is 1-16
>

at: appletalk protocol

ipv4: IPv4 protocol
ipv6: IPv6 protocol
ipx: IPx protocol
<parameter> ethernetii: Ethernet protocol type
snap: snap protocol type
llc: llc protocol type
raw: raw protocol type
etype: type

<ethertype id> Ethernet type number, the value range and format are 0x0001-0xffff.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create an index 1, the mode is Ethernet protocol, bind the GE1 port to index 1, and
add it to vlan100.
OLT(config)# protocol-vlan 1 mode ethernetii etype 0x8100

OLT(config)# interface ge 0/0

page 59_
 OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# protocol-vlan 1 add port 1 100

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

9.2.8.View Protocol-VLAN entries

Command
OLT(config)# show protocol-vlan all
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to view all protocol-vlan entries.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all protocol-vlan entries.
OLT(config)# show protocol-vlan all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
index frame ethtype port vlan id
1 ethii unknow (0x8100)
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

9.2.9.Delete the Protocol-VLAN entry

Command
OLT(config)# no protocol-vlan <protocol-index>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to delete a protocol-vlan entry.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the protocol-vlan entry with protocol index 1.
OLT(config)# no protocol-vlan 1

OLT(config)#

9.3.VLAN service isolation

page 60_
9.4.VLAN-based service user-bridge configuration

Command
OLT( config )# vlan VLAN-LIST user-bridge (enable|disable)
syntax

Applicable view config view

This function is used for non-transparent virtual ports.

When enabled, the non-transparent virtual port is added to the
Function interworking group to realize the interworking of services in the same
Description VLAN.
When disabled, non-transparent virtual ports are added to the
isolation group to isolate services within the same VLAN.

<port-list> Specify the port number, such as 1, 2.

enable Enable

disable de-enable

【Configuration case】

Case 1: Configure the onu under the pon port in vlan100 to communicate with each other
OLT(config)# vlan 100 user-bridge enable
Set vlan user-bridge successfully:
100
OLT(config)#

9.4.1.Port-based service user-bridge configuration

Command OLT( config-interface-ge-0/0 )# vlan transparent <port-list>

syntax user-bridge (enable|disable)

Applicable view GPON port view

This function is used for the virtual port of transparent transmission.

When enabled, the transparent virtual port is added to the
interworking group to realize the interworking of services within the
Function
same PON port and within the VLAN.
Description
When it is disabled, the transparent virtual port is added to the
isolation group to realize the isolation of services from the same PON
port and the same VLAN.

<port-list> Specify the port number, such as 1, 2.

enable Enable

disable de-enable

page 61_
 【Configuration case】

Case 1: Configure business interworking with vlan under pon4 port

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# vlan transparent 4 user-bridge enable

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

10.IPv4

10.1.Create and delete vlanif interfaces

Command OLT(config)# interface vlanif vlan-id

syntax OLT(config)# no interface vlanif vlan-id

Applicable view config view

The interface vlanif command line is used to create a VLAN interface

or enter the VLAN interface view. It must be created when a VLAN
Function
exists.
Description
The no interface vlanif command line is used to delete a VLAN
interface.

vlan-id VLAN interface id, the value range is 1-4094

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create VLAN interface 2 .
OLT (config) # interface vlan-interface 2

OLT(config-interface-vlanif-2)#

10.2.Configure OLT vlanif interface description

Command OLT(config-interface-vlanif-2)# description text

syntax OLT(config-interface-vlanif-2)# no description

Applicable view Interface view

The description command line is used to configure description

Function information.
Description The no description command line is used to delete description
information.

VLAN interface description string (excluding spaces), the value range

text
is 1 to 128 characters

page 62_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the description information of the VLAN interface .
OLT(config)# interface vlan-interface 2
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-2)# description vlanif2_to_floor2

10.3.Configure the IP address of the OLT vlanif interface,

loopback port, and network management port

OLT(config-interface-vlanif-2)# ip address {ip-address ip-mlen |

Command
ip-mask}
syntax
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-2)# no ip address

Applicable view Interface view

The ip address command line is used to configure the IP address and

Function mask or mask length of the interface.
Description The no ip address command line is used to delete the IP of the
interface and the corresponding mask or mask length.

ip-address IP address of the loopback interface, in dotted decimal format

Subnet mask length, that is, the number of consecutive "1"s in the
ip-mlen
mask, ranging from 0 to 32

Subnet mask corresponding to the interface IP address, in dotted

ip-mask
decimal format

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the interface IP and mask length .
OLT(config)# interface vlan-interface 2
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-2)# ip address 10.11.2.47 16

10.4.View OLT vlanif interface information

Command
OLT(config)# show interface vlanif [vlan-id]
syntax

Applicable view config view

If the show interface vlanif command line is filled with VLAN ID

number, it is used to display the detailed information of the specified
Function VLAN interface, if not, it is used to display the detailed information of
Description all VLAN interfaces.
The show interface vlanif brief command line is used to display brief
information of all VLAN interfaces.

page 63_
 vlan-id VLAN interface id, the value range is 1-4094

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Display all VLAN interface information .
OLT(config)# show interface vlanif 100

Vlanif100 current state: DOWN

Line protocol current state: DOWN
Description: eth1.100 Interface
The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500 bytes
IP Sending Frames' Format is PKTFMT_ETHNT_2
Hardware Address is E0:67:B3:00:00:02
0 input packets (0 multicast), 0 bytes, 0 dropped
0 input errors, 0 length, 0 overrun, 0 CRC, 0 frame
0 fifo, 0 missed
0 output packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropped
0 output errors, 0 aborted, 0 carrier, 0 fifo, 0 heartbeat
0 windows, 0 collisions

OLT(config)#

11.IPv6

11.1.IPv6 configuration

11.1.1.Enabling and disabling IPv6

Command
OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# ipv6 {enable|disable}
syntax

Applicable view Interface view

Use the ipv6 enable command to enable IPv6 on an interface. Only

when IPv6 is enabled can IPv6 addresses be configured.
Use the ipv6 disable command to enable IPv6 on an interface. If IPv6
Function is disabled on an interface, IPv6-related configurations on the
Description interface will be cleared, including all manually configured IPv6
addresses (excluding automatically obtained link-local addresses).
Static NDP, dynamic NDP.
By default, the interface is disabled by default.

enable: enable IPv6

enable|disable
disable: disable IPv6

page 64_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable IPv6 on interface vlanif 100 .
OLT(config)# interface vlanif 100
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# ipv6 enable

11.1.2.Configure the IPv6 address of the vlanif interface, loopback

interface, and network management interface

OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# ipv6 address

ipv6-address/prefix-length
OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# ipv6 address ipv6-address
prefix-length
Command
OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# no ipv6 address
syntax
ipv6-address/prefix-length
OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# no ipv6 address ipv6-address
prefix-length
OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# no ipv6 address all

Applicable view Interface view

Use the ipv6 address command to configure the IPv6 address on the
specified interface.
Function Use the no ipv6 address command to delete the IPv6 address on the
Description specified interface.
no ipv6 address all is used to delete all IPv6 addresses under the
specified interface.

The format is X:X::X:X The total length is 128 bits, usually divided into
ipv6-address 8 groups, each group is in the form of 4 hexadecimal numbers (for
example: 3ffe::123:3)

Specifies the prefix length of the IPv6 address. The prefix length of
prefix-length the loopback interface is 128, and the prefix length of the vlanif
interface is 1~(128-2)

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the IPv6 address of interface vlanif100 as 3ffe::123:1/48 .
OLT(config)# interface vlanif 100
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# ipv6 enable
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# ipv6 address 3ffe::123:1/48

11.1.3.Configure the link-local address of the vlanif interface,

page 65_
 loopback port, and network management port

OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# ipv6 address ipv6-address

Command link-local
syntax OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# no ipv6 address ipv6-address
link-local

Applicable view Interface view

The ipv6 address ipv6-address link-local command is used to

manually configure the link-local address on the specified interface.
The manually configured address will overwrite the automatically
obtained link-local address.
Use the no ipv6 address command to delete the manually configured
Function
link-local address on the specified interface. After the
Description
manually-configured link-local address is deleted, the interface will
automatically obtain a link-local address again.
By default, the interface status is up, and a link-local address is
automatically configured for the interface by default.
The default manually configured link-local address prefix is 64 bits.

The format is X:X::X:X The total length is 128 bits, usually divided into
ipv6-address 8 groups, each group is in the form of 4 hexadecimal numbers (eg:
3ffe::123:3), the prefix must match FE80: :/10.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the link-local address fe80::345:1 of interface vlanif100 .
OLT(config)# interface vlanif 100
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# ipv6 enable
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# ipv6 address fe80::345:1 link-local

11.1.4.View IPv6-related interface information

Command
OLT( config )# show ipv6 interface brief
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view brief information of all IPv6 related
Description interfaces.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View brief information about all current IPv6-related interfaces in the config view .
OLT(config)# show ipv6 interface brief
Interface IPv6 Address/Prefixlen Status Protocol Description

page 66_
 -------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
Mgmt0/0 fe80::e267:b3ff:fe00:152/64 UP UP --
InLoop0 ::1/128 UP UP --
Vlanif100 2001::1:1/64 DOWN DOWN --
Vlanif200 456::1:1/48 DOWN DOWN --
Vlanif500 Unassigned DOWN DOWN --

11.2.NDP configuration

11.2.1.Configure and remove NDP

OLT( config )# ndp static ipv6-addr mac-addr vid vlan-id port

Command
port-type F/S/P
syntax
OLT( config )# no ndp static {ipv6-addr | all}

Applicable view config view

Use the ndp static command to configure static NDP entries in the
NDP mapping table.
Use the no ndp static ipv6-addr command to delete the static NDP
entry of the specified IPv6 address.
Use the no ndp static all command to delete all static NDP entries.
have to be aware of is:
The static NDP entry is always valid during the normal working
hours of the device. When the VLAN interface corresponding to the
NDP entry of a device is deleted or the IPv6 address is modified, the
Function corresponding static NDP entry will be deleted.
Description The parameter vlan-id is used to specify the VLAN corresponding
to the NDP entry. The vlan-id must be the ID of the VLAN that has
been created by the user, and the port specified after the vlan-id
parameter must belong to this VLAN. The VLAN interface
corresponding to the VLAN must have been created.
When the parameters vlan-id and ipv6-address are specified, the
IPv6 address of the VLAN interface corresponding to the parameter
vlan-id must belong to the same network segment as the IPv6
address specified by the parameter ipv6-address (it is sufficient to
match any ipv6 address).

ipv6-addr IPv6 address of the NDP entry

mac-addr The MAC address part of the NDP entry, in the format H:H:H:H:H:H

VLAN to which the static NDP entry belongs. The value ranges from 1
vlan-id
to 4094.

page 67_
 port-type Port type, including gpon|ge|lag|xge type

F/S/P Port number (eg 0/0/1)

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the IPv6 address as 2001::1:5, the corresponding MAC address is
12:34:45:56:67:78, and the port ge 0/0/2 belongs to VLAN 100 .
OLT(config)# ndp static 2001::1:5 12:34:45:56:67:78 vid 100 port ge 0/0/2

OLT(config)#

11.2.2.Clear dynamic NDP entries

OLT( config )# reset ndp dynamic all

Command OLT( config )# reset ndp dynamic ipv6 ipv6-address
syntax OLT( config )# reset ndp dynamic port port-type F/S/P
OLT( config )# reset ndp dynamic vlanif vlan-id

Applicable view config view

Use the reset ndpdynamic all command to clear all dynamic ndp.
The reset ndpdynamic ipv6 ipv6-address command can be used to
clear the dynamic ndp of the specified IPv6 address.
Function
reset ndpdynamic port port-type F/S/P is used to clear the dynamic
Description
ndp on the specified port.
reset ndpdynamic vlanif vlan-id is used to clear the dynamic ndp on
the specified vlanif.

ipv6-address IPv6 address of the NDP entry

VLAN to which the static NDP entry belongs. The value ranges from 1
vlan-id
to 4094.

port-type Port type, including gpon|ge|lag|xge type

F/S/P Port number (eg 0/0/1)

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear all dynamic ndp .
OLT(config)# reset ndp dynamic all

OLT(config)#

11.2.3.View NDP entries

page 68_
 Command OLT( config )# show ndp { all | dynamic | static}
syntax OLT( config )# show ndp vlanif vlan-id

Applicable view config view

The show ndp all command line is used to display all ndp entries.
The show ndp dynamic command line is used to display all dynamic
ndp entries.
Function
The show ndp static command line is used to display all static ndp
Description
entries.
The show arp vlanif vlan-id command line is used to display the ndp
entry of the specified vlanif.

all All NDP entries

VLAN to which the static NDP entry belongs. The value ranges from 1
vlan-id
to 4094.

static Static NDP entry

dynamic Dynamic NDP entry

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all ndp entries on the device .
OLT(config)# show ndp all

ndp entry max num: 1024

ndp entry current: 3
IPv6 address Mac address VLAN F/S/P Type AgeTime
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
2001::1:5 12:34:45:56:67:78 100 ge0/0/2 Static --
2001::1:111 00:68:EB:A4:35:DB 100 ge0/0/2 Dynamic 547
fe80::dd2:3f8a:fd5f:73c0 00:68:EB:A4:35:DB 100 ge0/0/2 Dynamic 548

OLT(config)#

11.2.4.Configure NDP aging time

Command OLT( config )# ndp age-time value

syntax OLT( config )# no ndp age-time

Applicable view config view

Use the ndp age-time command to configure the NDP aging time.
Function
Use the no ndp age-time command to restore the default aging time
Description
of NDP.

page 69_
 The default aging time is 600 seconds (10 minutes).

value NDP aging time, unit: second, range <60-3600>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the ndp aging time to 10 minutes .
OLT(config)# ndp aging-time 600

OLT(config)#

11.2.5.View NDP history information

Command
OLT( debug )# show ndp history
syntax

Applicable view debug view

Function
This command is used to view the history information of NDP
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View ndp history information .
OLT(debug)# show ndp history

IPv6 address Mac address Vlan Port Operate Time

fe80::d8b2:1e61:b858:d388 00:E0:4D:71:7A:FE 200 ge0/0/3 Add 2000-03-20 10:30:31
fe80::7c56:7fc3:e64e:ec45 B4:A9:FC:A8:17:3C 200 ge0/0/3 Add 2000-03-20 10:30:32
fe80::812a:d8fd:2da2:a96e 18:47:3D:EF:09:AF 200 ge0/0/3 Add 2000-03-20 10:30:44
fe80::b432:e401:3c31:40ce A0:8C:FD:DA:63:BB 200 ge0/0/3 Add 2000-03-20 10:31:02
fe80::3108:ad2e:febc:8fa0 18:47:3D:EC:0A:0F 200 ge0/0/3 Del/aged 2000-03-20
10:40:11
fe80::84b9:2518:c010:2982 A4:97:B1:C5:D4:19 200 ge0/0/3 Add 2000-03-20 10:41:09
fe80::a4ed:662f:7fa4:95f9 00:E0:4D:71:7E:47 200 ge0/0/3 Del/aged 2000-03-20
10:41:14
fe80::a4ed:662f:7fa4:95f9 00:E0:4D:71:7E:47 200 ge0/0/3 Add 2000-03-20 10:50:37
fe80::a4ed:662f:7fa4:95f9 00:E0:4D:71:7E:47 200 ge0/0/3 Del/aged 2000-03-20
11:00:48
fe80::520f:f5ff:fe12:ae10 50:0F:F5:12:AE:10 200 ge0/0/3 Add 2000-03-20 11:03:11

11.3.IPv6 routing

11.3.1.Ping command

page 70_
 Command
OLT( config )# ping DESTINATION
syntax

Applicable view config view or enable view

Function The ping command is used to test the network reachability between
Description the device and the target host.

DESTINATION Destination IPv6 address

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Ping the target IPv6 address 2001::1:6/64 .
OLT(config)# ping 2001::1:6
PING 2001::1:6 (2001::1:6): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 2001::1:6: seq=0 ttl=64 time=9.072 ms
64 bytes from 2001::1:6: seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.258 ms
64 bytes from 2001::1:6: seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.262 ms
64 bytes from 2001::1:6: seq=3 ttl=64 time=1.357 ms

--- 2001::1:6 ping statistics ---

4 packets transmitted, 4 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip min/avg/max = 1.258/3.237/9.072 ms

11.3.2.Configure static routes

OLT( config )# ipv6 route {ipv6-addr/prefixlen } {nexthop |null0}

Command [preference]
syntax OLT( config )# no ipv6 route {ipv6-addr/prefixlen } {nexthop
|null0}[preference]

Applicable view config view

Use the ipv6 route command to configure static routes.

Function
Use the no ipv6 route command to delete the static route
Description
configuration.

ipv6-addr The destination IPv6 address of the static route

prefixlen The prefix length of the IPv6 address, in dotted decimal format

nexthop Specifies the IPv6 address of the next hop of the route

Specifies the priority of the static route. The value ranges from 1 to
preference
255. The default value is 10.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure a static route, the destination address is 2001::1:6/64, and the next hop is

page 71_
3ffe::123:3 .
OLT(config)# ipv6 route 2001::1:5/64 3ffe::123:3

OLT(config)#

11.3.3.View routing information

Command
OLT( config )# show ipv6 route [verbose]
syntax

Applicable view config view

The show ipv6 route command is used to display the summary

information of the currently active routes in the routing table.
This command displays the information of the optimal routing table
in summary form, each line represents a route, and the content
includes: destination address/prefix length, protocol, priority, metric
Function value, next hop, and outgoing interface.
Description The show ipv6 route verbose command is used to display all the
detailed information of the routing table.
This command outputs the statistics of the entire routing table, and
then outputs the detailed description of each route in turn. Use this
command to display all current routes, including active and inactive
routes.

Displays detailed information about all routing tables, including

verbose routes in inactive and active states. Without this parameter, only
active routes will be displayed.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Display summary information of currently active routes in the routing table .
OLT(config)# show ipv6 route
Routing Table : Public
Route Flags: R - relay, D - download to fib
Destination/Prefixlen Proto Pre Cost Flags NextHop Interface
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- --
::1/128 direct 0 0 D ::1 InLoop0
456::/48 direct 0 0 D 456::1:1 Vlanif200
456::1:1/128 direct 0 0 D ::1 Vlanif200
2001::/64 static 63 0 3ffe::123:1 Vlanif100
2001::/64 static 10 0 3ffe::123:1 Vlanif100
2001::/64 direct 0 0 D 2001::1:1 Vlanif100
2001::1:1/128 direct 0 0 D ::1 Vlanif100
3ffe::/48 direct 0 0 D 3ffe::123:1 Vlanif100
3ffe::123:1/128 direct 0 0 D ::1 Vlanif100

page 72_
 fe80::/10 direct 0 0 D ::

OLT(config)#

11.3.4.View routing information by routing type

Command OLT( config )# show ipv6 route protocol l < protocol > [ verbose ]
syntax

Applicable view config view

The show ipv6 route protocol <protocol> command is used to display

Function the valid routing information of the specified protocol.
Description The show ipv6 route protocol <protocol> verbose command is used
to display all route details of the specified protocol.

protocol Specify the protocol type, including direct, ospf6, ripng, static, bgp

Displays details of routes in active and inactive states. If this

verbose
parameter is not used, all route summary information is displayed

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Display summary information of all directly connected routes .
OLT(config)# show ipv6 route protocol direct
Route Flags: R - relay, D - download to fib
Destination/Prefixlen Proto Pre Cost Flags NextHop Interface
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- --
::1/128 direct 0 0 D ::1 InLoop0
300::/64 direct 0 0 D 300::1 Vlanif300
300::1/128 direct 0 0 D ::1 Vlanif300
400::/64 direct 0 0 D 400::1 Vlanif600
400::1/128 direct 0 0 D ::1 Vlanif600
fe80::/10 direct 0 0 D ::
OLT(config)#

12.ARP configuration

12.1.Function configuration of OLT ARP

12.1.1.Clear dynamic ARP entries

OLT(config)# reset arp dynamic all

Command
OLT(config)# reset arp dynamic ip ip-address
syntax
OLT(config)# reset arp dynamic port port-type F/S/P

page 73_
 OLT(config)# reset arp dynamic vlanif vlan-id

Applicable view config view

Use the reset arp dynamic all command to clear all dynamic arps.
The reset arp dynamic ip ip-address command can be used to clear
the dynamic arp of the specified IP address.
Function
reset arp dynamic port port-type port-num is used to clear the
Description
dynamic arp on the specified port.
reset arp dynamic vlanif vlan-id is used to clear the dynamic arp on
the specified vlanif.

ip-addr IP address of the ARP entry, in dotted decimal format

VLAN to which the static ARP entry belongs. The value ranges from 1
vlan-id
to 4094.

port-type Port type, including gpon|ge|lag|xge type

F/S/P Port number (eg 0/0/1)

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear all dynamic arps .
OLT(config)# reset arp dynamic all

OLT(config)#

12.1.2.Configuring and Deleting Static ARP for OLT

OLT(config)# arp static ip-addr mac-addr vid vlan-id port port-type

Command
F/S/P
syntax
OLT(config)# no arp static {ip-addr | all}

Applicable view config view

Use the arp static command to configure static ARP entries in the ARP
mapping table. Use the no arp static ip-addr command to delete
static ARP entries of the specified IP address. Use the no arp static all
command to delete all static ARP entries.
have to be aware of is:
Function
The static ARP entry is always valid during the normal working
Description
hours of the device. When the VLAN interface corresponding to the
ARP entry of a device is deleted or the IP address is changed, the
corresponding static ARP entry will be deleted.
The parameter vlan-id is used to specify the VLAN corresponding
to the ARP entry. The vlan-id must be the ID of the VLAN that has

page 74_
 been created by the user, and the port specified after the vlan-id
parameter must belong to this VLAN. The VLAN interface
corresponding to the VLAN must have been created.
When the parameters vlan-id and ip-address are specified, the IP
address of the VLAN interface corresponding to the parameter vlan-id
must belong to the same network segment as the IP address specified
by the parameter ip-address.

ip-addr IP address of the ARP entry, in dotted decimal format

mac-addr The MAC address part of the ARP entry, the format is H:H:H:H:H:H

VLAN to which the static ARP entry belongs. The value ranges from 1
vlan-id
to 4094.

port-type Port type, including gpon|ge|lag|xge type

F/S/P Port number (eg 0/0/1)

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the IP address as 10.11.100.199 and the corresponding MAC address as
01:02:03:04:05:06, which belongs to the port ge 0/0/2 of VLAN 2 .
OLT(config)# arp static 10.11.100.199 01:02:03:04:05:06 vid 2 port ge 0/0/2

12.1.3.View ARP entries

Command OLT(config)# show arp { all | dynamic | static }

syntax OLT(config)# show arp vlanif vlan-id

Applicable view config view

The show arp all command line is used to display all arp entries.
The show arp dynamic command line is used to display all dynamic
arp entries.
Function
The show arp static command line is used to display all static arp
Description
entries.
The show arp vlanif vlan-id command line is used to display the arp
entries of the specified vlanif.

VLAN to which the static ARP entry belongs. The value ranges from 1
vlan-id
to 4094.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all arp entries on the device .
OLT(config)# show arp all
arp entry max num: 2048

page 75_
 arp entry current: 2
IP address Mac address VLAN F/S/P Type AgeTime
101.0.0.3 E0:67:B3:00:00:02 300 ge0/0/1 Dynamic 569
101.0.0.6 E0:67:B3:00:00:09 300 ge0/0/1 Static --

12.1.4.Configuring the OLT ARP Aging Time

Command OLT(config)# arp age time set value

syntax OLT(config)# no arp age time set

Applicable view config view

Use the arp age time set command to configure the ARP aging time.
Use the no arp age time set command to restore the default ARP
Function
aging time. The default aging time is 600 seconds (10 minutes).
Description
Description of change: Old command line arp age time set <value>
vlanif <vlanid>.

VLAN to which the static ARP entry belongs. The value ranges from 1
vlan-id
to 4094.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the arp aging time to 10 minutes .
OLT(config)# arp age time set 600

OLT(config)#

12.1.5.Check the OLT ARP aging time

Command
OLT(config)# show arp age time
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to check the aging time of ARP.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the aging time of the configured arp .
OLT(config)# show arp age time
arp aging time: 600 s

OLT(config)#

12.1.6.Configuring ARP MAC Address Change Checking

page 76_
 Command
OLT(config)# arp mac address change check {enable | disable}
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to enable or disable the ARP MAC address

Function change check function.
Description The default ARP MAC address change check function is disabled, that
is, the ARP entry is updated when the MAC address changes.

enable: Enable ARP MAC address change check function

enable|disable
disable: Disable ARP MAC address change check function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the device ARP MAC address change check function .
OLT(config)# arp mac address change check enable

OLT(config)#

12.1.7.Configuring the fast update function of ARP

Command
OLT(config)# arp quick-update {enable | disable}
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to enable or disable the ARP fast update

function.
Function The ARP fast update function means that the same device can update
Description the port and MAC corresponding to the local ARP more quickly by
changing the port or MAC address under the condition that the IP
remains unchanged. The default ARP fast update function is disabled.

enable: Enable ARP fast update function

enable|disable
disable: Disable ARP fast update function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the fast update function of device ARP .
OLT(config)# arp quick-update enable

OLT(config)#

12.1.8.Configuring the Learning Function of Gratuitous ARP

Command OLT(config)# arp gratuitous arp learning {enable | disable}

page 77_
 syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to enable or disable the learning function of

Function
gratuitous ARP.
Description
The default free arp learning function is turned off.

enable: turn on the free arp learning function

enable|disable
disable: disable the free arp learning function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the gratuitous ARP learning function of the device .
OLT(config)# arp gratuitous arp learning enable

OLT(config)#

12.1.9.Configuring the gratuitous ARP periodic sending function

Command
OLT(config)# arp gratuitous arp send {enable | disable}
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to enable or disable the gratuitous ARP

Function
periodic sending function.
Description
The default free arp cycle sending function is disabled.

enable: Enable free arp cycle sending function

enable|disable
disable: Disable the free arp cycle sending function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the free ARP periodic sending function of the device .
OLT(config)# arp gratuitous arp send enable

OLT(config)#

12.1.10.Configuring ARP Learning Restrictions on an Interface

Command OLT(config)# arp max num set limit-vlaue vlanif vlan-id

syntax OLT(config)# no arp max num set vlanif vlan-id

Applicable view config view

Function Use the arp max num set command to configure the limit of ARP
Description entries on the specified Vlanif. Use the no arp max num set command

page 78_
 to cancel the ARP entry limit on the specified vlanif.
There is no limit to the number of ARP learning on the default Vlanif
interface.

Limit number of ARP entries on the interface, the value range is

limit-vlaue
1-1500

The vlan-id of the VLAN interface to be configured, ranging from 1 to

vlan-id
4094

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the limit number of ARP entries on the specified vlanif2 to be 100 .
OLT(config)# arp max num set 100 vlanif 2

OLT(config)#

12.1.11.View OLT ARP configuration information

Command
OLT(config)# show arp config
syntax

Applicable view config view

The show arp config command line is used to display information

Function such as ARP aging time, ARP fast update, MAC change check,
Description gratuitous ARP learning, gratuitous ARP sending, gratuitous ARP cycle
and ARP learning limit.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the configuration information of arp .
OLT(config)# show arp config

ARP entry aging-time : 70 seconds

ARP entry quick update: enable
Mac-address change check : disable
Gratuitous-arp learning : disable
Gratuitous-arp send state : disable
Gratuitous-arp send period: 2 minutes

OLT(config)#

12.1.12.Configuring the proxy function of ARP on an interface

Command OLT(config)# arp proxy {enable | disable} vlanif vlan-id

page 79_
 syntax OLT(config)# arp inner-sub-vlan-proxy {enable | disable} vlanif
vlan-id

Applicable view config view

The arp proxy {enable | disable} vlanif vlanid command configures

and deletes the cross-VLAN ARP proxy function on the specified
Vlanif.
Function The arp inner-sub-vlan-proxy {enable | disable} vlanif vlanid
Description command configures and deletes the ARP proxy function in the VLAN
on the specified Vlanif.
The intra-VLAN and inter-VLAN proxy ARP functions are disabled by
default on the Vlanif interface.

enable: Enable the proxy function of ARP on the interface

enable|disable
disable: Disable the proxy function of ARP on the interface

The vlan-id of the VLAN interface to be configured, ranging from 1 to

vlan-id
4094

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the ARP proxy function in the VLAN on the specified Vlanif2 .
OLT(config)# arp inner-sub-vlan-proxy enable vlanif 2

OLT(config)#

12.1.13.Check the proxy function of interface ARP

Command OLT(config)# show arp proxy state vlanif vlan-id

syntax OLT(config)# show arp proxy state vlanif all

Applicable view config view

The show arp proxy state vlanif vlan-id command can be used to view
Function the ARP proxy function on the specified Vlanif.
Description The show arp proxy state vlanif all command can be used to view the
ARP proxy functions on all Vlanifs on the device.

The vlan-id of the VLAN interface to be configured, ranging from 1 to

vlan-id
4094

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the intra-VLAN and inter-VLAN proxy ARP functions of all Vlanifs on the device .
OLT(config)# show arp proxy state vlanif all
vlanif1 arp_proxy: disable inner_sub_vlan_arp_proxy: disable
vlanif2 arp_proxy: disable inner_sub_vlan_arp_proxy: enable

page 80_
 vlanif3 arp_proxy: disable inner_sub_vlan_arp_proxy: disable
OLT(config)#

12.2.OLT ARP detection function configuration

12.2.1.Configuring ARP Inspection

Command
OLT(config)# arp detect {enable|disable}
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to enable or disable the ARP detection

Description function.

enable: Enable ARP detection function

enable|disable
disable: Disable ARP detection function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the ARP detection function .
OLT(config) # arp detect enable

OLT(config) #

12.2.2.Configuring Trusted Ports for ARP Inspection

Command
OLT(config)# arp detect trust port port-type F/S P
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the trusted port for ARP

Function
inspection, which can only be configured after the ARP inspection
Description
function is enabled.

port-type Port type, including gpon|ge|xge type

F/SP port number, e.g. 0/0 1

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure port ge 0/0 1 as a trusted port for ARP inspection .
OLT(config) # arp detect trust port ge 0/0 1

OLT(config) #

12.2.3.Cancel the trusted port for ARP inspection

page 81_
 Command
OLT(config)# no arp detect trust port port-type F/S P
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to cancel the trusted port of ARP detection. It
Description can be used only after the ARP detection function is enabled.

port-type Port type, including gpon|ge|xge type

F/SP port number, e.g. 0/0 1

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Cancel port ge 0/0 1 as a trusted port for ARP detection .
OLT(config) # no arp detect trust port ge 0/0 1

OLT(config) #

12.2.4.Enable ARP inspection statistics

Command
OLT(config)# arp detect statistics {enable|disable}
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to enable or disable ARP detection statistics. It

Description can be used only after the ARP detection function is enabled.

enable: Enable ARP inspection statistics

enable|disable
disable: Disable ARP inspection statistics

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable ARP inspection statistics .
OLT(config) # arp detect statistics enable

OLT(config) #

12.2.5.Querying the Configuration of the ARP Inspection Function

Command
OLT(config)# show arp detect config
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to query the configuration of the ARP

Description inspection function.

page 82_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query the configuration of the ARP inspection function .
OLT(config)# show arp detect config

-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Switch arp detect status: enable

Switch arp detect statistics: enable

-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
PORT ARP Trusted
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
ge0/0/1 No
ge0/0/2 No
ge0/0/3 No
ge0/0/4 No
xge0/0/1 No
xge0/0/2 No
pon0/0/1 No
pon0/0/2 No
pon0/0/3 No
pon0/0/4 No
pon0/0/5 No
pon0/0/6 No
pon0/0/7 No
pon0/0/8 No
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

12.2.6.Querying ARP Inspection Statistics

Command OLT(config)# show arp detect statistics { brief | all | port port-type F/S
syntax P}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to enable or disable ARP detection statistics. It

Description can be used only after the ARP detection function is enabled.

port-type Port type, including gpon|ge|xge type

F/S P Port number (eg 0/0 1)

【Configuration case】

page 83_
 Case 1: Query the ARP inspection statistics of port ge 0/0 1 .
OLT(config)# show arp detect statistics port ge 0/0 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
ge0/0/1 Drop packets: 5

Latest Attack Packets Src Info:

INDEX Src-IP Src-MAC VLAN
1 101.0.0.2 E0:67:B3:00:00:05 300

Total: 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

12.2.7.Clear ARP inspection statistics

Command
OLT(config)# clear arp detect statistics { all | port port-type F/S P }
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to enable or disable ARP detection statistics. It

Description can be used only after the ARP detection function is enabled.

port-type Port type, including gpon|ge|xge type

F/S P Port number (eg 0/0 1)

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear all ARP inspection statistics .
OLT(config) # clear arp detect statistics all

OLT(config) #

13.OLT uplink port configuration

13.1.Uplink port property configuration

13.1.1.Disable uplink port

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# shutdown <port-list>
syntax

page 84_
 Applicable view GE View

Function
This command is used to disable the specified GE uplink port.
Description

<port-list> List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 2-3, 4.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Disable the GE1, GE2, and GE3 uplink ports of the OLT.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# shutdown 1-3

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

Case 2: Disable the GE4 uplink port of the OLT.

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# shutdown 4

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.1.2.Enable uplink port

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# no shutdown <port-list>
syntax

Applicable view GE View

Function
This command is used to enable the specified GE uplink port.
Description

<port-list> List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 2-3, 4.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The GE1, GE2, and GE3 uplink ports of the OLT are enabled.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# no shutdown 1-3

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

Case 2: Enable the GE4 uplink port of the OLT.

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#no shutdown 4

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.1.3.Configure the name of the uplink port

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# port-name <port-ID> <name>
syntax

page 85_
 Applicable view GE View

Function
This command is used to name the port for user management.
Description

<port-ID> Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-4.

<name> The name of the port to be named.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Name the GE1 port as test.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# port-name 1 test

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.1.4.Restore the name of the uplink port to the default value

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# no port-name <port-ID>
syntax

Applicable view GE View

Function
This command is used to restore the port name to the default value.
Description

<port-ID> Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-4.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Restore the name of the GE1 port to the default value.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# no port-name 1

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.1.5.Configuring the auto-negotiation function of the uplink

electrical port

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# auto-neg <port-list> {enable|disable}
syntax

Applicable view GE View

This command is used to enable or disable the auto-negotiation

Function mode of the Ethernet port. When enabled, the Ethernet port
Description automatically negotiates the port rate and duplex mode with the
docking port, and the system displays auto-negotiation. In this mode,

page 86_
 the maximum port rate can reach 1000M. In the case of disabling, the
speed and working mode of the port are the default values of the
system or the manually set values (that is, the mandatory mode).

List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 2-3, 4. The uplink

<port-list>
optical port does not support the auto-negotiation function.

enable: enable the auto-negotiation function of the port

enable|disable
disable: disable the auto-negotiation function of the port

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the auto-negotiation function of the GE1 uplink port of the OLT.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#auto-neg 1 enable

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

Case 2: Disable the auto-negotiation function of the GE1 uplink port of the OLT.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#auto-neg 5 disable

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.1.6.Configure the duplex mode of the uplink electrical port

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# duplex <port-list> {full|half}
syntax

Applicable view GE View

This command is used to configure the duplex mode of the Ethernet

Function port. After the configuration is successful, the Ethernet port will work
Description in the set full-duplex or half-duplex mode. The default is duplex
mode.

List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 2-3, 4. The uplink

<port-list> optical port does not support the configuration of duplex mode. Both
optical and electrical ports are in duplex mode by default.

full: full duplex mode

full|half
half: half duplex mode

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the GE1 uplink port of the OLT to be in half-duplex mode.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# duplex 1 half

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

page 87_
13.1.7.Configure the speed of the uplink electrical port

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# speed <port-list> {10|100}
syntax

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to set the speed of the Ethernet port, so that
Description the port works at the set speed.

List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 2-3, 4. The uplink

<port-list> optical port does not support rate configuration. Both optical and
electrical ports are 1000M by default.

10: 10Mbs
10|100 100: 100Mbs
Among them, 1000Mbs only supports auto-negotiation mode.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the GE1 uplink port of the OLT to have a rate of 100Mbs.
OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# speed 5 100

OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )#

13.1.8.Configure the maximum frame length transmitted by the

uplink port

Command OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# frame-max <port-list>

syntax <frame-max-value>

Applicable view GE View

Function The Frame-max command is used to set the maximum frame length
Description for port transmission. The system default value is 1518.

<port-list> List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 2-3, 4.

<frame-max-val
Value range: 328~12288.
ue>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the frame-max of the GE1 port to 1600.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# frame-max 1 1600

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

page 88_
13.1.9.Restore the default value of the maximum frame length for

uplink port transmission

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# no frame-max <port-list>
syntax

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to restore the maximum transmission frame

Description length of the port to the system default value of 1518.

<port-list> List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 2-3, 4.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Restore the maximum transmission frame length of the GE1 port to the default value
of 1518.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#no frame-max 1

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.2.Configuring the flow control function of the uplink port

Command OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# flow-control <port-list>

syntax {enable|disable}

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to enable or disable the Ethernet port flow
Description control function .

<port-list> List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 2-3, 4.

enable: Enable the flow control function of the port

enable|disable
disable: disable the flow control function of the port

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the flow control function of the GE1 port of the OLT.
OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# flow-control 1 enable

OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )#

13.3.Configuring the Mac address learning function of the

uplink port

page 89_
 Command OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# mac-address learning port <port-
syntax list > {enable|disable}

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to enable or disable the Mac address learning
Description function of the GE uplink port.

<port-list> Port list to be configured, the value range is 1-4, the format is 1, 2-3, 4

enable: Enable the Mac address learning function of the GE uplink

port
enable|disable
disable: Disable the Mac address learning function of the GE uplink
port

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the Mac address learning function of the GE1 port.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# mac-address learning port 1 enable

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.4.Uplink port mirroring function

13.4.1.Configuring uplink port mirroring

Command OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# mirror src-port <src-port-id> dst-port

syntax {ge|xge <F/S/P>} {all|egress|ingress}

Applicable view GE View

This command is used to configure the mirroring function of the

Ethernet port. This command is used when it is necessary to copy the
traffic of a port in the system to the output of other ports for traffic
Function
observation, network fault diagnosis, and data analysis. After the
Description
mirroring function of the Ethernet port is successfully set, the packets
in the specified direction of the mirroring source port will be
completely copied to the mirroring destination port.

<src-port-id> Port number of the mirroring source port, ranging from 1 to 4.

ge: Gigabit ge uplink port

ge|xge
xge: 10 Gigabit xge uplink port

Port number of the mirroring destination port. The value range of ge

<F/S/P>
is 0/0/1 - 0/0/4, and the value range of xge is 0/0/1-0/0/2.

all|egress|ingre all: The mirroring source port sends and receives bidirectional

page 90_
 ss packets. Completely copy and output the packets received and sent
by the mirroring source port to the mirroring destination port.
egress: The packets sent by the mirroring source port. Completely
copy and output the packets sent by the mirroring source port to the
mirroring destination port.
ingress: Received packets of the mirroring source port. Completely
copy and output the packets received by the mirroring source port to
the mirroring destination port.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Mirror the outbound and inbound packets of the GE3 port to the GE1 port.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# mirror src-port 3 dst-port ge 0/0/1 all

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.4.2.Remove the mirroring function configuration of the uplink

port

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# no mirror src-port <src-port-id>
syntax

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to remove the configuration of the mirroring

Description function of the Ethernet port.

<src-port-id> Port number of the mirror source port.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Remove the configuration of the GE3 port mirroring function.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# no mirror src-port 3

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.4.3.View the configuration information of the mirroring function

of the uplink port

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# show mirror
syntax

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to view the configuration information of the

page 91_
 Description mirroring function of the Ethernet port.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the configuration information of the OLT port mirroring function.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#show mirror
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Destination port:ge0/0/3

Source port Ingress Egress

ge0/0/1 Yes Yes
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.5.Uplink port performance statistics

13.5.1.Configuring the Threshold for Uplink Port Performance

Statistics

Command OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# statistics port <port-list> threshold

syntax <type> <upper-threshold><lower-threshold>

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to configure the threshold of the GE uplink

Description port performance statistics function.

<port-list> List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 2-3, 4.

The value can be 1-64, where:

1:rx-octets: bytes of the received message
2:rx-frames: the frame of the received message
3:rx-bcasts: received broadcast messages
4:rx-mcasts: Received multicast packets
5: rx-64octets: Received packets with a frame length of 64 bytes
6:rx-65to127octets: Received packets with a frame length of 65-127
<type-ID>
bytes
7:rx-128to255octets: Received packets with a frame length of
128-255 bytes
8:rx-256to511octets: Received packets with a frame length of
256-511 bytes
9:rx-512to1023octets: Received packets with a frame length of
512-1023 bytes

page 92_
 10:rx-1024to1518octets: Received packets with a frame length of
1024-1518 bytes
13:rx-oversizes: Packets with too long messages when receiving
20:rx-discards: Packets discarded when receiving
23:tx-octets: bytes of the sent message
24:tx-frames: frames sent
25:tx-bcasts: broadcast packets sent
26:tx-mcasts: multicast packets sent
27: tx-64octets: packets with a frame length of 64 bytes sent
28:tx-65to127octets: packets with a frame length of 65-127 bytes
sent
29:tx-128to255octets: packets with a frame length of 128-255 bytes
sent
30:tx-256to511octets: packets with a frame length of 256-511 bytes
sent
31:tx-512to1023octets: packets with a frame length of 512-1023
bytes sent
32:tx-1024to1518octets: packets with a frame length of 1024-1518
bytes sent
35: tx-oversizes: Packets that are too long when sent
42: tx-discards: Packets discarded when sent

<upper-threshol
Upper threshold, the range is 0-4294967295
d>

<lower-threshol
Lower threshold, the range is 0-4294967295
d>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The upper limit and lower limit of the number of frames received by statistics on the
GE1 port are 50000 and 500.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# statistics port 1 threshold 35 50000 500

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.5.2.Viewing the configuration information of the performance

statistics threshold of the uplink port

Command OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# show statistics port <port-ID>

syntax threshold

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to view the performance statistics threshold

page 93_
 Description configuration information of the GE uplink port.

<port-ID> The port number to be viewed, in the range of 1-4.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the performance statistics threshold configuration information of the GE1 port.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# show statistics port 1 threshold
TX oversize frames : upper: 50000 lower: 500

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.5.3.Clearing Uplink Port Performance Statistics

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# reset statistics port <port-ID>
syntax

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to clear the performance statistics of the GE

Description uplink port.

<port-ID> The port number to be viewed, in the range of 1-4.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear the performance statistics of the GE1 port.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# reset statistics port 1

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.5.4.Configure the performance statistics function with an interval

of 15 minutes for the uplink port

Command OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# statistics port <port-list> 15min

syntax {enable|disable}

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to enable or disable the performance statistics

Description function of the GE uplink interface with an interval of 15 minutes.

<port-list> List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 2-3, 4.

enable: Enable the 15-minute performance statistics function

enable|disable
disable: disable the 15-minute performance statistics function

page 94_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the 15-minute performance statistics function of the GE1 port.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# statistics port 1 15min enable

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.5.5.Configure the performance statistics function of the uplink

port interval of 24 hours

Command OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# statistics port <port-list> 24hour

syntax {enable|disable}

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to enable or disable the performance statistics

Description function of the GE uplink interface with an interval of 24 hours.

<port-list> List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 2-3, 4.

enable: enable 24-hour performance statistics

enable|disable
disable: disable the 24-hour performance statistics function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the 24-hour performance statistics function of the GE1 port.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# statistics port 1 24hour enable

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.5.6.View the current 15-minute performance statistics of the

uplink port

Command OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# show statistics port <port-ID>

syntax current-15min

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to view the performance statistics of the GE

Description uplink port in the current 15 minutes.

<port-ID> The port number to be viewed, in the range of 1-4.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the performance statistics of the GE1 port for the current 15 minutes.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# show statistics port 1 current-15min

page 95_
 -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Start time of this interval : 2000-01-04 16:39:56+08:00
Total elapsed seconds in this interval : 237
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
RX octets : 0
RX frames : 0
RX unicast frames : 0
RX broadcast frames : 0
RX multicast frames : 0
RX discard frames : 0
RX error frames : 0
RX oversize frames : 0
RX frames 64 octets : 0
RX frames 65 to 127 octets : 0
RX frames 128 to 255 octets : 0
RX frames 256 to 511 octets : 0
RX frames 512 to 1023 octets : 0
RX frames 1024 to 1518 octets : 0
TX octets : 0
TX frames : 0
TX unicast frames : 0
TX broadcast frames : 0
TX multicast frames : 0
TX discard frames : 0
TX error frames : 0
TX oversize frames : 0
TX frames 64 octets : 0
TX frames 65 to 127 octets : 0
TX frames 128 to 255 octets : 0
TX frames 256 to 511 octets : 0
TX frames 512 to 1023 octets : 0
TX frames 1024 to 1518 octets : 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-ge-0|0)#

13.5.7.View the current 24-hour performance statistics of the uplink

port

Command OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# show statistics port <port-ID>

syntax current-24hour

Applicable view GE View

page 96_
 Function This command is used to view the current 24-hour performance
Description statistics of GE uplink ports.

<port-ID> The port number to be viewed, in the range of 1-4.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current 24-hour performance statistics of the GE1 port.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# show statistics port 1 current-24hour
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Start time of this interval : 2000-01-04 16:39:56+08:00
Total elapsed seconds in this interval : 371
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
RX octets : 0
RX frames : 0
RX unicast frames : 0
RX broadcast frames : 0
RX multicast frames : 0
RX discard frames : 0
RX error frames : 0
RX oversize frames : 0
RX frames 64 octets : 0
RX frames 65 to 127 octets : 0
RX frames 128 to 255 octets : 0
RX frames 256 to 511 octets : 0
RX frames 512 to 1023 octets : 0
RX frames 1024 to 1518 octets : 0
TX octets : 0
TX frames : 0
TX unicast frames : 0
TX broadcast frames : 0
TX multicast frames : 0
TX discard frames : 0
TX error frames : 0
TX oversize frames : 0
TX frames 64 octets : 0
TX frames 65 to 127 octets : 0
TX frames 128 to 255 octets : 0
TX frames 256 to 511 octets : 0
TX frames 512 to 1023 octets : 0
TX frames 1024 to 1518 octets : 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

page 97_
13.5.8.View the performance statistics of the uplink port in the past

15 minutes

Command OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# show statistics port <port-ID>

syntax historic-15min <interval-number>

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to view the performance statistics of the GE

Description uplink port in the past 15 minutes.

<port-ID> The port number to be viewed, in the range of 1-4.

The number of intervals, ranging from 1 to 96. That is, when it is set
<interval-numb
to 2, it is to view the performance statistics of the past 30 minutes,
er>
and when it is set to 3, it is 45 minutes, and so on.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the performance statistics of the GE1 port in the past 15 minutes.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# show statistics port 1 historic-15min 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Start time of this interval : 2000-01-04 16:39:56+08:00
Interval number of historical 15 minutes : 1
The data for this interval is valid
Total monitored seconds in the historic interval : 900
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
RX octets : 0
RX frames : 0
RX unicast frames : 0
RX broadcast frames : 0
RX multicast frames : 0
RX discard frames : 0
RX error frames : 0
RX oversize frames : 0
RX frames 64 octets : 0
RX frames 65 to 127 octets : 0
RX frames 128 to 255 octets : 0
RX frames 256 to 511 octets : 0
RX frames 512 to 1023 octets : 0
RX frames 1024 to 1518 octets : 0
TX octets : 0
TX frames : 0
TX unicast frames : 0
TX broadcast frames : 0

page 98_
 TX multicast frames : 0
TX discard frames : 0
TX error frames : 0
TX oversize frames : 0
TX frames 64 octets : 0
TX frames 65 to 127 octets : 0
TX frames 128 to 255 octets : 0
TX frames 256 to 511 octets : 0
TX frames 512 to 1023 octets : 0
TX frames 1024 to 1518 octets : 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.5.9.View the performance statistics of the uplink port in the past

24 hours

Command OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# show statistics port <port-ID>

syntax historic-24hour <interval-number>

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to view the performance statistics of the GE

Description uplink port in the past 24 hours.

<port-ID> The port number to be viewed, in the range of 1-4.

The number of intervals, ranging from 1 to 7. That is, when it is set to

<interval-numb
2, it is to view the performance statistics of the past 48 hours, and
er>
when it is set to 3, it is 72 hours, and so on.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the performance statistics of the GE1 port in the past 24 hours.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# show statistics port 5 historic-24hour 1
The data for this interval is invalid!

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.6.Uplink port traffic suppression function

13.6.1.Configuring the Broadcast Storm Suppression Function on the

Uplink Port

page 99_
 Command OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# traffic-suppress <port-ID> broadcast
syntax {enable|disable} pps <value>

Applicable view GE View

This command is used to enable or disable the broadcast storm

Function suppression function and its pulse per second value of the GE uplink
Description port. Prevent such packets from occupying too many network
resources and causing network congestion.

<port-ID> Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-4.

enable: Enable the broadcast storm suppression function of the GE

uplink port
enable|disable
disable: Disable the broadcast storm suppression function of the GE
uplink port

The number of pulses per second, the value range is 1-1488100, the
<value>
unit is pps

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the broadcast storm suppression function of the GE1 port and set the pulse
per second value to 14000 pps.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# traffic-suppress 1 broadcast enable pps 14000

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.6.2.Configuring Unknown Multicast Storm Suppression on Uplink

Ports

Command OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# traffic-suppress <port-ID>

syntax unknown-multicast {enable|disable} pps <value>

Applicable view GE View

This command is used to enable or disable the unknown multicast

Function storm suppression function of the GE uplink port and its pulse per
Description second value. Prevent such packets from occupying too many
network resources and causing network congestion.

<port-ID> Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-4.

enable: Enable the unknown multicast storm suppression function on

the GE uplink port
enable|disable
disable: Disable the function of suppressing unknown multicast
storms on GE uplink ports

page 100_
 The number of pulses per second, the value range is 1-1488100, the
<value>
unit is pps

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the unknown multicast storm suppression function on the GE1 port and set
the pulse per second value to 14000 pps.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# traffic-suppress 1 unknown-multicast enable pps 14000

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.6.3.Configuring Unknown Unicast Storm Suppression on Uplink

Ports

Command OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# traffic-suppress <port-ID>

syntax unknown-unicast {enable|disable} pps <value>

Applicable view GE View

This command is used to enable or disable the unknown unicast

Function storm suppression function and its pulse per second value of the GE
Description uplink port. Prevent such packets from occupying too many network
resources and causing network congestion.

<port-ID> Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-4.

enable: Enable the unknown unicast storm suppression function on

the GE uplink port
enable|disable
disable: Disable the unknown unicast storm suppression function on
the GE uplink port

The number of pulses per second, the value range is 1-1488100, the
<value>
unit is pps

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the unknown unicast storm suppression function of the GE1 port and set the
pulse per second value to 14000 pps.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# traffic-suppress 1 non-unicast enable pps 14000

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.7.Uplink port speed limit function

13.7.1.Configure the uplink and downlink speed limit function of the

page 101_
 uplink port

Command OLT(config-interface-ge -0|0 )# port-rate <port-list> {egress|ingress}

syntax <rate>

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to configure a rate limit value for a port to limit
Description the rate in the downstream or upstream direction of the port.

<port-list> List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 2-3, 4.

egress: Downlink direction

egress|ingress
ingress: upstream direction

Rate, the value range is 64-10240000, the unit is Kbps. Ports are not
<rate>
rate-limited by default.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The downlink rate of the GE1 port is limited to 102400 Kpbs.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# port-rate 1 egress 102400

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.7.2.Remove the uplink and downlink speed limit function of the

uplink port

Command OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# no port-rate <port-list>

syntax {egress|ingress }

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to remove the upstream and downstream

Description speed limit function of the port, that is, unlimited speed.

<port-list> List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 6-7, 8.

egress: Downlink direction

egress|ingress
ingress: upstream direction

<rate> Rate, the value range is 64-10240000, the unit is Kbps

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Remove the downlink speed limit function of the GE1 port.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# no port-rate 1 egress

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

page 102_
13.7.3.Configure the bandwidth of the uplink and downlink rate

limiting function of the uplink port

Command OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# port-rate <port-list> (egress|ingress)

syntax bandwidth < value >

Applicable view XGE interface view or GE interface view

Function This command is used to configure the bandwidth of the rate limiting
Description function in the downstream or upstream direction of the port .

<port-list> List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 6-7, 8.

egress: Downlink direction

egress/ingress
ingress: upstream direction

< value > Bandwidth ratio , the value range is 1-100 .

【Configuration case】

Case 1: Configure the upstream rate bandwidth of the GE1 port to be 10 % of the interface
bandwidth .
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# port-rate 1 ingress bandwidth 10

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.7.4.Configure the upstream and downstream burst traffic size of

the uplink port

OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# port-rate <port-list> (egress|ingress)

Command burst-size < value >
syntax OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# no port-rate <port-list>
(egress|ingress) burst-size

Applicable view XGE interface view or GE interface view

port-rate <port-list> (egress|ingress) burst-size < value > command is

used for the size of the upstream and downstream burst traffic of the
Function uplink port .
Description no port-rate <port-list> The (egress|ingress) burst-size command is
used to restore the upstream and downstream burst size of the uplink
port to the default value. The default value is 0.

<port-list> List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 6-7, 8.

egress/ingress egress: Downlink direction

page 103_
 ingress: upstream direction

value The size of the burst traffic to be configured, in Kbps.

【Configuration case】

Case 1: Configure the burst size of the upstream direction of the GE1 port to 100Kbps .
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# port-rate 1 ingress burst-size 100

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.7.5.View the upstream and downstream speed limit configuration

information of the uplink port

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# show port-rate <port-list>
syntax

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to view the upstream and downstream rate
Description limit configuration information of the port.

<port-list> List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 2-3, 4.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the upstream and downstream speed limit configuration information of GE1
port.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# show port-rate 1
Traffic shaping:
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
port egress ingress
ge0/0/1 123000 0

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.8.Uplink port isolation function

13.8.1.Configuring port isolation for uplink ports

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# isolate <port-list> {enable|disable }
syntax

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to enable or disable the function of port

page 104_
 Description isolation from other ports. When the port isolation function is
enabled, the port will not be able to communicate with other ports.
Disabled by default

<port-list> List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 2-3, 4.

enable: Enable the isolation function of this port from other ports
enable|disable
disable: Disable the isolation function of this port from other ports

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the isolation function between the GE1 port and other ports.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# isolate 1 enable

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.8.2.Viewing OLT Port Isolation Configuration Information

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# show port isolate
syntax

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to view OLT port isolation configuration

Description information.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the isolation configuration information of the OLT port.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# show port isolate
Isolate amongpon port :
pon0/0/1 pon0/0/2 pon0/0/3 pon0/0/4 pon0/0/5
pon0/0/6 pon0/0/7 pon0/0/8 pon0/0/9 pon0/0/10
pon0/0/11 pon0/0/12 pon0/0/13 pon0/0/14 pon0/0/15
pon0/0/16
Isolate among uplink ports : -

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.9.Uplink port rapid spanning tree configuration

13.9.1.Cost of configuring rapid spanning tree for uplink ports

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# spanning-tree cost <port-ID> <cost>
syntax

page 105_
 Applicable view GE View

This command is used to configure the spanning tree cost of the GE

Function uplink interface of the OLT. When there are multiple links between
Description two devices and none of them are root ports, the best path is
determined according to the port cost.

<port-ID> Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-4

<cost> Overhead value, the value range is 1-200000000

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The cost of configuring the fast spanning tree of the GE1 uplink port of the OLT is
2000.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# spanning-tree cost 1 2000

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.9.2.Configuring Rapid Spanning Tree Edge Ports for Uplink Ports

Command OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# spanning-tree edged-port <port-ID>

syntax {enable|disable}

Applicable view GE View

This command is used to configure the spanning tree edge port of the
GE uplink port of the OLT. If the user designates a port as an edge
Function port, when the port transitions from the blocking state to the
Description forwarding state, the port can be quickly migrated without waiting for
the delay time. The user can only set the port connected to the
terminal as an edge port. Default is non-edge port.

<port-ID> Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-4

enable: Set the port as an edge port.

enable|disable
disable: Set the port as a non-edge port.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the GE1 uplink port of the OLT as an edge port.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# spanning-tree edged-port 1 enable

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.9.3.Configuring the point-to-point link connection function of

rapid spanning tree on uplink ports

page 106_
 Command OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# spanning-tree point-to-point
syntax <port-ID> {auto|true|false }

Applicable view GE View

This command is used to configure the point-to-point link connection

function of the spanning tree of the GE uplink interface of the OLT. If
the bridge works in RSTP mode, the two ports connected by the
point-to-point link can quickly transition to the Forwarding state by
transmitting synchronization packets, reducing unnecessary
Function
forwarding delay time. If this parameter is set to automatic mode, the
Description
RSTP protocol can Automatically detect whether the current Ethernet
port is connected with a point-to-point link. The user can manually
configure whether the current Ethernet port is connected to the
point-to-point link, but it is recommended that the user set it to
automatic mode.

<port-ID> Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-4

auto: configure the point-to-point link connection to automatic mode

true: Configure the GE port to be connected to a point-to-point link
auto|true|false
false: The configured GE port cannot be connected by a
point-to-point link

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the point-to-point link connection function of the GE1 uplink port of the
OLT to true.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# spanning-tree point-to-point 1 true

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.9.4.Configure the priority of the rapid spanning tree of the uplink

port

Command OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# spanning-tree priority <port-ID>

syntax <port-priority>

Applicable view GE View

This command is used to configure the spanning tree priority of the

GE uplink interface of the OLT. By setting the priority of the Ethernet
Function
port, a specific Ethernet port can be specified to be included in the
Description
spanning tree. In general, the smaller the set value, the higher the
priority of the port, and the more likely the Ethernet port is included

page 107_
 in the spanning tree. within the spanning tree. If all the Ethernet
ports of the bridge use the same priority parameter value, the
priority of the Ethernet port depends on the index number of the
Ethernet port.

<port-ID> Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-4

Port priority, the value range is 0-240, and the step size is 16. The
<port-priority>
default value is 128.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the spanning tree priority of the GE1 uplink port of the OLT to be 160.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# spanning-tree priority 1 160

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.10.Uplink port VLAN configuration

13.10.1.Configure the VLAN mode of the uplink port

Command OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# vlan mode <port-ID>

syntax {access|hybrid|trunk}

Applicable view GE View

This command is used to configure the VLAN mode of the GE uplink

Function
port of the OLT, and the default is Access mode. See Appendix 1 for
Description
details on how the port handles packets in each Vlan mode.

List of ports to be configured, the value range is 1-4, the format is 1,

<port-list>
2-3, 4.

Access: Access type ports can only belong to one VLAN, and are
generally used to connect to computer ports;
Trunk : Trunk type ports can allow multiple VLANs to pass through,
and can receive and send packets of multiple VLANs. They are
access|hybrid|t
generally used for ports connected between switches;
runk
Hybrid : Hybrid type ports can allow multiple VLANs to pass through,
can receive and send packets of multiple VLANs, can be used to
connect between switches, and can also be used to connect users'
computers.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the VLAN mode of the GE1 uplink port of the OLT to Access mode.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# vlan mode 1 access

page 108_
 OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.10.2.Configuring the Native VLAN of the Uplink Port

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# vlan native-vlan <port-list> <vlan-ID>
syntax

Applicable view GE View

This command is used to configure the native VLAN of the GE uplink

Function
port of the OLT, which is 1 by default. See Appendix 1 for details on
Description
how the port handles packets in each Vlan mode.

Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-4, the format can
<port-list>
be 1, 2-3, 4

<vlan-ID> VLAN ID, the value range is 1-4094.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the Native VLAN of the GE1 uplink port of the OLT to 10.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# vlan native-vlan 1 10

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.10.3.Configure the priority of the native VLAN of the uplink port

Command OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# vlan native-vlan-priority <port-list>

syntax <priority>

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to configure the native VLAN priority of the GE
Description uplink port of the OLT. The default is 0.

Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-4, the format can
<port-list>
be 1, 2-3, 4

<priority> Priority, the value range is 0-7.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the priority of the Native VLAN of the GE1 uplink port of the OLT to be 1.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# vlan native-vlan-priority 1 1

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

page 109_
13.10.4.Enable or disable the native-vlan of the uplink port

Command OLT( config-interface-ge-0/0 )# port <port-list> native-vlan

syntax (enable|disable)

Applicable view GE interface view

Function
Enable or disable the native-vlan of the port.
Description

<port-list> List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 2-3, 4.

enable Enable native-vlan for the specified port

disable Disable the native-vlan of the specified port

【Configuration case】

Case 1: Enable native-vlan on GE1 port.

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# port 1 native-vlan enable

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.10.5.Configuring the Access VLAN of the Uplink Port

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# vlan access <port-ID> <vlan-id>
syntax

Applicable view GE View

This command is used to configure the Access VLAN of the GE uplink

Function
port of the OLT. The default Access VLAN is 1. See Appendix 1 for
Description
details on how the port handles packets in each Vlan mode.

<port-ID> Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-4

<vlan-id> Access VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the access VLAN of the GE1 uplink port of the OLT to 100.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# vlan access 1 100

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.10.6.Configuring the Hybrid VLAN of the Uplink Port

Command OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# vlan hybrid <port-ID>

page 110_
 syntax {tagged|untagged} <vlan-list>

Applicable view GE View

This command is used to configure the hybrid VLAN of the GE uplink

Function
port of the OLT. See Appendix 1 for details on how the port handles
Description
packets in each Vlan mode.

<port-ID> Port number to be configured

tagged: Packets outgoing from the port with the corresponding vlan
Tagged|untagge
tag
d
untagged: strip the vlan tag from the packets outgoing from the port

<vlan-list> VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094. The format can be 1, 11-27, 100

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Add a hybrid VLAN of 10-15 untagged to the GE1 uplink port of the OLT.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# vlan hybrid 1 untagged 10-15
ge0/0/1: hybrid vlan added, failed: 0, success: 6

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

Case 2: Add a hybrid VLAN tag of 101 to the GE1 uplink port of the OLT.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# vlan hybrid 1 tagged 101
ge0/0/1: hybrid vlan added, failed: 0, success: 1

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.10.7.Delete the Hybrid VLAN of the uplink port

Command OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# no v lan hybrid <port-ID>

syntax {tagged|untagged} <vlan-list>

Applicable view GE View

This command is used to delete the hybrid VLAN of the GE uplink port
Function
of the OLT. See Appendix 1 for details on how the port handles
Description
packets in each Vlan mode.

<port-ID> Port number to be configured

tagged: Packets outgoing from the port with the corresponding vlan
Tagged|untagge
tag
d
untagged: strip the vlan tag from the packets outgoing from the port

<vlan-list> VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094. The format can be 1, 11-27, 100

page 111_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the hybrid VLAN tag of 10-15 on the GE1 uplink port of the OLT.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# no vlan hybrid 1 tagged 10-15

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.10.8.Configure the Trunk VLAN of the uplink port

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# vlan trunk <port-ID> <vlan-list>
syntax

Applicable view GE View

This command is used to configure the trunk VLAN of the GE uplink

Function
port of the OLT. See Appendix 1 for details on how the port handles
Description
packets in each Vlan mode.

<port-ID> Port number to be configured

<vlan-list> VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094. The format can be 1, 11-27, 100

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Add trunk VLANs 10-15 to the GE1 uplink port of the OLT.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# vlan trunk 1 10-15
ge0/0/1: trunk vlan allowed , failed: 0, success: 6

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.10.9.Delete the trunk VLAN of the uplink port

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# no vlan trunk <port-ID> <vlan-list>
syntax

Applicable view GE View

This command is used to delete the trunk VLAN of the GE uplink port
Function
of the OLT. See Appendix 1 for details on how the port handles
Description
packets in each Vlan mode.

<port-ID> Port number to be configured

<vlan-list> VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094. The format can be 1, 11-27, 100

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the trunk VLAN of the GE1 uplink port of the OLT to be 10-15.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# no vlan trunk 1 10-15

page 112_
 OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.10.10.Configure the Translate VLAN of the uplink port

Command OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# vlan translate <port-list> <old-vlan>

syntax <new-vlan> <new-priority>

Applicable view GE View

This command is used to configure the translate VLAN of the GE

Function
uplink port of the OLT. In the upstream direction, convert the old
Description
VLAN to the new VLAN and update the new priority

<port-list> Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-4

<old-vlan> The original VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094

<new-vlan> The converted VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094

<new-priority> The converted VLAN priority, the value can be 0-7

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The original VLAN 10 of the GE1 uplink port of the OLT is converted to the new VLAN
11, and the priority is converted to 3.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# vlan translate 1 10 11 3

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.10.11.Delete the Translate VLAN of the uplink port

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# no vlan translate <port-list> <vlan-id>
syntax

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to delete the translate VLAN of the GE uplink
Description port of the OLT.

<port-list> Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-4

<vlan-id> VLAN ID to delete, the value is 1-4094

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the vlan10 used for translation on the GE1 uplink port of the OLT.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# no vlan translate 1 10

page 113_
 OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.10.12.Configure the protocol VLAN of the GE uplink port

Command OLT(config-interface-ge-0|0)# protocol-vlan <protocol-index>

syntax {add|delete} port <port-list> <vlan-ID>

Applicable view GE View

This command is used to bind a protocol VLAN index to the port and
Function
port VLAN. First, you need to create a protocol-vlan in the config
Description
view.

<protocol-index
The index of the protocol VLAN, the value range is 1-16.
>

add: add vlan

add|delete
delete: delete vlan

<port-list> List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 2-3, 4.

<vlan-ID> VLAN ID, the value range is 1-4094

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Bind the GE1 port to the protocol vlan index 1 and add it to vlan100.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#protocol-vlan 1 add port 1 100

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.11.View uplink port information

13.11.1.View the attributes and status information of the uplink port

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# show port state {<port-ID> | all}
syntax

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to view the attribute information of the GE

Description uplink port of the OLT.

Port-ID: The port number to be viewed, the value range is 1-4

<port-ID> | all
All: View attribute information of all ports

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the attributes and status information of all GE uplink ports on the OLT.

page 114_
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# show port state all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Port Optic Pvid Auto Speed Dup Flow Learn Enable Link Frame
Status Nego /Mbps lex Ctrl Max
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
ge0/0/1 absence 101 enable 100 full on enable enable on 1518
ge0/0/2 absence 1 enable 1000 full on enable enable off 1518
ge0/0/3 absence 55 enable 1000 full off enable enable off 1518
ge0/0/4 absence 1 enable 1000 full on enable enable off 1518
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

Case 2: View the attributes and status information of the GE1 uplink port of the OLT.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# show port state 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Port name : ge0/0/1
Current port state : enable
Current link state : UP
The maximum frame size: 1518
Link speed : autonegotiation(100 Mbps)
Link duplex : autonegotiation(FULL)
Flow-control : on
Maximum number of learned l2 entries : unlimited
Broadcasts stormcontrol : 12334(pps)
Unknow multicasts stormcontrol : disable
Unknow unicasts stormcontrol : 150(pps)
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Native-vlan: 101 Link-type: Access Priority: 0

Untagged VLAN ID :
101
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Statistics 15 minute status : disable
Statistics 24 hour status : disable

Statistics from last clean(maybe the statistics would overflow):

Input(total): 24448581 bytes
Input: unicast 9932, broadcasts 89344, multicasts 31404, errors 0
Output(total): 1566623 bytes
Output:unicast 8963, broadcasts 293, multicasts 60, errors 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

page 115_
13.11.2.View the VLAN information of the uplink port

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# show port vlan <port-ID>
syntax

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to view the VLAN information of the GE uplink
Description port of the OLT.

<port-ID> Port-ID: The port number to be viewed, the value range is 1-4

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the VLAN information of the GE1 uplink port of the OLT.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# show port vlan 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Port: ge0/0/1 Mode: Access Native-Vlan: 101 Priority: 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Tagged-Vlan:
-
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Untagged-Vlan:
101
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

13.11.3.Check the optical power information of the OLT uplink

optical port

Command
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# show ddm-info <port-ID>
syntax

Applicable view GE View

Function This command is used to view the optical power information of the
Description optical port connected to the OLT.

<port-ID> Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-4

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the optical power information of the GE1 uplink optical port of the OLT.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# show ddm-info 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

page 116_
 Temperature(C): 37.6
Supply Voltage(V): 3.32
TX Bias current(mA) : 32
TX power(dBm) : -4.03
RX power(dBm) : -15.49
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

14.OLT PON port configuration

14.1.PON port property configuration

14.1.1.Disable PON port

Command
OLT(config-interface- gpon -0/0)# shutdown <port-list>
syntax

Applicable view gpon view

Function This command is used to disable the specified PON port or all PON
Description ports.

Port list to be configured, the value range is 1-16 , the format is 1, 3-5,
<port-list>
8.

<all> Refers to all PON ports

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Disable the PON1, PON2, and PON3 ports of the OLT.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# shutdown 1-3

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

Case 2: Disable all PON ports of the OLT.

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# no shutdown 1-3

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

14.1.2.Enable PON port

Command
OLT(config-interface- gpon -0/0)# no shutdown <port-list>
syntax

page 117_
 Applicable view gpon view

Function
This command is used to enable the specified PON port.
Description

Port list to be configured, the value range is 1-16 , the format is 1, 3-5,
<port-list>
8.

<all> Refers to all PON ports

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the PON 1, PON2, and PON3 ports of the OLT.
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)# no shutdown 1-3

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)#

Case 2: Enable all PON ports of the OLT.

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)#no shutdown all

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)#

14.1.3.Configure the name of the PON port

Command
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)# port-name <port-ID> <name>
syntax

Applicable view gpon view

Function
This command is used to name the port for user management.
Description

<port-ID> Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-16.

<name> The name of the port to be named.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Name the PON1 port as test.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# port-name 1 test

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

14.1.4.Restore the name of the PON port to the default value

Command
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# no port-name <port-ID>
syntax

page 118_
 Applicable view gpon view

Function
This command is used to restore the port name to the default value.
Description

<port-ID> Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-16.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Restore the name of the PON1 port to the default value.
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)# no port-name 1

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)#

14.1.5.Configure the maximum frame length transmitted by the PON

port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# frame-max <port-list>

syntax <frame-max-value>

Applicable view gpon view

Function This command is used to set the maximum frame length for port
Description transmission. The system default is 1518.

Port list to be configured, the value range is 1-16 , the format is 1, 6-7,
<port-list>
8.

<frame-max-val
The value range of Frame-max: 328~2048.
ue>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the frame-max of the PON1 port to 1600.
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0 / 0)# frame-max 1 1600

OLT(config-interface- gpon -0 / 0)#

14.1.6.Restore the default value of the maximum frame length for

PON port transmission

Command
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# no frame-max <port-list>
syntax

Applicable view gpon view

Function This command is used to restore the MTU value of the port to the

page 119_
 Description system default value of 1518.

Port list to be configured, the value range is 1-16 , the format is 1, 6-7,
<port-list>
8.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Restore the MTU of the PON1 port to the default value of 1518.
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0 / 0)# no mtu 1

OLT(config-interface- gpon -0 / 0)#

14.2.Detect ONU long light function

14.2.1.Configure the automatic detection ONU long light function of

the PON port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)# anti-rogueont auto-detect

syntax {<port-ID>|all} {enable|disable} interval <interval-value>

Applicable view gpon view

This command is used to enable or disable the automatic detection

Function ONU long light-emitting function of the P ON port . When enabled,
Description the OLT will generate an alarm message when the ONU lights up for a
long time.

The port number to be configured, the value range is 1-16 , the

<port- ID >
format is 1, 6-7, 8.

all refers to all port numbers

enable: Enable P ON port automatic detection ONU long light

function
enable|disable
disable: Disable the P ON port automatic detection ONU long light
function

The interval of automatic detection, the range is 1-100, the unit is

Interval minutes (mins), the default value is 15, if this parameter is not
configured, the default value is used.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the PON1 port to automatically detect the ONU long light-emitting function.
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0 / 0)# anti-rogueont auto-detect 1 enable

page 120_
 OLT(config-interface- gpon -0 / 0)#

14.2.2.Manually configure the ONU long light-emitting function of

the PON port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)# anti-rogueont manual-detect

syntax <port-ID>

Applicable view gpon view

This command is used to manually configure the ONU long light

Function detection function of the P ON port . After executing this command,
Description the PON port will perform the function of detecting ONU long light
emission.

The port number to be configured, the value range is 1-16 , the

<port- ID >
format is 1, 6-7, 8.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Manually configure the PON1 port to detect the ONU long light-emitting function.
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0 / 0)# anti-rogueont manual-detect 1

OLT(config-interface- gpon -0 / 0)#

14.2.3.View the automatic detection ONU long light function

information of all PON ports

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)# show anti-rogueont auto-detect

syntax switch

Applicable view gpon view

Function the configuration information of the automatic detection ONU long

Description light-emitting function of all PON ports .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all PON ports automatically detect ONU long light function information.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show anti-rogueont auto-detect switch
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
F/S Port Switch Interval(min)
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
0/0 1 enable 15
0/0 2 enable 15

page 121_
 0/0 3 enable 15
0/0 4 enable 15
0/0 5 enable 15
0/0 6 enable 15
0/0 7 enable 15
0/0 8 enable 15
0/0 9 enable 15
0/0 10 enable 15
0/0 11 enable 15
0/0 12 enable 15
0/0 13 enable 15
0/0 14 enable 15
0/0 15 enable 15
0/0 16 enable 15
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

14.3.ONU automatic isolation function

14.3.1.Configuring the ONU automatic isolation function under the

PON port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# anti-rogueont auto-isolate

syntax ( <port-ID> |all) enable|disable

Applicable view gpon view

Function
Configuring the automatic isolation function under the PON port
Description

<port-ID> to be configured , the value range is 1-16.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable PON1 automatic isolation function
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# anti-rogueont auto-isolate 1 enable
Set Pon 1 Success

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

Case 2 : Disable the automatic isolation function of all PON ports

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# anti-rogueont auto-isolate all disable
Number of Ports that can be set: 8, success: 8

page 122_
 OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

14.3.2.Check the status of the ONU automatic isolation function

under the PON port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# show anti-rogueont

syntax isolate-rogue-onu switch

Applicable view gpon view

Function
Check the status of the automatic isolation function of the PON port
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the status of the automatic isolation function of the PON port

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show anti-rogueont isolate-rogue-onu switch

-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
F/S Port Switch
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
0/0 1 disable
0/0 2 disable
0/0 3 disable
0/0 4 disable
0/0 5 disable
0/0 6 disable
0/0 7 disable
0/0 8 disable
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

14.4.Configuring the flow control function of the PON port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# flow-control <port-list>

syntax {enable|disable}

Applicable view gpon view

Function This command is used to enable or disable the flow control function
Description of the PON port .

page 123_
 Port list to be configured, the value range is 1-16 , the format is 1, 6-7,
<port-list>
8.

enable: Enable the flow control function of the port

enable|disable
disable: disable the flow control function of the port

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the flow control function of the PON1 port of the OLT.
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0 / 0)# flow-control 1 enable

OLT(config-interface- gpon -0 / 0)#

14.5.PON port mirroring function

14.5.1.Configuringpon port mirroring

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# mirror src-port <src-port-id>

syntax dst-port {ge|xge <F/S/P>} {all|egress|ingress}

Applicable view gpon view

This command is used to configure the mirroring function of the PON

port. Use this command when you need to copy the traffic of a PON
port in the system to the output of other uplink ports for traffic
Function
observation, network fault diagnosis, and data analysis. After the
Description
mirroring function of the PON port is successfully set , the packets in
the specified direction of the mirroring source port will be completely
copied to the mirroring destination port.

<src-port-id> Port number of the mirroring source port, ranging from 1 to 16.

ge: Gigabit ge uplink port

ge|xge
xge: 10 Gigabit xge uplink port

Port number of the mirror destination port, ge: the value range is
<F/S/P>
0/0/1 - 0/0/4; xge: the value range is 0/0/1 - 0/0/2

all: The mirroring source port sends and receives bidirectional

packets. Completely copy and output the packets received and sent
by the mirroring source port to the mirroring destination port.
egress: The packets sent by the mirroring source port. Completely
all|egress|ingre
copy and output the packets sent by the mirroring source port to the
ss
mirroring destination port.
ingress: Received packets of the mirroring source port. Completely
copy and output the packets received by the mirroring source port to
the mirroring destination port.

page 124_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Mirror the outbound and inbound packets of the PON1 port to the GE2 port.
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0 / 0)# mirror src-port 1 dst-port ge 00 |2 all

OLT(config-interface- gpon -0 / 0)#

14.5.2.Remove PON port mirroring function configuration

Command
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# no mirror src-port <src-port-id>
syntax

Applicable view gpon view

Function This command is used to remove the configuration of the mirroring

Description function of the PON port.

<src-port-id> Port number of the mirroring source port, the value range is 1-16 .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Remove the mirroring function configuration of the PON1 port.
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0 / 0)# no mirror src-port 1

OLT(config-interface- gpon -0 / 0)#

14.5.3.View the configuration information of the mirroring function

of the PON port

Command
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# show mirror
syntax

Applicable view gpon view

Function This command is used to view the configuration information of the

Description mirroring function of the port.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the configuration information of the OLT port mirroring function.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show mirror
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Destnation port: ge0/0/1

Source port Ingress Egress

pon0/0/2 Yes Yes
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

page 125_
 OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

14.6.OLT PON port VLAN configuration

14.6.1.Enable or disable the native VLAN of the PON port

Command OLT( config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# port <port-list> native-vlan

syntax (enable|disable)

Applicable view gpon view

Function
Enable or disable the native-vlan of the port.
Description

<port-list> List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 2-3, 4.

enable Enable native-vlan for the specified port

disable Disable the native-vlan of the specified port

【Configuration case】

Case 1: Enable the native-vlan of the PON1 port.

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)# port 1 native-vlan enable

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)#

14.6.2.Configuring the Native VLAN of the PON Port

Command OLT(config-interface- gpon -0/0)# vlan native-vlan <port-list>

syntax <vlan-ID>

Applicable view gpon view

This command is used to configure the native VLAN of the PON port
Function
of the OLT, and the default is 1. See Appendix 1 for details on how the
Description
port handles packets in each Vlan mode.

<port-list> List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 6-7, 8.

<vlan-ID> VLAN ID, the value range is 1-4094.

【Configuration case】

Case 1: Configure the Native VLAN of the PON 1 port of the OLT to 10.
OLT(config-interface- gpon -0/0)# vlan native-vlan 1 10

OLT (config-interface- gpon - 0/0)#

page 126_
14.6.3.Configure the Trunk VLAN of the PON port

Command
OLT(config-interface- gpon -0/0)# vlan trunk <port-list> <vlan-list>
syntax

Applicable view gpon view

This command is used to configure the trunk VLAN of the PON port of
Function
the OLT. See Appendix 1 for details on how the port handles packets
Description
in each Vlan mode.

<port- list > List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 6-7, 8.

<vlan-list> VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094. The format can be 1, 11-27, 100

【Configuration case】

Case 1: Add trunk VLAN as 10-15 to PON1 port of OLT.

OLT(config-interface- gpon -0/0)# vlan trunk 1 10-15
pon0/0/1: trunk vlan allowed , failed: 0, success: 6

OLT (config-interface- gpon - 0/0)#

14.6.4.View the VLAN information of the PON port

Command
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)# show port vlan <port-ID>
syntax

Applicable view gpon view

Function This command is used to view the VLAN information of the PON port
Description of the OLT.

<port-ID> Port-ID: The port number to be viewed, the value range is 1-8

【Configuration case】

Case 1: View the VLAN information of the PON1 port of the OLT.
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0/0)# show port vlan 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Port: pon0/0/1 Mode: Access Native-Vlan: 1 Priority: 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Tagged-Vlan:
-
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Untagged-Vlan:

page 127_
 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-epon-0/0)#

14.7.PON port performance statistics

14.7.1.Configure the performance statistics function with a PON port

interval of 15 minutes

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# statistics port <port-list> 15min

syntax {enable|disable}

Applicable view gpon view

Function This command is used to enable or disable the performance statistics

Description function of the PON port with an interval of 15 minutes.

Port list to be configured, the value range is 1-16 , the format is 1, 6-7,
<port-list>
8.

enable: Enable the 15-minute performance statistics function

enable|disable
disable: disable the 15-minute performance statistics function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the 15-minute performance statistics function of the PON1 port.
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0 / 0)# statistics port 1 15min enable

OLT(config-interface- gpon -0 / 0)#

14.7.2.Configure the performance statistics function with a PON port

interval of 24 hours

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# statistics port <port-list> 24hour

syntax {enable|disable}

Applicable view gpon view

Function This command is used to enable or disable the performance statistics

Description function of the PON port with an interval of 24 hours.

Port list to be configured, the value range is 1-16 , the format is 1, 6-7,
<port-list>
8.

page 128_
 enable: enable 24-hour performance statistics
enable|disable
disable: disable the 24-hour performance statistics function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the 24-hour performance statistics function of the PON1 port.
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0 / 0)# statistics port 1 24hour enable

OLT(config-interface- gpon -0 / 0)#

14.7.3.Configuring the Threshold for PON Port Performance

Statistics

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# statistics port <port-list>

syntax threshold <type> <upper-threshold><lower-threshold>

Applicable view gpon view

Function This command is used to configure the threshold of the PON port
Description performance statistics function.

Port list to be configured, the value range is 1-16 , the format is 1, 6-7,
<port-list>
8.

The value can be 1-64, where:

1:rx-octets: bytes of the received message
2:rx-frames: the frame of the received message
3:rx-bcasts: received broadcast messages
4:rx-mcasts: Received multicast packets
5: rx-64octets: Received packets with a frame length of 64 bytes
6:rx-65to127octets: Received packets with a frame length of 65-127
bytes
7:rx-128to255octets: Received packets with a frame length of
128-255 bytes
<type-ID> 8:rx-256to511octets: Received packets with a frame length of
256-511 bytes
9:rx-512to1023octets: Received packets with a frame length of
512-1023 bytes
10:rx-1024to1518octets: Received packets with a frame length of
1024-1518 bytes
13:rx-oversizes: Packets with too long messages when receiving
20:rx-discards: Packets discarded when receiving
23:tx-octets: bytes of the sent message
24:tx-frames: frames sent
25:tx-bcasts: broadcast packets sent

page 129_
 26:tx-mcasts: multicast packets sent
27: tx-64octets: packets with a frame length of 64 bytes sent
28:tx-65to127octets: packets with a frame length of 65-127 bytes
sent
29:tx-128to255octets: packets with a frame length of 128-255 bytes
sent
30:tx-256to511octets: packets with a frame length of 256-511 bytes
sent
31:tx-512to1023octets: packets with a frame length of 512-1023
bytes sent
32:tx-1024to1518octets: packets with a frame length of 1024-1518
bytes sent
35: tx-oversizes: Packets that are too long when sent
42: tx-discards: Packets discarded when sent

<upper-threshol
Upper threshold, the range is 0-4294967295
d>

<lower-threshol
Lower threshold, the range is 0-4294967295
d>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The upper limit of the number of frames received by statistics on the PON port is
50000, and the lower limit is 500.
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)# statistics port 1 threshold 35 50000 500

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)#

14.7.4.Clear PON port performance statistics

Command
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# reset statistics port <port-ID>
syntax

Applicable view gpon view

Function This command is used to clear the performance statistics of the PON
Description port.

Port list to be configured, the value range is 1-16 , the format is 1, 6-7,
<port-ID>
8.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear the performance statistics of the PON1 port.
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)# reset statistics port 1

page 130_
 OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)#

14.7.5.View the current 15-minute performance statistics of the PON

port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# show statistics port <port-ID>

syntax current-15min

Applicable view gpon view

Function
the performance statistics of the PON port in the current 15 minutes .
Description

<port-ID> The port number to be viewed, in the range of 1-16.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the performance statistics of the PON1 port for the current 15 minutes.
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0 / 0)# show statistics port 1 current-15min
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Start time of this interval : 2000-01-01 08:59:05+08:00
Total elapsed seconds in this interval : 619
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
RX octets : 0
RX frames : 0
RX unicast frames : 0
RX broadcast frames : 0
RX multicast frames : 0
RX discard frames : 0
RX error frames : 0
RX oversize frames : 0
RX frames 64 octets : 0
RX frames 65 to 127 octets : 0
RX frames 128 to 255 octets : 0
RX frames 256 to 511 octets : 0
RX frames 512 to 1023 octets : 0
RX frames 1024 to 1518 octets : 0
TX octets : 0
TX frames : 0
TX unicast frames : 0
TX broadcast frames : 0
TX multicast frames : 0
TX discard frames : 0
TX error frames : 0
TX oversize frames : 0

page 131_
 TX frames 64 octets : 0
TX frames 65 to 127 octets : 0
TX frames 128 to 255 octets : 0
TX frames 256 to 511 octets : 0
TX frames 512 to 1023 octets : 0
TX frames 1024 to 1518 octets : 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface- gpon -0 | 0)#

14.7.6.View the current 24-hour performance statistics of the PON

port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# show statistics port <port-ID>

syntax current-24hour

Applicable view gpon view

Function This command is used to view the current 24-hour performance

Description statistics of the PON port.

<port-ID> The port number to be viewed, in the range of 1-16.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current 24-hour performance statistics of the PON1 port.
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0 / 0)# show statistics port 1 current-24hour
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Start time of this interval : 2000-01-01 09:00:23+08:00
Total elapsed seconds in this interval : 724
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
RX octets : 0
RX frames : 0
RX unicast frames : 0
RX broadcast frames : 0
RX multicast frames : 0
RX discard frames : 0
RX error frames : 0
RX oversize frames : 0
RX frames 64 octets : 0
RX frames 65 to 127 octets : 0
RX frames 128 to 255 octets : 0
RX frames 256 to 511 octets : 0
RX frames 512 to 1023 octets : 0
RX frames 1024 to 1518 octets : 0

page 132_
 TX octets : 0
TX frames : 0
TX unicast frames : 0
TX broadcast frames : 0
TX multicast frames : 0
TX discard frames : 0
TX error frames : 0
TX oversize frames : 0
TX frames 64 octets : 0
TX frames 65 to 127 octets : 0
TX frames 128 to 255 octets : 0
TX frames 256 to 511 octets : 0
TX frames 512 to 1023 octets : 0
TX frames 1024 to 1518 octets : 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface- gpon -0 / 0)#

14.7.7.View the performance statistics of the PON port in the past 15

minutes

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# show statistics port <port-ID>

syntax historic-15min <interval-number>

Applicable view gpon view

Function
the performance statistics of the PON port in the past 15 minutes .
Description

<port-ID> The port number to be viewed, in the range of 1-16.

The number of intervals, ranging from 1 to 96. That is, when it is set
<interval-numb
to 2, it is to view the performance statistics of the past 30 minutes,
er>
and when it is set to 3, it is 45 minutes, and so on.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the performance statistics of the PON1 port in the past 15 minutes.
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0 / 0)# show statistics port 1 historic-15min 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Start time of this interval : 2000-01-01 08:59:05+08:00
Interval number of historical 15 minutes : 1
The data for this interval is valid
Total monitored seconds in the historic interval : 900
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

page 133_
 RX octets : 0
RX frames : 0
RX unicast frames : 0
RX broadcast frames : 0
RX multicast frames : 0
RX discard frames : 0
RX error frames : 0
RX oversize frames : 0
RX frames 64 octets : 0
RX frames 65 to 127 octets : 0
RX frames 128 to 255 octets : 0
RX frames 256 to 511 octets : 0
RX frames 512 to 1023 octets : 0
RX frames 1024 to 1518 octets : 0
TX octets : 0
TX frames : 0
TX unicast frames : 0
TX broadcast frames : 0
TX multicast frames : 0
TX discard frames : 0
TX error frames : 0
TX oversize frames : 0
TX frames 64 octets : 0
TX frames 65 to 127 octets : 0
TX frames 128 to 255 octets : 0
TX frames 256 to 511 octets : 0
TX frames 512 to 1023 octets : 0
TX frames 1024 to 1518 octets : 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface- gpon -0 / 0)#

14.7.8.View the performance statistics of the PON port in the past 24

hours

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# show statistics port <port-ID>

syntax historic-24hour <interval-number>

Applicable view gpon view

Function
the performance statistics of the PON port in the past 24 hours .
Description

<port-ID> The port number to be viewed, in the range of 1-16.

page 134_
 The number of intervals, ranging from 1 to 7. That is, when it is set to
<interval-numb
2, it is to view the performance statistics of the past 48 hours, and
er>
when it is set to 3, it is 72 hours, and so on.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the performance statistics of the PON1 port in the past 24 hours.
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0 / 0)# show statistics port 1 historic-24hour 1
The data for this interval is invalid!

OLT(config-interface- gpon -0 / 0)#

14.7.9.View the performance statistics threshold configuration

information of the PON port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# show statistics port <port-ID>

syntax threshold

Applicable view gpon view

Function This command is used to view the performance statistics threshold

Description configuration information of the PON port.

<port-ID> The port number to be viewed, in the range of 1-16.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the performance statistics threshold configuration information of the PON1
port.
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)# show statistics port 1 threshold
TX oversize frames : upper: 50000 lower: 500

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)#

14.7.10.View the pon-mac traffic statistics under the PON port

Command
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# show statistics pon-mac <port-ID>
syntax

Applicable view gpon view

Function
View the pon-mac traffic statistics under the port
Description

<port-ID> The port number to be viewed, in the range of 1-16.

page 135_
【Configuration case】
Case 1: View pon-mac traffic statistics under pon1
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show statistics pon-mac 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Rx rate (kbps): 0 Tx rate (kbps): 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Upstream Downstream
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
frames 0 773
bytes 0 131521
frames 64 0 132
frames 65-127 0 469
frames 128-255 0 80
frames 256-511 0 46
frames 512-1023 0 12
frames 1024-1518 0 34
frames 1519-2047 0 0
frames 2048-4095 0 0
frames 4096-9216 0 0
frames 9217-16383 0 0
good frames 0 736
unicast frames 0 0
multicast frames 0 541
broadcast frames 0 195
pause frames 0 0
pfc frames 0 0
jabber frames 0 0
fcs errors 0 0
control frames 0 0
oversize frames 0 0
fragmented frames 0 0
error frames 0 -
vlan frames 0 578
double vlan frames 0 0
runt frames 0 0
underrun frames 0 -
unsupported opcode - 0
unsupported da - 0
alignment errors - 0
length out of range - 37
code errors - 0
mtu check errors - 0
promiscuous frames - 0
truncated frames - 0

page 136_
 undersize frames - 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

14.7.11.Reset the pon-mac traffic statistics under the PON port

Command
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# reset statistics pon-mac <port-ID>
syntax

Applicable view gpon view

Function
Reset the pon-mac traffic statistics under the port
Description

<port-ID> to be reset , the value range is 1-16.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Reset PON-MAC 1 traffic statistics
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# reset statistics pon-mac 1

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

14.8.PON port traffic suppression function

14.8.1.Configuring Broadcast Storm Suppression on a PON Port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# traffic-suppress <port-ID>

syntax broadcast {enable|disable} pps <value>

Applicable view gpon view

This command is used to enable or disable the broadcast storm

Function suppression function of the PON port and its pulse per second value.
Description Prevent such packets from occupying too many network resources
and causing network congestion.

<port-ID> Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-16.

enable: Enable the broadcast storm suppression function of the PON

port
enable|disable
disable: Disable the broadcast storm suppression function of the PON
port

The number of pulses per second, the value range is 1-1488100, the
<value>
unit is pps

page 137_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the broadcast storm suppression function of the PON1 port and set the pulse
per second value to 14000 pps.
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)# traffic-suppress 1 broadcast enable pps 14000

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)#

14.8.2.Configuring Unknown Multicast Storm Suppression on a PON

Port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# traffic-suppress <port-ID>

syntax unknown-multicast {enable|disable} pps <value>

Applicable view gpon view

This command is used to enable or disable the unknown multicast

Function storm suppression function of the PON port and its pulse per second
Description value. Prevent such packets from occupying too many network
resources and causing network congestion.

<port-ID> Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-16.

enable: Enable the unknown multicast storm suppression function on

the PON port
enable|disable
disable: Disable the function of suppressing unknown multicast
storms on the PON port

The number of pulses per second, the value range is 1-1488100, the
<value>
unit is pps

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the unknown multicast storm suppression function of the PON1 port and set
the pulse per second value to 14000 pps.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# traffic-suppress 1 unknown-multicast enable pps
14000

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)#

14.8.3.Configuring Unknown Unicast Storm Suppression on a PON

Port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# traffic-suppress <port-ID>

page 138_
 syntax unknown-unicast {enable|disable} pps <value>

Applicable view gpon view

This command is used to enable or disable the unknown unicast

Function storm suppression function of the PON port and its pulse per second
Description value. Prevent such packets from occupying too many network
resources and causing network congestion.

<port-ID> Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-16.

enable: Enable the unknown unicast storm suppression function on

the PON port
enable|disable
disable: Disable the unknown unicast storm suppression function on
the PON uplink port

The number of pulses per second, the value range is 1-1488100, the
<value>
unit is pps

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the unknown unicast storm suppression function of the PON1 port and set
the pulse per second value to 14000 pps.
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)# traffic-suppress 1 unknown-unicast enable pps 14000

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)#

14.9.PON port speed limit function

14.9.1.Configure the upstream and downstream speed limit function

of the PON port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# port-rate <port-list>

syntax {egress|ingress} <rate>

Applicable view gpon view

Function This command is used to configure a rate limit value for a port to limit
Description the rate in the downstream or upstream direction of the port.

Port list to be configured, the value range is 1-16 , the format is 1, 6-7,
<port-list>
8.

egress: Downlink direction

egress|ingress
ingress: upstream direction

<rate> Rate, the value range is 64-10240000, the unit is Kbps. Ports are not

page 139_
 rate-limited by default.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The downstream rate of the PON1 port is limited to 102400 Kpbs.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# port-rate 1 egress 102400

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

14.9.2.Remove the upstream and downstream speed limit function of

PON port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# no port-rate <port-list>

syntax {egress|ingress}

Applicable view gpon view

Function This command is used to remove the upstream and downstream

Description speed limit function of the port, that is, unlimited speed.

Port list to be configured, the value range is 1-16 , the format is 1, 6-7,
<port-list>
8.

egress: Downlink direction

egress|ingress
ingress: upstream direction

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Remove the downlink rate limit function of the PON1 port.
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)# no port-rate 1 egress

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)#

14.9.3.Configure the bandwidth of the upstream and downstream

rate limiting functions of the PON port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# port-rate <port-list>

syntax (egress|ingress) bandwidth < value >

Applicable view gpon view

Function This command is used to configure the bandwidth of the rate limiting
Description function in the downstream or upstream direction of the port .

<port-list> List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 6-7, 8.

page 140_
 egress: Downlink direction
egress/ingress
ingress: upstream direction

< value > Bandwidth ratio , the value range is 1-100 .

【Configuration case】

Case 1: Configure the upstream rate bandwidth of the PON1 port to be 10 % of the interface
bandwidth .
OLT( config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# port-rate 1 ingress bandwidth 10

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)#

14.9.4.Configure the upstream and downstream burst traffic size of

the PON port

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# port-rate <port-list>

Command (egress|ingress) burst-size < value >
syntax OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# no port-rate <port-list>
(egress|ingress) burst-size

Applicable view gpon view

port-rate <port-list> (egress|ingress) burst-size < value > command is

used to configure the upstream and downstream burst size of the
Function port .
Description no port-rate <port-list> The (egress|ingress) burst-size command is
used to restore the default upstream and downstream burst size of
the port. The default value is 0.

<port-list> List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 6-7, 8.

egress: Downlink direction

egress/ingress
ingress: upstream direction

value The size of the burst traffic to be configured, in Kbps.

【Configuration case】

Case 1: Configure the burst size of the upstream direction of the PON1 port to 100Kbps .
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)# port-rate 1 ingress burst-size 100

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)#

14.9.5.View the upstream and downstream speed limit configuration

information of the PON port

page 141_
 Command
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)# show port-rate <port-list>
syntax

Applicable view gpon view

Function This command is used to view the upstream and downstream rate
Description limit configuration information of the port.

Port list to be configured, the value range is 1-16 , the format is 1, 6-7,
<port-list>
8.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the upstream and downstream speed limit configuration information of PON1
port.
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0 / 0)# show port-rate 1
Traffic shaping:
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
port egress ingress
pon0 / 0 / 1 0 0

OLT(config-interface- gpon -0 / 0)#

14.10.PON port isolation function

14.10.1.Configuring the Port Isolation Function of a PON Port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0|0)# isolate <port-list>

syntax {enable|disable}

Applicable view gpon view

This command is used to enable or disable the function of port

Function isolation from other ports. When the port isolation function is
Description enabled, the port will not be able to communicate with other ports.
Disabled by default

Port list to be configured, the value range is 1-16 , the format is 1, 6-7,
<port-list>
8.

enable: Enable the isolation function of this port from other ports
enable|disable
disable: Disable the isolation function of this port from other ports

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the isolation function between the PON1 port and other ports.
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)# isolate 1 enable

page 142_
 OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)#

14.10.2.Viewingpon Port Isolation Configuration Information

Command
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)# show port isolate
syntax

Applicable view gpon view

Function This command is used to view PON port isolation configuration

Description information.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the isolation configuration information of the OLT port.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show port isolate
Isolate amongpon port :
pon0/0/1 pon0/0/2 pon0/0/3 pon0/0/4 pon0/0/5
pon0/0/6 pon0/0/7 pon0/0/8 pon0/0/9 pon0/0/10
pon0/0/11 pon0/0/12 pon0/0/13 pon0/0/14 pon0/0/15
pon0/0/16
Isolate among uplink ports : -

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

14.11.View OLT PON port information

14.11.1.the properties and status information of the OLT PON port

Command
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)# show port state {<port-ID> | all}
syntax

Applicable view gpon view

Function
the attribute information of the PON port of the OLT .
Description

Port-ID: The port number to be viewed, the value range is 1-16

<port-ID> | all
All: View attribute information of all ports
【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the attributes and status information of all PON ports of the OLT.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show port state all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
F/S Port Optic Pvid Flow Learn Admin Frame Link Auto Auth Available
Status Ctrl State Max State Find Mode Bandwidth(Kbps)
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------

page 143_
0/0 1 absence 1 off en en 1518 down dis AS 962400
0/0 2 normal 1 on en en 1518 up en MS 961376
0/0 3 normal 1 on en en 1518 down en MS 961632
0/0 4 absence 1 on en en 1518 down dis AS 962400
0/0 5 absence 1 on en en 1518 down dis AS 962400
0/0 6 absence 1 on en en 1518 down dis AS 962400
0/0 7 absence 1 on en en 1518 down dis AS 962400
0/0 8 absence 1 on en en 1518 down dis AS 962400
0/0 9 absence 1 on en en 1518 down dis AS 962400
0/0 10 absence 1 on en en 1518 down dis AS 962400
0/0 11 absence 1 on en en 1518 down dis AS 962400
0/0 12 absence 1 on en en 1518 down dis AS 962400
0/0 13 absence 1 on en en 1518 down dis AS 962400
0/0 14 normal 1 on en en 1518 up dis AS 962144
0/0 15 absence 1 on en en 1518 down dis AS 962400
0/0 16 absence 1 on en en 1518 down dis AS 962400
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

Case 2: View the attributes and status information of the PON1 port of the OLT.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show port state 1
Frame/Slot : 0/0
Port : 1
Optical Module status : absence
Admin state : enable
Link state : down
Auto find : disable
Policy authentication : enable
Authentication mode : auto to sn-auth
Available bandwidth : 962400(Kbps)
Anti-rogueont auto-detect : enable

Port Name : pon0/0/1

Native vlan : 1
Maximum frame size: 1518
Flow-control : Off
Maximum learned l2 entries : unlimited
Broadcast storm control: 150(pps)
Unknow multicast storm control : disable
Unknown unicast storm control : 150(pps)
Port 15 minute statistics status : disable
Port 24 hour statistics status : disable

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

page 144_
14.11.2.the optical power information of the OLT P ON port

Command
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0)# show port ddm-info <port-ID>
syntax

Applicable view gpon view

This command is used to view the optical power information of the

Function
PON port of the OLT, the temperature and voltage of the optical
Description
module, and the model type information of the PON module.

<port-ID> Port number to be configured, the value range is 1-16

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the optical power information of the PON1 port of the OLT.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show port ddm-info 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Temperature(C): 37.2
Supply Voltage(V): 3.37
TX Bias current(mA) : 25
TX power(dBm): 3.96
RX power(dBm) : -17.25
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Vendor : OEM
Product name : D24364-SSCA
Version : 10
Serial number : D160531100012
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

15.OLT MAC address configuration

15.1.Configure a black hole MAC address

Command OLT(config)# mac-address black-hole vlan < vlan-ID >

syntax <mac-address>

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to specify the black hole MAC address entry. If
Description the source MAC address or destination MAC address of a packet is

page 145_
 equal to the MAC address of the black hole MAC address entry, the
switch discards the packet.

<vlan-ID> VLAN ID , the value range can be 1-4094 .

<mac-address> Mac address in the format XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the black hole mac address of vlan 100 as 00:00:00:12:34:56.
OLT(config)# mac-address black-hole vlan 100 00:00:00:12:34:56

OLT(config)#

15.2.Delete the black hole MAC address

Command OLT(config)# no mac-address black-hole vlan < vlan-ID >

syntax <mac-address>

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to delete the specified black hole MAC address
Description entry.

<vlan-ID> V LAN ID , the value range can be 1-4094 .

<mac-address> Mac address in the format XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the black hole mac address 00:00:00:12:34:56 of vlan100.
OLT(config)# no mac-address black-hole vlan 100 00:00:00:12:34:56

OLT(config)#

15.3.Configuring the Limit on the Number of MAC Address

Table Entries

Command OLT(config)# mac-address limit port {ge|xge} F / S <port-list>

syntax <number>

Applicable view config view

This command can set the maximum number of learned MAC

Function
addresses. When the number exceeds the set maximum, the excess
Description
MAC addresses are discarded by default.

page 146_
 ge: uplink port
ge|xge
xge: uplink 10 Gigabit port

F/S FrameID / SlotID , <0-0> , OLT of 1U type are all 0|0

Port list to be configured, the value range is 1-16 , the format is 1, 6-7,
<port-list>
8.

The number of Mac addresses , the value range is 0-8092 , 0 means

<number>
unlimited . The default is unlimited.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the maximum number of mac addresses learned by the uplink ge1 port to
be 500.
OLT(config)# mac-address limit port ge 0 / 0 1 500

OLT(config)#

15.4.Add static MAC address binding

OLT(config)# mac-address static port {[[ge| xge] F / S / P ]| [ lag

Command
<manual-group-ID> | <lacp-group-ID> ]} vlan <vlan-ID>
syntax
<mac-address>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the static MAC address of the OLT.
Function After the configuration is successful, the device does not need to
Description learn the MAC address and forwards data directly based on the static
MAC address.

ge: uplink port , the value range is 0/0/1-4

ge|xge|lag xge: Uplink 10 Gigabit port , the value range is 0/0/1-2
lag: port aggregation group, the value range is 1- 8 , 9- 16

F/S/P FrameID / SlotID / PortID , <0-0> / < 0-0 / <1-16> ,

manual-group-ID : The ID of the manual aggregation group , the value

<manual-group-
range is 1-8
ID> |
lacp-group-ID : The ID of the lacp aggregation group, the value range
<lacp-group-ID>
is 9-16

<vlan-ID> VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.

< mac-address > Mac address in the format XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

【Configuration case】

page 147_
 Case 1: Bind the mac address e0:67:b3:12:eb:f6 and the ge1 port to vlan100.
OLT(config)# mac-address static port ge 0 / 0 /1 vlan 100 e0:67:b3:12:eb:f6

OLT(config)#

Case 2: Bind the mac address e0:67:b3:12:eb:f8 to the xge1 port and vlan100.
OLT(config)# mac-address static port xge 0 / 0 / 1 vlan 100 e0:67:b3:12:eb:f8

OLT(config)#

Case 3: Bind the mac address e0:67:b3:12:eb:f9 and the lag1 group to vlan100.
OLT(config)# mac-address static port lag 1 vlan 100 e0:67:b3:12:eb:f9

OLT(config)#

15.5.Remove static MAC address binding

OLT(config)# no mac-address static port {[[ge| xge] F / S / P ]| [ lag

Command
<manual-group-ID> | <lacp-group-ID> ]} vlan <vlan-ID>
syntax
<mac-address>

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to delete the static MAC address of the OLT.
Description

ge: uplink port , the value range is 0/0/1-4

ge|xge|lag xge: Uplink 10 Gigabit port , the value range is 0/0/1-2
lag: port aggregation group, the value range is 1- 8 , 9- 16

F/S/P FrameID / SlotID / PortID , <0-0> / < 0-0 / <1-16> ,

manual-group-ID : The ID of the manual aggregation group , the value

<manual-group-
range is 1-8
ID> |
lacp-group-ID : The ID of the lacp aggregation group, the value range
<lacp-group-ID>
is 9-16

<vlan-ID> VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.

< mac-address > Mac address in the format XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the static mac address e0:67:b3:12:eb:f6 that binds the ge1 port to vlan100.
OLT(config)# no mac-address static port ge 0 / 0 /1 vlan 100 e0:67:b3:12:eb:f6

OLT(config)#

Case 2: Delete the static mac address e0:67:b3:12:eb:f8 that binds the xge1 port to vlan100.

page 148_
 OLT(config)# no mac-address static port xge 0 / 0 / 1 vlan 100 e0:67:b3:12:eb:f8

OLT(config)#

Case 3: Delete the static MAC address e0:67:b3:12:eb:f9 bound to vlan100 in aggregation
group 1.
OLT(config)# no mac-address static port lag 1 vlan 100 e0:67:b3:12:eb:f9

OLT(config)#

15.6.Configuring the MAC address aging time

Command
OLT(config)# mac-address time r { <aging-time> | no-aging }
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to set the aging time of dynamic entries in the
system MAC address table. After the MAC address aging time is set
successfully, it will take effect immediately. The system regularly
checks the dynamic MAC address. If the system does not send or
Function
receive any packets carrying the source MAC address within the aging
Description
period, the corresponding MAC address will be deleted from the MAC
address table. . Periodic aging of dynamic MAC addresses can release
MAC address table resources and prevent the system from failing to
learn new MAC addresses.

< aging-time >: MAC address aging time, the value range is
<aging-time> | 10-1000000 , the unit is seconds .
no-aging no-aging : Set the MAC address to not age. Use this parameter when
you do not need to enable the MAC address aging function .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the aging time of the mac address to 1000 seconds.
OLT(config)# mac-address timer 1000

OLT(config)#

15.7.MAC address learned by the OLT

Command
OLT(config)# mac-address flush { all | dynamic | black-hole | static }
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to clear various types of MAC addresses

page 149_
 Description learned by the OLT.

a ll: all learned mac addresses

all | dynamic |
dynamic : dynamic mac address
black-hole |
b lack- hole : black hole mac address
static
static : static mac address

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear all mac addresses learned by the OLT.
OLT(config)# mac-address flush all

OLT(config)#

15.8.MAC address learned by the port of the OLT

Command OLT(config)# mac-address flush port {[[gpon|ge| xge] F / S / P ]|

syntax [ lag <manual-group-ID> | <lacp-group-ID> ]} all | dynamic | static

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to clear various types of MAC addresses

Description learned by the OLT port.

g pon: PON port , the value range is 0/0/1-16

gpon ge: uplink port , the value range is 0/0/1-4
|ge|xge|lag xge: Uplink 10 Gigabit port , the value range is 0/0/1-2
lag: port aggregation group, the value range is 1-8 , 9-16

F/S/P FrameID / SlotID / PortID , <0-0> / <0-0> / <1-16> ,

manual-group-ID : The ID of the manual aggregation group , the value

<manual-group-
range is 1-8
ID> |
lacp-group-ID : The ID of the lacp aggregation group, the value range
<lacp-group-ID>
is 9-16

a ll: all learned mac addresses

all | dynamic |
dynamic : dynamic mac address
static
static : static mac address

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear all mac addresses learned by the OLT GE1 port.
OLT(config)# mac-address flush port ge 0 / 0 / 1 all

OLT(config)#

15.9.MAC address learned under the specified VLAN by the

page 150_
 OLT

Command OLT(config)# mac-address flush vlan <vlan-ID> { all | black-hole |

syntax dynamic | static }

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used for various types of MAC addresses learned by
Description the OLT under vlan.

< vlan -ID> specified vlan

all: all learned mac addresses

all | black-hole
black- hole : black hole mac address
| dynamic |
dynamic : dynamic mac address
static
static : static mac address

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear all mac addresses learned by the OLT under VLAN 100.
OLT(config)# mac-address flush vlan 100 all

OLT(config)#

15.10.MAC addresses learned by the OLT

Command
OLT(config)# show mac-address all
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view all the MAC addresses learned by the
Description OLT.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all the mac addresses learned by the OLT.
OLT(config)# show mac-address all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
MAC VLAN Sport Port Onu Gemid MAC-Type
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
E0:67:B3:00:00:A2 1 - cpu - - static
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

page 151_
15.11.MAC addresses of OLT

Command
OLT(config)# show mac-address black - hole
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view all black hole MAC addresses of the
Description OLT.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all black hole mac addresses of the OLT.
OLT(config)# show mac-address black-hole
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
MAC VLAN Sport Port Onu Gemid MAC-Type
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
00:00:00:12:34:56 100 - cpu - - blackhol
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

15.12.MAC addresses learned by the OLT

Command
OLT(config)# show mac-address dynamic
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view all dynamic MAC addresses learned by
Description the OLT.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all dynamic mac addresses learned by OLT.
OLT(config)# show mac-address dynamic
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 27
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
MAC VLAN Sport Port Onu Gemid MAC-Type
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
E4:A4:71:49:9E:31 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
48:A9:D2:52:98:11 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic

page 152_
 00:00:00:00:00:0A 55 8 pon0/0/14 1 3 dynamic
30:B4:9E:42:A0:1C 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
08:00:45:00:00:40 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
F0:C8:50:3D:F9:56 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
98:CA:33:85:EE:A0 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
E0:67:B3:39:A5:06 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
F4:06:69:B3:75:6D 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
5C:AD:CF:23:31:7B 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
C0:D0:12:D2:AF:1B 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
AC:61:EA:EF:CF:DF 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
00:00:00:00:00:09 55 - ge0/0/3 - - dynamic
E0:06:E6:98:2F:54 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
00:DB:DF:9C:FA:0E 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
9C:F3:87:B8:04:72 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
A8:6B:AD:54:C8:E3 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
3C:95:09:4F:30:D1 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
48:BF:6B:BD:F6:50 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
FC:D8:48:C8:9C:60 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
B8:81:98:78:36:10 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
E0:67:B3:00:00:A1 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
F8:62:14:3F:78:E0 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
A4:CA:A0:C0:C7:18 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
40:33:1A:CD:3E:89 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
40:83:1D:D5:78:8D 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
FC:7C:02:2F:AC:57 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

15.13.Check the MAC address learned by the OLT PON port

Command
OLT(config)# show mac-address port gpon F / S / P
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the MAC address learned by the PON
Description port of the OLT

F/S/P FrameID / SlotID / PortID , <0-0> / <0-0> / <1-16>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the mac address learned by the PON2 port
OLT(config)# show mac-address port gpon 0/0/2
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

page 153_
 Total: 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
MAC VLAN Sport Port Onu Gemid MAC-Type
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
E0:67:B3:51:03:AD 101 3 pon0/0/2 4 2 dynamic
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

15.14.Check the MAC address learned by the GE port of the

OLT

Command
OLT(config)# show mac-address port ge F / S / P
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the MAC address learned by the GE
Description port of the OLT.

F/S/P FrameID/SlotID/PortID, <0-0>/<0-0>/<1-4>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the MAC address learned by the GE1 port.
OLT(config)# show mac-address port ge 0/0/1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 28
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
MAC VLAN Sport Port Onu Gemid MAC-Type
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
EC:D0:9F:D2:6B:E7 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
E4:A4:71:49:9E:31 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
48:A9:D2:52:98:11 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
30:B4:9E:42:A0:1C 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
00:60:F3:21:43:D2 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
F0:C8:50:3D:F9:56 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
98:CA:33:85:EE:A0 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
E0:67:B3:39:A5:06 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
F4:06:69:B3:75:6D 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
5C:AD:CF:23:31:7B 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
C0:D0:12:D2:AF:1B 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
AC:61:EA:EF:CF:DF 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
E0:06:E6:98:2F:54 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
00:DB:DF:9C:FA:0E 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic

page 154_
 9C:F3:87:B8:04:72 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
A8:6B:AD:54:C8:E3 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
B0:52:16:28:26:D7 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
48:BF:6B:BD:F6:50 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
FC:D8:48:C8:9C:60 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
B8:81:98:78:36:10 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
E0:67:B3:00:00:A1 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
38:37:8B:D6:C0:3A 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
A4:CA:A0:C0:C7:18 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
A4:71:74:01:E8:98 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
40:33:1A:CD:3E:89 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
40:83:1D:D5:78:8D 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
3C:95:09:50:4C:E5 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
FC:7C:02:2F:AC:57 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

15.15.Check the MAC address learned by the XGE port of the

OLT

Command
OLT(config)# show mac-address port xge F / S / P
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the MAC address learned by the X GE
Description port of the OLT.

F/S/P FrameID / SlotID / PortID , <0-0> / <0-0> / <1-2>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the mac address learned by the XGE1 port.
OLT(config)# show mac-address port xge 0/0/1
There is not any MAC address record!

OLT(config)#

15.16.Check the MAC address learned by the port aggregation

group of the OLT

Command OLT(config)# show mac-address port lag { < Manual group ID> | <

page 155_
 syntax Lacp group ID> }

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the MAC addresses learned by the port
Description aggregation group of the OLT.

manual-group-ID : The ID of the manual aggregation group , the value

<Manual group
range is 1-8
ID> | <Lacp
lacp-group-ID : The ID of the lacp aggregation group, the value range
group ID>
is 9-16

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the mac address learned by manual port aggregation group 1.
OLT(config)# show mac-address port lag 1
There is not any MAC address record!

OLT(config)#

15.17.MAC addresses of OLT

Command
OLT(config)# show mac-address static
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to view all static MAC addresses of O LT .
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all static mac addresses of OLT.

OLT(config)# show mac-address static

-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
MAC VLAN Sport Port Onu Gemid MAC-Type
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
E0:67:B3:00:00:A2 1 - cpu - - static
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

15.18.MAC address aging time of the OLT

page 156_
 Command
OLT(config)# show mac-address timer
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to check the MAC address aging time of the
Description OLT .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the aging time of the mac address of the OLT.
OLT(config)# show mac-address timer
MAC aging time: 300s

OLT(config)#

15.19.Check the MAC address of the OLT in the specified

VLAN

Command
OLT(config)# show mac-address vlan <vlan-id>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the MAC address of the OLT under the
Description specified vlan .

<vlan-id> The vlan id to be viewed , the value can be 1- 4094

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the mac address of OLT under vlan 101.
OLT(config)# show mac-address vlan 101
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 32
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
MAC VLAN Sport Port Onu Gemid MAC-Type
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
E4:A4:71:49:9E:31 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
48:A9:D2:52:98:11 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
30:B4:9E:42:A0:1C 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
E0:67:B3:06:02:08 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
98:CA:33:85:EE:A0 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
E0:67:B3:39:A5:06 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
E0:67:B3:00:5B:71 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
F4:06:69:B3:75:6D 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic

page 157_
 5C:AD:CF:23:31:7B 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
C0:D0:12:D2:AF:1B 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
E0:06:E6:98:2F:54 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
08:00:45:00:00:43 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
00:DB:DF:9C:FA:0E 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
04:79:70:8F:35:D6 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
9C:F3:87:B8:04:72 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
A8:6B:AD:54:C8:E3 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
B0:52:16:28:26:D7 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
40:4D:7F:01:E2:39 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
3C:95:09:4F:30:D1 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
48:BF:6B:BD:F6:50 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
FC:D8:48:C8:9C:60 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
B8:81:98:78:36:10 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
E0:67:B3:00:00:A1 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
38:37:8B:D6:C0:3A 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
F8:62:14:3F:78:E0 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
A4:CA:A0:C0:C7:18 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
E0:56:43:A9:B4:19 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
A4:71:74:01:E8:98 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
40:33:1A:CD:3E:89 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
40:83:1D:D5:78:8D 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
3C:95:09:50:4C:E5 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
FC:7C:02:2F:AC:57 101 - ge0/0/1 - - dynamic
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

16.OLT routing function configuration

16.1.Add or remove static routes

Command OLT(config)# [ no ] ip route ip-address / Mask-length |

syntax ip-address-mask gateway-address distance-value

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to add or delete the static route of the OLT.
Description Only one default static route can be configured.

<no> means to delete.

page 158_
 IP address. IP addresses are divided into five categories. Users can
choose the appropriate IP subnet according to the actual situation.
ip-address
When the host address part is all 0 or all 1, it has a special effect and
cannot be used as a general IP address. The format is xxxx.

Specifies the subnet mask length of the network segment interface,

Mask-length
the value range is 0-32

ip-address-mask Subnet mask in xxxx format.

gateway-addr
Gateway IP address, in the format xxxx.
ess

The administrative distance that needs to be configured, ranging from

distance-value
1 to 255.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the static default route of the OLT, the gateway is 192.168.2.253
OLT(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 192.168.5.253
OLT(config)#

Case 2: Delete the static route of 192.168.3.0 255.255.255.0 on the OLT

OLT(config)# no ip route 192.168.3.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.5.1
OLT(config)#

16.2.View the routing table information of the OLT

Command
OLT(config)# show ip route
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to view the routing information on the OLT
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View routing information on the OLT
OLT(config)# show ip route
Routing Table : Public

Route Flags: R - relay, D - download to fib

Destination/Mask Proto Pre Cost Flags NextHop Interface
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------
7.7.7.7/32 direct 0 0 D 127.0.0.1 Loopback1
101.0.0.0/24 direct 0 0 D 101.0.0.3 Vlanif300

page 159_
 101.0.0.3/32 direct 0 0 D 127.0.0.1 Vlanif300
127.0.0.1/32 direct 0 0 D 127.0.0.1 InLoop0

16.3.Set the gateway for the default route of olt

Command OLT(config)# ip route-default gateway <ip>

syntax
Applicable config view
view
Function This command is used to set the default routing gateway of olt
Description
ip ip: olt default route gateway
【Configuration case】
Case 1 : Set the default routing gateway of olt to 192.168.5.1
OLT(config)# ip route-default gateway 192.168.5.1

16.4.Configure the default gateway of the network

management port

Command
OLT(config-interface-mgmt)# default gateway ABCD
syntax

Applicable view mgmt view

Function This command is used to configure the default gateway of the

Description network management port

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the default gateway of the mgmt port as 192.168.10.1
OLT(config-interface-mgmt)# default gateway 192.168.10.1

16.5.Configuring the OLT RIP function

16.5.1.Enabling and disabling RIP processes

Command OLT( config )# router rip

syntax OLT( config )# no router rip

Applicable view config view

Function Use the router rip command to enable the specified RIP process in
Description the system view.

page 160_
 Use the no router rip command to disable the specified RIP process.
By default, the RIP process is disabled.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the RIP process .
OLT(config)# router rip
OLT(config)#

16.5.2.View the running status and configuration information of the

RIP process

Command
OLT( config )# show ip rip
syntax

Applicable view enable view, config view, router rip view

Function This command is used to view the current running status and
Description configuration information of the RIP process.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current running status and configuration information of the RIP process in
the config view .
OLT# show ip rip
OLT(config)# show ip rip
-------------------------------------------------- -------------
Codes: R - RIP, C - connected, S - Static, O - OSPF, B - BGP
Sub-codes:
(n) - normal, (s) - static, (d) - default, (r) - redistribute,
(i) - interface
-------------------------------------------------- -------------
Network Next Hop Metric From Tag Time
R(n) 1.1.1.1/32 101.0.0.1 2 101.0.0.1 0 02:49

16.5.3.View the current running status and detailed information of

the RIP process

Command
OLT( config )# show ip rip status
syntax

Applicable view enable view, config view, router rip view

Function This command is used to view the current running status and detailed

page 161_
 Description information of the RIP process.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current running status and detailed information of the RIP process in the
config view .
OLT#config
OLT(config)# show ip rip status
-------------------------------------------------- ------------
Routing Protocol is "rip"
Sending updates every 30 seconds with +/-50%, next due in 5 seconds
Timeout after 180 seconds, garbage collect after 120 seconds
Outgoing update filter list for all interface is not set
Incoming update filter list for all interface is not set
Default redistribution metric is 1
Redistributing: direct
Default version control: send version 2, receive any version
Interface Send Recv Key-chain
eth1.100 2 1 2
Routing for Networks:
101.0.0.0/24
102.0.0.0/24
Routing Information Sources:
Gateway BadPackets BadRoutes Distance Last Update
101.0.0.1 0 0 120 00:00:08
Distance: (default is 120)

Address Distance List

1.1.1.1/32 99

16.5.4.View the current route aggregation information of the RIP

process

Command
OLT( config )# show ip rip summary
syntax

Applicable view config view, router rip view

Function This command is used to view the current route aggregation

Description information of the RIP process.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current route aggregation information of the RIP process in the config

page 162_
view .
OLT(config)# show ip rip summary
-------------------------------------------------- ------------------
Codes: R - RIP, C - connected, S - Static, O - OSPF, B - BGP
Sub-codes:
(n) - normal, (s) - static, (d) - default, (r) - redistribute,
(i) - interface
-------------------------------------------------- ------------------
4.0.0.0/8, Classfulsumm
R(n) 4.4.4.4/32, metric 2, nexthop 102.0.0.3
10.0.0.0/8, Classfulsumm
R(n) 10.0.0.0/24, metric 2, nexthop 102.0.0.3
15.0.0.0/8, Classfulsumm
R(n) 15.5.5.5/32, metric 2, nexthop 102.0.0.3
102.0.0.0/8, Classfulsumm
D(i) 102.0.0.0/24, metric 0, nexthop 0.0.0.0
103.0.0.0/8, Classfulsumm
R(n) 103.0.0.0/24, metric 1, nexthop 102.0.0.3
106.0.0.0/8, Classfulsumm
R(n) 106.0.0.0/24, metric 2, nexthop 102.0.0.3
7.7.0.0/16, Ifsumm, Vlanif200
D(r) 7.7.2.7/32, metric 0, nexthop 0.0.0.0
D(r) 7.7.3.7/32, metric 0, nexthop 0.0.0.0
D(r) 7.7.7.7/32, metric 0, nexthop 0.0.0.0

16.5.5.View the current neighbor information of the RIP process

Command
OLT( config )# show rip neighbor
syntax

Applicable view config view, router rip view

Function This command is used to view the current neighbor information of

Description the RIP process.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current neighbor information of the RIP process in the config view .
OLT(config)# show rip neighbor
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- ---
IP Address Interface Type Last-Heard-Time
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- ---
102.0.0.3 vlanif200 2 00:00:19
Number of broadpackets : 0

page 163_
 Number of multicastpackets :68
Number of badroutes : 0

16.5.6.Configure the global RIP version

Command OLT( config-router )# version { 1 | 2}

syntax OLT( config-router )# no version

Applicable view router rip view

The version command is used to specify a global RIP version.

Use the no version command to restore the default value of the
Function
global RIP version.
Description
By default, only RIP-2 packets are sent, but RIP-1 and RIP-2 packets
can be received.

1 Specify the RIP-1 version

2 Specify the RIP-2 version

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Specify RIP to globally send and receive RIP-2 packets .
OLT(config)#router rip
OLT(config-router)# version 2

16.5.7.Adjust the timer value of RIP

OLT( config-router )# Timers basic <update timer> <timeout timer>

Command <Garbage collection timer>
syntax OLT( config-router )# no Timers basic <update timer> <timeout
timer> <Garbage collection timer>

Applicable view router rip view

The timers basic command is used to adjust the timers.

The no timers basic command is used to restore the default value.
Function
By default, the interval for sending route update packets is 30
Description
seconds, the aging time for routes is 180 seconds, and the time for
routes to be deleted from the routing table is 120 seconds.

Specifies the sending interval of routing update packets, the value

update time
range is 5-86400, the unit is seconds

timeout timer Specifies the route aging time, in the range of 5-86400, in seconds

Garbage The time at which the specified route is deleted from the routing

page 164_
 collection timer table (garbage collection time defined in the standard) ranges from 5
to 86400, in seconds

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the value of each timer of RIP .
OLT(config)#router rip
OLT(config-router)# timers rip 35 170 240

16.5.8.Configure Equal Cost Routes

Command OLT( config-router )# allow-ecmp

syntax OLT( config-router )# no allow-ecmp

Applicable view router rip view

Use the allow-ecmp command to enable equal-cost routing.

Function
Use the no allow-ecmp command to enable equal-cost routing.
Description
By default, equal-cost routing is disabled.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable equal-cost routing .
OLT(config)#router rip
OLT(config-router)# allow-ecmp

16.5.9.send default route

Command OLT( config-router )# default-information originate [metric]

syntax OLT( config-router )# no default-information originate

Applicable view router rip view

Use the default-information originate command to configure the

current device to generate a default route or send the default route
existing in the routing table to its neighbors.
Function
Use the no default-information originate command to restore the
Description
default.
By default, the current device does not send default routes to
neighbors.

metric <0-16> , specify the cost of imported routes

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable to send the default route to neighbors .
OLT(config)#router rip
OLT(config-router)# default-information originate metric 5

page 165_
16.5.10.Configure the default cost of imported routes

Command OLT( config-router )# default-metric metric

syntax OLT( config-router )# no default-metric metric

Applicable view router rip view

Use the default-metric command to configure the default cost of

imported routes.
Function
Use the no default-metric command to restore the default cost of
Description
imported routes to the default value.
By default, the default cost of imported routes is 1.

Specifies the default cost of imported routes, in integer form, ranging

metric
from 1 to 16. The default value is 1.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the cost of imported routes to 4 .
OLT(config)#router rip
OLT(config-router)# default metric 4

16.5.11.Configuring the Priority of RIP Routes

OLT( config-router )# distance < distance >

Command [network-address|WORD]*
syntax OLT( config-router )# no distance < distance >
[network-address|WORD]*

Applicable view router rip view

Use the distance command to configure the priority of RIP routes.

Use the no distance command to restore the default route priority.
Function
Configure the priority of all routes, and also configure the priority of
Description
routes on a specified network segment.
By default, the default priority of RIP routes is 120.

Specifies the priority of the route. Integer form, the value range is 1
distance
to 255. The default value is 120

network-addres Specifies the address ABCD/M of the routing network segment, in

s dotted decimal format . Here must be IP source prefix

WORD access list name

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the priority of the RIP route as 90 .

page 166_
 OLT(config)#router rip
OLT(config-router)# distance 90

16.5.12.Enable RIP routing on the specified network segment

Command OLT( config-router )# network {network-address|WORD}

syntax OLT( config-router )# no network {network-address|WORD}

Applicable view router rip view

Use the network command to enable RIP routing on the specified

network segment and interface.
Function Use the no network command to disable RIP routing on the specified
Description network segment and interface.
By default, the specified network segment and interface are not
enabled with RIP routing.

ABCD/M , specifies the network address and subnet mask to enable

network-addres RIP.
s The address must be the address of the natural network segment, in
dotted decimal form

WORD interface name (eg vlanif 100)

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable RIP routing on the specified network segment 101.0.0.0 .
OLT(config)#router rip
OLT(config-router)# network 10.0.0.0/8

16.5.13.Configure the IP address of the specified RIP neighbor

Command OLT( config-router )# neighbor ip-address

syntax OLT( config-router )# no neighbor ip-address

Applicable view router rip view

The neighbor command is used to specify the IP address of the RIP

neighbor. After this command is configured, the update packet is sent
to the peer end in unicast form instead of normal multicast or
Function broadcast form.
Description Use the no neighbor command to delete the specified neighbor IP
address.
By default, the IP address of the RIP neighbor is not specified in the
system.

ip-address ABCD, specifies the IP address of the neighbor, in dotted decimal

page 167_
 notation

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the neighbor IP address to 10.1.1.1 .
OLT(config)#router rip
OLT(config-router)# neighbor 10.1.1.1

16.5.14.Configuring Interface Suppression Status

Command OLT( config-router )# passive-interface {IFNAME|default}

syntax OLT( config-router )# no passive-interface {IFNAME|default}

Applicable view router rip view

Use the passive-interface command to suppress an interface so that it

only receives packets and updates its routing table instead of sending
Function RIP packets.
Description Use the no passive-interface command to enable the RIP interface to
send update packets.
By default, interfaces are not suppressed.

IFNAME Specify the interface name (eg Vlanif100)

default Suppress all interfaces

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the specified interface vlanif100 to the inhibited state .
OLT(config)#router rip
OLT(config-router)# passive-interface Vlanif100
Case 2 : Set all interfaces to inhibit state .
OLT(config)#router rip
OLT(config-router)# passive-interface default

16.5.15.Configure to import routes from other routing protocols

OLT( config-router )# redistribute {rip|QUAGGA_REDIST_STR_RIPD}

[metric metric |route-map WORD]*
Command
OLT( config-router )# no redistribute
syntax
{rip|QUAGGA_REDIST_STR_RIPD} [metric metric |route-map
WORD]*

Applicable view router rip view

Function The redistribute command is used to configure imported routes from

Description other routing protocols.

page 168_
 The no redistribute command is used to cancel the import of routes
from other routing protocols.
By default, routes are not imported from other routing protocols.

QUAGGA_REDIS (kernel|direct|static|ospf|isis|bgp|pim|babel), specifies the

T_STR_RIPD imported routing protocol type.

metric Specifies the cost of imported routes

WORD Specify import routing policy

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Import the IS-IS routing protocol and set its cost to 7 .
OLT(config)#router rip
OLT(config-router)# redistribute isis metric 7
Case 1: Import the ospf route that passes the routing policy abc, and set its cost to 7. When
specifying the imported route, specify the routing policy name as abc .
OLT(config)#router rip
OLT(config-router)# redistribute ospf metric 7 route-map abc

16.5.16.Configure automatic aggregation

Command OLT( config-router )# rip summary

syntax OLT( config-router )# no rip summary

Applicable view router rip view

Use the rip summary command to configure the automatic

aggregation function.
Function
Use the no rip summary command to delete the configured
Description
automatic aggregation function.
By default, the automatic aggregation function is not enabled.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the automatic aggregation function .
OLT(config)#router rip
OLT(config-router)# rip summary

16.5.17.Configure the RIP version of the packets sent by the interface

OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# ip rip send version {{1|2}|{1|2}}*

Command
OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# no ip rip send version
syntax
{{1|2}|{1|2}}*

Applicable view Interface view

page 169_
 Use the ip rip send version command to configure the RIP version of
the packets sent by the interface. Specifies to send RIP version 1 or 2,
Function
or 1 and 2 packets in broadcast mode.
Description
Use the no rip version command to restore the default configuration.
By default, an interface only sends RIP-2 packets.

1 Specify the RIP-1 version

2 Specify the RIP-2 version

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure interface vlanif 100 to send RIP-2 packets .
OLT(config)# interface vlanif 100
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# ip rip send version 2

16.5.18.Configure the RIP version for receiving packets on an

interface

OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# ip rip receive version

Command {{1|2}|{1|2}}*
syntax OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# no ip rip receive version
{{1|2}|{1|2}}*

Applicable view Interface view

Use the ip rip receive version command to configure the RIP version
of packets received by an interface. Specifies to receive RIP version 1
Function
or 2, or 1 and 2 packets in broadcast mode.
Description
Use the no rip version command to restore the default configuration.
By default, an interface receives RIP-1 and RIP-2 packets.

1 Specify the RIP-1 version

2 Specify the RIP-2 version

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure interface vlanif 100 to receive RIP-2 and RIP-1 packets .
OLT(config)# interface vlanif 100
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# ip rip receive version 2 1

16.5.19.Configuring the Split Horizon Function of RIP

Command OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# ip rip split-horizon

syntax OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# no ip rip split-horizon

page 170_
 Applicable view Interface view

Use the ip rip split-horizon command to enable the split horizon

function of RIP.
Function
Use the no rip split-horizon command to disable the split horizon
Description
function of RIP.
By default, the split horizon function of RIP is enabled.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the split horizon function on the interface vlanif100 .
OLT(config)# interface vlanif 100
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# ip rip split-horizon

16.5.20.Configuring the Poison Inversion Function of RIP

OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# ip rip split-horizon

Command poison-reverse
syntax OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# no ip rip split-horizon
poisoned-reverse

Applicable view Interface view

Use the ip rip split-horizon poison-reverse command to enable the

poison reverse function of RIP.
Function
Use the no rip split-horizon poison-reverse command to disable the
Description
poison reverse function of RIP.
By default, the poison inversion function is disabled.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the poison inversion function on the interface vlanif100 .
OLT(config)# interface vlanif 100
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# ip rip split-horizon poison-reverse

16.5.21.Configuring Manual Aggregation on an Interface

OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# ip rip summary-address ABCD/M

Command [avoid-feedback]
syntax OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# no ip rip summary-address
ABCD/M

Applicable view Interface view

Use the ip rip summary-address ABCD/M [avoid-feedback] command

Function
to enable manual aggregation on an interface.
Description
Use the no ip rip summary-address ABCD/M command to disable

page 171_
 manual aggregation on an interface.
By default, manual aggregation is disabled on an interface.

Specifies the network address and subnet mask to enable RIP. The
network-addres
address must be the address of the natural network segment, in
s
dotted decimal form

avoid-feedback Forbid the same aggregated route to be learned from this interface

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the manual aggregation function on the interface vlanif200 .
OLT(config)# interface vlanif 200
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-200)# ip rip summary-address 7.7.0.0/16

16.5.22.View brief information about interface status and

configuration

Command
OLT( config-router )# show rip ip interface brief
syntax

Applicable view router rip view

Function This command is used to view brief information about the interface
Description status and configuration.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View brief messages of interface status and configuration .
OLT(config)#router rip
OLT(config-router)# show rip ip interface brief
Interface IP Address/Mask Protocol
--------------------------------------------
mgmt0/0 192.168.20.27/24 UP
loopback3 7.7.3.7/32 UP
loopback2 7.7.2.7/32 UP
loopback1 7.7.7.7/32 UP
inLoop0 127.0.0.1/32 UP
vlanif200 102.0.0.7/24 UP
---------------------------------------------

16.5.23.View interface status and configuration details

Command OLT( config-router )# show rip ip interface verbose [IFNAME]

page 172_
 syntax

Applicable view router rip view

Function This command is used to view the interface status and configuration
Description details.

verbose Specifies to view the detailed information of the RIP interface

IFNAME Specify the interface type and number

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the status and configuration details of the specified interface eth1.100 .
OLT(config)#router rip
OLT(config-router)# show rip ip interface verbose eth1.100
-------------------------------------------------- ---------
Vlanif100 eth1.100 current state: UP
Internet Address is 101.0.0.1/24
Internet Address is fe80::e267:b3ff:fe00:152/64
The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500 bytes
Index: 131172 Knetindex: 7
Network : enables
Interface :disable
Running :yes
Send :version 2
Receive :version 1&2
Auth_type :none
Auth_str : null
Key_chain :null
Md5_auth_len: 20
Recv_badpackets : 0
Recv_badroutes: 0
Sent_updates :4
Passive :no
-------------------------------------------------- ------------

16.6.Configuring the OLT OSPF function

16.6.1.View the current running status and configuration information

of the OSPF process

Command
OLT# show ospf
syntax

page 173_
 Applicable view enable view

Function This command is used to view the current running status and
Description configuration information of the OSPF process.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current running status and configuration information of the OSPF process .
OLT # show ospf

OSPF Routing Process, Router ID: 7.7.7.7

Supports only single TOS (TOS0) routes
This implementation conforms to RFC2328
RFC1583Compatibility flag is disabled
OpaqueCapability flag is disabled
Initial SPF scheduling delay 200 millisec(s)
Minimum hold time between consecutive SPFs 1000 millisec(s)
Maximum hold time between consecutive SPFs 10000 millisec(s)
Hold time multiplier is currently 1
SPF algorithm has not been run
SPF timer is inactive
Refresh timer 10 secs
Number of external LSA 0. Checksum Sum 0x00000000
Number of opaque AS LSA 0. Checksum Sum 0x00000000
Number of areas attached to this router: 0

OLT #

16.6.2.Configure the OSPF process

Command OLT(config)# ospf

syntax OLT(config)# no ospf

Applicable view config view

ospf command to start the specified OSPF process in the system view.
Function
no Use the ospf command to shut down the specified OSPF process.
Description
By default, the OSPF process is disabled .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Start the OSPF process .
OLT(config)# ospf

OLT(config-ospf)#

page 174_
16.6.3.Querying OSPF Border Router Information

Command
OLT(config)# show ospf border-routers
syntax

Applicable view config view , ospf view

Function
This command is used to display OSPF border router information.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View OSPF border router information in the config view .
OLT (config) # show ospf border-routers

OLT(config)# show ip ospf border-routers

============= OSPF router routing table =============
R 3.3.3.3 [10] area: 0.0.0.0, ASBR
via 102.0.0.3, vlanif400

OLT (config) #

16.6.4.Query the current link state database information of the OSPF

process

OLT(config)# show ospf lsdb [(asbr-summary | external | network |

Command nssa-external
syntax |opaque-area|opaque-as|opaque-link|router|summary)[ip-addres
s] [adv-router ip-address |self-originate]|max-age|self-originate]

Applicable view config view , ospf view

Function This command is used to view the current link state database
Description information of the OSPF process.

asbr-summary Display information about type-4 LSAs

external Display information about type-5 LSAs

network Display information about type-2 LSAs

nssa-external Display information about type-7 LSAs

opaque-area Displays Opaque-LSA information connected to the area

opaque-as Display information about Opaque-LSAs connected to AS autonomous

areas

page 175_
 opaque-link Display information about Opaque-LSA connected locally

router Display information about type-1 LSAs

summary Display information about type-3 LSAs

max-age Displays a list of the maximum aging time of LSAs

self-originate View the router LSA connected to the physical port of the router

ip-address View the LSA information corresponding to the IP address

adv-router View the LSA information corresponding to the advertising router

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current link state database information of the OSPF process in the config
view .
OLT (config) # show ospf lsdb

OSPF Router with ID (2.2.2.2)

Router Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# CkSum Link count

2.2.2.2 2.2.2.2 876 0x80000007 0x3230 1
3.3.3.3 3.3.3.3 284 0x80000007 0x54a8 1

Net Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# CkSum

102.0.0.2 2.2.2.2 926 0x80000004 0xd2ff

Summary Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# CkSum Route

6.6.6.6 3.3.3.3 273 0x80000002 0xf93e 6.6.6.6/32
101.0.0.0 2.2.2.2 325 0x80000006 0x637d 101.0.0.0/24

OLT (config) #

16.6.5.Querying Interface Details of an OSPF Process

Command
OLT(config)# show ospf interface [INTERFACE]
syntax

Applicable view config view , ospf view

page 176_
 Function This command is used to view the interface details of the OSPF
Description process.

(vlanif <1-4094>|loopback <1-1023>), check the information about

INTERFACE
the specific interface name of ospf

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the interface details of the OSPF process in the config view .
OLT(config)# show ospf interface
vlanif100 is down
ifindex 131172, MTU 1500 bytes, BW 0 Kbit <BROADCAST,MULTICAST>
OSPF not enabled on this interface
vlanif3000 is up
ifindex 134072, MTU 1500 bytes, BW 0 Kbit <UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,MULTICAST>
OSPF not enabled on this interface
vlanif2000 is down
ifindex 133072, MTU 1500 bytes, BW 0 Kbit <BROADCAST,MULTICAST>
OSPF not enabled on this interface
vlanif1000 is down
ifindex 132072, MTU 1500 bytes, BW 0 Kbit <BROADCAST,MULTICAST>
OSPF not enabled on this interface
vlanif500 is down
ifindex 131572, MTU 1500 bytes, BW 0 Kbit <BROADCAST,MULTICAST>
OSPF not enabled on this interface
vlanif300 is up
ifindex 131372, MTU 1500 bytes, BW 0 Kbit <UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,MULTICAST>
OSPF not enabled on this interface
vlanif200 is down
ifindex 131272, MTU 1500 bytes, BW 0 Kbit <BROADCAST,MULTICAST>
OSPF not enabled on this interface
vlanif10 is up
ifindex 131082, MTU 1500 bytes, BW 0 Kbit <UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,MULTICAST>
OSPF not enabled on this interface
loopback1 is up
ifindex 65537, MTU 16436 bytes, BW 0 Kbit <UP,LOOPBACK,RUNNING>
OSPF not enabled on this interface
--More ( Press 'Q' to quit )--

16.6.6.Query the current neighbor information of the OSPF process

Command
OLT(config)# show ospf peer [ip-address|IFNAME|all|verbose [all]]
syntax

Applicable view config view , ospf view

page 177_
 Function This command is used to view the current neighbor information of
Description the OSPF process.

ip-address Display neighbor information by ID number

IFNAME Display neighbor information connected to an interface

all Display neighbor information including down state

verbose Show details of all neighbors

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current neighbor information of the OSPF process in the config view .
OLT (config) # show ospf peer

Neighbor ID Pri State Dead Time Address Interface RXmtL RqstL DBsmL

OLT (config) #

16.6.7.View the routing table of the OSPF process

Command
OLT(config)# show ospf route
syntax

Applicable view config view , ospf view

Function
This command is used to view the routing table of the OSPF process.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the routing table of the OSPF process in the config view .
OLT (config) # show ospf route

OLT(config)# show ospf route

=========== OSPF network routing table ===========
N IA 6.6.6.6/32 [10] area: 0.0.0.0
via 102.0.0.3, eth1.400
N 101.0.0.0/24 [10] area: 0.0.0.1
directly attached to eth1.300
N 102.0.0.0/24 [10] area: 0.0.0.0
directly attached to eth1.400

============= OSPF router routing table =============

R 3.3.3.3 [10] area: 0.0.0.0, ABR, ASBR
via 102.0.0.3, eth1.400

page 178_
 =========== OSPF external routing table ===========
N E1 12.12.12.0/24 [11] tag: 1
via 102.0.0.3, eth1.400

OLT (config) #

16.6.8.Configure area

Command OLT( config-ospf )# area area-ID

syntax OLT( config-ospf )# no area area-ID

Applicable view ospf view

The area area-ID command is used to create an area.

Function
The no area area-ID command is used to destroy an area.
Description
By default, no area is created.

Specify the area in numerical form, the value range is

area-ID
<0-4294967295>, or specify the area in dotted decimal form

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create a backbone area area 1 .
OLT(config-ospf)# area 1

OLT(config-ospf-area-0.0.0.1)#

16.6.9.Adjust the cost reference value

Command OLT( config - ospf )# bandwidth-reference <bandwidth>

syntax OLT( config-ospf )# no bandwidth-reference

Applicable view ospf view

Use the bandwidth-reference command to adjust the overhead

reference value.
Function
The no bandwidth-reference command is used to restore the default
Description
cost reference value.
By default, the overhead reference value is 100Mbps.

Reference value, the reference bandwidth is measured in megabits

bandwidth
per second, the value range is <1-4294967>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Adjust the OSPF cost reference value to 200 .
OLT(config)# ospf

page 179_
 OLT(config-ospf)# bandwidth-reference 200

16.6.10.Configuring OSPF to Republish Routes

OLT( config-ospf )# default-route-advertise [always][cost

Command
<cost>|type{1|2}]
syntax
OLT( config-ospf )# no default-route-advertise

Applicable view ospf view

The default-route-advertise command is used to configure OSPF to

republish the default route.
The default-route-advertise always command is used to force the
advertisement of a default route even if there is no default route in
Function
the routing table.
Description
Use the no default-route-advertise command to delete the default
route.
By default, the republished route is the second type of external route,
that is, the default type is 2.

cost The cost of republishing the route. The value range is 1～16777214

type Specifies the type of republished route

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Forcibly advertise a default route .
OLT(config-ospf)# default-route-advertise always

OLT(config-ospf)#

16.6.11.Configure the default cost of imported routes

Command OLT( config-ospf )# default cost <cost>

syntax OLT( config-ospf )# no default cost

Applicable view ospf view

Use the default cost command to configure the default cost of

imported routes.
Function
Use the no default cost command to restore the default cost of
Description
imported routes to the default value.
By default, the default cost of imported routes is 10.

The cost of republishing the route. The value ranges from 1 to

cost
16777214, in integer form, the default value is 1

page 180_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the cost of imported routes to 4 .
OLT(config-ospf)# default cost 1

OLT(config-ospf)#

16.6.12.Configuring the Priority of OSPF Routes

OLT( config-ospf )# preference [priority|ospf {external

Command priority|inter-area priority|intra-area priority}* ]
syntax OLT( config-ospf )# no preference
[priority|ospf{external|inter-area|intra-area}*]

Applicable view ospf view

Use the preference command to configure the priority of OSPF

routes.
Use the no preference command to restore the default value of route
Function
preference.
Description
Configure the priority of all routes, and also configure the priority of
routes on a specified network segment.
By default, the default priority of OSPF routes is 110.

external The cost of republishing the route. The value range is 1～16777214

Specifies the priority of all routes from one area to another, the
inter-area
default value is 110

Intra-area Specifies the priority of routes in the area, the default value is 110

priority Priority, value range <1-255>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the priority of OSPF external routes to 90 .
OLT(config)# ospf
OLT( config-ospf )# preference ospf external 90

16.6.13.An LSA that advertises its own SPF database

OLT( config-ospf )# max-cost router-lsa

Command {administrative|on-shutdown cost|on-startup <cost>}
syntax OLT( config-ospf )# no max-cost
router-lsa{administrative|on-shutdown|on-startup}

Applicable view ospf view

page 181_
 The max-cost router-lsa command is used to advertise the LSA of its
Function
own SPF database with the maximum metric value, and neighbors
Description
will naturally choose other paths with lower cost.

router-lsa Announcing its own router-LSA with infinite distance

administrative Application management, unlimited distance

on-shutdown Release stub routers before turning off OSPF completely

on-startup Automatically publish stub Router-LSA at startup

cost Overhead value, the value range is <5-86400>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The router advertises the LSA of its own SPF database with the maximum metric
value of 65535 .
OLT(config)# ospf
OLT( config-ospf )# max-cost router-lsa on-startup 65535

16.6.14.Configure to import routes from other routing protocols

OLT( config-ospf )# import-route {QUAGGA_REDIST_STR_OSPFD}

Command [cost <cost>|type [1|2]]*
syntax OLT( config-ospf )# no import-route
{QUAGGA_REDIST_STR_OSPFD}

Applicable view ospf view

The import-route command is used to configure importing routes

from other routing protocols.
Function
The no import-route command is used to cancel the import of routes
Description
from other routing protocols.
By default, routes are not imported from other routing protocols.

QUAGGA_REDIS (direct|static|ospf|isis|rip|bgp), specifies the imported routing

T_STR_OSPFD protocol type

cost Specifies the cost of imported routes, ranging from 0 to 16777214

type Specifies the cost calculation type of imported routes

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Import the IS-IS routing protocol and set its cost to 7 .
OLT(config)# ospf
OLT( config-ospf )# import-route isis metric 7

page 182_
16.6.15.Configure the IP address of the OSPF neighbor

OLT( config-ospf )# peer ip-address [poll-intervalSeconds][priority

Command priority]
syntax OLT( config-ospf )# no peer ip-address [poll-interval
Seconds|priority priority]

Applicable view ospf view

Use the peer command to specify the IP address of an OSPF neighbor.

After this command is configured, the update packet is sent to the
peer end in unicast form instead of normal multicast or broadcast
Function form.
Description Use the no peer command to delete the specified neighbor IP
address.
By default, the IP address of the OSPF neighbor is not specified in the
system.

ip-address Specifies the IP address of the neighbor, in dotted decimal notation

poll-interval Neighbor death polling interval, the value range is <1-65535>

priority Neighbor priority, value range <0-255>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the neighbor IP address to 10.1.1.1 .
OLT(config)# ospf
OLT( config-ospf )# peer 10.1.1.1

16.6.16.Configure the router ID of the current OSPF process

Command OLT( config-ospf )# router-id ip-address

syntax OLT( config-ospf )# no router-id

Applicable view ospf view

The router-id command is used to set the router id of the current ospf
Function process.
Description The no router-id command is used to restore the default router id.
By default, the router id is selected from the interface IP address.

ip-address set router id

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the router id as 1.1.1.1 .
OLT(config)# ospf

page 183_
 OLT( config-ospf )# router-id 1.1.1.1

16.6.17.Configuring Interface Suppression Status

Command OLT( config-ospf )# silent-interface {IFNAME|default}

syntax OLT( config-ospf )# no silent-interface {IFNAME|default}

Applicable view ospf view

The silent-interface command is used to suppress the interface so

that it only receives packets to update its routing table, but does not
Function send OSPF packets.
Description Use the no silent-interface command to enable the OSPF interface to
send update packets.
By default, interfaces are not suppressed.

(vlanif <1-4094>|loopback <1-1023>), specifies the interface name to

IFNAME
suppress

default Suppress all interfaces

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the specified interface vlanif100 to the inhibited state .
OLT(config)# ospf
OLT( config-ospf )# silent-interface Vlanif100
Case 2 : Set all interfaces to inhibit state .
OLT(config)# ospf
OLT( config-ospf )# passive-interface default

16.6.18.Adjust the spf calculation time of ospf

OLT( config-ospf )# spf-schedule-interval <Delay1> <Delay2>

Command
<Delay3>
syntax
OLT( config-ospf )# no spf-schedule-interval

Applicable view ospf view

The spf-schedule-interval command is used to adjust the spf

calculation time of ospf.
Delay1 represents the delay to wait for the first topology calculation.
Delay2 indicates the initial time for two SPF calculations, after which
Function
the next topology calculation is performed.
Description
Delay3 plays a protective role. If the topology changes frequently
during the waiting time, the delay time waiting for each next SPF
calculation will be doubled. However, the maximum value of this
value cannot exceed the third value.

page 184_
 These values ensure that frequent SPF calculations will not be
performed when the network changes frequently, and CPU resources
are protected.
By default, the delay time is 5s, and the spf interval time is 10s

The delay time from receiving the change for the first time to SPF
Delay1
calculation, the value range is <0-600000>

Initial hold time between consecutive SPF calculations, the value

Delay2
range is <0-600000>

Delay3 Maximum hold time, value range <0-600000>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Modify the delay time to 10s, the SPF calculation interval to 20s, and the maximum
interval to 100s .
OLT(config)# ospf
OLT( config-ospf )# spf-schedule-interval 10 20 100

16.6.19.route summary

OLT( config-ospf -area-0.0.0.1 )# abr-summary ip-address <mask>

[advertise[cost COST]|cost COST|not-advertise|substitute
Command ip-address mask]
syntax OLT( config-ospf -area-0.0.0.1 )# no abr-summary ip-address
<mask> [advertise[cost COST]
|cost COST|not-advertise|substitute ip-address mask]

Applicable view area view

The abr-summary command is used to perform route summary.

Function
Use the no abr-summary command to cancel route summarization.
Description
By default, no route summary is performed in this area.

ip-address website address

<mask> mask

advertise advertise this range

Specifies the range of the cost value of the aggregated network

COST
<0-16777215>

not-advertise Do not advertise this range

substitute Announce area scope as another prefix

page 185_
 ip-address Convert the address range to this address announcement

mask Convert the address range to this address mask declaration

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Summarize the 102.0.10.0 network segment in this area (area 1) .
OLT(config)# ospf
OLT( config-ospf )# area 1
OLT( config-ospf -area-0.0.0.1)# abr-summary 102.0.10.0 255.255.255.0

16.6.20.Configure cost value

Command OLT( config-ospf -area-0.0.0.1 )# default-cost <cost>

syntax OLT( config-ospf -area-0.0.0.1 )# no default-cost <cost>

Applicable view area view

Use the default-cost command to configure the summary-default cost

of an NSSA or stub area.
Function
Use the no default-cost command to restore the default cost.
Description
By default, the cost of the Type 3 default route sent to the STUB area
or the NSSA area is 10.

cost Overhead value, the value range is <0-16777215>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the cost value to 10 .
OLT(config)# ospf
OLT( config-ospf )# area 1
OLT( config-ospf -area-0.0.0.1)# default-cost 10

16.6.21.Configure the NETWORK area

Command OLT( config-ospf -area-0.0.0.1 )# network ip-address ip-mask

syntax OLT( config-ospf -area-0.0.0.1 )# no network ip-address ip-mask

Applicable view area view

The network command is used to enable the ospf protocol in a

specific network.
Function
Use the no network command to cancel the ospf protocol of the
Description
network.
By default, ospf is not run on any network.

ip-address network number

page 186_
 ip-mask wildcard mask

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the ospf protocol on the 102.0.0.3 interface network segment .
OLT(config)# ospf
OLT( config-ospf )# area 1
OLT( config-ospf -area-0.0.0.1)# network 102.0.0.3 0.0.0.255

16.6.22.Configuring NSSA Zones

OLT( config-ospf -area-0.0.0.1 )# nssa

Command [translate-always|translate-candidate|translate-never]
syntax [no-summary]
OLT( config-ospf -area-0.0.0.1 )# no nssa [no-summary]

Applicable view area view

The nssa command is used to configure the local area as nssa area
related settings.
Function
Use the no nssa command to cancel the nssa configuration in the
Description
local area.
By default, no special area is configured for this area.

translate-alway Configure NSSA-ABR to always translate

s

translate-candid Configuring NSSA-ABR for Transition Election

ate

translate-never Configure NSSA-ABR not to convert

no-summary Do not inject inter-area routes into nssa

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure this area (area 1) as an nssa area .
OLT(config)# ospf
OLT( config-ospf )# area 1
OLT( config-ospf -area-0.0.0.1)# nssa

16.6.23.Configure STUB area

Command OLT( config-ospf -area-0.0.0.1 )# stub [no-summary]

syntax OLT( config-ospf -area-0.0.0.1 )# no stub [no-summary]

Applicable view area view

page 187_
 Use the stub command to configure this area as the stub area related
settings.
Function
Use the no stub command to cancel the stub configuration in this
Description
area.
By default, no special area is configured for this area.

no-summary Do not inject inter-area routes into stubs

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure this area (area 1) as a stub area .
OLT(config)# ospf
OLT( config-ospf )# area 1
OLT( config-ospf -area-0.0.0.1)# stub

16.6.24.Configure virtual connections

OLT( config-ospf -area-0.0.0.1 )# virtual-peer router-id [dead

dead-interval|hello hello-interval|retransmit
Command
retransmit-interval|transmit-delay trans-delay-interval]*
syntax
OLT( config-ospf -area-0.0.0.1 )# no virtual-peer router-id
[dead|hello|retransmit|transmit-delay]*

Applicable view area view

The virtual-peer command is used to establish a virtual connection.

The no virtual-peer command is used to cancel the virtual
Function connection.
Description By default, no virtual connection is established.
This command is used on abr and its adjacent non-backbone area
routers to extend the backbone area.

router-id Router ID of the remote ABR

dead The time interval when the neighbor is declared dead, the value
range is <1-65535>

hello Time interval between HELLO packets, the value range is <1-65535>

retransmit The time interval for retransmission of lost lsa, the value range is
<1-65535>

transmit-delay Link state transmission delay, value range <1-65535>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Virtually connect this area (area 1) to 1.1.1.1 .
OLT(config)# ospf

page 188_
 OLT( config-ospf )# area 1
OLT( config-ospf -area-0.0.0.1)# virtual-peer 1.1.1.1

16.6.25.Configure Interface Overhead

Command OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# ospf cost COST

syntax OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# no ospf cost [COST]

Applicable view Interface view

Use the ospf cost command to modify the interface cost.

Function
Use the no ospf cost command to restore the default interface cost.
Description
By default, the interface cost is 10.

COST Set the interface cost value, the value range is <1-65535>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the interface cost as 1 on the interface vlanif100 .
OLT(config)# interface vlanif 100
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# ospf cost 1

16.6.26.Configure Interface Priority

Command OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# ospf dr-priority Priority

syntax OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# no ospf dr-priority

Applicable view Interface view

Use the ospf dr-priority command to modify the port priority.

Use the no ospf dr-priority command to restore the default port
Function
priority.
Description
By default, the port priority is 1, and a router with a priority of 0
cannot become a DR or BDR.

Priority Port priority, the value range is <0-255>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Modify the port priority to 10 on the interface vlanif100 .
OLT(config)# interface vlanif 100
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# ospf dr-priority 10

16.6.27.Configure the mtu mismatch detection function

Command OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# ospf mtu-ignore

syntax OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# no ospf mtu-ignore

page 189_
 Applicable view Interface view

The ospf mtu-ignore command is used to disable mtu mismatch

detection.
The no ospf mtu-ignore command is used to un-disable mtu
Function
mismatch detection.
Description
By default, mtu mismatch detection is performed. If the mtu of this
port is inconsistent with that of the other port, the neighbor
relationship will fail to be established.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Disable mtu mismatch detection on interface vlanif100 .
OLT(config)# interface vlanif 100
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# ospf mtu-ignore

16.6.28.Configure the network type of the interface under the OSPF

protocol

OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# ospf network

Command
[broadcast|non-broadcast|point-to-multipoint|point-to-point]
syntax
OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# no ospf network

Applicable view Interface view

Use the ospf network command to specify the network type of the
interface under OSPF.
Function Use the no ospf network command to cancel the specified network
Description type.
By default, the network type is not specified, and the network type is
determined according to the actual situation.

broadcast Specifies that the interface is a broadcast multi-access network under

the OSPF protocol

non-broadcast Specifies that the interface is a non-broadcast multi-access network

under OSPF

point-to-multip Specifies that the interface is a point-to-multipoint network under the

oint OSPF protocol

point-to-point Specifies that the interface is a point-to-point network under the

OSPF protocol

【Configuration case】
Case 1: On the interface vlanif100, specify that the interface is a broadcast multi-access

page 190_
network under the OSPF protocol .
OLT(config)# interface vlanif 100
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# ospf network broadcast

16.6.29.Configuring the Expiration Time of Neighbor Relationships

Command OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# ospf timer dead dead-interval

syntax OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# no ospf timer dead

Applicable view Interface view

Use the ospf timer dead command to set the neighbor dead time.
The no ospf timer dead command restores the default expiration
Function
time.
Description
By default, the failure time of a neighbor is 4 times the time for
sending a hello packet.

dead-interval Neighbor relationship expiration time

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the neighbor failure time to 20s on the interface vlanif100 .
OLT(config)# interface vlanif 100
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# ospf timer dead 20

16.6.30.Configure the interval for sending hello packets under OSPF

Command OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# ospf timer hello hello-interval

syntax OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# no ospf timer hello

Applicable view Interface view

Use the ospf timer hello command to modify the interval for sending
hello packets.
Use the no ospf timer hello command to restore the default sending
Function
interval.
Description
By default, the interval for sending Hello packets on P2P and
Broadcast interfaces is 10 seconds; the interval for sending Hello
packets on P2MP and NBMA interfaces is 30 seconds.

hello-interval Time interval for sending hello packets

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Modify the hello packet sending interval to 5s on interface vlanif100 .
OLT(config)# interface vlanif 100
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# ospf timer hello 5

page 191_
16.6.31.Configure the interval for retransmission of lost link status

under OSPF protocol

OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# ospf timer retransmit

Command
retransmit-interval
syntax
OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# no ospf timer retransmit

Applicable view Interface view

Use the ospf timer retransmit command to modify the interval for
retransmitting the lost link status.
Function The no ospf timer retransmit command is used to restore the default
Description interval for retransmitting the lost link state.
By default, 5 seconds is specified for the retransmission of the link
state advertisement to the adjacent nodes of the interface.

retransmit-inter Time interval for retransmission of lost link status, value range
val <3-65535>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The time interval for modifying the retransmission lost link status on the interface
vlanif100 is 10 .
OLT(config)# interface vlanif 100
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# ospf timer retransmit 10

16.6.32.Configure the interval for retransmission of lost link status

under OSPF protocol

OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# ospf transmit-delay

Command
transmit-delay-interval
syntax
OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# no ospf transmit-delay

Applicable view Interface view

Use the ospf transmit-delay command to configure the transmission

delay of LSAs on an OSPF interface.
Function
Use the no ospf transmit-delay command to restore the default LSA
Description
transmit delay.
By default, the delay in sending LSAs on an OSPF interface is 1 second.

transmit-delay-i LSA sending delay, the value ranges from 1 to 65535, the default
nterval value is 1 second
transmit-delay-i

page 192_
 nterval

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the OSPF interface LSA sending delay as 3s on interface vlanif100 .
OLT(config)# interface vlanif 100
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# ospf transmit-delay 3

17.Multicast Module Configuration

17.1.Configuring the Quick Leave Function of IGMP

Command
OLT(config)# igmp fast-leave {on|off}
syntax

Applicable view config view

igmp fast-leave off:

Turn off the igmp-snooping quick leave function. After the
igmp-snooping fast leave function is disabled, the ONT needs to send
a specific group query to confirm the user's online status after
receiving the user's multicast leave message. If the specific group
query period times out, the ONT still does not receive a report from
the user. message, the user is considered offline and the local
multicast entry is updated. Use this parameter when the user does
Function
not need to switch channels at a faster speed
Description
igmp fast-leave on:
Turn on the igmp-snooping quick leave function. After the
igmp-snooping fast leave function is enabled, after receiving the
multicast leave message, the ONT immediately updates the local
multicast entry according to the multicast leave message without
sending a specific group query message to confirm whether the user
is indeed offline. . This parameter is used when the user needs to
switch channels at a faster speed.

off : Turn off the quick-off function of the OLT's igmp .

on |off
on : Enable the quick leave function of the igmp of the OLT.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the quick leave function of igmp of OLT
OLT(config)# igmp fast-leave on

OLT(config)#

page 193_
17.2.the mode of IGMP

Command
OLT(config)# igmp mode {snooping|proxy|disable}
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to configure the mode of IGMP
Description

igmp mode snooping

Set the IGMP mode of the multicast VLAN to IGMP snooping. IGMP
snooping is multicast snooping. IGMP snooping obtains relevant
information and maintains multicast forwarding entries by listening to
IGMP messages communicated between users and multicast routers.
The system does nothing to the multicast packets belonging to the
multicast VLAN, but only transmits them transparently.

igmp mode proxy:

snooping|proxy
Set the IGMP mode of the multicast VLAN to IGMP proxy.
|disable
IGMP proxy is a multicast proxy. The IGMP proxy intercepts and
processes the IGMP messages between the user and the multicast
router, and then forwards them to the upper-layer multicast router.
From the perspective of users, the system is equivalent to a multicast
server; from the perspective of upper-layer devices, the system is
equivalent to a multicast user. The IGMP proxy mode reduces the
traffic of multicast protocol packets on the network side.

igmp mode disable: disable multicast function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the IGMP mode of the OLT as proxy
OLT(config)# igmp mode proxy

OLT(config)#

17.3.Configuring IGMP Proxy Parameters

OLT(config)# igmp proxy

Command syntax {gen_interval|gen_response|robustness|source-ip|sp_count|sp
_interval| sp_response}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure IGMP Proxy parameters

page 194_
 Description

The gen_interval - General query interval || command is used to

set the general group query interval. The system confirms whether
a user is watching a program by sending a general group query for
all programs. If the system does not receive the report message
from the user, it is considered that the user has not watched the
program, and the program stream will not be sent any more. To
avoid wasting bandwidth when users still receive multicast
streams when they do not watch programs.

gen_response - General query max response time || command is

used to set the maximum response time of general group query

robustness - Robustness keyword || command is used to set the

robustness coefficient of the system. This command can be used
when the user wants to adjust the robustness coefficient
according to the stability of the network. After setting, the system
uses this robustness coefficient to confirm the aging time of
multicast users. The robustness factor is a factor set to enhance
the robustness of the system. It directly affects the aging time of
gen_interval|gen_
multicast users, and also affects the number of times that general
response|robustne
group query packets are sent. If a subnet may lose packets, the
ss|source-ip|sp_co
robustness factor should be increased to ensure the stability of
unt|sp_interval|
multicast users.
sp_response

source-ip - Source ip of igmp proxy message ||This command is

used to configure the source IP address of the general group query
message or the specific group query message sent by the multicast
router to the user side. If this address is not specified, the system
uses the default IP address as the source address to send general
group query packets or specific group query packets.

The sp_count - igmp s pecific query count || command is used to

set the number of queries for a specific group. For a specific
program, the system confirms whether the user is watching the
program by sending a specific group query N times (N is set by this
command). The program stream is no longer sent to the user, so
that the user does not watch the program but still receives the
multicast stream and wastes bandwidth.

The sp_interval - Specific query interval || command is used to set

the query interval for a specific group. For a specific program, the
system sends a specific group query at the interval set by this

page 195_
 command to confirm whether the user is watching the program. If
no report message is received from the user, it is considered that
the user is not watching the program, and the system will no
longer send the program. The program stream is sent to the user
to avoid wasting bandwidth due to the user receiving the multicast
stream without watching the program.

sp_response - Specific query max response time || command is

used to set the maximum response time of a specific group query

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the specific group query times of igmp proxy as 1, the general group query
interval as 250, the general group maximum response time as 10, and the robustness coefficient
as 2:
OLT(config)# igmp proxy sp_count 1

OLT(config)# igmp proxy gen_interval 250

OLT(config)# igmp proxy gen_response 10

OLT(config)# igmp proxy robustness 2

OLT(config)#

17.4.Configuring the Forwarding Policy for Multicast Protocol

Packets

Command
OLT(config)#igmp policy {discard|pass}
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the forwarding policy of multicast

Description protocol packets.

discard: Discard multicast protocol packets .

discard|pass pass : Multicast protocol packets are set to transparent transmission
mode .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set unknown multicast protocol packets to discard
OLT(config)# igmp policy discard

page 196_
 OLT(config)#

17.5.Enable igmp query function

Command
OLT(config)# igmp querier (enable|disable)
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
enable/disable igmp querier
Description

disable: Disable the igmp querier function.

enable/disable
enable: Enable the igmp querier function .
【Configuration case】

Case 1: Enable igmp querier function

OLT(config)# igmp querier enable
OLT (config) #

17.6.View igmp configuration information

Command
OLT(config)# show igmp config
syntax

Applicable view config view, multicast vlan view

This command is used to view the configuration information of igmp.

Function Including whether igmp is turned on, whether the quick leave
Description function is turned on, port aging time, igmp maximum response time,
query interval, source ip address.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query the configuration information of igmp.
OLT(config)# show igmp config
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Global config:
Igmp mode : proxy
Igmp policy : Discard
Fast leave : On
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Proxy config:
Robustness count : 2
General query max response time(s) : 10
General query interval(s) : 125
Specific query interval(ms) : 1000

page 197_
 Specific query count : 2
Specific query max response time(ms): 800
Source ip of the proxy : 192.168.1.253
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

17.7.View OLT Multicast Entries

Command OLT(config)# show igmp group {all |ip-address <IP address> |vlan <
syntax vlan -id>}

Applicable view config view, multicast vlan view

Function
This command is used to view the formed multicast entries
Description

all all: View all multicast entries

<IP-address> IP-address: View the multicast entry of the specified channel IP.

<vlan-id> vlan-id: View the multicast entries of the specified vlan.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all multicast entries of the OLT
OLT(config)# show igmp group all
ERROR : There is not any group address record.

OLT(config)#

17.8.Configure igmp static group rules

Command OLT(config)# igmp static-group ip < IP address> vlan <VLAN ID> port
syntax [gpon|ge|xge] <F/S> <port -list >

Applicable view config view

Function
Configure igmp static table
Description

<IP address> Static entry multicast IP address, the format is: ABCD

<VLAN ID> The vlan of the static entry, the value range is <1-4094>

gpon: PON port, the value range is 0/0/1-16

gpon|ge|xge ge: uplink port, the value range is 0/0/1-4
xge: Uplink 10 Gigabit port, the value range is 0/0/1-2

page 198_
 F/S/P FrameID/SlotID , <0-0>/<0-0>

<port -list > List of ports to be configured, the format is 1 , 2-3 , 4 .

【Configuration case】

Case 1: Configure igmp static group rules for port ge0/0/1

OLT(config)# igmp static-group ip 224.1.1.1 vlan 100 port ge 0/0 1

17.9.View igmp static group information

Command
OLT(config)# show igmp static-group ( all | ip < IP address> )
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to view igmp static group entries
Description

<IP address> Only show entries whose ip is A:B:C:D in the format A:B:C:D

【Configuration case】

Case 1: View the igmp static group entry whose multicast address is 224.1.1.1
OLT(config)# show igmp static-group ip 224.1.1.1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Index IP-Address Mac_Address Vlan MemberPort
1 224.1.1.1 01:00:5e:01:01:01 100 ge0/0/1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total Static Groups: 1

17.10.Configuring Multicast VLAN

Command
OLT(config)# multicast-vlan <vlan-id>
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to create a multicast VLAN and enter the

Function multicast VLAN mode. The no command deletes it. Multicast VLAN is
Description an application mode of VLAN. In multicast VLAN mode, users can
configure parameters related to multicast.

Multicast VLAN ID. Only after the corresponding VLAN is created, its
<vlan-id>
ID can be used to create a multicast VLAN.

【Configuration case】

page 199_
 Case 1: Create multicast VLAN 100 and enter its corresponding multicast VLAN mode.
OLT(config)# multicast-vlan 100

OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)#

17.11.Configuring Static Multicast Programs

OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)# igmp program add program-index

Command syntax
<Program-index> ip <ip-addr>

Applicable view multicast-vlan view

This command is used to add static multicast programs to the

multicast VLAN. If the program matching function is enabled using
Function the igmp match mode enable command , you need to use this
Description command to pre-configure the multicast program library so that
users with permissions can view or preview programs in the
specified multicast VLAN.

<Program-index> Multicast program index

<ip-addr> Multicast IP address, the format is xxxx

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure a static multicast program and bind it to program index 1
OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)# igmp program add program-index 1 ip 224.3.3.3

OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)#

17.12.Configuring Static Multicast Programs in Batches

OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)# igmp program add program-index

Command syntax
<Program-index> batch ip <ip-addr> to-ip <ip-addr>

Applicable view multicast-vlan view

This command is used to add static multicast programs in a multicast

VLAN in batches. If the program matching function is enabled using
Function the igmp match mode enable command , you need to use this
Description command to pre-configure the multicast program library so that
users with permissions can view or preview programs in the
specified multicast VLAN.

<Program-index> Multicast program index

page 200_
 Represent the start and end multicast IP addresses respectively,
<ip-addr>
forming a multicast range

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure static multicast programs 239.1.1.1 to 239.2.2.2 in batches and bind them
to program index 3
OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)# igmp program add program-index 3 batch ip 239.1.1.1
to-ip 239.2.2.2

OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)#

17.13.Delete static multicast program

OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)# igmp program delete {all

Command syntax
|program-index <Program-index> }

Applicable view multicast-vlan view

This command is used to delete multicast programs. When you no

longer want multicast users to watch a multicast program, use this
Function
command to delete the multicast program from the program library.
Description
After being deleted from the program library, the user will no longer
be able to order the program.

<Program-index> Multicast program index

<all> All multicast programs

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete static multicast program index 2
OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)# igmp program delete program-index 2

OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)#

17.14.View program library

Command
OLT(config)# show igmp program (all | program-index < index >)
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
View program library
Description

< index > The entry index number, the range is 1-2000

page 201_
 【Configuration case】

Case 1: View All Programs

OLT(config)# show igmp program all
ERROR : There is not any program record.
OLT (config) #

17.15.Configuring IGMP Routing Ports

Command syntax OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)# igmp router-port <port-id>

Applicable view multicast-vlan view

Function
This command is used to configure the routing port of igmp
Description

<port-id> Configure the port number for routing

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the ge1 port as a routing port
OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)# igmp router-port ge 0/0/1

OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)#

17.16.View IGMP Routing Ports

OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)# show igmp router-port vlan

Command syntax
<vlan-id>

Applicable view multicast-vlan view, config view

Function
This command is used to view the routing port of igmp.
Description

<vlan-id> multicast vlan id for query

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the routing port of multicast VLAN 100
OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)# show igmp router-port vlan 100
VID : 100
Router: ge0/0/1

OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)#

17.17.Configuring the Suppression Policy for Unknown

page 202_
 Multicast Service Flows

OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)# igmp multicast-unknown policy

Command syntax
{discard | transparent}

Applicable view multicast-vlan view

This command is used to configure the suppression policy for

unknown multicast traffic. If the service flow carries unknown
Function
multicast for a specific purpose, configure it as transparent
Description
transmission. Unknown multicast with no special purpose will
occupy bandwidth and is generally configured to be discarded.

discard: The system discards the received unknown multicast service

discard | flow.
transparent transparent: The system transparently transmits the received
unknown multicast service flow.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the unknown multicast suppression policy to discard.
OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)# igmp multicast-unknown policy discard

OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)#

17.18.Checking the Suppression Policy for Unknown Multicast

Service Flows

OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100) #show igmp multicast-unknown

Command syntax
policy vlan <vlan-id>

Applicable view multicast-vlan view, config view

Function This command is used to view the suppression policy of unknown

Description multicast traffic.

<vlan-id> Multicast vlan id for query.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the unknown multicast service flow suppression policy.
OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)# show igmp multicast-unknown policy vlan 100
Unknown multicast policy is discard.
OLT(config-multicast-vlan-100)#

17.19.View the current multicast group information of the

page 203_
 system

Command
OLT( config )# show system multicast-group info
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
View the current multicast group information of the system.
Description
【Configuration case】

Case 1: View the current multicast group information of the system.

OLT(config)# show system multicast-group info
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Index Group-ID Using-count(how many vlans are using this group)
0 3(0x003) 1
1 5(0x005) 1
2 7(0x007) 1

Group Count : 3
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

Total system multicast group: 2046 ( using/unused : 6/2040 )

Count of layer2 module used: 6
Count of layer3 module used: 0
Count of igmp module used: 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

Tips: first choose the group of the smaller [Using-count] value to release
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

17.20.View multicast vlan information

Command syntax OLT(config)# show multicast-vlan {<vlan-id>|all}

Applicable view Config view

Function This command is used to view multicast members, multicast

Description programs and unknown multicast processing policy information

<vlan-id> vlan-id: The multicast vlan id used for query.

all all: all vlans

page 204_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the information of multicast vlan 100.
OLT(config)# show multicast-vlan 100
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
multicast-vlan 100
igmp multicast-unknown policy discard
igmp router-port ge 0/0/1
igmp member port gpon 0/0/2
igmp match group ip 224.1.1.1 to-ip 224.2.2.2
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

18.Spanning tree configuration

18.1.Configuring Spanning Tree Features

OLT(config)# stp [port port-type F/SP ] {enable|disable}

Command
OLT(config)# stp port lag
syntax
("SA_PORT_CMD_STR"|"LACP_PORT_CMD_STR") (enable|disable)

Applicable view config view

This command is used to enable or disable the global or port

spanning tree function. All Spanning Tree Protocol configurations take
Function effect only when Spanning Tree Protocol is turned on both globally
Description and on the port. By default, the spanning tree function on switching
devices is disabled.

port-type Port type, including gpon|ge|xge type

F/S P The specified port number, such as 0/0 1

enable: enable MSTP function

enable|disable
disable: disable MSTP function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the MSTP function of the specified port ge 0/0 1 .
OLT(config) # stp port ge 0/0 1 enable

OLT(config) #

18.2.Configuring the Spanning Tree Protocol Working Mode of

page 205_
 Switching Devices

Command
OLT(config)# stp mode (mstp|rstp|stp)
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the spanning tree protocol

Description working mode of the switching device.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the spanning tree protocol working mode of the switching device as mstp .
OLT(config) # stp mode mstp

OLT(config) #

18.3.Configure the priority of the switching device in the

specified spanning tree protocol

Command
OLT(config)# stp [ instance <instance-id> ] priority <prioritty-id>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the priority of the switching

Description device in the specified spanning tree protocol.

instance-id Specifies the spanning tree instance ID, the value range is 0-7

priority-id Priority, the value range is 0-61440

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the priority of the switching device in the specified spanning tree protocol
instance 5 as 4096 .
OLT(config) # stp instance 5 priority 4096

OLT(config) #

18.4.Configuring the Forward-Delay Time of the Switching

Device

Command
OLT(config)# stp timer forward-delay <time-value>
syntax

page 206_
 Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the Forward-Delay time of the

Description switching device.

time-value The specified Forward-Delay time value, the value range is 4-30

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the Forward-Delay time of the switching device to be 19 .
OLT(config) # stp timer forward-delay 19

OLT(config) #

18.5.Configure the interval at which the switching device

sends BPDUs

Command
OLT(config)# stp timer hello <time-value>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the interval at which the switching
Description device sends BPDUs, that is, the time value of the timer Hello Timer.

Specifies the time interval for sending BPDUs by the switching device.
time-value
The value ranges from 1 to 10.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the time interval for the switching device to send BPDUs to be 6s .
OLT(config) # stp timer hello 6

OLT(config) #

18.6.Configuring the BPDU Aging Time on Switch Ports

Command
OLT(config)# stp timer max-age <time-value>
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the aging time of BPDUs on the

Function
port of the switching device, that is, the time value of the timer Max
Description
Age.

time-value BPDU aging time value on the specified switching device port, the

page 207_
 value range is 6-40

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the BPDU aging time on the port of the switching device to 21 .
OLT(config) # stp timer max-age 21

OLT(config) #

18.7.Configure the maximum number of spanning tree hops in

the MST region

Command
OLT(config)# stp max-hops <hops-value>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the maximum number of spanning

Description tree hops in the MST region.

hops-value The specified maximum jump value, the value range is 6-40

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the maximum number of hops for the spanning tree in the MST region to
24 .
OLT(config) # stp max-hops 24

OLT(config) #

18.8.Configure the maximum number of BPDUs sent by the

device within the Hello time

Command
OLT(config)# stp transmit-limit <packet-number>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the maximum number of BPDUs

Description sent by the device within the Hello time.

Specifies the maximum number of BPDUs sent per second, the value
packet-number
range is 1-10

【Configuration case】

page 208_
 Case 1: Configure the maximum number of BPDUs sent by the device within the Hello time
to 5 .
OLT(config) # stp transmit-limit 5

OLT(config) #

18.9.Configuring the BPDU function of the device

Command
OLT(config)# stp bpdu-protection {enable|disable}
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to enable or disable the BPDU (Bridge Protocol

Data Unit) protection function of the device. The BPDU protection
function is used to prevent malicious attacks on devices caused by
Function forged configuration messages and cause network flapping. When the
Description BPDU protection function is enabled successfully, the system will shut
down some ports according to the configuration message, so as to
protect the ports from attacks.
By default, the BPDU protection function of the device is disabled.

enable: Enable the BPDU protection function of the device

enable|disable
disable: Disable the BPDU protection function of the device

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the BPDU protection function of the device .
OLT(config) # stp bpdu-protection enable

OLT(config) #

18.10.Configure the edge port of the device to enable the

BPDU filter function

Command
OLT(config)# stp bpdu-filter {enable|disable}
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to enable or disable the BPDU filter function of

Function
the edge port of the device.
Description
By default, the port is a non-BPDU filter port.

enable: enable the edge port of the device to enable the BPDU filter
enable|disable
function

page 209_
 disable: Disable the edge port of the device and enable the BPDU
filter function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the BPDU filter function on the edge port of the device .
OLT(config) # stp bpdu-filter enable

OLT(config) #

18.11.Configure error timeout recovery time

Command
OLT(config)# stp recovery interval <time-value>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to configure the error timeout recovery time.
Description

The specified error timeout recovery time, the value range is

time-value
30-86400

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configuration error timeout recovery time is 40s .
OLT(config) # stp recovery interval 40

OLT(config) #

18.12.Enter the MST domain view

Command
OLT(config)# stp region-configuration
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to enter the MST domain view.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enter the MST domain view .
OLT(config)# stp region-configuration

OLT(stp-region)#

18.13.Set path cost calculation criteria

page 210_
 Command
OLT(config)# stp pathcost-standard {dot1d|dot1t|legacy}
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to set the path cost calculation standard. Use
this command when the path calculation standard on the entire
Function network is inconsistent and the path cost calculation standard of the
Description device needs to be consistent with the path calculation standard of
the entire network. After the path cost calculation standard is
set, the path cost is calculated using the set standard .

The calculation method for specifying the path cost value is the IEEE
802.1d-1998 standard method . Use this parameter when you need
dot1d
to set the network path calculation standard of the device to IEEE
802.1D .

The calculation method of the specified path cost value is the IEEE
dot1t 802.1t standard method. Use this parameter when the network path
calculation standard of the device needs to be set to IEEE 802.1t.

The calculation method of the specified path cost value is the Huawei
calculation method. Use this parameter when the network path
legacy
calculation standard of the device needs to be set to Huawei's
proprietary algorithm.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the path cost calculation standard to Huawei's calculation method .
OLT(config) # stp pathcost-standard legacy

OLT(config) #

18.14.Configure the MST domain name of the switching device

Command
OLT( stp-region )# region-name <name>
syntax

Applicable view mst view

Function This command is used to configure the MST domain name of the
Description switching device.

name Specifies the MST domain name of the switching device.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the MST domain name of the switching device as huawei.

page 211_
 OLT(stp-region) # region-name huawei

OLT(stp-region) #

18.15.Configure the MSTP revision level for switching devices

Command
OLT( stp-region )# revision-level <level>
syntax

Applicable view mst view

Function This command is used to configure the MSTP revision level of the
Description switching device.

Specifies the MSTP revision level of the switching device, ranging

level
from 0 to 65535.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The MSTP revision level of the switch device is configured to be 65535.
OLT( stp-region ) # revision-level 65535

OLT(stp-region) #

18.16.Map the specified VLAN to the specified spanning tree

instance

Command
OLT( stp-region )# instance <instance-id> vlan <vlan-list>
syntax

Applicable view mst view

Function This command is used to map the specified VLAN to the specified
Description spanning tree instance.

instance-id Specifies the spanning tree instance ID, the value range is 0-7

vlan-list VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094. The format can be 1, 11-27, 100

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Map the specified VLAN 1 to the specified spanning tree instance 7.
OLT( stp-region ) # instance 7 vlan 1

OLT(stp-region) #

18.17.Configure the path cost of the port

page 212_
 OLT( config )# stp port (ge |xge) PORT_LIST [ instance
<instance-id> ] cost <cost-value>
Command
OLT( config )# stp port lag
syntax
("SA_PORT_CMD_STR"|"LACP_PORT_CMD_STR")[ instance
<instance-id> ] cost <cost-value>

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the port path cost of the specified
Description port on the specified spanning tree.

PORT_LIST The specified port number, such as 0/0 1

instance-id Specifies the spanning tree instance ID, the value range is 0-7

cost-value Path cost of the specified port, the value range is 1-200000000

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the port path cost of the specified port ge 0/0 1 on instance 3 to be 2000.
OLT( config ) # stp port ge 0/0 1 instance 3 cost 2000

OLT( config ) #

18.18.Configure the priority of ports in the specified spanning

tree instance

OLT( config )# stp port (ge |xge) PORT_LIST [ instance

<instance-id> ] port-priority <priority-id>
Command
OLT( config )# stp port lag
syntax
("SA_PORT_CMD_STR"|"LACP_PORT_CMD_STR") [ instance
<instance-id> ] port-priority <priority-id>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the priority of ports in the

specified spanning tree instance. The port priority is an important
basis for determining whether the port will be selected as the root
Function port. In the calculation process of spanning tree, the port with higher
Description priority under the same conditions will be selected as the root port.
After setting the priority of the port in the specified spanning tree
instance, the device will select the root port according to the set
priority.

PORT_LIST The specified port number, such as 0/0 1

page 213_
 instance-id Specifies the spanning tree instance ID, the value range is 0-7

priority-id Priority, the value range is 0-240

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the priority of port ge 0/0 1 in instance 3 to 32.
OLT( config ) # stp port ge 0/0 1 instance 3 port-priority 32

OLT( config ) #

18.19.Configure edge ports

OLT( config )# stp port (ge |xge) PORT_LIST edged-port

{enable|disable}
OLT( config )# stp port (ge |xge) PORT_LIST auto-edged
OLT( config )# no stp port (ge |xge) PORT_LIST auto-edged
OLT( config )# stp port lag
Command
("SA_PORT_CMD_STR"|"LACP_PORT_CMD_STR") edged-port
syntax
{enable|disable}
OLT( config )# stp port lag
("SA_PORT_CMD_STR"|"LACP_PORT_CMD_STR") auto-edged
OLT( config )# no stp port lag
("SA_PORT_CMD_STR"|"LACP_PORT_CMD_STR") auto-edged

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure whether the current Ethernet port

is used as an edge port. Use this command when you need to make
the port quickly transition to the forwarding state and ensure
Function network security. For the port directly connected to the terminal, the
Description port should be set as an edge port, and the BPDU (Bridge Protocol
Data Unit) protection function should be enabled at the same time.
After setting the current Ethernet port as an edge port, the device
will not receive configuration messages sent by other bridge devices.

PORT_LIST The specified port number, such as 0/0 1

enable: configure the current Ethernet port as an edge port

enable|disable
disable: Cancel the current Ethernet port as an edge port

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure port ge 0/0 1 as an edge port.
OLT( config ) # stp port ge 0/0 1 edged-port enable

OLT( config ) #

page 214_
18.20.Configure point-to-point links

OLT( config )# stp port (ge |xge) PORT_LIST point-to-point

(force-true |force-false |auto)
OLT( config )# no stp port (ge |xge) PORT_LIST point-to-point
Command OLT( config )# stp port lag
syntax ("SA_PORT_CMD_STR"|"LACP_PORT_CMD_STR") point-to-point
(force-true|force-false|auto)
OLT( config )# no stp port lag
("SA_PORT_CMD_STR"|"LACP_PORT_CMD_STR") point-to-point

Applicable view config view

This command is used to set whether the link connected to the

current Ethernet port is a point-to-point link. Use this command
when you need to configure whether the link is a point-to-point link
Function in order to control the state switching time of the Ethernet port. After
Description setting the link connected to the current Ethernet port as a
point-to-point link, specify the Ethernet port to send a fast migration
request. If the Ethernet port satisfies the point-to-point link, fast
migration can be performed.

PORT_LIST The specified port number, such as 0/0 1

Specifies that the link connected to the current port is a

force-true
point-to-point link.

Specifies that the link connected to the current port is not a

force-false
point-to-point link.

Specifies whether the link connected to this port is a point-to-point

auto
link automatically detected by the Spanning Tree Protocol.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the link connected to the current Ethernet port ge 0/0 1 as a point-to-point link.
OLT( config ) # stp port ge 0/0 1 point-to-point force-true

OLT( config ) #

18.21.Configuring BPDU Protection for Edge Ports

OLT( config )# stp port (ge |xge) PORT_LIST bpdu-protection

Command {enable|disable}
syntax OLT( config )# stp port lag
("SA_PORT_CMD_STR"|"LACP_PORT_CMD_STR") bpdu-protection

page 215_
 {enable|disable}

Applicable view config view

This command is used to enable or disable the edge port BPDU

Function
protection function.
Description
By default, the BPDU protection function of the device is disabled.

PORT_LIST The specified port number, such as 0/0 1

enable: Enable the edge port BPDU protection function

enable|disable
disable: Disable the edge port BPDU protection function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the BPDU protection function of the edge port of port ge 0/0 1.
OLT( config ) # stp port ge 0/0 1 bpdu-protection enable

OLT( config ) #

18.22.Configure mCheck variables

OLT( config )# stp port (ge |xge) PORT_LIST mcheck

Command
OLT( config )# stp port lag
syntax
("SA_PORT_CMD_STR"|"LACP_PORT_CMD_STR") mcheck

Applicable view config view

This command is used to manually set the mCheck variable to force

the corresponding port to migrate to the MSTP (Multiple Spanning
Function Tree Protocol) mode. Use this command when you need to check
Description whether there is still a bridge running the STP protocol in the network
segment connected to the current port. After manually setting the
mCheck variable, the port runs in MSTP mode.

PORT_LIST The specified port number, such as 0/0 1

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Perform mCheck operation on port ge 0/0 1 to make it work in MSTP mode.
OLT( config ) # stp port ge 0/0 1 mcheck

OLT( config ) #

18.23.Configuring Role Restricted Ports

Command OLT( config )# stp port (ge |xge) PORT_LIST restricted-role

page 216_
 syntax OLT( config )# no stp port (ge |xge) PORT_LIST restricted-role
OLT( config )# stp port lag
("SA_PORT_CMD_STR"|"LACP_PORT_CMD_STR") restricted-role
OLT( config )# no stp port lag
("SA_PORT_CMD_STR"|"LACP_PORT_CMD_STR") restricted-role

Applicable view config view

stp The port restricted-role command is used to configure whether a

port is a role-restricted port. After a port is configured as the first
restricted port of a role, it will not be selected as the root port of CIST
Function or any MSTI, even if it has the best spanning tree priority vector. After
Description a root port is selected, such a port will be selected as an alternate
port.
no stp port restricted-role is used to restore the port to its default
configuration. By default, role-restricted mode is disabled.

PORT_LIST The specified port number, such as 0/0 1

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure port ge 0/0 1 as a role-restricted port.
OLT( config ) # stp port ge 0/0 1 restricted-role

OLT( config ) #

18.24.Configuring TCN Restricted Ports

OLT( config )# stp port (ge |xge) PORT_LIST restricted-tcn

OLT( config )# no stp port (ge |xge) PORT_LIST restricted-tcn
Command OLT( config )# stp port lag
syntax ("SA_PORT_CMD_STR"|"LACP_PORT_CMD_STR") restricted-tcn
OLT( config )# no stp port lag
("SA_PORT_CMD_STR"|"LACP_PORT_CMD_STR") restricted-tcn

Applicable view config view

stp The port restricted -tcn command is used to configure the port as
a TCN restricted port. When a TCN topology change notification is
Function received, the received topology change notification and topology
Description change will not be propagated to other ports.
no stp port restricted -tcn is used to restore the port to its default
configuration. By default, TCN restricted mode is disabled.

PORT_LIST The specified port number, such as 0/0 1

page 217_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure port ge 0/0 1 as a TCN restricted port.
OLT( config ) # stp port ge 0/0 1 restricted-tcn

OLT( config ) #

18.25.Query the details of MSTP

Command OLT( config )# show stp [ instance <instance-id> ]

syntax OLT( config )# show stp port (ge |xge) F/S/P

Applicable view config view

This command is used to query the detailed information of MSTP

Function (Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol). According to the status and
Description statistical information of MSTP, the network topology can be analyzed
and maintained.

instance-id Specifies the spanning tree instance ID, the value range is 0-7

F/S/P Port number, such as 0/0/1

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query the details of MSTP.
OLT( config ) # show stp

Spanning tree protocol is disabled

Max Hops: 20
PathCost standard :legacy
Transit Limit :6 packets/hello-time
BPDU Filter :disable
BPDU Protection :enable

OLT( config ) #

18.26.Querying MSTP Domain Configuration Information

Command
OLT( config )# show stp region-configuration
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to query the configuration information of the

Description MSTP domain.

【Configuration case】

page 218_
 Case 1: Query the configuration information of the MSTP domain.
OLT( config ) # show stp region-configuration

Oper configuration
Region name :e067b3000002
Revision level:0

Instance Vlans Mapped

0 1-6, 8-4094
77

OLT( config ) #

19.OLT ACL configuration management

Access Control List (ACL) can be used to match data packets through corresponding
commands , and then be used to control the incoming and outgoing data packets of a port. The
packet matching rules defined by ACL can also be used in other occasions that need to distinguish
flows, such as the definition of flow classification rules in QoS.
According to the application purpose, ACLs can be divided into the following types:
Standard ACL: Make rules based only on source IP addresses.
Extended ACL: Formulate rules based on Layer 3 and Layer 4 information such as source IP
address information, destination IP address information, protocol type carried by IP, and protocol
characteristics of data packets.
Layer 2 ACL: Formulate rules based on Layer 2 information such as source MAC address,
destination MAC address, VLAN priority, and Layer 2 protocol type.
Both switches and xPON products support: standard ACL, extended ACL and Layer 2 ACL.

19.1.ACL application time range ( time-range ) configuration

ACL time periods are divided into relative time and absolute time:
Relative time : refers to periodic time, for example, every Monday from 8:30 to 18:30.
Absolute time : from a specific time to another time, such as 12:00 on June 8, 2006 to 18:00 on
August 8, 2006.

19.1.1.Set the time period in which the ACL applies relative time

Command OLT(config)# time-range < time-name> < start-time> to< end-time>

syntax <days>

Applicable view config view

page 219_
 Function
This command is used to set the time period of relative time.
Description

<time-name> Time period name, which is referenced when configuring ACL rules

The start time of the relative time period, in the format of HH:MM.
Together with end-time to determine a time range, days defines the
<start-time>
effective date of the time range, and the three parameters together
determine a relative time period.

The end time of the relative time period, in the format of HH:MM. .
Together with start-time to determine a time range, days defines the
<end-time>
effective date of the time range, and the three parameters together
determine a relative time period.

Days: The specific dates of the relative time period. The optional
parameters are the following:
Mon: Monday
Tue: Tuesday
Wed: Wednesday
Thu: Thursday
<days>
Fri: Friday
Sat: Saturday
Sun: Sunday
daily: seven days of the week
weekend: Saturday and Sunday
working-day: Monday to Friday

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure a relative time period named worktime, which takes effect from 8:00 to
18:30 every Monday.
OLT(config)# time-range worktime 08:00 to 18:30 mon

OLT(config)#

19.1.2.the time period for which the ACL applies absolute time

Command OLT(config)# time-range < time-name> from < start-time> to <

syntax end-time>

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to set the period of absolute time.
Description

<time-name> The name of the time period, which is referenced when configuring

page 220_
 ACL rules.

The start time and date of the absolute time period, in the format
<start-time>
HH:MM YYYY/MM/DD.

Absolute time period end time and date in the format HH:MM
<end-time>
YYYY/MM/DD.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure an absolute time period named test, which takes effect from 8:40 on May
1, 2017 to 18:00 on December 7, 2017
OLT(config)# time-range test from 8:40 2017/5/1 to 18:00 2017/12/7

OLT(config)#

19.1.3.Delete the configured ACL application time period

Command
OLT(config)# # no time-range {< time-name>|<all>}
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to delete the configured time period.
Description

Time period name, enter the name of the time period to be deleted,
<time-name>
all means all configured time periods.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the time period with the time period name test
OLT(config)# no time-range test

OLT(config)#

19.1.4.View the configured ACL application time period

Command
OLT(config)# show time-range {< time-name>|<all>}
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to view the configured time period.
Description

Time period name, enter the time period name to be viewed, all
<time-name>
means all configured time periods.

page 221_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the time period with the time period name test
OLT(config)# show time-range test
Current time is 2017-12-07 11:40 Thursday
Time-range : test(Active)
From 2017-05-01 08:40 to 2017-12-07 18:00

OLT(config)#

19.1.5.Configure the absolute time for ACL application

Command OLT(config)# time-range <name> absolute (start <time> <day> |end

syntax <time> <day> )

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to set absolute time
Description

<name> Time name, refer to this name when configuring ACL rules

start Starting time

end End Time

<time> Start/end time, the format is: HH:MM

<day> Start/end time in the format: YYYY/MM/DD

【Configuration case】

Case 1: Configure start absolute time test, 12:22 2010/12/1

OLT(config)# time-range test absolute start 12:22 2010/12/1
OLT (config) # show time-range all
Current time is 2022-03-24 17:06 Thursday
Time-range : test(Active)
absolute start 2010-12-01 12:22

19.2.ACL creation and deletion

Command OLT(config)# acl <acl-id>

syntax OLT(config)# no acl {<acl-id>|<all>}

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to create and delete ACLs.
Description

page 222_
 ACL IDs to be created and deleted:
<2000-2999> basic acl
<acl-id>
<3000-4999> advanced acl
<5000-5999> link acl

All acls. Note: When an acl rule is applied to a port, it cannot be

<all> deleted directly. You need to delete the rule applied by acl from the
port before it can be successfully deleted.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create basic acl 2001
OLT(config)# acl 2001
ACL ID Create OK!

OLT(acl-basic-2001)#

Case 2: Create Advanced ACL 3000

OLT(config)# acl 3000
ACL ID Create OK!

OLT(acl-adv-3000)#

Case 3: Create link acl 5000

OLT(config)# acl 5000
ACL ID Create OK!

OLT(acl-link-5000)#

Case 4: Remove acl 2001

OLT(config)# no acl 2001
Number of acl: 1, success: 1

OLT(config)#

19.3.Configure acl name

Command
OLT( acl-basic-2000 )# acl name <name>
syntax

Applicable view acl view

Function
Configure acl name
Description

<name> acl name, length 1-10

page 223_
 【Configuration case】

Case 1: Configure the name of acl 2000 as name1

OLT( acl-basic-2000 )# acl name name1
OLT ( acl-basic-2000 ) #

19.4.Basic ACL rule configuration (basic acl)

OLT(acl-basic-2000)# rule <rule-id> <permit|deny> source

Command syntax
<ip-address|any> <sour-wildcard> time-range <name>

Applicable view bas ic acl view

The rule command is used to create ACL rules in Acl-basic mode.

Use this command to formulate ACL rules based on the source IP
addresses of packets. After a rule is created successfully, you can
Function
use the packet-filter command to reference the rule to filter
Description
packets. Or used in conjunction with QoS policies to provide service
quality assurance for specific packets.
The no rule command is used to delete or modify an ACL rule.

ACL rule ID. The larger the ACL ID, the higher the priority. The value
<rule-id>
range is 1-16.

deny: The traffic of matching packets is not allowed to pass.

<permit|deny>
permit: Allow eligible packets to pass.

ip-address: The source IP address segment in the ACl rule

<ip-address|any>
any: matches any source IP packet

Inverse mask; the IP address and the inverse mask are used together
to match the host of the network number. The inverse mask is a
wildcard mask, which tells the device which bit should be matched
<sour-wildcard>
by marking 0 and 1. In the reverse mask, addresses whose
corresponding bits are 1 are ignored in the comparison, and 0s must
be checked

<name> Set the time period for ACL to take effect

【Configuration case】
Case 1: During the worktime period, the designated port 1 can only receive packets from the
IP address 10.10.10.2.
OLT(config)# time-range worktime 8:00 to 18:00 working-day
OLT(config)# acl 2000
OLT(acl-basic-2000)#rule 2 permit source 10.10.10.2 0.0.0.0 time-range working-day
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# rule 1 deny source any time-range working-day
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# exit

page 224_
 OLT(config)# packet-filter inbound 2000 port ge 0/0 1

OLT(config)#

19.5.Viewing basic ACL rules

Command
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# show current
syntax

Applicable view acl-basic view

Function
This command is used to view the current acl configuration.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current configuration of the basic acl 2000
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# show current

Basic ACL 2000, 1 rules hold

rule 1 permit source 192.168.5.116 0.0.0.255

OLT(acl-basic-2000)#

19.6.Deletion of Basic ACL Rules

Command
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# no rule <rule-ID>
syntax

Applicable view acl-basic view

This command is used to delete the current acl-specific rule. Note:

Function
ACL rules applied to ports need to be unbound before they can be
Description
deleted.

<rule-ID> ACL rule ID, the value range is 1-16

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Remove rule 1 of basic acl 2000
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# no rule 1

OLT(acl-basic-2000)#

19.7.Advanced ACL Configuration (advanced ACL)

page 225_
 OLT(acl-adv-3000)#
When the parameter protocol is TCP, the command format based on
IPv4 is :
rule rule-id {permit| deny} tcp {[soure <ip-address>
<sour-wildcard>] | any] | [destination <ip-address>
<sour-wildcard> | any] | [src-port <port -list>] | [dest-port
<port-list>] | [precedence <procedence-value> ] | [dscp
<dscp-value>] |[time-range <time-range-name>]}

When the parameter protocol is UDP, the command format based

on IPv4 is :
rule rule-id (permit | deny) udp {[soure <ip-address>
<sour-wildcard>] | any] | [destination <ip-address>
<sour-wildcard> | any] | [src-port <port -list>] | [dest-port
<port-list>] | [precedence <procedence-value> ] | [dscp
<dscp-value>] |[time-range <time-range-name>]}

When the parameter protocol is ip , the command format based on

IPv4 is :
rule rule-id (permit | deny) ip {[soure <ip-address>
<sour-wildcard>] | any] | [destination <ip-address>
<sour-wildcard> | any] | [precedence <procedence-value > ] |
Command syntax
[dscp <dscp-value>] |[time-range <time-range-name>]}

When the parameter protocol is ipinip , the command format based

on IPv4 is :
rule rule-id (permit | deny) ipinip {[soure <ip-address>
<sour-wildcard>] | any] | [destination <ip-address>
<sour-wildcard> | any] | [precedence <procedence-value > ] |
[dscp <dscp-value>] |[time-range <time-range-name>]}

When the parameter protocol is icmp , the command format based

on IPv4 is :
rule rule-id (permit | deny) icmp {[soure <ip-address>
<sour-wildcard>] | any] | [destination <ip-address>
<sour-wildcard> | any] | [precedence <procedence-value > ] |
[dscp <dscp-value>] |[time-range <time-range-name>]}

When the parameter protocol is other than TCP, UDP, and ICMP, the
command format based on IPv4 is:
rule <rule-id> {permit | deny} <protocol-ID> {[soure <ip-address>
<sour-wildcard>] | any] | [destination <ip-address>
<sour-wildcard> | any] | [precedence <procedence-value> ] |
[dscp <dscp-value>] |[time-range <time-range-name>]}

page 226_
Applicable view adv acl view

The rule command is used to create advanced ACL rules in Acl-adv

mode. Use this command when you need to formulate matching
rules based on the source address information, destination address
information of the data packet, the protocol type carried by IP, and
Function
the characteristics of the protocol. After a rule is created
Description
successfully, you can use the packet-filter command to reference the
rule to filter packets. Or used in conjunction with QoS policies to
provide service quality assurance for specific packets.
The no rule command is used to delete or modify a rule in an ACL.

<rule-id> ACL rule ID. The larger the ACL ID, the higher the priority.

deny: The traffic of matching packets is not allowed to pass.

<permit|deny>
permit: Allow eligible packets to pass.

ip-address: The source IP address segment in the ACl rule

<ip-address|any>
any: matches any source IP packet

Inverse mask; the IP address and the inverse mask are used together
to match the host of the network number. The inverse mask is a
wildcard mask, which tells the device which bit should be matched
<sour-wildcard>
by marking 0 and 1. In the reverse mask, addresses whose
corresponding bits are 1 are ignored in the comparison, and 0s must
be checked

<time-range-nam
Set the time period for ACL to take effect
e>

<soure> ACL matches the source IP address of the packet

<destination> ACL matches the destination IP address of the packet

<precedence> ACL matches the priority of the IP layer

<dscp> Priority of Differentiated Services Code Points

<dest-port> ACL matches the destination port in UDP or TCP

<src-port> ACL matches source port in UDP or TCP

acl matches double-layer IP packets. That is, IP data encapsulation

and tunneling, IP Encapsulation within IP (IP Encapsulation within
IP), the protocol number is 4, as it is defined in RFC 2003. It
<Ipinip>
describes how to take an IP datagram and use it as the payload of
another IP datagram. In Mobile IP, the new header specifies how to
send the encapsulated datagram to the care-of address of the

page 227_
 mobile node.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create an advanced ACL to match all icmp packets;
OLT(acl-adv-3000)# rule 1 permit icmp

OLT(acl-adv-3000)#

19.8.Viewing advanced ACL rules

Command
OLT(acl-adv-3000)# show current
syntax

Applicable view acl-adv view

Function
This command is used to view the current acl configuration.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current configuration of the advanced acl 3000
OLT(acl-adv-3000)# show current

Advanced ACL 3000, 2 rules hold

rule 2 permit icmp source any precedence 0
rule 1 permit 2 source 192.168.7.102 0.0.0.255 destination any

OLT(acl-adv-3000)#

19.9.Deletion and modification of advanced ACL rules

Command OLT(acl-adv-3000)# no rule <rule-ID> {source | destination | dscp |

syntax src-port | dest-port | time-range | precedence | all}

Applicable view acl-adv view

This command is used to delete the current acl rule or modify the
Function
content of the rule. Note: ACL rules applied to a port need to be
Description
unapplied from the port before they can be deleted.

<rule-ID> ACL rule ID, the value range is 1-16

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the source IP in rule 1 of advanced acl 3000

page 228_
 OLT(acl-adv-3000)# no rule 1 source

OLT(acl-adv-3000)#

19.10.Link ACL Configuration (link acl)

OLT(acl-link-5000)# rule <rule-id> {permit|deny} {[cos <cos-value> ]

| [destination <des-mac-address> <mac-addrmac-wildcard>] |
[ source <src-mac-address> <mac -addrmac-wildcard>] |
Command syntax
[ inner-cos <inner-cos-value>] | [ vlan <vlan-id>] | [inner-vlan
<inner-vlan-id>] | [ type <Ethernet-type>] |[time-range
<time-range-name>]}

Applicable view Link acl view

The rule command is used to create ACL rules in Acl-link mode. Use
this command to formulate ACL rules based on link layer
information such as the source MAC address, source VLAN ID, Layer
Function 2 protocol type, and destination MAC address of packets. After the
Description ACL rule is successfully created, you can use the packet-filter
command to reference the rule to filter packets. Or used in
conjunction with QoS policies to provide service quality assurance
for specific packets.

<rule-id> ACL rule ID. The larger the ACL ID, the higher the priority.

deny: The traffic of matching packets is not allowed to pass.

<permit|deny>
permit: Allow eligible packets to pass.

<destination> Destination MAC address of the matched packet in the ACL

<source> The source MAC address field of matching packets in the ACL

<mac-addr> mac address

The inverse mask of the mac address, the inverse mask is the
wildcard mask, which tells the device which bit should be matched
<mac-wildcard> by marking 0 and 1. In the reverse mask, addresses whose
corresponding bits are 1 are not matched (ignored) in the
comparison, and those whose bits are 0 must be checked;

<time-range-nam
Set the time period for ACL to take effect
e>

<inner-cos-value
Match the cos value of the inner vlan of the Layer 2 packet
>

<cos-value> Match the cos value of the outer vlan

page 229_
 <vlan-id> Match the vlanid value of the outer vlan

<inner-cos-value
Match the cos value of the inner vlanid
>

<Ethernet-type> match with the type field of ethernet

【Configuration case】
Case 1: During the worktime period, the designated port 1 can only receive packets from the
destination mac address 22-22-22-22-22-22.
OLT(config)# time-range worktime 8:00 to 18:00 working-day
OLT(config)# acl 5000
OLT(acl-link-5000)# rule 2 permit destination 22:22:22:22:22:22 00 : 00 : 00 : 0 0: 00 :
00
OLT(acl-link-5000)# rule 1 deny destination 22:22:22:22:22:22 FF : FF : FF : FF : FF : FF
OLT(acl-link-5000)#exit
OLT(config)# packet-filter inbound 5000 port ge 0|0 1

OLT(config)#

19.11.Viewing link ACL rules

Command
OLT(acl-link-5000)# show current
syntax

Applicable view acl-link view

Function
This command is used to view the current acl configuration.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current configuration of the link acl 5000
OLT(acl-link-5000)# show current

Link ACL 5000, 1 rules hold

rule 1 permit vlan 100

OLT(acl-link-5000)#

19.12.Deletion of link ACL rules

Command
OLT(acl-link-5000)# no rule <rule-ID>
syntax

page 230_
 Applicable view acl-link view

This command is used to delete the current acl rule or modify the
Function
content of the rule. Note: ACL rules applied to a port need to be
Description
unapplied from the port before they can be deleted.

<rule-ID> ACL rule ID, the value range is 1-16

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete rule 1 of link acl 5000
OLT(acl-link-5000)# no rule 1

OLT(acl-link-5000)#

19.13.View ACL configuration

Command
OLT(config)# show acl {<acl-id> | all |detail [<acl-id>|all]}
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to view the configured acl.
Description

<acl-id> Specific ACL.

all show all ACLs

detail details

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query all ACLs of the device
OLT(config)# show acl all

Advanced ACL 3000, 2 rules hold

rule 2 permit icmp source any precedence 0
rule 1 permit 2 destination any

Link ACL 5000, 0 rules hold

OLT(config)#

19.14.Modify ACL rule-id value

page 231_
 Command
OLT( acl-basic-2000 )# rule <rule-id> {up|down|move to <rule-id >}
syntax

Applicable view basic acl view, adv acl view, link acl view

acl acl-id down: Decrease the value of rule-id by one, without

changing the content of the rule.
acl acl-id up: Increase the value of rule-id by one, without changing
Function the content of the rule.
Description acl acl-id move to: Change the value of rule-id to the specified rule-id
without changing the content of the rule.
(The value of rule-id cannot be adjusted for rules that have bound
ports)

<rule-id> Concrete value of Rule

down: Decrease the value of rule-id by one, without changing the

content of the rule.
<up|down|m up: Increase the value of rule-id by one, without changing the content
ove to> of the rule.
move to: Change the value of rule-id to the specified rule-id without
changing the content of the rule.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Change the rule id from 1 to 3 in ACL 2000
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# rule 1 move to 3

OLT(acl-basic-2000)#

20.OLT QOS configuration management

20.1.Configure ACL rule-based traffic management

20.1.1.Configure to filter traffic matching ACL rules

OLT(config)# packet-filter {inbound|outbound} <acl-id> rule-id

Command syntax
<rule-id> port {ge | pon | xge} <port-list>

Applicable view config view

The packet-filter command is used to configure ACL filtering

rules for a specified port and make them take effect. Use this
Function Description
command when you need to use ACL rules to filter port traffic.
The no packet-filter command is used to cancel the ACL filtering

page 232_
 rule of the specified port. Use this command when you need to
delete the ACL filtering rule of the specified port.

inbound: traffic in the inbound direction

inbound|outbound
outbound: outbound traffic

<acl-id> id of the ACL

<rule-id> Rule ID in ACL

<port-list> port list

【Configuration case】
Case 1: During the worktime period, the designated port 1 can only receive packets from the
IP address 10.10.10.2.
OLT(config)# time-range worktime 8:00 to 18:00 working-day
OLT(config)# acl 2000
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# rule 2 permit source 10.10.10.2 0.0.0.0 time-range worktime
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# rule 1 deny source any time-range work time
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# exit
OLT(config)# packet-filter inbound 2000 port ge 0|0 1

OLT(config)#

20.1.2.Modify the DSCP value of the traffic matching the ACL rule

OLT(config)# traffic-dscp {inbound|outbound} <acl-id> rule-id

Command syntax <rule-id> port {ge | gpon | xge} <port-list> remark-dscp
<remark-dscp-value>

Applicable view config view

The traffic-dscp command is used to configure an ACL for a

specified port to re-mark the DSCP and make it take effect. Use
this command when you need to use ACL rules to re-mark the
Function Description DSCP packets of the port.
The no traffic-dscp command is used to cancel the ACL
remarking of the specified port. Use this command when you
need to delete the ACL remark of the specified port.

inbound: traffic in the inbound direction

inbound|outbound
outbound: outbound traffic

<acl-id> id of the ACL

<rule-id> Rule ID in ACL

page 233_
 <port-list> port list

<remark-dscp-value> The value of the relabeled DSCP

【Configuration case】
Case 1: During the worktime period, re-mark DSCP for the packets from the IP address
10.10.10.2
is 43.
OLT(config)# time-range worktime 8:00 to 18:00 working-day

OLT(config)# acl 2000

OLT(acl-basic-2000)# rule 2 permit source 10.10.10.2 0.0.0.0 time-range worktime

OLT(acl-basic-2000)# exit

OLT( config)# traffic-dscp inbound 2000 port ge 0/0 1 mark-dscp 43

OLT(config)#

20.1.3.Configure mirroring of traffic matching ACL rules

OLT(config)# traffic-mirror inbound <acl-id> rule-id <rule-id>

Command syntax
port {ge | gpon | xge} <port-list> to {ge | xge} <port-list>

Applicable view config view

The traffic-mirror command is used to configure an ACL for a

specified port to perform traffic mirroring and make it take
effect. Use this command when you need to use ACL rules to
mirror traffic on a port.
Function Description
The no traffic-mirror command is used to cancel the ACL traffic
mirroring of the specified port. Use this command when you
need to delete the ACL traffic mirroring function of the specified
port.

<acl-id> id of the ACL

<rule-id> Rule ID in ACL

<port-list> port list

【Configuration case】
Case 1: During the worktime period, mirror the packets with the IP address 10.10.10.2 from
port 1 to port 2

page 234_
 OLT(config)# time-range worktime 8:00 to 18:00 working-day
OLT(config)# acl 2000
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# rule 2 permit source 10.10.10.2 0.0.0.0 time-range worktime
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# exit
OLT(config)# traffic-mirror inbound 2000 port ge 0/0 1 to ge 0/0 2

OLT(config)#

20.1.4.Configure to restrict traffic matching ACL rules

OLT(config)# traffic--limit <inbound|outbound> <acl-id> rule-id

<rule-id> port <ge | pon | xge><port-list> cir <rate-value> pir
Command syntax
<rate- value> {cbs < rate-value >} exceed (yellow|red) <drop |
reremark-dscp>

Applicable view config view

The traffic-limit command is used to configure an ACL for a

specified port to limit traffic and make it effective. Use this
command when you need to use ACL rules to limit the port rate.
Function Description
The no traffic-limit command is used to cancel the ACL traffic
restriction on the specified port. Use this command when you
need to delete the ACL rate limiting function of a specified port.

<inbound|outbound inbound: traffic in the inbound direction

> outbound: outbound traffic

<acl-id> id of the ACL

<rule-id> Rule ID in ACL

<port-list> port list

Configure the guaranteed bandwidth, the value range is

cir
64-1024000 , the unit is kbps

Configure best effort bandwidth, the value range is 64-102400 ,

pir
the unit is kbps

Configure the committed burst size, the value range is

cbs
2000-10240000, the unit is byte

exceed yellow : Limit traffic that exceeds the specified best

effort bandwidth
exceed (yellow|red)
exceed red: Limit traffic that exceeds the specified guaranteed
bandwidth

<drop | drop: drop

page 235_
 reremark-dscp> reremark: The value of the remarked DSCP

【Configuration case】
Case 1: During the worktime period, for the packets from the IP address 10.10.10.2 and the
incoming packets from interface 1, the guaranteed bandwidth is 1M, the average peak
bandwidth is 100M, and the traffic exceeding the guaranteed bandwidth of 1M is discarded.
OLT(config)# time-range worktime 8:00 to 18:00 working-day
OLT(config)# acl 2000
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# rule 2 permit source 10.10.10.2 0.0.0.0 time-range worktime
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# exit
OLT(config) # t raffic- limit inbound 2000 port ge 0/0 1 cir 1024 pir 102400 exceed red
drop

OLT(config)#

20.1.5.Add the outer VLAN of the traffic matching the ACL rule

OLT(config)## traffic - outervlan inbound <acl-id> rule-id

Command syntax
<rule-id> port {ge | gpon | xge} <port-list> vlan <vlan-id>

Applicable view config view

The traffic-outervlan command is used to configure the addition

of an ACL outer vlan for a specified port and make it take effect.
Use this command when you need to use the ACL rule to add
the outer VLAN to the port.
Function Description
The no traffic-outervlan command is used to cancel the addition
of the outer VLAN of the ACL of the specified port. Use this
command when you need to delete the ACL outer vlan addition
of the specified port.

<acl-id> id of the ACL

<rule-id> Rule ID in ACL

<port-list> port list

<vlan-id> added outer vlan

【Configuration case】
Case 1: During the worktime period, to the packets with the IP address 10.10.10.2 from port
1, add the packets whose outer layer is vlan10.
OLT(config)# time-range worktime 8:00 to 18:00 working-day
OLT(config)# acl 2000
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# rule 2 permit source 10.10.10.2 0.0.0.0 time-range worktime

page 236_
 OLT(acl-basic-2000)# exit
OLT(config)# traffic-outervlan inbound 2000 port ge 0/0/ 1 vlan 10

OLT(config)#

20.1.6.Translate VLANs for traffic matching an ACL rule

OLT(config)## traffic-translate inbound <acl-id> rule-id

Command syntax
<rule-id> port {ge | gpon | xge} <port-list> vlan <vlan-id>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to convert the vlan of the incoming data

Function Description flow from the port matching the acl rule into the configured vlan
value (vlan conversion).

<acl-id> id of the ACL

<rule-id> Rule ID in ACL

<port-list> port list

<vlan-id> converted vlan

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Convert the vlan of the incoming data flow from port 1 of rule 2 of acl 2000 to 19.
OLT(config)# t raffic-translate inbound 2000 rule-id 2 port ge 0/0/1 vlan 19

OLT(config)#

20.1.7.Modify the VLAN priority of traffic matching an ACL rule

OLT(config)# traffic - priority inbound <acl-id> rule-id <rule-id>

Command syntax
port {ge | gpon | xge} <port-list> remark-priority <pri-value>

Applicable view config view

The traffic-priority command is used to configure the priority of

the vlan of the ACL for the specified port and make it take effect.
Use this command when you need to use ACL rules to change
the priority of VLANs.
Function Description
The no traffic-priority command is used to cancel the VLAN
priority specified by the ACL of the specified port. Use this
command when you need to delete the vlan priority of the
specified port.

<acl-id> id of the ACL

page 237_
 <rule-id> Rule ID in ACL

<port-list> port list

<pri-value> The value of the priority, the range is 0-7

【Configuration case】
Case 1: During the worktime period, for the packets with the IP address 10.10.10.2 from
port 1, the priority of the VLAN assigned to the packets is 2.
OLT(config)# time-range worktime 8:00 to 18:00 working-day
OLT(config)# acl 2000
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# rule 2 permit source 10.10.10.2 0.0.0.0 time-range worktime
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# exit
OLT(config)# traffic-priority inbound 2000 port ge 0/0 1 remark-priority 2

OLT(config)#

20.1.8.Configure redirection of traffic matching ACL rules

OLT(config)## traffic - redirect inbound <acl-id> rule-id

Command syntax <rule-id> port {ge | gpon | xge} <port-list> to {ge | xge}
<port-list>

Applicable view config view

The traffic-redirect command is used to configure an ACL for a

specified port to redirect traffic and make it take effect. Use this
command when you need to use ACL rules to redirect traffic on
a port.
The no traffic-redirect command is used to cancel the ACL traffic
redirection of the specified port. Use this command when you
need to delete the ACL traffic mirroring function of the specified
Function Description port.

(Redirect the packets matching the ACL rule under the specified
port or port list to other ports for forwarding. After the
configuration is successful, the port will no longer forward the
redirected packets, but will forward the redirected destination
port instead. Pay attention to the configuration of the port
VLAN. .)

<acl-id> id of the ACL

<rule-id> Rule ID in ACL

page 238_
 <port-list> port list

【Configuration case】
Case 1: During the worktime period, redirect the packets with the IP address 10.10.10.2
from port 1 to port 2
OLT(config)# time-range worktime 8:00 to 18:00 working-day
OLT(config)# acl 2000
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# rule 2 permit source 10.10.10.2 0.0.0.0 time-range worktime
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# exit
OLT(config )# traffic-redirect inbound 2000 port ge 0/0 1 to ge 0/0 2

OLT(config)#

20.1.9.Modify the TOS value of the traffic matching the ACL rule

OLT(config)# traffic - tos {inbound|outbound} <acl-id> rule-id

Command syntax <rule-id> port {ge | gpon | xge} <port-list> remark-tos <Tos
value>

Applicable view config view

The traffic-tos command is used to modify the tos value of the

Function Description
traffic matching the acl rule to the specified tos value

<acl-id> id of the ACL

<rule-id> Rule ID in ACL

<port-list> port list

<Tos value> tos value to be modified

【Configuration case】
Case 1: During the worktime period, the tos value of the packets with the IP address
10.10.10.2 from port 1 is modified to 3.
OLT(config)# time-range worktime 8:00 to 18:00 working-day
OLT(config)# acl 2000
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# rule 2 permit source 10.10.10.2 0.0.0.0 time-range worktime
OLT(acl-basic-2000)# exit
OLT(config)# traffic-tos inbound 2000 rule-id 2 port ge 0/0 1 remark-tos 3

OLT(config)#

20.1.10.Clear the traffic statistics of ports matching ACL rules

page 239_
 OLT(config)# traffic-statistic clear-counters
Command syntax {inbound|outbound} <acl-id> rule-id <rule-id> port {ge | gpon
| xge} <port-list>

Applicable view config view

The traffic-statistic command is used to clear the traffic whose

Function Description
port matches the acl rule

<acl-id> id of the ACL

<rule-id> Rule ID in ACL

<port-list> port list

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the traffic that matches the acl 2000 rule counted on the ge4 port.
OLT(config)# traffic-statistic clear-counters outbound 2000 port ge 0/0 4

OLT(config)#

20.1.11.View filter policies applied to device ports

Command syntax OLT(config)# show packet-filter {<all>|port}

Applicable view config view

This command is used to view the policy applied to the device

Function Description
port

all: all filter policies

all|port
port: a port filtering policy

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all filtering policies applied to the device
OLT(config)# show packet-filter all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
inbound acl 2000 port ge 0/0 1 running
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

20.1.12.View the QOS policy applied by the device port

OLT(config)# show qos info {all|traffic-dscp|traffic-tos|

Command syntax
traffic-limit|traffic-mirror|traffic-outervlan|traffic-priority|

page 240_
 traffic-redirect|traffic-translate|} port {ge|gpon|xge}
<port-list>

Applicable view config view

Function Description This command is used to view the QOS policy of the device port

<all> All QOS policies

<port-list> port list

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all QOS policies of ge1 port
OLT(config)# show qos info all port ge 0/0/1

traffic-tos on ge 0/0/1:
Inbound:
Matches: acl 2000 rule 1 running
Remark-tos : 3

OLT(config)#

20.2.Configure the mode of global QOS

Command syntax OLT(config)# qos global mode {device-based|port-based}

Applicable view config view

Function Description This command is used to configure the global QOS mode

device-based|port-b device-based: QOS based on device mode

ased port-based: QOS based on port mode

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure QOS based on device mode
OLT(config)# qos global mode device-based

OLT(config)#

20.3.Configure system queues

20.3.1.Configure the mapping method of system queues

Command syntax OLT(config)# qos cosq-map mode {cos|diffserv|tos}

page 241_
 Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the mapping method of the

Function Description
system queue

cos: mapping relationship based on 802.1p priority

diffserv: Mapping relationship based on the differentiated service

cos|diffserv|tos model

mapping relationship between service types based on

three-layer data packets

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The mapping method of the configuration queue is 802.1p priority.
OLT(config)# qos cosq-map mode cos

OLT(config)#

20.3.2.Configure the mapping table between system queues and

802.1p priorities

OLT(config)# qos cosq-map cos0 <Queue id> cos1 <Queue id>

Command syntax cos2 <Queue id> cos3 <Queue id> cos4 <Queue id> cos5
<Queue id> cos6 <Queue id> cos7 <Queue id>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the mapping table between

Function Description
system queues and 802.1P priorities

<Queue id> Queue number, in the range 0-3

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the mapping table between system queues and 802.1p priorities.
OLT(config)# qos cosq-map cos0 1 cos2 0 cos3 2 cos4 1 cos1 3 cos5 0 cos6 2 cos7 3

OLT(config)#

20.3.3.Configure system queue scheduling mode

Command syntax OLT(config)# qos queue-scheduler strict-priority

page 242_
 OLT(config)# qos queue-scheduler wrr <queue0-weight
queue1-weight queue2-weight queue3-weight >
OLT(config)# qos queue-scheduler bandwidth cos0
<bandwidth> cos1 <bandwidth> cos2 <bandwidth> cos3
<bandwidth>

Applicable view config view

The queue-scheduler command is used to configure the queue

scheduling mode of the system. Queue scheduling is to divide
the packets that need to be sent from the same port into
multiple queues, and schedule between queues to determine
which queue's packets are sent first and which queue's packets
are sent later. This command is used when the user needs to
select different queue scheduling modes according to the
importance of the service to ensure that the QoS guarantee can
still be provided for the important service even when the
Function Description
network is congested. After the queue scheduling mode is
successfully configured, the system forwards the packets in the
queue according to the new scheduling mode.

The system supports PQ, WRR, and WRR+PQ scheduling modes.

When a queue is empty, it can immediately switch to the next
queue for scheduling, making full use of bandwidth resources.
When there is WRR queue scheduling, the sum of weights must
be 100

Strict priority scheduling. When this mode is applied, the system

schedules strictly according to the priority of the queue. Only
when the high-priority queue is empty, the packets in the
low-priority queue can be scheduled. The disadvantage of the
strict-priority
PQ scheduling mode is that when congestion occurs, if there are
packets in the higher priority queue for a long time, the packets
in the lower priority queue will not be scheduled in time,
causing the corresponding application to time out.

Weighted round robin queue scheduling WRR (Weighted Round

Robin) mode. When this mode is applied, a weight needs to be
configured for each queue (the weight indicates the proportion
of resources acquired), and the queues are scheduled in turn
wrr according to the weight to ensure that each queue receives a
certain service. Each queue has the same priority but different
weights. The greater the weight, the longer the queue will take
to obtain scheduling. This ensures that the lowest-priority queue
obtains at least a certain amount of bandwidth, and avoids that

page 243_
 packets in the low-priority queue may not be served for a long
time when PQ scheduling is used.
queue0-weight|queue1-weight|queue2-weight|queue3-weight
Set the weight of each queue. The system supports 4 queues
(queue 0-queue 3), and the sum of the weights of the 4 queues
is 100.

The WRR+PQ scheduling mode is a mixture of the WRR and PQ

scheduling modes. When the queue scheduling mode is WRR
and the weight of the queue has a value of 0, the queue
scheduling mode is the PQ+WRR scheduling mode. In this mode,
WRR+PQ the system first schedules queues with a weight of 0 in PQ
mode, and then schedules queues with non-zero weights in
WRR mode, and the priority of PQ queues is higher than that of
WRR queues.
The default scheduling method of the system is PQ scheduling.
【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the system queue scheduling mode as WRR, where the weights of queues
0–3 are 20 30 35 15
OLT(config)# qos queue-scheduler wrr 20 30 35 15

OLT(config)#

20.3.4.View system queue scheduling mode

Command syntax OLT(config)# show qos queue-schedule

Applicable view config view

This command is used to query the queue scheduling mode

Function Description
currently used by the system

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the queue scheduling mode currently used by the system.
OLT(config)# show qos queue-scheduler

Queue scheduler mode : WRR

-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Queue Scheduler Mode WRR Weight Bandwidth(kbps)
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
0 WRR 20 -
1 WRR 30 -

page 244_
 2 WRR 35 -
3 WRR 15 -
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

Queue map mode : Cos

-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Priority Queue
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
01
13
20
32
41
50
62
73
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

20.4.Configure port queues

20.4.1.Configure the mapping method of the port queue

OLT(config)# qos cosq-map port-based {gpon|ge|xge} <port-id>

Command syntax
mode {cos|diffserv|tos}

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the mapping mode of the

Function Description
port queue

cos: mapping relationship based on 802.1p priority

diffserv: Mapping relationship based on the differentiated service

cos|diffserv|tos model

mapping relationship between service types based on

three-layer data packets

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the mapping method of the ge1 queue as 802.1p priority.
OLT(config)# qos global mode port-based

OLT(config)#qos cosq-map port-based ge 0/0 1 mode cos

page 245_
 OLT(config)#

20.4.2.Configure the mapping table between port queues and 802.1p

priorities

OLT(config)# qos cosq-map port-based {gpon|ge|xge} <port-id>

to-pbits cos cos0 <Queue id> cos1 <Queue id> cos2 <Queue id>
Command syntax
cos3 <Queue id> cos4 < Queue id> cos5 <Queue id> cos6
<Queue id> cos7 <Queue id>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the mapping between

Function Description
queues and 802.1P priorities

<Queue id> Queue number, in the range 0-3

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the mapping table between the pon1 queue and the 802.1p priority.
OLT(config)# qos cosq-map port-based gpon 0/0 1 mode cos
OLT(config)# qos cosq-map port-based gpon 0/0 1 to-pbits cos cos0 0 cos1 3 cos2 2
cos3 1 cos4 2 cos5 1 cos6 3 cos7 2

OLT(config)#

20.4.3.Configure the mapping priority of the port queue

Command OLT(config)# qos cosq-map port-based {gpon|ge|xge} < F/S

syntax PORT-LIST > to-pbits diffserv <dscp_list> < priority >

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the mapping 802.1P priority of the
Description port queue

<dscp_list> Port queue list , the range is 0-6 3 , the format is: 1, 3-5 , 8

< priority > The priority of 802.P, the range is 0-7

【Configuration case】

page 246_
 Case 1: Configure the priority of queue 1 of the mapped uplink port ge1 to be 5
OLT(config)# qos cos-map port-based ge 0/0 1 to-pbits diffserv 1 5

20.4.4.Configure the port queue scheduling mode

OLT(config)# qos queue-scheduler port-based {gpon|ge|xge}

<port-id> strict-priority
OLT(config)# qos queue-scheduler port-based {gpon|ge|xge}
<port-id> wrr <queue0-weight queue1-weight queue2-weight
Command syntax
queue3-weight >
OLT(config)# qos queue-scheduler port-based {gpon|ge|xge}
<port-id> bandwidth queue0 <bandwidth> queue1
<bandwidth> queue2 <bandwidth> queue3 <bandwidth>

Applicable view config view

The queue-scheduler-port-based command is used to configure

the queue scheduling mode of the port. Queue scheduling is to
divide the packets that need to be sent from the same port into
multiple queues, and schedule between queues to determine
which queue's packets are sent first and which queue's packets
are sent later. This command is used when the user needs to
select different queue scheduling modes according to the
importance of the service to ensure that the QoS guarantee can
still be provided for the important service even when the
Function Description
network is congested. After the queue scheduling mode is
successfully configured, the port will forward the packets in the
queue according to the new scheduling mode.

The port supports PQ, WRR, and WRR+PQ scheduling modes.

When a queue is empty, it can immediately switch to the next
queue for scheduling, making full use of bandwidth resources.
When there is WRR queue scheduling, the sum of weights must
be 100

Strict priority scheduling. When this mode is applied, ports are

scheduled strictly according to the priority of the queue. Only
when the high-priority queue is empty, the packets in the
low-priority queue can be scheduled. The disadvantage of the
strict-priority
PQ scheduling mode is that when congestion occurs, if there are
packets in the higher priority queue for a long time, the packets
in the lower priority queue will not be scheduled in time,
causing the corresponding application to time out.

wrr Weighted round robin queue scheduling WRR (Weighted Round

page 247_
 Robin) mode. When applying this mode, you need to configure a
weight for each queue (the weight indicates the proportion of
resources acquired), and schedule among the queues in turn
according to the weight to ensure that each queue receives a
certain service. Each queue has the same priority but different
weights. The greater the weight, the longer the queue will take
to obtain scheduling. This ensures that the lowest-priority queue
obtains at least a certain amount of bandwidth, and avoids that
packets in the low-priority queue may not be served for a long
time when PQ scheduling is used.
queue0-weight|queue1-weight|queue2-weight|queue3-weight
Set the weight of each queue. The system supports 4 queues
(queue 0-queue 3), and the sum of the weights of the 4 queues
is 100.

The WRR+PQ scheduling mode is a mixture of the WRR and PQ

scheduling modes. When the queue scheduling mode is WRR
and the weight of the queue has a value of 0, the queue
scheduling mode is the PQ+WRR scheduling mode. In this mode,
WRR+PQ the port first schedules queues with a weight of 0 in PQ mode,
and then schedules queues with non-zero weights in WRR
mode, and the priority of the PQ queue is higher than that of
the WRR queue.
The default scheduling mode of the port is PQ scheduling.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the scheduling mode of the pon1 queue as WRR, where the weights of
queues 0–3 are 20 25 30 25
OLT(config)# qos queue-scheduler port-based gpon 0/0 1 wrr 20 25 30 25

OLT(config)#

20.4.5.View port queue scheduling mode

OLT(config)# show qos queue-schedule port-based

Command syntax
{gpon|ge|xge} <port-id>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to query the queue scheduling mode

Function Description
currently used by the port

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the queue scheduling mode currently used by pon1.

page 248_
 OLT(config)# show qos queue-scheduler port-based gpon 0/0/1

Queue scheduler mode on gpon 0/0/1: WRR

-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Queue Scheduler Mode WRR Weight Bandwidth(kbps)
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
0 WRR 20 -
1 WRR 25 -
2 WRR 30 -
3 WRR 25 -
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

Queue map mode on gpon 0/0/1: Cos

-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Priority Queue
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
00
13
twenty two
31
42
51
63
72
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

20.5.Set the mapping template of DSCP to 802.1p priority

Command syntax OLT(config)# dscp-to-pbits dscp-list 802.1p-priority

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the mapping relationship

between DSCP and 802.1p priority. Access devices mainly rely on
802.1p priorities for scheduling, while IP networks mainly rely on
DSCP priorities for scheduling. To ensure that QoS information is
Function Description
not lost when the access device sends user packets to the IP
network, it is necessary to set the mapping relationship between
DSCP and 802.1p priority. It must be configured under the
mapping relationship ( diffserv ) based on the DiffServ model .

page 249_
 DSCP threshold information list of user IP packets, the range is
dscp-list
0-63, the format is 1,3-5

802.1p-priority 802.1p priority mapped to egress packets, the range is 0-7

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the mapping of DSCP 1 queue to 802.1p priority 1.
OLT(config)# dscp-to-pbits 1 1

OLT(config)#

20.6.Mapping template for setting TOS to 802.1p priority

Command
OLT( config )# tos-to-pbits <tos list> <802.1p priority>
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to set the tos priority mapping 802.1p priority.
Function
It needs to be used when the QoS policy mode of the IP is configured
Description
on the device as tos.

<tos list> Tos priority

<802.1p
802.1p priority
priority>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set tos priority 0 to map to 802.1p priority 0
OLT(config)# tos-to-pbits 0 0

21.OLT DHCP function configuration

21.1.OLT DHCP-Snooping function configuration

21.1.1.Configuring DHCP-Snooping

Command syntax OLT(config)# dhcp-s nooping enable|disable

Applicable view config view

Function Description This command is used to enable or disable the dhcp-snooping

page 250_
 function. After enabling, the trusted/untrusted port
function, MAC address detection function, DHCP packet
rate limit function of untrusted port , port recovery
function, option82 function, ARP dynamic monitoring
function and ARP fast reply function are also enabled.

Enable: Enable the dhcp-snooping function

enable |disable
Disable: Disable the dhcp-snooping function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable dhcp-snooping
OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping enable

OLT(config)#

21.1.2.Check Configuration of DHCP-Snooping

Command syntax OLT(config)# show dhcp-snooping configuration

Applicable view config view

This command is used to view the configuration of

Function Description
dhcp-snooping

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the configuration of dhcp-snooping
OLT(config)# show dhcp-snooping configuration
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
DHCP Snooping Configurations
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Switch DHCP Snooping status : Enable
DHCP Snooping verification of hwaddr status : Disable
DHCP Snooping option82 status : Disable
DHCP Snooping option82 policy : Keep
DHCP Snooping option82 format : Type4(ONU+OLT MAC)
DHCP Snooping database wirte-delay time : 7200(s)
Switch ARP dectection status : Disable
Switch ARP reply-fast status : Disable

DHCP Snooping is configured on the following vlans:

-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
-

Port Trusted Rate-limit(pps)

page 251_
 -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
ge0/0/1 No 300
ge0/0/2 No 300
ge0/0/3 No 300
ge0/0/4 No 300
xge0/0/1 No 300
xge0/0/2 No 300
pon0/0/1 No 300
pon0/0/2 No 300
pon0/0/3 No 300
pon0/0/4 No 300
pon0/0/5 No 300
pon0/0/6 No 300
pon0/0/7 No 300
pon0/0/8 No 300
pon0/0/9 No 300
pon0/0/10 No 300
pon0/0/11 No 300
pon0/0/12 No 300
pon0/0/13 No 300
pon0/0/14 No 300
pon0/0/15 No 300
pon0/0/16 No 300
lag1 No 300
lag2 No 300
lag3 No 300
lag4 No 300
lag5 No 300
lag6 No 300
lag7 No 300
lag8 No 300
lagL9 No 300
lagL10 No 300
lagL11 No 300
lagL12 No 300
lagL13 No 300
lagL14 No 300
lagL15 No 300
lagL16 No 300
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

21.1.3.Configure DHCP-Snooping to monitor vlan

page 252_
 Command syntax OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping vlan <vlan-lis>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to add the specified monitoring vlan.

DHCP packets that belong to the monitoring vlan range will be
Function Description monitored, and DHCP packets that do not belong to the
monitoring vlan range will be forwarded as they are. Use the no
command to delete the specified listening vlan

<vlan-lis> add specified vlan

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Add monitoring vlan100
OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping vlan 100

OLT(config)#

21.1.4.Configuring DHCP-Snooping Trusted Ports

Command syntax OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping trust port <PORT-LIST>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to add a dhcp-snooping trusted port, and

use the no command to delete a dhcp-snooping trusted port.
Function Description
Trusted ports can receive all DHCP packets, and untrusted ports
are not allowed to receive DHCP response packets.

The added specified port, the types are:

gpon: pon port of OLT
<PORT-LIST> ge: OLT uplink Gigabit port
xge: OLT uplink 10 Gigabit port
lag: link aggregation group

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Add uplink port ge1 as a dhcp-snooping trusted port.
OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping trust port ge 0/0 1

OLT(config)#

21.1.5.configure DHCP-Snooping source MAC address check

Command syntax OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping chaddr-check enable |disable

page 253_
 Applicable view config view

This command is used to enable or disable dhcp-snooping

chaddr-check
Function Description After it is enabled, it detects whether the source MAC address
and CHADDR field of the DHCP request packet received by the
untrusted port are the same.

enable: enable dhcp-snooping chaddr-check

enable |disable
disable: disable dhcp-snooping chaddr-check

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable dhcp-snooping chaddr-check function
OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping chaddr-check enable

OLT(config)#

21.1.6.Configure the rate of DHCP-Snooping request packets

Command syntax OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping limit-rate <Rate> <PORT-LIST>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to set the rate at which an untrusted GE

port receives DHCP request packets. If the rate exceeds the rate,
Function Description the packets will be discarded. The rate limit for trusted ports can
be configured, but does not take effect unless it is set to
untrusted ports.

Limit the rate of DHCP request packets, the value range is

<Rate>
1-2048, the unit is PPS

The specified port to be set, the types are:

gpon: pon port of OLT
<PORT-LIST> ge: OLT uplink Gigabit port
xge: OLT uplink 10 Gigabit port
lag: link aggregation group

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Limit the rate of receiving DHCP request packets on the ge1 port to 1024pps
OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping limit-rate 1024 port ge 0/0 1

OLT(config)#

21.1.7.configure DHCP-Snooping opton82 domain

page 254_
 Command syntax OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping option82 enable|disable

Applicable view config view

This command is used to enable or disable the dhcp-snooping

option82 function. After enabling, insert the Option82
Function Description information into the DHCP request packet received from the
untrusted port; strip the DHCP response packet received from
the trusted port. Option82 information.

Enable: Enable the dhcp-snooping option82 function

enable |disable
Disable: Disable the dhcp-snooping option82 function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the function of DHCP option 82.
OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping option82 enable

OLT(config)#

21.1.8.the forwarding policy of DHCP-Snooping option 82

OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping option82 policy

Command syntax
(keep|drop|replace | merge )

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the forwarding policy of the

Function Description
Opton82 for request packets.

keep Forward DHCP packets with Option82 as is

drop Directly discard DHCP packets with Option82

Replace the Option82 option in the original DHCP packet, and

replace
then forward it

merge Combine forwarding of DHCP packets with Option82

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the forwarding policy of dhcp to forward according to the original
forwarding policy
OLT(config)#dhcp-snooping option82 policy keep
OLT(config)#

page 255_
21.1.9.Configuring DHCP-Snooping option82 Vlan Forwarding

Policy

OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping option82 vlan-policy <vlan-list>

Command syntax
(none|keep|replace|strip|drop)

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure Opton82 with vlan request

Function Description
message forwarding strategy.

<vlan-list> List of Vlans in the range 1-4094

n one Cancel option82 vlan forwarding policy

keep _ Forward DHCP packets with Option82 of vlan as is

Replace the Option82 option in the DHCP packet with vlan , and
replace
then forward it

strip Deprive DHCP packets with Option82 of vlan

drop Directly discard DHCP packets with Option82 of vlan

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the forwarding policy of DHCP-Snooping vlan 10 as keep
OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping option82 vlan-policy 10 keep

OLT(config)#

21.1.10.Configure the padding mode of the DHCP-Snooping option82

OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping option82 format

Command syntax
<type1|type2|type3|type4|type5>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the padding mode for

Function Description
Opton82 options

type1: represents UNI+ONU MAC

type2: represents UNI+OLT MAC
<type1|type2|type3
type3: represents ONU+ONU MAC
|type4|type5>
type4: represents ONU+OLT MAC
type5: represents PON+OLT MAC

page 256_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the padding mode of option82 as UNI+ONU MAC
OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping option82 format type1

OLT(config)#

21.1.11.Create custom ascii type option82 format item

OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping option82 format add ascii name

Command syntax
<format-name>{ cid <circuit-id> | rid <remote-id> }

Applicable view config view

Create a custom option82 format item, the field data of this item
Function Description
is filled in ascii format.

<format-name> Custom format item name, length 1-32

String, organized with defined keywords and slashes/or single

quotes as delimiters.
Keywords: hostname, oltmac, vlan, chassis, frame, slot, point,
circuit-id/remote-id gemid, onusn.
Format: "vlan/slot/ponid/onuid/ ' 88rr4 ' " (with double quotes
if there is a space string), vlan/slot2/ponid4/ounid4/ ' 88r4 ' /,
the length is 1-128

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create an option82 format item of custom type ascii, name test01, and rid vlan
OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping option82 format add ascii name test01 rid vlan

21.1.12.Create custom hex type option82 format item

OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping option82 format add hex name

Command syntax
<format-name>{ cid <circuit-id> | rid <remote-id> }

Applicable view config view

Create a custom option82 format item, the field data of this item
Function Description
is filled in hex format.

<format-name> Custom format item name, length 1-32

circuit-id/remote-id String, organized with defined keywords and slashes/or single

page 257_
 quotes as delimiters.
Keywords: hostname, oltmac, vlan, chassis, frame, slot, point,
gemid, onusn.
Format: "hostname: ' hostname frame/slot/ponid.onuid:vlan",
length 1-128

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create an option82 format item of custom type hex, name test02, and rid slot
OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping option82 format add hex name test02 rid slot

21.1.13.Remove custom option82 format items

OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping option82 format delete name

Command syntax
<format-name>

Applicable view config view

Function Description Delete custom option82 format items

<format-name> Custom format item name, length 1-32

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the custom option format item named test02
OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping option82 format delete name test02

21.1.14.Modify sub-options of custom option82 format items

OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping option82 format modify name

Command syntax
<format-name>{ cid <circuit-id> | rid <remote-id> }

Applicable view config view

Function Description Modify sub-options of custom option82 format items

<format-name> Custom format item name, length 1-32

String, organized with defined keywords and slashes/or single

quotes as delimiters.
circuit-id/remote-id
Keywords: hostname, oltmac, vlan, chassis, frame, slot, point,
gemid, onusn.

page 258_
 Format: "hostname: ' hostname frame/slot/ponid.onuid:vlan",
length 1-128

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Modify the sub-option cid of the custom option format item test01 to ponid
OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping option82 format modify name test01 cid ponid

21.1.15.Configuring the Binding Policy of DHCP-Snooping

OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping binding <MAC address>< IP

Command syntax
address> <VLAN ID> <port>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the binding policy based on

Function Description
request packets.

The MAC address of the static binding entry, the format is:
<MAC address>
AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF

<IP address> The IP address of the static binding entry, in the format: ABCD

<VLAN ID> The vlan of the static binding entry, the value range is <1-4094>

The port id of the static binding entry, the types are:

gpon: pon port of OLT
<port> ge: OLT uplink Gigabit port
xge: OLT uplink 10 Gigabit port
lag: link aggregation group

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Add a static binding entry with the mac address of 00:0f:1f:c5:10:08, the ip address
of 192.168.1.101, the vlan of 100, and the port of ge2.
OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping binding 00:0f:1f:c5:10:08 192.168.1.101 100 port ge 0/0/2

OLT(config)#

21.1.16.Remove DHCP-Snooping Binding monitor entry

OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping bind-table clear {all | static |

Command syntax
dynamic | ip-address |vlan}

Applicable view config view

This command is used to delete the bound listening entry

Function Description
according to the type

page 259_
 all Delete all entries in the listening binding table:

static Delete the entry of the static listening binding table

dynamic Delete the entry of the dynamic listening binding table

IP-address Delete the entry of the listening binding table of the specified IP

vlan Delete the listening entry in the specified vlanID

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete all bound listening entries
OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping bind-table clear all

OLT(config)#

21.1.17.Configuring the Delayed Writing Time of the

DHCP-Snooping Binding Table

OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping bind-table write-delay <Delay

Command syntax
time>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to set the delay time for writing the DHCP
snooping binding table to flash. After the DHCP snooping
Function Description
binding table is updated, it will be written to flash after waiting
for the set time.

<Delay time> Delay writing time, the value range is 240-86400, the unit is S.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the DHCP snooping binding table to update 4 minutes after the update occurs
OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping bind-table write-delay 240

OLT(config)#

21.1.18.configure Delay in deletion of the DHCP-Snooping binding

table

Command syntax OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping bind-table delete-time <time>

Applicable view config view

page 260_
 This command is used to set the deletion time of dynamic
entries in the DHCP snooping binding table. When the lease
Function Description
time is reached, the dynamic table entry will not be deleted
immediately, but will be deleted after a delay to the set time.

Delay deletion time of dynamic table entry, the value range is

<time>
1-86400, the unit is S.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The dynamic table entry is deleted 100s after the lease period is reached
OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping bind-table delete-time 100

OLT(config)#

21.1.19.Write DHCP-Snooping snooping table to Flash

Command syntax OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping bind-table write-to-flash

Applicable view config view

This command is used to manually write the DHCP snooping

Function Description
binding table to flash

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Write the DHCP snooping binding table to flash immediately
OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping bind-table write-to-flash

OLT(config)#

21.1.20.Upload the DHCP-Snooping listening table to the server

OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping bind-table save-to-tftp <IP

Command syntax
address>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to manually write the DHCP snooping

Function Description
binding table into flash and upload it to the tftp server.

<IP address> Upload binding entries to the IP address of the TFTP server

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Write the DHCP snooping binding table to the flash immediately and upload it to the
TFTP server 192.168.1.1
OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping bind-table save-to-tftp 192.168.1.1

page 261_
 OLT(config)#

21.1.21.Check DHCP-Snooping binding information

OLT(config)# show dhcp-snooping bind-table {all | static |

Command syntax
dynamic | ip-address | vlan <vlan-id> }

Applicable view config view

This command is used to display the entries of the DHCP

Function Description
snooping binding table by type.

all Show all the entries of the listening binding table:

static Displays the entries of the static listening binding table

dynamic Displays the entries of the dynamic listening binding table

Displays the entry of the listening binding table of the specified

IP-address
IP

vlan Display the listening entries in the specified vlanID

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Display all binding information of DHCP Snooping
OLT(config)# show dhcp-snooping bind-table all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
database entries count: 1 database entries delete time: 100 (s)
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
MacAddress IpAddress Vlan Port onuid gemid Lease(s) Type Status
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
00:0F:1F:C5:10:08 192.168.1.101 100 pon0/0/2 0 0 - Static Valid
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

21.1.22.Configuring DHCP-Snooping ARP fast reply function

Command syntax OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping arp-reply-fast enable|disable

Applicable view config view

This command is used to enable or disable the ARP fast reply

function. After enabling, judge whether to perform ARP fast
Function Description
response according to the DHCP Snooping entry. When the
function is enabled, listen for ARP packets. If the corresponding

page 262_
 record can be found in the DHCP Snooping entry, the ARP
request packet will not be forwarded to the upstream network,
but will be based on Entry information quickly responds to ARP
requests, thereby reducing ARP broadcast packets.

Enable: Enable the dhcp-snooping arp-reply-fast function

enable |disable
Disable: Disable the dhcp-snooping arp-reply-fast function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enabling the dhcp-snooping arp-reply-fast function
OLT(config)# dhcp-snooping arp-reply-fast enable

OLT(config)#

21.2.OLT DHCP-Client function configuration management

21.2.1.Configure DHCP-Client

Command syntax OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# dhcp-client enable|disable

Applicable view vlanif view

This command is used to enable/disable the DHCP client

Function Description
function on a Layer 3 interface.

Enable: Enable DHCP client function

enable |disable
Disable: Disable the DHCP client function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the DHCP client function of interface vlanif100
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# dhcp-client enable

OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)#

21.2.2.Obtain DHCP-Client IP manually

Command syntax OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# dhcp-client renew

Applicable view vlanif view

This command is used to enable the renew switch on the

interface in Layer 3 interface mode. When you need to actively
Function Description obtain an IP for an interface, you can execute this command,
which will trigger the sending of a request packet and initiate a
lease renewal or IP re-application request to the DHCP Server.

page 263_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the renew switch of interface vlanif100.
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# dhcp-client renew

OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)#

21.2.3.Manually release the DHCP-Client IP

Command syntax OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# dhcp-client release

Applicable view vlanif view

This command is used to release the IP of the interface in Layer

3 interface mode. When the IP dynamically applied for by the
Function Description interface needs to be deleted, this command can be executed,
and a release message will be actively triggered to notify the
DHCP Server to release the IP of the interface.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Release the IP of interface vlanif100
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# dhcp-client release

OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)#

21.2.4.Configure the DHCP- Client option60 domain

OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# dhcp-client option60

Command syntax
<option60>

Applicable view vlanif view

This command is used to configure option60 information carried

by the DHCP-Client when sending request packets. When the
upstream device is configured with DHCP Layer 3 relay according
to option60, you can use this command to configure option60
Function Description
information of the interface to match the configuration of the
upstream device. The no command is used to cancel the
option60 information configured by the user and restore it to
the default value.

<option60> Configuration information at option60.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the option60 information of the dhcp-client of vlanif100 as "test".

page 264_
 OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# dhcp-client option60 test

OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)#

21.2.5.View DHCP-Client configuration

Command syntax OLT(config)# show dhcp-client

Applicable view config view

This command is used to query the basic information after the

Function Description
DHCP Client function is enabled.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query the basic information of all dhcp client-enabled interfaces
OLT(config)# show dhcp-client
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
Index Name FSM IP|MASK Leased Until Time
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
1 vlanif100 INIT -|- -
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------

OLT(config)#

21.2.6.Check the DHCP-Client option60 field

Command syntax OLT(config)# show dhcp-client option60

Applicable view config view

This command is used to query the DHCP-Client option60

Function Description information configured on each VLAN Layer 3 interface in the
system.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the DHCP-Client option60 information configured on all Layer 3 interfaces
OLT(config)# show dhcp-client option60
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
VLANIF OPTION60
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
100 tests
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------

OLT(config)#

page 265_
21.3.DHCP- Server function configuration

21.3.1.configure DHCP- Server function

OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# dhcp-server

Command syntax
{ enable|disable }

Applicable view Interface view

This command is used to enable or disable the dhcp- server

Function Description function .
By default, the dhcp-server thread is disabled.

Enable: Enable the dhcp-snooping function

enable |disable
Disable: Disable the dhcp-snooping function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable dhcp- server function
OLT(config)# interface vlanif 100
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# dhcp-server enable

21.3.2.Configure the size of the DHCP- Server address pool

OLT( config-interface-vlanif-100 )# dhcp-server ip-range XXXX

Command syntax
XXXX

Applicable view Interface view

Function Description This command is used to configure the address pool size.

The starting IP address and ending IP address of the IP address

XXXX
pool

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the address pool size of vlanif 100 to be 1.1.1.1 to 1.1.1.10.
OLT(config)# interface vlanif 100
OLT(config-interface-vlanif-100)# dhcp-server ip-range 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.10

21.3.3.Check the allocation status of the DHCP- Server address pool

Command syntax OLT( config )# show dhcp-server ip-pool status

Applicable view config view, dhcp-server view

Function Description This command is used to view the allocation status of the

page 266_
 Dhcp-Server address pool.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the allocation status of the dhcp-server address pool.

OLT(config)# show dhcp-server ip-pool status

Pool-name : vlanif 10
lease time : 604800
Server-name : cdata
DNS-server : 8.8.8.8
NBNS-server : 9.9.9.9
Gateway : 192.168.3.2
Mask : 255.255.255.0
Status : Enable
-------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------
Start End Total Used Idel(Expired) Conflict
-------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------
192.168.3.0 192.168.18.255 4096 254 3841(0) 1

21.3.4.Configure the subnet mask assigned by DHCP- Server

Command syntax OLT( config-dhcp-server )# dhcp-server mask XXXX

Applicable view dhcp-server view

This command is used to configure the subnet mask assigned by

Function Description
dhcp-server.

XXXX subnet mask

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the subnet mask assigned by dhcp-server to be 255.255.255.0.
OLT(config)# dhcp-server

OLT(config-dhcp-server)# dhcp-server mask 255.255.255.0

21.3.5.Configure the DHCP- Server gateway address

Command syntax OLT( config-dhcp-server )# dhcp-server gateway XXXX

Applicable view dhcp-server view

Function Description This command is used to configure the gateway address of

page 267_
 dhcp-server.

XXXX Gateway IP address

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the gateway address of dhcp-server as 1.1.1.1.
OLT(config)# dhcp-server

OLT(config-dhcp-server)# dhcp-server gateway 1.1.1.1

21.3.6.Configure DHCP- Server to assign minimum (maximum) lease

time

OLT( config-dhcp-server )# dhcp-server lease-time

Command syntax
{MIN_LEASE_SEC|MAX_LEASE_SEC}

Applicable view dhcp-server view

This command is used to configure dhcp-server to allocate

Function Description
minimum (maximum) lease time.

MIN_LEASE_SEC Minimum allocation lease time in s

MAX_LEASE_SEC Maximum allocated lease time in s

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure dhcp-server to allocate a minimum lease time of 60s.
OLT(config)# dhcp-server

OLT(config-dhcp-server)# dhcp-server lease-time 60

21.3.7.Configuring DHCP- Server Static Binding

OLT( config-dhcp-server )# dhcp-server static-bind XXXX

Command syntax
HH-HH-HH

Applicable view dhcp-server view

Function Description This command is used to configure dhcp-server static binding.

XXXX ip address

HH-HH-HH mac address

【Configuration case】

page 268_
 Case 1: Configure dhcp-server to bind IP address and mac address statically.
OLT(config)# dhcp-server

OLT(config-dhcp-server)# dhcp-server static-bind 192.168.10.2 00:0f:1f:c5:10:08

21.3.8.Configure the DNS address of the DHCP- Server

Command syntax OLT( config-dhcp-server )# dhcp-server dns X.X.X.X

Applicable view dhcp-server view

This command is used to configure the DNS address of

Function Description
dhcp-server.

X.X.X.X DNS address

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the DNS address of dhcp-server as 192.168.10.1.
OLT(config)# dhcp-server

OLT(config-dhcp-server)# dhcp-server dns 192.168.10.1

21.3.9.Configure the name of the DHCP- Server

Command syntax OLT( config-dhcp-server )# dhcp-server server-name STRING

Applicable view dhcp-server view

Function Description This command is used to configure the name of dhcp-server.

STRING The name of the set dhcp-server

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the name of dhcp-server as dhcp1.
OLT(config)# dhcp-server

OLT(config-dhcp-server)# dhcp-server server-name dhcp1

21.4.OLT DHCP-Relay function configuration

21.4.1.Enable/disable dhcp-relay function

Command syntax OLT(config)# dhcp - relay enable|disale

page 269_
 Applicable view config view

This command is used to enable or disable the dhcp-relay

Function Description function. After enabling, the DHCP relay function will be
enabled.

Enable: Enable the dhcp-relay function

enable |disable
Disable: disable the dhcp-relay function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable dhcp-relay function
OLT(config)# dhcp-relay enable

21.4.2.Configure the ip address of the dhcp-relay server

Command syntax OLT(config)# dhcp-relay vlanif <vlan-id> server <IP address>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the IP address of the

Function Description
dhcp-relay server in the vlan interface

<IP address> IP address of the dhcp-relay server in the Vlan interface

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the service address of the dhcp-relay of vlan interface 100 to
192.168.100.1
OLT(config)# dhcp-relay vlanif 100 server 192.168.100.1

21.4.3.delete dhcp-relay server vlan

Command syntax OLT(config)# no dhcp-relay vlanif <vlan-list>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to delete the vlan of the dhcp-relay server

Function Description
in the vlan interface

<vlan-list> List of Vlans in the range 1-4094

page 270_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the vlan interface 100 of the dhcp-relay server
OLT(config)# no dhcp-relay vlanif 100

21.4.4.View dhcp-relay function configuration

Command syntax OLT(config)# show dhcp-relay configuration

Applicable view config view

Function Description This command is used to view the configuration of dhcp-relay

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View dhcp-relay configuration information
OLT(config)# show dhcp-relay configuration
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Switch DHCP Relay status : Enable
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Vlanif Vlanif-Ip Vlanif-netmask Server-Ip
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
101 - - 192.168.101.1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

22.OLT AAA function configuration

22.1.AAA mode

22.1.1.Enter AAA mode

Command syntax OLT( config )# aaa

Applicable view config view

Function Description This command is used to enter AAA mode.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enter aaa mode.
OLT(config)# aaa

OLT(config-aaa)#

page 271_
22.1.2.View AAA configuration information

Command syntax OLT( config-aaa )# show aaa configuration

Applicable view aaa view

This command is used to view AAA configuration information.

Function Description
Note: Based on glob mode.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View aaa configuration information.
OLT(config-aaa)# show aaa configuration
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
AAA configuration information :
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Domain-delimiter : @
Domain : total: 255 used: 1
Authentication-scheme : total: 16 used: 1
Local-user : total: 1024 used: 1
Radius-server template : total: 128 used: 0
Tac-plus-server template : total: 128 used: 0
AAA-access-user : total: 32768 used: 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-aaa)#

22.1.3.Configure Domain Name Separator

Command syntax OLT( config-aaa )# domain-delimiter STRING

Applicable view aaa view

This command is used to configure the domain name separator.

Function Description
Note: Based on glob mode.

This command is used to configure the domain name separator.

Support @, /, . , \, the default is '@', when the delimiter is '\',
the domain is in the front, userName is in the back, that is,
STRING
domain\user-name, other delimiters userName is in the front,
domain is in the back .
Note: Based on glob mode.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the domain name separator as '\' .

page 272_
 OLT(config-aaa)# domain-delimiter \

OLT(config-aaa)# show aaa configuration

-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
AAA configuration information :
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Domain-delimiter : \
Domain : total: 255 used: 1
Authentication-scheme : total: 16 used: 1
Local-user : total: 1024 used: 1
Radius-server template : total: 128 used: 0
Tac-plus-server template : total: 128 used: 0
AAA-access-user : total: 32768 used: 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-aaa)#

22.2.Configure Authentication Mode

OLT(config-aaa-authen-hw) # authentication-mode (local |

Command syntax
radius | radius-local |tac-plus|tac-plus-local)

Applicable view authentication-scheme view

Function Description This command is used to configure authentication mode.

local Specify the authentication mode as local authentication.

radius Specify the authentication mode as RADIUS authentication.

Specify the authentication mode as RADIUS plus local

radius-local
authentication.

tac-plus Specify the authentication mode as HWTACACS authentication.

Specify the authentication mode as HWTACACS authentication

tac-plus-local
plus local authentication.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the authentication mode as local authentication.
OLT(config-aaa-authen-hw)# authentication-mode local

OLT(config-aaa-authen-hw)#

22.3.local user configuration

page 273_
22.3.1.Create local user (based on AAA mode )

OLT( config -aaa )# local-user USERNAME password

Command
USER-PASSWORD service-type (terminal level <level-value> | dot1x
syntax
|onu)

Applicable view aaa view

Function
This command is used to configure local users based on AAA mode.
Description

USERNAME username

USER-PASSWOR
user password
D

dot1x User type is 802.1x user

onu User type is onu user

terminal User type is end user

<level-value> Configure End User Levels

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure a local user aa based on AAA mode, and set its user type to onu user .
OLT(config-aaa)# local-user aa password ****** service-type onu

OLT(config-aaa)#
Case 2 : Configure a local user hw based on AAA mode, and set its user type to terminal user
and its terminal level to 5 .
OLT(config-aaa)# local-user hw password ****** service-type terminal level 5

OLT(config-aaa)#

22.3.2.Configure the local user terminal level

Command
OLT( config -aaa )# local-user USERNAME level <level-value>
syntax

Applicable view aaa view

Function
This command is used to set the local user level.
Description

USERNAME username

page 274_
 USER-PASSWOR
user password
D

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the terminal level of the local user hw to 10 .
OLT(config-aaa)# local-user hw level 10

OLT(config-aaa)#

22.3.3.Configure local user type

Command OLT( config -aaa )# local-user USERNAME service-type (terminal |

syntax dot1x |onu)

Applicable view aaa view

Function
This command is used to set the local user type.
Description

dot1x User type is 802.1x user

onu User type is onu user

terminal User type is end user

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the user type of the local user hw to the onu user type .
OLT(config-aaa)# local-user hw service-type onu

OLT(config-aaa)#

22.3.4.View local users

Command OLT( config -aaa )# show local-user (username USERNAME|domain

syntax DOMAIN-NAME|all)

Applicable view aaa view

Function
This command is used to delete a local user.
Description

USERNAME username

DOMAIN-NAME domain name

page 275_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all local users .
OLT(config-aaa)# show local-user all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
No. Username Service-type Level Online
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
1 hhh X - 0
2 hw O - 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Note : Service-type T--Terminal, X--Dot1x, O--ONU, U--Unknown

OLT(config-aaa)#

22.4.radius server template configuration

22.4.1.Create a RADIUS server template

Command
OLT( config )# [no] radius-server template TEMPLATE-NAME
syntax

Applicable view config view

radius-server template template-name is used to create a RADIUS

Function server template and enter the RADIUS server template view.
Description no radius-server template template-name is used to delete the
RADIUS server template.

TEMPLATE-NA
RADIUS server template view name
ME

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create a RADIUS server template named ra .
OLT(config)# radius-server template ra
Info: Create a new radius server template!

OLT(config-radius-ra)#

22.4.2.Configure RADIUS authentication server

Command OLT(config-radius-ra) # radius-server authentication ABCD port

syntax PORT-LIST [secondary]

Applicable view radius-server template view

page 276_
 Function
This command is used to configure the RADIUS authentication server.
Description

ABCD RADIUS server ip

PORT-LIST Server port, the value range is 1-65535.

secondary Configure the secondary server ip and port

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the IP of the RADIUS primary authentication server as 192.168.10.1 and
the port number as 1024 .
OLT(config-radius-ra)# radius-server authentication 192.168.10.1 port 1024
OLT(config-radius-ra)#

22.4.3.Clear the configuration of the RADIUS authentication server

Command
OLT(config-radius-ra) # no radius-server authentication [secondary]
syntax

Applicable view radius-server template view

Function This command is used to clear the configuration of the RADIUS

Description authentication server.

secondary Clear the configuration of the secondary server

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear the configuration of the RADIUS authentication server .
OLT(config-radius-ra)# no radius-server authentication 192.168.10.1 port 1024
OLT(config-radius-ra)#

22.4.4.Configuring the Shared Key of the RADIUS Authentication

Server

Command
OLT(config-radius-ra) # radius-server shared-key USER-PASSWORD
syntax

Applicable view radius-server template view

Function This command is used to configure the shared key of the RADIUS
Description authentication server.

page 277_
 USER-PASSWOR
Shared key that needs to be set
D

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the shared key of the RADIUS authentication server as 123456789 .
OLT(config-radius-ra)# radius-server shared-key ******

OLT(config-radius-ra)#

22.4.5.Configure the padding address of the specified

NAS-IP-Address field

Command OLT(config-radius-ra) # radius-server source-interface (mgmt|vlanif

syntax VLAN_CMD_STR)

Applicable view radius-server template view

Function This command is used to specify the filling address of the

Description NAS-IP-Address field of the packet sent to the RADIUS server.

Specifies that the fill address of the NAS-IP-Address field is the ip

mgmt
address of the mgmt interface

Specifies that the fill address of the NAS-IP-Address field is the ip

vlanif
address of the vlanif interface

VLAN_CMD_ST
vlanif interface id
R

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Specify the ip address of vlanif 1024 as the filling address of the NAS-IP-Address field
of the packet sent to the RADIUS server .
OLT(config-radius-ra)# radius-server source-interface vlanif 1024

OLT(config-radius-ra)#

22.4.6.Configure whether the specified username field carries the

domain name

Command OLT(config-radius-ra) # [no] radius-server user-name

syntax domain-included

Applicable view radius-server template view

page 278_
 This command is used to specify whether the username field of
Function packets sent to the RADIUS server carries the domain name. (Note: If
Description the username itself does not have a domain name, even if
domain-included is configured, it will not have a domain name).

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the username field of the specified packet sent to the RADIUS server to
carry the domain name .
OLT(config-radius-ra)# radius-server user-name domain-included

OLT(config-radius-ra)#

22.4.7.Query radius configuration information

Command
OLT(config) # show radius-server (all|template TEMPLATE-NAME)
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to query radius configuration information.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query radius configuration information .
OLT(config)# show radius-server all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Server-template-name : ra
Shared-secret-key : 48<159=26
Domain-included : Yes
Server-source-interface : vlanif1024
User-level : vendor_id:- tlv_type:-
Primary-authentication-server : 192.168.10.1:1024
Secondary-authentication-server : 0.0.0.0:0
Bind-counter : 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

22.5.tacacs+ server template configuration

22.5.1.Create tacacs+server template

page 279_
 Command
OLT( config )# [no] tac-plus-server template TEMPLATE-NAME
syntax

Applicable view config view

tac-plus-server template TEMPLATE-NAME is used to create a tacacs+

Function server template and enter the RADIUS server template view.
Description no tac-plus-server template TEMPLATE-NAME is used to delete the
tacacs+ server template.

TEMPLATE-NA
tacacs+server template view name
ME

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create a tacacs+server template named tac1 .
OLT(config)# tac-plus-server template tac1
Info: Create a new tacacs plus server template!

OLT(config-tac-plus-tac1)#

22.5.2.Configure tacacs+ authentication server

Command OLT(config-tac-plus-tac1) # tac-plus-server authentication ABCD

syntax port PORT-LIST

Applicable view tacacs-plus-server template view

Function
This command is used to configure the RADIUS authentication server.
Description

A.BCD tacacs+server ip

PORT-LIST Server port, the value range is 1-65535.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the IP of the tacacs+ authentication server as 192.168.10.1 and the port
number as 1024 .
OLT(config-tac-plus-tac1)# tac-plus-server authentication 192.168.10.1 port 1024

OLT(config-tac-plus-tac1)#

22.5.3.Configure the shared key of the tacacs+ authentication server

page 280_
 Command OLT(config-tac-plus-tac1) # tac-plus-server shared-key
syntax USER-PASSWORD

Applicable view tacacs-plus-server template view

Function This command is used to configure the shared key of the tacacs+
Description authentication server.

USER-PASSWOR
Shared key that needs to be set
D

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the shared key of the tacacs+ authentication server as 123456789 .
OLT(config-tac-plus-tac1)# tac-plus-server shared-key *********

OLT(config-tac-plus-tac1)#

22.5.4.Configure the fill address of the specified remote_addr field

Command OLT(config-tac-plus-tac1) # tac-plus-server source-interface

syntax (mgmt|vlanif VLAN_CMD_STR)

Applicable view tacacs-plus-server template view

Function This command is used to specify the filling address of the

Description remote_addr field of the packet sent to the tacacs-plus server.

Specifies that the fill address of the remote_addr field is the ip

mgmt
address of the mgmt interface

Specifies that the fill address of the remote_addr field is the ip

vlanif
address of the vlanif interface

VLAN_CMD_ST
Vlanif interface id
R

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Specify the ip address of vlanif 2048 as the filling address of the remote_addr field of
the message sent to the tacacs-plus server .
OLT(config-tac-plus-tac1)# tac-plus-server source-interface vlanif 2048

OLT(config-tac-plus-tac1)#

22.5.5.Configure whether the specified user field carries the domain

name

page 281_
 Command OLT(config-tac-plus-tac1) # [no] tac-plus-server user-name
syntax domain-included

Applicable view tacacs-plus-server template view

This command is used to specify whether the user field of the packet
Function sent to the tacacs-plus server carries a domain name (Note: If the
Description user name itself does not carry a domain name, even if
domain-included is configured, it does not carry a domain name).

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the user field of the specified packet sent to the tacacs-plus server to carry
the domain name .
OLT(config-tac-plus-tac1)# tac-plus-server user-name domain-included

OLT(config-tac-plus-tac1)#

22.5.6.Query tacacs+ configuration information

Command
OLT(config) # show tac-plus-server (all|template EMPLATE-NAME)
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to query tacacs+ configuration information.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query tacacs+ configuration information .
OLT(config)# show tac-plus-server all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Server-template-name : 1
Shared-secret-key : 48<159
Domain-included : Yes
Server-source-interface : mgmt
Authentication-server : 0.0.0.0:0
Bind-counter : 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

22.6.Domain configuration

22.6.1.Create domain

page 282_
 Command
OLT( config -aaa )# [no] domain DOMAIN-NAME
syntax

Applicable view aaa view

domain DOMAIN-NAME Create domain and enter domain view or

Function
enter an existing domain view.
Description
no domain DOMAIN-NAME is used to delete a domain.

DOMAIN-NAME domain name

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create a domain named domain1 .
OLT(config-aaa)# domain domain1
Info: Create a new domain!

OLT(config-aaa-domain-domain1)#

22.6.2.Binding Authentication Template

Command
OLT( config -aaa )# authentication-scheme SCHEME-NAME
syntax

Applicable view aaa view

Function
This command is used to bind the authentication template.
Description

SCHEME-NAME The name of the configured authentication template.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Bind an authentication template named a .
OLT(config-aaa)# authentication-scheme a
Info: Create a new authentication scheme!

OLT(config-aaa-authen-a)#

22.6.3.Binding a RADIUS server template

Command
OLT( config-aaa-domain-domain1 )# radius-server TEMPLATE-NAME
syntax

Applicable view domain view

page 283_
 Function
This command is used to bind a RADIUS server template.
Description

TEMPLATE-NA
Name of the bound RADIUS server template.
ME

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Bind the RADIUS server template named ra .
OLT(config-aaa-domain-domain1)# radius-server ra

OLT(config-aaa-domain-domain1)#

22.6.4.Bind tacacs plus server template

Command OLT( config-aaa-domain-domain1 )# tac-plus-server

syntax TEMPLATE-NAME

Applicable view domain view

Function
This command is used to bind the tacacs plus server template.
Description

TEMPLATE-NA
Binding tacacs plus server template name
ME

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Bind a tacacs plus server template named tac1 .
OLT(config-aaa-domain-domain1)# tac-plus-server tac1

OLT(config-aaa-domain-domain1)#

22.6.5.Query domain configuration information

Command
OLT(config) # show domain (all|DOMAIN-NAME)
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to query domain configuration information.
Description

DOMAIN-NAME Specifies the domain name of the domain that needs to be queried.

【Configuration case】

page 284_
 Case 1: Query the configuration information of all domains .
OLT(config-aaa)# show domain all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
No. Domain-name Online
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
1 default 0
2 ddd 0
3 eee 0
4 domain1 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
OLT(config-aaa)#

23.802.1X function

23.1.1.Enable or disable port dot1x

Command
OLT( config-interface-ge-0/0 )# dot1x PORT-LIST (enable | disable)
syntax

Applicable view GE interface view or XGE interface view or gpon interface view

Function This command is used to enable or disable port 802.1x. By default, it

Description is off.

PORT-LIST Port number, such as 1,2-3,4, etc.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable dot1x of port G1 port .
OLT(config)# interface ge 0/0
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# dot1x 1 enble

23.1.2.Globally enable 802.1x (dot1x)

Command
OLT( config )# dot1x {enable | disable}
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to globally enable or disable dot1x.

Description By default, dot1x is off.

enable: enable dot1x

enable | disable
disable: disable dot1x

page 285_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable 802.1x(dot1x) .
OLT(config)# dot1x enable

OLT(config)#

23.1.3.Configure how dot1x performs access control on a specified

interface

Command OLT( config-interface-ge-0/0 )# dot1x port-method PORT-LIST

syntax ( macbased | portbased |onubased)

Applicable view GE interface view or XGE interface view or gpon interface view

This command is used to configure how 802.1x performs access

Function
control on the specified interface. By default, the access control mode
Description
adopted by the port is macbased.

PORT-LIST Port number, such as 1,2-3,4

The access user is authenticated based on the mac address, that is, all
macbased access users under the port need to be authenticated separately.
When a user goes offline, only the user cannot use the network.

Indicates that the access user is authenticated based on the port, that
is, as long as the first user under the port is authenticated
portbased successfully, other access users can use network resources without
authentication, but when the first user goes offline, other users will
also Denied access to the network.

In the ONU-based access control mode, that is, as long as the first
user under the ONU is authenticated successfully, other access users
can use network resources without authentication, but when the first
onubased user goes offline, other users will also be blocked. refuse to use the
Internet. (Note: This access control method is controlled by turning
ON/OFF the ONU service flow on the 8022 sdk on EPON OLT, and by
turning on/off all service-ports of ONU on GPON OLT)

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the 802.1x access control method on the GE1 port as macbased .
OLT(config)# interface ge 0/0

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# dot1x port-method 1 macbased

23.1.4.View the configuration information of dot1x on the port

page 286_
 Command
OLT( config-interface-ge-0/0 )# show dot1x PORT-LIST
syntax

Applicable view GE interface view or XGE interface view or gpon interface view

Function This command is used to view the configuration information of

Description 802.1x on the specified port.

PORT-LIST Port number, such as 1,2-3,4, etc.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the configuration information of the GE1 port .
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# show dot1x 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
IEEE 802.1x: disable
Authentication method : chap
Port-control : auto
Port-method : macbased
User-max-number : 256

Port-state : common
User-online-number : 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

23.1.5.Configure the authorization status of the specified port

Command OLT( config-interface-ge-0/0 )# dot1x port-control PORT-LIST

syntax (authorized-force | auto | unauthorized-force )

Applicable view GE interface view or XGE interface view or gpon interface view

Function This command is used to configure the authorization status of the

Description specified port. By default, the authorization state of the port is auto.

PORT-LIST Port number, such as 1,2-3,4, etc.

Mandatory authorization means that the port is always in the

authorized-forc
authorized state, allowing users to access network resources without
e
authentication.

Automatic identification (auto): Indicates that the initial state of the

port is an unauthorized state, only allowing EAPOL packets to be sent
auto
and received, and not allowing users to access network resources; if
the user passes the authentication, the port switches to the

page 287_
 authorized state, allowing users to access network resources. This is
also the most commonly used state.

Mandatory non-authorization means that the port is always in the

unauthorized-fo non-authorized state and users are not allowed to authenticate. The
rce device side does not provide authentication services for clients
accessing through this port.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the authorization status of the GE1 port as authorized-force.
OLT(config)# interface ge 0/0

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# dot1x port-control 1 authorized-force

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

23.1.6.View dot1x information of ONU ports

Command OLT( config-interface-gpon-0/0 )# show dot1x ont PORT-LIST {all |

syntax ONT-ID}

Applicable view gpon interface view

Function
This command is used to display
Description

PORT-LIST Port number, such as 1,2-3,4, etc.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Display.
OLT(config)# interface gpon 0/0

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show dot1x ont 1 all

-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Onu-ID Onu-state User-online-number
4 unauthorized 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

23.1.7.Configure the maximum number of accesses to a specified port

Command OLT( config-interface-ge-0/0 )# dot1x user-max PORT-LIST

syntax USER-NUMBER

Applicable view GE interface view or XGE interface view or gpon interface view

page 288_
 Function This command is used to configure the maximum number of accesses
Description to the specified port.

PORT-LIST Port number, such as 1,2-3,4, etc.

USER-NUMBER The maximum number of accesses, the value range is 0-1024

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the maximum access quantity of G1 port to 100 .
OLT(config)# interface ge 0/0

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# dot1x user-max 1 100

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

23.1.8.Display access user information

Command OLT( config-interface-ge-0/0 )# show dot1x access-user {PORT-LIST

syntax | all}

GE interface view or XGE interface view or gpon interface view or

Applicable view
config view

Function This command is used to display the access user information of the
Description specified port or all ports.

PORT-LIST Port number, such as 1,2-3,4, etc.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Display the access user information of the G1 port .
OLT(config)# interface ge 0/0

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# show dot1x access-user 1

No access users!

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#
Case 2 : View the access user information of all ports in the config view .
OLT(config)# show dot1x access-user all
No access users!

OLT(config)#

23.1.9.Configure the authentication control mode of the specified port

page 289_
 Command OLT( config-interface-ge-0/0 )# dot1x authentication-method
syntax PORT-LIST {chap | eap}

Applicable view GE interface view or XGE interface view or gpon interface view

This command is used to display the access user information of the

Function specified port.
Description It should be noted that if the authentication method is tacacs+server
authentication, the eap relay mode is not supported.

PORT-LIST Port number, such as 1,2-3,4, etc.

chap end mode

eap repeater mode

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the authentication control mode of the G1 port as chap termination
mode .
OLT(config)# interface ge 0/0

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# dot1x authentication-method 1 chap

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

23.1.10.Configuring the Client Authentication Timeout Timer

Command
OLT( config )# dot1x timeout supp-timeout <value>
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the time value of the client

Function
authentication timeout timer.
Description
By default, the client authentication timeout timer is 30 seconds.

The time that needs to be configured, the value range is 1-60

value
seconds.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the client authentication timeout timer to 30 seconds .
OLT(config)# dot1x timeout supp-timeout 30

OLT(config)#

page 290_
23.1.11.Configuring the Authentication Server Timeout Timer

Command
OLT( config )# dot1x timeout server-timeout <value>
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the time value of the

Function
authentication server timeout timer.
Description
By default, the authentication server timeout timer is 30 seconds.

The time that needs to be configured, the value range is 1-60

value
seconds.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the authentication server timeout timer to 10 seconds .
OLT(config)# dot1x timeout server-timeout 10

OLT(config)#

23.1.12.Configuring the Periodic Reauthentication Timer

Command
OLT( config )# dot1x timeout reauth-period <value>
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the time value of the periodic

Function re-authentication timer.
Description By default, the value of the periodic re-authentication timer is 3600
seconds.

The time value that needs to be configured, the value range is

value
10-5184000, unit: second

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the period value of the periodic re-authentication timer to be 7200
seconds .
OLT(config)# dot1x timeout reauth-period 7200

OLT(config)#

23.1.13.Configuring periodic re-authentication

page 291_
 Command
OLT( config )# dot1x re-authentication {enable | disable}
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the periodic re-authentication

Function
function.
Description
By default, the periodic re-authentication function is disabled.

enable: enable the periodic re-authentication function

enable | disable
disable: disable the periodic re-authentication function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the periodic re-authentication timing function .
OLT(config)# dot1x re-authentication enable

OLT(config)#

23.1.14.Configure the silent function

Command
OLT( config )# dot1x quiet-period {enable | disable}
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to enable or disable the silent function.

Description By default, the silent function is disabled.

enable: enable the silent function

enable | disable
disable: disable the silent function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the silent function .
OLT(config)# dot1x quiet-period enable

OLT(config)#

23.1.15.Configure the silent timer

Command
OLT( config )# dot1x timeout quiet-period <value>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the time value of the silent timer.

page 292_
 Description By default, the silent timer is 60 seconds.

The time value that needs to be configured, the value range is

value
10-5184000, unit: second

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the time value of the silent timer to be 7200 seconds .
OLT(config)# dot1x timeout quiet-period 7200

OLT(config)#

23.1.16.View some configuration information of the current dot1x

Command OLT( config )# show current-config section dot1x [(include|exclude)

syntax STRING]

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view part of the current 802.1x

Description configuration information.

include Match contains regular expression

exclude match does not contain regular expressions

STRING Regular expression string to match, 1-64 bytes long

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View part of the current 802.1x configuration information .
OLT(config)# show current-config section dot1x
interface ge 0/0
dot1x port-control 1 authorized-force
dot1x user-max 1 100

OLT(config)#
Case 2 : View the current 802.1x configuration information including user .
OLT(config)# show current-config section dot1x include us e r
dot1x user-max 1 100

OLT(config)#

23.1.17.Display dot1x configuration information globally

Command
OLT( config )# show dot1x
syntax

page 293_
 Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to display 802.1x configuration information.
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Display 802.1x configuration information .
OLT(config)# show dot1x
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
IEEE 802.1x: disable
ReAuthEn : disable
QuietEn : disable
ReAuth-period(s) : 7200
Supp-timeout(s) : 30
Server-timeout(s) : 30
quiet-period(s) : 60
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

24.IP SourceGaurd Features

24.1.Configuring the IP SourceGaurd Function

Command
OLT(config)# ip-source check port port-type F/SP
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to enable the IPSG function of the specified

port. IPSG is short for IP Source Guard. IPSG can prevent attacks that

spoof the source IP address.

Function The IPSG function is based on the binding table (DHCP dynamic and
Description static binding table) to check the matching of IP packets. When the

device is forwarding IP packets, it compares the source IP, source

MAC, interface, and VLAN information in the IP packet with the

information in the binding table. If the information matches, it

indicates that the user is a legitimate user, and the packet is allowed

page 294_
 to be normal. Otherwise, it is regarded as an attack packet, and the IP

packet is discarded.

port-type Port type, including gpon|ge|xge type

F/S P port number, e.g. 0/0 1

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the IPSG function of the specified port ge 0/0 1 .
OLT(config) # ip-source check port ge 0/0 1

OLT(config) #

24.2.Disable IP SourceGaurd function

Command
OLT(config)# no ip-source check port port-type F/S P
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to disable the IPSG function of the specified
Description port.

port-type Port type, including gpon|ge|xge type

F/S P port number, e.g. 0/0 1

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Disable the IPSG function of the specified port ge 0/0 1 .
OLT(config) # no ip-source check port ge 0/0 1

OLT(config) #

24.3.Configuring IP SourceGaurd dynamic table binding

Command OLT(config)# ip-source check dhcp-snooping dynamic

syntax {enable|disable}

Applicable view config view

This command is used to enable or disable the IPSG dynamic table

Function binding function. Note: The IPSG dynamic table is generated based on
Description the DHCP dynamic binding table, which will change with the change
of the DHCP dynamic table. Before enabling the IPSG dynamic binding

page 295_
 table function, you need to enable dhcp-snooping.

enable: Enable IPSG dynamic table binding function

enable|disable
disable: Disable IPSG dynamic table binding function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable IPSG dynamic table binding function .
OLT(config) # ip-source check dhcp-snooping dynamic enable

OLT(config) #

24.4.Configure IP SourceGaurd Static Rules

OLT(config)# ip-source check check static rule ( index| autoindex )

( ip ip-addr | mac mac-addr)
Command OLT(config)# ip-source check check static rule ( index| autoindex )
syntax ip ip-addr { mac mac-addr | vlan vlan-id}
OLT(config)# ip-source check check static rule ( index| autoindex )
mac mac-addr vlan vlan-id

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure IPSG static rules. When the

Function
configuration is the same as the dynamic rules, the configuration will
Description
fail.

index Entry ID of IPSG entry <1-1024>

autoindex Automatically assign IPSG entry IDs

ip-addr IP address of the IPSG static entry, in dotted decimal format

The MAC address part of the IPSG static entry, in the format
mac-addr
H:H:H:H:H:H

vlan-id VLAN of the IPSG static entry, the value range is 1 to 4094

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure IPSG static rules .
OLT(config) # ip-source check static autoindex ip 10.1.1.10

OLT(config) #

24.5.Delete IP SourceGaurd static rule

page 296_
 Command OLT(config)# no ip-source check check static rule ( index| all)
syntax OLT(config)# no ip-source check check static rule entry-list

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure IPSG static rules. When the

Function
configuration is the same as the dynamic rules, the configuration will
Description
fail.

index Entry ID of IPSG entry <1-1024>

entry-list The id number of the IPSG entry (for example, 1,1-98,100). <1-1024>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete all IPSG static rules .
OLT(config) # no ip-source check static rule all

OLT(config) #

24.6.Application of IP SourceGaurd Static Rules

OLT(config)# ip-source check binding static rule index port

Command port-type F/S P
syntax OLT(config)# ip-source check binding port port-type F/SP static rule
entry-list

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to apply a static IPSG rule or a specified range
Description to the specified port.

index Entry ID of IPSG entry <1-1024>

entry-list The id number of the IPSG entry (for example, 1,1-98,100). <1-1024>

port-type Port type, including gpon|ge|xge type

F/S P port number, e.g. 0/0 1

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Apply IPSG static rule rule 1 to the specified port ge 0/0 1,3-4 .
OLT(config) # ip-source check binding static rule 1 port ge 0/0 1,3-4

OLT(config) #
Case 2 : Apply IPSG static rule rule 1-10 to the specified port ge 0/0 1 .
OLT(config) # ip-source check binding port ge 0/0 1 static rule 1-10

page 297_
 OLT(config) #

24.7.Remove the IP SourceGaurd static rule for the port

OLT(config)# no ip-source check binding static rule index port

Command port-type F/S P
syntax OLT(config)# no ip-source check binding static rule port port-type
F/SP entry-list

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to release the IPSG static rule of the specified
Description port.

index Entry ID of IPSG entry <1-1024>

entry-list The id number of the IPSG entry (for example, 1,1-98,100). <1-1024>

port-type Port type, including gpon|ge|xge type

F/S P port number, e.g. 0/0 1

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Release the IPSG static rule rule 1 of the specified port ge 0/0 1 .
OLT(config) # no ip-source check binding static rule 1 port ge 0/0 1

OLT(config) #
Case 2 : Release the IPSG static rule rule 1-10 of the specified port ge 0/0 1 .
OLT(config) # no ip-source check binding static rule port ge 0/0 1 1-10

OLT(config) #

24.8.Querying IP SourceGaurd Entries

OLT(config)# show ip-source check (static|dynamic) rule (ip

ip-addr|mac mac-addr)
OLT(config)# show ip-source check (static|dynamic) rule {vlan
Command
vlan-id|port port-type F/SP }
syntax
OLT(config)# show ip-source check (static|dynamic) rule
{all|entry-list}
OLT(config)# show ip-source check rule {all|entry-list}

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to query IPSG entries.
Description

page 298_
 static IPSG static rule entry

dynamic IPSG dynamic rule entry

ip-addr IP address of the IPSG static entry, in dotted decimal format

The MAC address part of the IPSG static entry, in the format
mac-addr
H:H:H:H:H:H

vlan-id VLAN of the IPSG static entry, the value range is 1 to 4094

port-type Port type, including gpon|ge|xge type

F/S P port number, e.g. 0/0 1

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query all IPSG entries .
OLT(config)# show ip-source check rule all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
INDEX IP MAC VLAN TYPE PORT
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
1 101.0.0.3 -- -- Static ge0/0/1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

24.9.Querying the Configuration of the IP SourceGaurd

Function

Command
OLT(config)# show ip-source check config
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to query the configuration of the IPSG

Description function.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query the configuration of port ge 0/0 1IPSG function .
OLT(config)# show ip-source check config

ip-source check
dhcp-snooping dynamic : disable

-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

page 299_
 PORT IP Source Check
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
pon0/0/1 disable
pon0/0/2 disable
pon0/0/3 disable
pon0/0/4 disable
pon0/0/5 disable
pon0/0/6 disable
pon0/0/7 disable
pon0/0/8 disable
ge0/0/1 enable
ge0/0/2 disable
ge0/0/3 disable
ge0/0/4 disable
xge0/0/1 disable
xge0/0/2 disable
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

24.10.Query IP SourceGaurd Binding Table Information

Command OLT(config)# show ip-source check brief port port-type F/S P

syntax OLT(config)# show ip-source check brief port all

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to query the binding table information of the
Description specified port or all ports.

port-type Port type, including gpon|ge|xge type

F/S P Port number, e.g. 0/0 1,2-3,4

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query the IPSG binding table information of the specified port ge 0/0 1 .
OLT(config)# show ip-source check brief port ge 0/0 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
PORT Static/Dynamic Binding Table
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

ge0/0/1 1

-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

25.loop monitoring

page 300_
25.1.Globally enable loop monitoring function

Command
OLT(config)# loopback-detection {enable|disable}
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to globally enable or disable the loop detection
Description function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The loop control monitoring function is globally enabled .
OLT(config)# loopback-detection enable

OLT(config)#

25.2.Configuring the loop monitoring function

Command OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# loopback-detection <port-list>

syntax {enable|disable}

Applicable view XGE interface view or GE interface view or gpon interface view

This command is used to enable or disable loop monitoring. For an

access port, if the system finds that the port is under loopback
monitoring, it will perform corresponding operations on the port
according to the loopback monitoring action, and report Trap
Function
information to the terminal. The port will no longer learn the MAC
Description
address, and the port will no longer forward traffic. For a trunk or
hybrid port, if the system finds that the port is monitored by
loopback, but the monitoring and controlled function is not
configured, it will only report trap information to the terminal.

List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 6-7, 8. The range of GE

port-list
interfaces is 1-8; the range of XGE interfaces is 1-4.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the loop control monitoring function of the GE1 port .
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# loopback-detection 1 enable

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

25.3.Configuring the loop monitoring controlled function

page 301_
 Command OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# loopback-detection <port-list> control
syntax (enable|disable)

Applicable view XGE interface view or GE interface view or gpon interface view

This command is used to enable or disable loop monitoring

controlled. For a trunk or hybrid port, when the loopback monitoring
controlled function and loopback monitoring function of the port are
enabled at the same time, the system performs corresponding
operations on the port according to the loopback monitoring action,
Function
and reports trap information to the terminal, and the port no longer
Description
learns MAC address, the port no longer forwards traffic, the port is
not set to be controlled, and only an error is reported when a loop is
found. The access port can automatically perform corresponding
operations on the port according to the loopback monitoring action
without setting the port to be controlled.

port-list List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 6-7, 8.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the loop monitoring controlled function of the GE1 port .
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# loopback-detection 1 control enable

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

25.4.Configuring Port Loop Monitoring Controlled Status

Command OLT( config-interface-ge-0/0 )# loopback-detection <post-list>

syntax control enable { block|no-learning|shutdown }

Applicable view XGE interface view or GE interface view or gpon interface view

Function This command is used to configure the loop detection controlled

Description state of the specified port .

port-list List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 6-7, 8.

block Block the port if there is a loopback

no-learning don't learn mac if loopback exists

shutdown If there is a loopback, close the port

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the loop detection controlled state of port G1 to block .
OLT(config-interface-xge-0/0)# loopback-detection 1 control enable block

page 302_
 OLT(config-interface-xge-0/0)#

25.5.Configure loop monitoring all VLAN switches

Command OLT(config-interface-ge -0/0 )# loopback-detection <port-list>

syntax per-vlan {enable|disable}

Applicable view XGE interface view or GE interface view or gpon interface view

This command is used to enable monitoring of all VLANs on trunk and

Function
hybrid ports, but is invalid for access ports. When this function is
Description
disabled, the system only monitors the default vlan of the port.

List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 6-7, 8. The range of GE

port-list
interfaces is 1-8; the range of XGE interfaces is 1-4.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the loop control monitoring function of the GE1 port .
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# loopback-detection 1 per-vlan enable

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

25.6.Configuring the Loop Detection Interval of the OLT

System

Command OLT(config)# loopback-detection interval-time <time>

syntax OLT(config)# no loopback-detection interval-time

Applicable view config view

loopback-detection interval-time command is used to configure the

loopback detection interval of the OLT system .
Function
no loopback-detection interval-time command is used to restore the
Description
loop detection interval of the OLT system to the default value . By
default, the loop detection interval is 30s.

time Loop detection interval, the value range is 5-300, the unit is seconds

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the loop detection interval of the OLT system to be 10s .
OLT(config)# loopback-detection interval-time 10

OLT(config)#

page 303_
25.7.Configuring the Port Loop Detection Automatic Recovery

Function

Command OLT( config-interface-ge-0/0 )# loopback-detection <port-list>

syntax auto-recovery {enable|disable}

Applicable view XGE interface view or GE interface view or gpon interface view

Function This command is used to enable or disable the loop detection

Description automatic recovery function of the specified port .

port-list List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 6-7, 8.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the automatic recovery function of loop detection on port G1 .
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# loopback-detection 1 auto-recovery enable

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

25.8.Configuring the Port Loop Detection Automatic Recovery

Interval

Command OLT( config-interface-ge-0/0 )# loopback-detection <port-list>

syntax auto-recovery time ( TIME |default)

Applicable view XGE interface view or GE interface view or gpon interface view

Function This command is used to configure the loop detection automatic

Description recovery interval of the specified port .

List of ports to be configured, the format is 1, 6-7, 8. The range of GE

port-list
interfaces is 1-8; the range of XGE interfaces is 1-4.

TIME Loop detection auto-recovery interval, in seconds

The default value of the automatic recovery interval, which is 120

default
seconds

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the loop detection automatic recovery interval of port G1 to the default
value .
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# loopback-detection 1 auto-recovery time default

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

page 304_
25.9.Check the loop detection status of the OLT system

Command
OLT(config)# show loopback-detection
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the loop detection status of the OLT
Description system .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the loop detection status of the OLT system .
OLT(config)# show loopback-detection
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
System loopback-detection is running
Detection interval time is 30 seconds

Port Enable Per-vlan Control auto-recovery(time) Loopback-status Link-status

ge0/0/1 en dis en/block en (120s) detected protocol-down
ge0/0/2 dis dis en/block en (120s) undetected down
ge0/0/3 dis dis en/block en (120s) undetected down
ge0/0/4 dis dis en/block en (120s) undetected up
xge0/0/1 dis dis en/block en (120s) undetected down
xge0/0/2 dis dis en/block en (120s) undetected down
pon0/0/1 dis dis - - undetected down
pon0/0/2 dis dis - - undetected down
pon0/0/3 dis dis - - undetected down
pon0/0/4 dis dis - - undetected down
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

26.OLT Link Aggregation Configuration Management

26.1.Addition and Deletion of Aggregate Group Members

Command OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# member {add|delete} {ge|xge}

syntax 0/0 <port-list> link-aggregation group <group-id>

Applicable view link-aggregation view

The device supports a total of 16 aggregation groups. member add

Function adds member ports under the aggregation group, and member delete
Description deletes the member ports under the corresponding aggregation
group.

page 305_
 <port-list> The port number

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id>
static LACP aggregation groups

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Add uplink ports ge1 and ge2 to aggregation group 1
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# member add ge 0/0 1,2 link-aggregation group 1

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

Case 2: Delete uplink ports ge1 and ge2 from aggregation group 1
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# member delete ge 0/0 1,2 link-aggregation group 1

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.2.Enable or disable the aggregation group flow control

function

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# flow-control <group-id>

Command syntax
{enable|disable}

Applicable view link-aggregation view

Function This command is used to enable or disable the aggregation group

Description flow control function.

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16

<group-id>
are static LACP aggregation groups

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the flow control function of aggregated port group 1
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# flow-control 1 enable

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.3.Set Link Aggregation Priority

26.3.1.Setting Link Aggregation System Priority

Command OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# lacp set system priority <priority

syntax value>

Applicable view link-aggregation view

page 306_
 Function
This command is used to set the priority of the system
Description

<priority value> The parameter of the priority, the range is <0-65535>/default

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the system priority of OLT as 3000
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# lacp set system priority 3000

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.3.2.Restoring Link Aggregation Priority

Command
OLT( config-interface-aggregation )# lacp set system priority default
syntax

Applicable view Iinterface link-aggregation view

Function Configure the LACP system priority as the default value, the default
Description value is 32768
【Configuration case】
Case 1:
OLT( config-interface-aggregation )# lacp set system priority default

OLT( config-interface-aggregation )# show lacp system priority

lacp system priority value: 32768

26.3.3.Setting Link Aggregation Port Priority

Command OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# link-aggregation port-priority

syntax {ge|xge} F/S/P <priority value> {lacp | manual}

Applicable view link-aggregation view

Function
This command is used to set the priority of the port
Description

F/S/P List of ports to configure

<priority value> The parameter of the priority, the range is <0-65535>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the priority of the uplink port GE 2 to 6000
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# link-aggregation port-priority ge 0/0/2 6000 manual

page 307_
 OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.3.4.View Link Aggregation System Priority

Command
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# show lacp system priority
syntax

Applicable view link-aggregation view

Function
This command is used to view the system priority
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View OLT System Priority
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# show lacp system priority
lacp system priority value: 3000

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.3.5.View the port priority in the link aggregation aggregation

group

Command OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# show link-aggregation

syntax port-priority {ge|xge} 0/0 / <port-list> {lacp|manual}

Applicable view link-aggregation view

Function
This command is used to set the priority of the port
Description

<port-list> List of ports to view

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the system priority of uplink port 1 when the mode is lacp
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# show link-aggregation port-priority ge 0/0/1 lacp
lacp port priority: 32768

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.4.Set Link Aggregation Timeout Value

26.4.1.Configuring the Link Aggregation System Timeout Value

page 308_
 Command OLT( config-interface-aggregation )# lacp set system timeout <
syntax timer >

Applicable view interface link-aggregation 0/0 view

Function
Set LACP system timeout value
Description

< timer > Timeout, the range is 0-1, 0 means short, 1 means long

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the lacp system timeout value to 1
OLT( config-interface-aggregation )# lacp set system timeout 1

OLT( config-interface-aggregation )# show lacp system timeout

l acp system timeout value: 1

26.4.2.Restore Link Aggregation System Timeout Value

Command
OLT( config-interface-aggregation )# lacp set system timeout default
syntax

Applicable view interface link-aggregation view

Function Configure the LACP system timeout value as the default value, the
Description default value is 0
【Configuration case】
Case 1:
OLT( config-interface-aggregation )# lacp set system timeout default

OLT( config-interface-aggregation )# show lacp system timeout

lacp system timeout value: 0

26.4.3.Querying the Link Aggregation System Timeout Value

Command
OLT( config-interface-aggregation )# show lacp system timeout
syntax

Applicable view Iinterface link-aggregation view

Function
Query the timeout value of the LACP system
Description
【Configuration case】
Case 1:
OLT( config-interface-aggregation )# show lacp system timeout
lacp system timeout value: 0

page 309_
 OLT( config-interface-aggregation )#

26.5.Set the maximum frame length for link aggregation

aggregation group transmission

Command OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# frame-max <group-id>

syntax <frame-max value>

Applicable view link-aggregation view

Function This command is used to set the maximum frame length of

Description aggregation group transmission

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id>
static LACP aggregation groups

<frame-max The value of the maximum transmission frame length, the value
value> range is 328-12288

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the maximum transmission frame length of aggregate port group 1 to be
2000
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# frame-max 1 2000

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.6.Set the link aggregation aggregation group load

balancing mode

26.6.1.Set the sharing mode of the known unicast data of the link

aggregation aggregation group

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# link-aggregation group

Command
<group-id> unicast balance {dest-ip |dest-mac|source-dest-ip|
syntax
source-dest-mac | source-ip | source-mac }

Applicable view link-aggregation view

Function This command is used to set the sharing mode of known unicast data
Description in the aggregation group

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id>
static LACP aggregation groups

page 310_
 dest-ip|| Unicast load sharing by destination ip
dest-mac|| load balancing by destination mac
source-dest-ip|| load balancing by source ip or destination ip
balance
source-dest-mac || Load sharing by source mac or destination mac
source-ip|| load balancing by source ip
source-mac|| load sharing by source mac (system default mode)

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The known unicast sharing mode of aggregation group 1 is configured to share the
load according to the destination IP.
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# link-aggregation group 1 unicast balance dest-ip

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.6.2.Setting the sharing mode of non-unicast data in a link

aggregation aggregation group

Command OLT(config-interface-aggregation) #link-aggregation group non-unicast

syntax balance {dest-mac| source-dest-mac | source-mac|source-port }

Applicable
link-aggregation view
view

Function This command is used to set the sharing mode of non-unicast and
Description unicast in the aggregation group

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id>
static LACP aggregation groups

dest-mac|| load balancing by destination mac

source-dest-mac || Load sharing by source mac or destination mac
balance
source-mac|| load sharing by source mac (system default mode)
source-port|| Share by source port number

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the non-unicast data sharing mode of aggregation group 1 to share
according to the source port number.
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# link-aggregation group non-unicast balance
source-port
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.7.Set the name of the link aggregation aggregation group

page 311_
 OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# port-name <group-id> <port
Command syntax
name>

Applicable view link-aggregation view

Function
Set the name of the aggregation group
Description

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16

<group-id>
are static LACP aggregation groups

<port name> The name of the aggregation group, length < 1~16>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the name of aggregation group 1 to test
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# port-name 1 test

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.8.Clear Link Aggregation Aggregation Group Statistics

Command
OLT(config-interface-aggregation) # reset statistics port <group-id>
syntax

Applicable view link-aggregation view

Function
This command is used to clear the statistics of the aggregation group
Description

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id>
static LACP aggregation groups

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear the statistics of aggregation group 1
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# reset statistics port 1

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.9.Enable or disable link aggregation aggregation group

Command syntax OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# [ no ] shutdown <group-id>

Applicable view link-aggregation view

Function
Open or close the aggregation group, the default is open
Description

page 312_
 Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16
<group-id>
are static LACP aggregation groups

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Turn off aggregation group 1
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# shutdown 1

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

Case 2: Open aggregation group 1

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# no shutdown 1

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.10.Link Aggregation Aggregation Group Rapid Spanning

Tree Configuration

26.10.1.Configuring Fast Spanning Tree Costs for Link Aggregation

Aggregation Groups

Command OLT(config-interface-aggregation))# spanning-tree cost <group-id>

syntax <cost>

Applicable view link-aggregation view

This command is used to configure the spanning tree cost of the OLT
Function aggregation group. When there are multiple links between two
Description devices and none of them are root ports, the best path is determined
according to the port cost.

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id>
static LACP aggregation groups

<cost> Overhead value, the value range is 1-200000000

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The cost of configuring the rapid spanning tree of aggregation group 1 of the OLT is
2000.
OLT(config-interface-aggregation))# spanning-tree cost 1 2000

OLT(config-interface-aggregation))#

26.10.2.Configuring the Edge Port of Rapid Spanning Tree in a Link

page 313_
 Aggregation Aggregation Group

Command OLT(config-interface-aggregation))# spanning-tree edged-port

syntax <group-id> enable|disable

Applicable view link-aggregation view

This command is used to configure the edge port of the spanning tree
of the OLT aggregation group. If the user designates a port as an edge
Function port, when the port transitions from the blocking state to the
Description forwarding state, the port can be quickly migrated without waiting for
the delay time. The user can only set the port connected to the
terminal as an edge port. Default is non-edge port.

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id>
static LACP aggregation groups

enable: Set the port as an edge port.

enable|disable
disable: Set the port as a non-edge port.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the edge port of OLT aggregation group 1.
OLT(config-interface-aggregation))# spanning-tree edged-port 1 enable

OLT(config-interface-aggregation))#

26.10.3.Configuring the point-to-point link connection function of

fast spanning tree in a link aggregation aggregation group

Command OLT(config-interface-aggregation))# spanning-tree point-to-point

syntax <group-id> {auto|true|false}

Applicable view link-aggregation view

This command is used to configure the point-to-point link connection

function of the spanning tree of the OLT aggregation group. If the
bridge works in RSTP mode, the two ports connected by the
point-to-point link can quickly transition to the Forwarding state by
Function transmitting synchronization packets, reducing unnecessary
Description forwarding delay time. If this parameter is set to automatic mode, the
RSTP protocol can Automatically detect whether the current Ethernet
port is connected with a point-to-point link. The user can manually
configure whether the current Ethernet port is connected to the
point-to-point link, but it is recommended that the user set it to

page 314_
 automatic mode.

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id>
static LACP aggregation groups

auto: configure the point-to-point link connection to automatic mode

true: Configure the GE port to be connected to a point-to-point link
auto|true|false
false: The configured GE port cannot be connected by a
point-to-point link

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the point-to-point link connection function of OLT aggregation group 1 to
true.
OLT(config-interface-aggregation))# spanning-tree point-to-point 1 true

OLT(config-interface-aggregation))#

26.10.4.Configuring the Priority of Rapid Spanning Tree in a Link

Aggregation Aggregation Group

Command OLT(config-interface-aggregation))# spanning-tree priority

syntax <group-id> <port-priority>

Applicable view link-aggregation view

This command is used to configure the spanning tree priority of the

OLT aggregation group. By setting the priority of the Ethernet port, a
specific Ethernet port can be specified to be included in the spanning
Function tree. In general, the smaller the set value, the higher the priority of
Description the port, and the more likely the Ethernet port is included in the
spanning tree. within the spanning tree. If all the Ethernet ports of
the bridge use the same priority parameter value, the priority of the
Ethernet port depends on the index number of the Ethernet port.

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id>
static LACP aggregation groups

Port priority, the value range is 0-240, and the step size is 16. The
<port-priority>
default value is 128.
【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the spanning tree priority of OLT aggregation group 1 to 160.
OLT(config-interface-aggregation))# spanning-tree priority 1 160

OLT(config-interface-aggregation))#

page 315_
 26.11.Link Aggregation Aggregation Group VLAN

Configuration

26.11.1.Configuring Link Aggregation Aggregation Group VLAN

Mode

Command OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# vlan mode <group-id>

syntax access|hybrid|trunk

Applicable view link-aggregation view

This command is used to configure the VLAN mode of the OLT

Function
aggregation group. The default is Access mode. See Appendix 1 for
Description
details on how the port handles packets in each Vlan mode.

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id>
static LACP aggregation groups

Access: Access type ports can only belong to one VLAN, and are
generally used to connect to computer ports;
Trunk : Trunk type ports can allow multiple VLANs to pass through,
and can receive and send packets of multiple VLANs. They are
access|hybrid|t
generally used for ports connected between switches;
runk
Hybrid : Hybrid type ports can allow multiple VLANs to pass through,
can receive and send packets of multiple VLANs, can be used to
connect between switches, and can also be used to connect users'
computers.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the VLAN mode of OLT aggregation group 1 as Access mode.
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# vlan mode 1 access

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.11.2.Configuring the Native VLAN of the Link Aggregation Group

Command OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# vlan native-vlan <group-id>

syntax <vlan-ID>

Applicable view link-aggregation view

Function This command is used to configure the native VLAN of the GE

Description aggregation group of the OLT. The default value is 1. See Appendix 1

page 316_
 for details on how the port handles packets in each Vlan mode.

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id>
static LACP aggregation groups

<vlan-ID> VLAN ID, the value range is 1-4094.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the native VLAN of aggregation group 1 of the OLT to be 10.
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# vlan native-vlan 1 10

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.11.3.Configuring the Priority of the Native VLAN of the Link

Aggregation Group

Command OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# vlan native-vlan-priority

syntax <group-id> <priority>

Applicable view link-aggregation view

Function This command is used to configure the priority of the native VLAN of
Description the GE aggregation group of the OLT, which is 0 by default.

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id>
static LACP aggregation groups

<priority> Priority, the value range is 0-7.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the priority of the native VLAN of aggregation group 1 to be 1.
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# vlan native-vlan-priority 1 1

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.11.4.Configuring the Access VLAN of the Link Aggregation Group

Command
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# vlan access <group-id> <vlan-id>
syntax

Applicable view link-aggregation view

This command is used to configure the Access VLAN of the

Function
aggregation group of the OLT. The default Access VLAN is 1. See
Description
Appendix 1 for details on how the port handles packets in each Vlan

page 317_
 mode.

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id>
static LACP aggregation groups

<vlan-id> Access VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the access VLAN of aggregation group 1 to 100.
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# vlan access 1 100

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.11.5.Configuring the Hybrid VLAN of the Link Aggregation

Group

Command OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# vlan hybrid <group-id>

syntax {tagged|untagged} <vlan-list>

Applicable view link-aggregation view

This command is used to configure the hybrid VLAN of the

Function
aggregation group of the OLT. See Appendix 1 for details on how the
Description
port handles packets in each Vlan mode.

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id>
static LACP aggregation groups

tagged: Packets outgoing from the port with the corresponding vlan
Tagged|untagge
tag
d
untagged: strip the vlan tag from the packets outgoing from the port

<vlan-list> VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094. The format can be 1, 11-27, 100

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Add a hybrid VLAN of 10-15 untagged to aggregation group 1.
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# vlan hybrid 1 untagged 10-15
lag1: hybrid vlan added, failed: 0, success: 6

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

Case 2: Add a hybrid VLAN tag of 101 to aggregation group 1.

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# vlan hybrid 1 tagged 101
lag1: hybrid vlan added, failed: 0, success: 1

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

page 318_
26.11.6.Deleting the Hybrid VLAN of a Link Aggregation Group

Command OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# no v lan hybrid <group-id>

syntax {tagged|untagged} <vlan-list>

Applicable view link-aggregation view

This command is used to delete the hybrid VLAN of the aggregation

Function
group of the OLT. See Appendix 1 for details on how the port handles
Description
packets in each Vlan mode.

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id>
static LACP aggregation groups

tagged: Packets outgoing from the port with the corresponding vlan
Tagged|untagge
tag
d
untagged: strip the vlan tag from the packets outgoing from the port

<vlan-list> VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094. The format can be 1, 11-27, 100

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The aggregation group 1 of the OLT deletes the hybrid VLAN tag as 10-15.
OLT(config-interface-ge)# no vlan hybrid 1 tagged 10-15

OLT(config-interface-ge)#

26.11.7.Configuring the Trunk VLAN of the Link Aggregation Group

Command
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# vlan trunk <group-id> <vlan-list>
syntax

Applicable view link-aggregation view

This command is used to configure the trunk VLAN of the aggregation

Function
group of the OLT. See Appendix 1 for details on how the port handles
Description
packets in each Vlan mode.

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id>
static LACP aggregation groups

<vlan-list> VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094. The format can be 1, 11-27, 100

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Add trunk VLANs 10-15 to aggregation group 1.
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# vlan trunk 1 10-15
lag1 : trunk vlan allowed , failed: 0, success: 6

page 319_
 OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.11.8.Deleting the trunk VLAN of a link aggregation group

Command OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# no vlan trunk <group-id>

syntax <vlan-list>

Applicable view link-aggregation view

This command is used to delete the trunk VLAN of the OLT

Function
aggregation group. See Appendix 1 for details on how the port
Description
handles packets in each Vlan mode.

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id>
static LACP aggregation groups

<vlan-list> VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094. The format can be 1, 11-27, 100

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete trunk VLAN 10 in aggregation group 1
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# no vlan trunk 1 10

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.12.View Link Aggregation Aggregation Group Information

26.12.1.View the VLAN information of the link aggregation

aggregation group port

Command
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# show port vlan <group-id>
syntax

Applicable view link-aggregation view

Function This command is used to view the vlan information of the aggregation
Description group port

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id>
static LACP aggregation groups

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the vlan information of aggregation group 1
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# show port vlan 1

page 320_
 -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Port: lag1 Mode: Access Native-Vlan: 1 Priority: 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Tagged-Vlan:
-
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Untagged-Vlan:
1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.12.2.Viewing the Status Information of Link Aggregation Group

Ports

Command
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# show port state <group-id>
syntax

Applicable view link-aggregation view

Function This command is used to view the status information of the

Description aggregation group port.

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id>
static LACP aggregation groups, all refers to all aggregation groups

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Viewing the status information of aggregation group 1
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# show port state 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Port name : test
Current port state : enable
Current link state : DOWN
The maximum transmit unit : 1500
Link speed : autonegotiation(1000 Mbps)
Link duplex : autonegotiation(FULL)
Flow-control : supported
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Native-vlan: 1 Link-type: Access Priority: 0

Untagged VLAN ID :
1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

page 321_
 OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.12.3.Viewing Link Aggregation Aggregation Group Statistics

Command
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# show statistics port <group-id>
syntax

Applicable view link-aggregation view

Function This command is used to view aggregation group statistics

Description information

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id>
static LACP aggregation groups

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the statistics of aggregation group 1.
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# show statistics port 1
member ge0/0/1 statistics:
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Direction Total Uncast Bcast Mcast Err
(bytes) (pkts) (pkts) (pkts) (pkts)
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
RX 0 0 0 0 0
TX 0 0 0 0 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
link-aggregation group 1 statistics:
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Direction Total Uncast Bcast Mcast Err
(bytes) (pkts) (pkts) (pkts) (pkts)
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
RX 0 0 0 0 0
TX 0 0 0 0 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

26.12.4.Checking Link Aggregation Group Port Matching Status

Command OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# show link-aggregation group

syntax <group-id>

Applicable view link-aggregation view

Function This command is used to check the port matching status of the

page 322_
 Description aggregation group.

Aggregation group ID, 1-8 are manual aggregation groups, 9-16 are
<group-id> static LACP aggregation groups, summary refers to all aggregation
groups
【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the matching status of the aggregation group 1 port
OLT(config-interface-aggregation)# show link-aggregation group 1

Lag Lag Select Unselect Load Master

ID Type Ports Ports Balance Port
1 Manual - ge0/0/1, dest-ip -

OLT(config-interface-aggregation)#

27.OLT system template configuration

27.1.DBA template configuration

27.1.1.Create and delete DBA templates

OLT(config)# dba-profile profile-id <profile-id > |profile-name

Command <profile-name>
syntax OLT(config)# no dba-profile profile-id <profile-id> |profile-name
<profile-name>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to add a DBA (Dynamic Bandwidth

Assignment) template and enter the DBA template configuration
mode. The conflict and control of the upstream bandwidth of the
ONT are implemented through the DBA (Dynamic Bandwidth
Allocation) technology. The DBA template defines the upstream
access bandwidth of the ONT. The device dynamically adjusts the
Function
upstream access bandwidth allocated to the ONT according to the
Description
upstream burst traffic demand of the ONT, which improves the
utilization efficiency of the upstream bandwidth of the PON system.
Use this command when the default DBA template of the system
cannot meet the business requirements and a new DBA template
needs to be added according to the actual business requirements.
Use the no command to delete the dba template.

DBA template number, the value range is 0-128 . If not specified, the
<profile-id>
system automatically assigns the smallest free template number.

page 323_
 Template 0 is the default template of the system, and an ONT that is
automatically online automatically matches template 0.

DBA template name, the length supports 1-16 characters. If not

<profile-name> specified, the system automatically uses the default name
"dba-profile_x", where "x" is the number of the DBA profile.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create a new dba template with an id of 10, the template name is named by default,
and enter the DBA template configuration mode.
OLT(config)# dba-profile profile-id 10

OLT(config-dba-profile-10)#

Case 2: Delete the dba template with id 10

OLT(config)# no dba-profile profile-id 10

OLT(config)#

27.1.2.DBA template configuration

OLT(config-dba-profile-10)# type1 fix <fixed bandwidth_value>

OLT(config-dba-profile-10)# type2 assure <assure bandwidth_value>
OLT(config-dba-profile-10)# type3 assure <assure bandwidth_value>
Command
max <max bandwidth_value>
syntax
OLT(config-dba-profile-10)# type4 max <max bandwidth_value>
OLT(config-dba-profile-10)# type5 fix<fixed bandwidth_value>
assure <assure bandwidth_value> max <max bandwidth_value>

Applicable view DBA Template Configuration View

Function This command is used to configure the type and size of the DBA
Description control bandwidth.

Configure a DBA template with fixed bandwidth. The fixed bandwidth

is completely reserved for a specific ONT or a specific service of the
ONT. Even if the ONT has no upstream service flow, this part of the
<type1>
bandwidth cannot be used by other ONTs. Fixed bandwidth is mainly
used for services that are very sensitive to service quality, such as
TDM and VoIP.

Configure a DBA template whose type is guaranteed bandwidth.

Guaranteed bandwidth is the guaranteed bandwidth available when
<type2> the ONT needs to use the bandwidth. When the actual service traffic
of the ONT does not reach the guaranteed bandwidth, the DBA
mechanism of the device should be able to allocate the remaining

page 324_
 bandwidth to the services of other ONTs. Due to the need for DBA
mechanism to control the allocation, its real-time performance is
worse than fixed bandwidth.

Configure a DBA profile with guaranteed bandwidth + maximum

bandwidth. The type3 type is a bandwidth combination type. While
ensuring that users have a certain amount of bandwidth, they also
<type3>
allow users to preempt certain bandwidths, but the total amount will
not exceed the maximum bandwidth configured by the user. This
bandwidth type is mainly used for VoIP and IPTV services.

Configure a DBA profile with the maximum bandwidth type. The

maximum bandwidth is the upper limit of the bandwidth available
when the ONT uses the bandwidth, which satisfies the bandwidth
<type4>
resources used by the ONT to the greatest extent. The maximum
bandwidth type is often used for services such as ordinary Internet
access.

Configure a DBA profile with fixed bandwidth + guaranteed

bandwidth + maximum bandwidth. Type 5 is a bandwidth
combination type, which not only reserves fixed bandwidth resources
<type5> that cannot be preempted by other users, but also ensures
guaranteed bandwidth when bandwidth is needed, and allows users
to preempt a certain bandwidth, but the total amount will not exceed
the user Configured maximum bandwidth.

Fixed bandwidth. This part of the bandwidth is fixed to the user, and
<fix>
even if the user does not use it, other users cannot occupy it.

Report bandwidth. This part of the bandwidth is allocated to the user.

<assure> If the user does not use it, other users can occupy this part of the
bandwidth.

maximum bandwidth. This bandwidth refers to the maximum

bandwidth that a user can use.
In a type3 DBA template, the maximum bandwidth must be greater
than or equal to the guaranteed bandwidth.
<max>
In a DBA profile of type 5, the maximum bandwidth must be greater
than or equal to the sum of the fixed bandwidth and the guaranteed
bandwidth.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the dba profile of dba profile 10 to type5, the fixed bandwidth to 5Mbit/s, the
guaranteed bandwidth to 10Mbit/s, and the maximum bandwidth to 30Mbit/s

page 325_
 OLT(config-dba-profile-10)# type5 fix 5120 assure 10240 max 30720

OLT(config-dba-profile-10)#

27.1.3.View the current dba template configuration

Command
OLT(config-dba-profile-10)# show dba-profile current
syntax

Applicable view DBA Template Configuration View

Function This command views the detailed configuration information of the

Description currently configured dba template

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the details of the dba template with id 10 currently being created
OLT(config-dba-profile-10)# show dba-profile current
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile ID : 10
Profile Name : dba-profile_10
Type : 1
Fix(kbps): 9984
Assure(kbps) : 0
Max(kbps) : 0
Bind Times : 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

27.1.4.Submit the current dba template configuration

Command
OLT(config-dba-profile-10)# commit
syntax

Applicable view DBA Template Configuration View

This command is used to submit the current dba template

Function
configuration. Only after this command is successfully submitted, all
Description
parameter configurations of the dba template will take effect.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Submit the current dba template configuration
OLT( config-dba-profile-10) # commit

OLT(config-dba-profile-10)#

page 326_
27.1.5.Querying DBA Template Information

Command OLT(config)# show dba-profile all |profile-id <profile-id> |

syntax profile-name <profile-name>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to query the DBA (Dynamic Bandwidth

Assignment) template information in the system. The DBA profile
Function
describes the traffic parameters of the line, and the ONT performs
Description
dynamic bandwidth allocation by binding the DBA profile to improve
the upstream bandwidth utilization.

all View all dba templates in OLT

profile-id
View the dba template information of the specified id in the OLT
<profile-id>

profile-name
View the dba template information of the specified name in the OLT
<profile-name>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all DBA templates under OLT
OLT(config)# show dba-profile all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile Profile Type Fix Assure Max Bind
ID Name (kbps) (kbps) (kbps) times
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
0 dba-profile_0 4 0 0 1000000 1
1 dba-profile_1 4 0 0 1000000 0
2 dba-profile_2 4 0 0 1000000 0
10 dba-profile_10 5 5120 10240 30720 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 4

OLT(config)#

27.2.ONT line profile configuration

27.2.1.Create a new ONT line profile

Command OLT(config)# ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id <profile-id >

syntax |profile-name <profile-name>

Applicable view config view

page 327_
 This command is used to create and enter the ONT line profile mode
or enter the created ONT line profile mode. The ONT line profile
describes the binding relationship between T-CONT and DBA profiles,
the QoS mode of service flows, and the mapping relationship
between GEM Port and ONT side services. It is mainly used to
Function
configure DBA, T-CONT, and GEM Port related information. ONT lines
Description
Related attributes are configured in the line template. For the same
ONT, you only need to configure it once, saving configuration
workload. After the command is successfully executed, the
corresponding ONT line profile configuration mode is entered, and
the related attributes of the ONT line profile can be set.

ONT line profile number, used to identify a line profile, ranges from 0
to 512 . If it is not specified, the system automatically assigns the
<profile-id> smallest idle template number. Line template 0 is the default
template of the system, and an ONT that goes online automatically
matches line template 0.

ONT line template name, the name length supports 1-16 characters.
<profile-name> The default template name is lineprofile_x, where "x" is replaced with
the actual template number.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create and enter an ONT line template of 10 .
OLT(config)# ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10

OLT( config-ont-lineprofile-10 )#

27.2.2.tcont creation and deletion in line template and DBA template

binding

OLT( config-ont-lineprofile-10 )# tcont <tcont-id> dba-profile-id

Command
<profile-id> | dba-profile-name <profile-name>
syntax
OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# no tcont 1

Applicable view Line Template View

This command uses the tcont in the line profile to bind DBA
Function
bandwidth to allocate DBA bandwidth to ONT services bound to the
Description
line profile. If you need to delete tcont, you can add no in front.

<tcont-id> Specify the created tcont id, the value range is 0-7

Specifies the id of the dba template that tcont needs to be bound to.
<profile-id>
The dba template needs to be created in advance. The value range is

page 328_
 0-128 .

Specify the name of the dba template to which tcont needs to be

<profile-name>
bound. The dba template needs to be created in advance

【Configuration case】
Case 1: In line template 10, create tcont id 1 and bind DBA template 10
OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# tcont 1 dba-profile-id 10

OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)#

Case 2: In line template 10, delete tcont id 1

OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# no tcont 1

OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)#

27.2.3.GEM Mapping mapping mode configuration in the line

template

Command OLT( config-ont-lineprofile-10 )# mapping-mode { priority | vlan |

syntax vlan-priority |port }

Applicable view Line Template View

This command is used to create a GEM Mapping mapping mode and

Function the subsequent GEM Mapping creation is related. If the mapping
Description mode is vlan, the subsequent GEM Mapping should also be mapped
to vlan.

Specify the mapping mode as the vlan priority. If this mode is

priority selected, the subsequent GEM Mapping will also be mapped to the
vlan priority.

Specify the mapping mode as vlan. If this mode is selected, the

subsequent GEM Mapping should also be mapped to vlan. The
vlan
default is to change the mode, and you can not modify it unless there
are special circumstances.

Specify the mapping mode as vlan+vlan priority. If this mode is

vlan-priority selected, the subsequent GEM Mapping should also be mapped to
vlan+vlan priority

Specify the mapping mode as port . If this mode is selected, the GEM
port
Mapping will also be mapped to the port .

page 329_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: In line template 10, configure the mapping mode of GEM Mapping to vlan
OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# mapping-mode vlan

OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)#

27.2.4.GEM Port Creation and Deletion in Line Template

OLT( config-ont-lineprofile-10 )# gem add <gem-id> tcont <tcont-id>

Command
|{ encrypt <switch> | gem-car <profile-id>}
syntax
OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# gem delete <gem-id>

Applicable view Line Template View

This command is used to create a GEM Port and bind the GEM Port
Function and tcont together.
Description If you want to delete the GEM Port, you can use the gem delete
command.

<gem-id> Specifies the created GEM Port id, ranging from 1 to 30

Specifies the tcont id to which the GEM Port needs to be bound,

<tcont-id>
ranging from 1 to 7

Configuring Downlink Data Encryption on the GEM Port of the ONT

encrypt
On : Enable downlink data encryption of the GEM Port of the ONT
<switch>
Off : Disable downlink data encryption of the GEM Port of the ONT

To configure the downlink rate limit (traffic-table-id) of the GEM port

gem-car
of the ONT, you need to create a traffic-table in advance. The value
<profile-id>
ranges from 1 to 256 .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: In line template 10, create GEM Port id 1 and bind tcont id1
OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# gem add 1 tcont 1

OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)#

Case 2: In line template 10, delete GEM Port id 1

OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# gem delete 1

OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)#

27.2.5.GEM Mapping creation and deletion in line template

Command OLT( config-ont-lineprofile-10 )# gem mapping <gem-id>

page 330_
 syntax <mapping-in d ex > { vlan <vlan-id> | priority < 802.1p > | eth
<eth-list> }
OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# no gem mapping <gem-id>
<mapping-id>

Applicable view Line Template View

This command is used to create a GEM Mapping and bind the GEM
Mapping and GEM Port together. The GEM Mapping is mapped
(bound) to the vlan from the user side, so that the vlan of the user
Function
side knows which ONU and PON port to send vlan data from.
Description
Forward.
If you want to delete GEM Mapping, you can add the no command in
front.

Specifies the GEM Port id to be bound to GEM Mapping, ranging from

<gem-id>
1 to 30

<Mapping-id> Specifies the created GEM Mapping id, ranging from 1 to 8

Specifies the user-side vlan id to be mapped by GEM Mapping

vlan <vlan-id>
Value range 1-4094 or untagged

priority Specifies the priority of the vlan from the user side that needs to be
< 802.1p > mapped by GEM Mapping, the value range is 0-7

Specifies the port of the ONT to be mapped by GEM Mapping,

eth <eth-list>
ranging from 1 to 8

【Configuration case】
Case 1: In line template 10, create GEM Mapping id7 to bind GEM Port 1 and map vlan 100
OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# gem mapping 1 7 vlan 100

OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)#

Case 2: In line template 10, delete GEM Mapping id7

OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# no gem mapping 1 7

OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)#

27.2.6.Line Template Configuration Forward Error Correction

(FEC)

Command
OLT(c onfig-ont-lineprofile-10 )# fec-upstream <switch>
syntax

page 331_
 Applicable view Line Template View

Function This command is used to enable or disable Forward Error Correction

Description (FEC) upstream of the ONT.

enable: enable forward error correction

<switch>
disable: disable forward error correction

【Configuration case】
Case 1: In line profile 10, enable the upstream forward error correction (FEC) function of the
ONT
OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# fec-upstream enable

OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)#

27.2.7.Line Template Configuration Data Encryption

Command OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# gem add <gem-id> tcont <tcont-id>

syntax encrypt <switch>

Applicable view Line Template View

Function This command is used to enable or disable data encryption when

Description creating a gem port.

Specify the gem port id to enable data encryption, the value range is
<gem-id>
1-30

<tcont-id> Specifies the tcont id to enable data encryption, ranging from 1 to 7

Off : Turn off data encryption on the ONT

<switch>
On : Enable ONT data encryption

【Configuration case】
Case 1: In line template 10, enable data encryption for gem port id 1 and tcont id 1
OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# gem add 1 tcont 1 encrypt on

OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)#

27.2.8.Binding a Line Template to a Traffic Template

Command OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# gem add <gem-id> tcont <tcont-id>

syntax gem-car <profile-id>

Applicable view Line Template View

page 332_
 This command is used to bind a traffic profile when creating a gem
Function
port, and is used together with the traffic-profile command in global
Description
mode.

Specify the gem port id to bind the traffic template, the value range is
<gem-id>
1-30

<tcont-id> Specify the tcont id to bind the traffic template, the value range is 1-7

Flow template number. Use the traffic-profile command to create a

<profile-id> traffic profile in global mode. For details, please refer to Creating a
Traffic Template. The value ranges from 1 to 256 .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: In line profile 10, bind traffic profile 10.
OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# gem add 1 tcont 1 gem-car 10

OLT( config-ont-lineprofile-10 )#

27.2.9.Line Template Configuration QOS Mode

Command OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# qos-mode { flow-car | gem-car |

syntax priority-queue }

Applicable view Line Template View

This command is used to configure QoS mode in GPON ONT line

profile. This command is used when it is necessary to provide users
with end-to-end quality assurance and to control the traffic of
ONT-side services mapped to the GEM Port through the gem
Function mapping command. After the configuration of this command takes
Description effect, when you use the gem mapping command to configure the
mapping relationship between GEM ports and user services, it must
match the mapping mode supported by the ONT configured with this
command. By default, the QoS mode of the ONT in the GPON ONT
line profile is the priority queue scheduling mode.

Business flow control mode. The ONT performs flow control

processing based on the service flow of the GEM Port. The control
granularity is finer than that of the GEM flow control mode. After the
flow-car
service flow control processing is completed, it is scheduled in the
queue of the T-CONT. The scheduling method depends on the
scheduling configured by the ONT. Way.

GEM flow control mode. The ONT performs flow control based on the
gem-car
GEM Port. When there are multiple service flows on the GEM Port,

page 333_
 how to schedule the service flows depends on the scheduling mode
configured on the ONT. When a T-CONT contains multiple GEM Ports,
the scheduling mode of data packets between multiple GEM Ports
also depends on the scheduling mode configured on the ONT.

Priority queue scheduling mode. When this mode is selected, the

user specifies the sending queue of the GEM Port message in the
priority-queue
T-CONT. When the T-CONT sends the uplink data, it is sent according
to the strict queue priority.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: In line template 10, configure the QoS mode as priority-queue
OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# qos-mode priority-queue

OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)#

27.2.10.Configuring OMCC Encryption for ONTs in Line Templates

Command
OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# omcc encrypt <switch>
syntax

Applicable view Line Template View

This command is used to configure ONT OMCC (Ont Management

and Control Channel) encryption switch state. When the OMCC
Function encryption switch is turned on, the ONT OMCC channel will be
Description encrypted; otherwise, it will not be encrypted. When the user needs
to encrypt the ONT control and management channel, use this
command to set.

on: Enable OMCC encryption of the ONT

<switch> off: Disable OMCC encryption of the ONT
Default: off

【Configuration case】
Case 1: In line profile 10, enable ONT OMCC encryption
OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# omcc encrypt on

OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)#

27.2.11.View the current line template configuration

Command
OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# show ont-lineprofile current
syntax

page 334_
 Applicable view Line Template Configuration View

Function This command checks the detailed configuration information of the

Description currently configured line template

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the details of the line template with id 10 currently being created
OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)# show ont-lineprofile current
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile-ID : 10
Profile-name : lineprofile_10
Binding times : 0
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
FEC upstream : Disable
OMCC encrypt : Off
Qos mode : PQ
Mapping mode : VLAN
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
<T-CONT 0> DBA-Profile ID : 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10)#

27.2.12.Submit the current line template configuration

Command
OLT( config-ont-lineprofile-10 )# commit
syntax

Applicable view Line Template Configuration View

This command is used to submit the current line template

Function
configuration. Only after this command is successfully submitted, all
Description
parameter configurations of the line template will take effect.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Submit the current line template configuration
OLT(config-ont-lineprofile-10 ) # commit

OLT( config-ont-lineprofile-10 )#

27.2.13.Querying the ONT Line Profile Information on the OLT

Command OLT(config)# show ont-lineprofile gpon {all | profile-id <profile-id > |

syntax profile-name <profile-name> }

page 335_
 Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to query the line template information that has
Description been created in the system.

all View all line template information on the OLT

profile-id
View the line template information of the specified id.
<profile-id

profile-name
View the line template information of the specified name.
<profile-name>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View information about the ONT line profile with ID 10.
OLT(config)# show ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile-ID : 10
Profile-name : lineprofile_10
Binding times : 0
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
FEC upstream : Disable
OMCC encrypt : Off
Qos mode : PQ
Mapping mode : VLAN
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
<T-CONT 0> DBA-Profile ID : 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

27.3.ONT service template configuration

27.3.1.Create a new ONT service template

Command OLT(config)# ont-srvprofile gpon {profile-id <profile-id>

syntax |profile-name <profile-name>}

Applicable view config view

The ont-srvprofile gpon command is used to create and enter the

Function GPON ONT service profile mode or enter the created GPON ONT
Description service profile mode. The ONT service-related attributes are
configured in the service template. For ONTs that process the same

page 336_
 service, only one configuration is required, saving configuration
workload. When adding an ONT, you need to bind the GPON ONT
service profile. If you do not specify this, the system will
automatically bind the ONT to the default service profile 0. After the
command is successfully executed, the corresponding GPON ONT
service profile configuration mode is entered, and the relevant
properties of the GPON ONT service profile can be set.

The ONT service profile number, used to identify a service profile,

ranges from 1 to 512. If not specified, the system automatically
<profile-id> assigns the smallest idle template number. Service template 0 is the
default template of the system, and an ONT that goes online
automatically matches service template 0.

The name of the ONT service template, which can be 1-16 characters
<profile-name> long. The default template name is srvprofile_x, where "x" is replaced
with the actual template number.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create and enter the ONT business template with ID 10 .
OLT(config)# ont-srvprofile gpon profile-id 10

OLT( config-ont-srvprofile-10 )#

27.3.2.Configuring the capability set in the ONT service profile

Command OLT( config-ont-srvprofile-10 )# ont-port { eth <Number > | catv

syntax <Number> | pots <Number > |iphost <Number >}

Applicable view Business Template View

This command is used to set the port capability set in the ONT service
Function profile, that is, to set the number of ports of each type on the ONT.
Description The port capability set template of the ONT must be consistent with
the actual capability set of the ONT.

Configure the number of capability sets of the eth port on the ONT,
ranging from 0 to 8 or adaptive. After the configuration is adaptive, it
eth <Number>
will be automatically matched according to the number of eth ports
reported by the ONT.

Configure the number of capability sets of the catv interface on the

ONT, ranging from 0 to 8 or adaptive. After the configuration is
catv <Number>
adaptive, it will be automatically matched according to the number of
eth ports reported by the ONT.

page 337_
 Configure the number of capability sets of the eth port on the ONT,
ranging from 0 to 8 or adaptive. After the configuration is adaptive, it
pots <Number>
will be automatically matched according to the number of eth ports
reported by the ONT.

Configure the number of capability sets of the iphost port on the

iphost ONT, ranging from 0 to 2 or adaptive. After the configuration is
<Number> adaptive, it will be automatically matched according to the number of
iphost ports reported by the ONT.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the number of ETH ports in ONT service profile 10 to adaptive and the number of
POTS ports to 1
OLT( config-ont-srvprofile-10 )# ont-port eth adaptive pots 1
OLT(config-gpon-srvprofile-10)#

27.3.3.Do not pay attention to the default (native-vlan) vlan switch of

the ONT configured in the service template

Command
OLT( config-ont-srvprofile-10 )# native-vlan concern | unconcern
syntax

Applicable view Business Template View

This command is used to configure whether the ONT pays attention

to the native VLAN in the ONT service profile. If the Native VLAN is
Function concerned, the Untaged packets on the user side will be added to
Description the Native VLAN; if the Native VLAN is not concerned, the Untaged
packets on the user side will not be added to the Native VLAN. By
default, the ONT pays attention to the native VLAN.

concern Set the ONT to pay attention to the Native VLAN

unconcern Set the ONT to not pay attention to the Native VLAN

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set ONT service profile 10 to focus on Native VLAN
OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)# native-vlan concern

OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)#

27.3.4.Configure the port vlan of the ONT in trunk mode in the

service template

page 338_
 OLT( config-ont-srvprofile-10 )# port vlan { eth <eth-list> | iphost }
Command syntax
<vlan id> | <priority> | priority < priority policy >

Applicable view Business Template View

This command is used to configure ONT port vlan to trunk mode. A

Function
command only supports the configuration of one vlan. If you want
Description
to allow multiple vlans, you need to enter the command repeatedly.

Specifies which ports of the ONT need to be configured in vlan trunk

eth <eth-list> mode, the value ranges from 1 to 24, and the port range can be
specified.

Optional, specify that the virtual port of the ONT is configured in

iphost vlan trunk mode, and iphost is mainly an HGU-type Layer 3 virtual
interface.

Set the trunk mode of the ONT port to allow the vlan id to pass
<vlan id>
through, ranging from 1 to 4094

<priority> Optional, set the priority of the ONT port vlan

Optionally, set the service-side VLAN packet priority policy to copy

from user-side VLAN.
priority When the OLT trusts the original priority of the user side or the
< priority original priority of the user side conforms to the VLAN planning of
policy > the OLT, the priority of the VLAN packets on the service side is
directly copied from the VLAN of the user side, and the value is
user-cos

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the trunk mode vlan of eth1 in ONT service profile 10 to 100.
OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)# port vlan eth 1 100

OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)#

27.3.5.Configure the port vlan of the ONT to be in translation mode

in the service template

OLT( config-ont-srvprofile-10 )# port vlan {eth <eth-list>|iphost}

Command syntax
translation <Svlan-id> user-vlan <Cvlan-id> | <priority>

Applicable view Business Template View

Function This command is used to configure the ONT port vlan to 1:1 vlan
Description conversion mode or N:1 vlan conversion mode. A command only

page 339_
 supports configuring one vlan. If you want to convert multiple vlans,
you need to enter the command repeatedly.

Specifies which ports of the ONT need to be configured in vlan

eth <eth-list> conversion mode, the value is 1-24, and the port range can be
specified

Optional, specify that the virtual port of the ONT is configured in

iphost vlan conversion mode, and iphost is mainly an HGU-type Layer 3
virtual interface.

Set the network side Svlan of the ONT port vlan conversion mode,
<Svlan-id>
the value is 1-409

Set the user-side Cvlan of the ONT port vlan conversion mode,
<Cvlan-id>
ranging from 1 to 409

<priority> Optional, set the priority of the ONT port vlan

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the 1:1 vlan conversion mode of eth1 in ONT service profile 10 to 1001-1003 for
Svlan and 101-103 for Cvlan.
OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)# port vlan eth 1 translation 1001 user-vlan 101
OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)# port vlan eth 1 translation 1002 user-vlan 102

OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)# port vlan eth 1 translation 1003 user-vlan 103

OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)#

Case 2: Set the N:1 vlan conversion mode of eth1 in ONT service profile 10 to 1000 for Svlan
and 101-103 for Cvlan.
OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)# port vlan eth 1 translation 1000 user-vlan 101
OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)# port vlan eth 1 translation 1000 user-vlan 102

OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)# port vlan eth 1 translation 1000 user-vlan 103

OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)#

27.3.6.Configure the port vlan of the ONT in QinQ mode in the

service template

OLT( config-ont-srvprofile-10 )# port vlan {eth <eth-list>|iphost}

Command syntax q-in-q <Svlan-id> { <priority> |priority < priority policy > } user-vlan
<Cvlan-id> { <priority> |priority < priority policy > }

page 340_
 Applicable view Business Template View

This command is used to configure the ONT port vlan to QinQ mode.
Function A command only supports the configuration of one vlan. If you want
Description to configure QinQ of multiple vlans, you need to enter the command
repeatedly.

Specifies which ports of the ONT need to be configured in vlan trunk

eth <eth-list> mode, the value ranges from 1 to 24, and the port range can be
specified.

Optional, specify that the virtual port of the ONT is configured in

iphost vlan trunk mode, and iphost is mainly an HGU-type Layer 3 virtual
interface.

Set the outer Svlan of the ONT port vlan QinQ mode, the value
<Svlan-id>
ranges from 1 to 409.

Set the inner Cvlan of the ONT port in vlanQinQ mode, ranging from
<Cvlan-id>
1 to 409

<priority> Optional, set the priority of the ONT port vlan

Optionally, set the service-side VLAN packet priority policy to copy

from user-side VLAN.
priority When the OLT trusts the original priority of the user side or the
< priority original priority of the user side conforms to the VLAN planning of
policy > the OLT, the priority of the VLAN packets on the service side is
copied directly from the VLAN of the user side, and the value is
user-cos

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the QinQ mode outer vlan of eth1 in ONT service profile 10 to 2000 and inner
vlan to 200.
OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)# port vlan eth 1 q-in-q 2000 user-vlan 200
OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)#

27.3.7.Configure the port vlan of the ONT in the transparent

transmission mode in the service template

OLT( config-ont-srvprofile-10 )# port vlan {eth <eth-list>|iphost}

Command syntax
transparent

Applicable view Business Template View

Function This command is used to configure the ONT port vlan as transparent

page 341_
 Description transmission mode.

Specifies which ports of the ONT need to be configured in

eth <eth-list> transparent transmission mode. The value ranges from 1 to 24. The
port range can be specified.

Optional, specify that the virtual port of the ONT is configured in

iphost vlan transparent transmission mode, and iphost is mainly an
HGU-type Layer 3 virtual interface.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set eth1 in ONT service profile 10 to transparent transmission mode.
OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)# port vlan eth 1 transparent

OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)#

27.3.8.Delete the port vlan configuration of the ONT from the service

template

OLT( config-ont-srvprofile-10 )# no port vlan {eth <eth-list>|iphost}

Command syntax
<Cvlan-id>

Applicable view Business Template View

Function
This command is used for partridge ONT port vlan configuration.
Description

Specifies which port vlan configurations of the ONT to delete, the

eth <eth-list>
value is 1-24, and the port range can be specified

Optional, specify to delete the virtual port vlan configuration of the

iphost
ONT. iphost is mainly an HGU-type Layer 3 virtual interface.

Specifies which vlan of the ONT port needs to be deleted, the value
<Cvlan-id>
range is 1-4094

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the configuration of eth1 vlan 100 in ONT service profile 10.
OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)# no port vlan eth 1 100

OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)#

27.3.9.Configure the MAC address aging time of the ONT in the

service template

page 342_
 Command syntax OLT( config-ont-srvprofile-10 )# mac-aging <aging-time>

Applicable view Business Template View

Function This command is used to configure the aging time of the mac
Description address of the ONT.

Set the aging time of the ONT mac address, ranging from 10 to
<aging-time> 1000000, in seconds.
no-aging sets the ONT mac address not to age.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the aging time of the MAC address of the ONT in ONT service profile 10 to no
aging.
OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)# mac-aging no-aging

OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)#

27.3.10.Configuring the MAC address learning function of the ONT

in the service template

Command syntax OLT( config-ont-srvprofile-10 )# mac-learning <switch>

Applicable view Business Template View

Function This command is used to enable or disable the MAC address

Description learning function of the ONT.

enable : Enable the mac address learning function of the ONT

<switch>
disable : Disable the mac address learning function of the ONT

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the MAC address learning function of the ONT in the ONT service profile 10.
OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)# mac-learning enable

OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)#

27.3.11.Configuring the maximum number of MAC addresses for an

ONT port in the service template

OLT( config-ont-srvprofile-10 )# port eth <port-list>

Command syntax
max-mac-count {unlimited | < Maximum- number > }

page 343_
 Applicable view Business Template View

This command is used to configure the limit on the number of

Function Description
MAC addresses of an ONT port

Indicates that there is no limit. The ONT port does not impose
unlimited any limit on the number of MAC addresses that can pass
through.

Indicates the maximum number of mac addresses passed

<Max MAC count>
through the ONT port, ranging from 1 to 255

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the maximum number of mac addresses for the eth1 port in ONT service profile
10 to 10
OLT( config-ont-srvprofile-10 )# port eth 1 max-mac-count 10

OLT( config-ont-srvprofile-10 )#

27.3.12.View the configuration of the current business template

Command
OLT( config-ont-srvprofile-10 )# show ont-srvprofile current
syntax

Applicable view Business Template Configuration View

Function This command is used to view the configuration of the current

Description business template

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current business template configuration
OLT(config-ont-srvprofile-10)# show ont-srvprofile current
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile-ID : 10
Profile-name : srvprofile_10
Binding times : 0
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Port-type Port-number Max-adaptive-number
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
ETH 4 -
POTS 0 -
CATV 0 -
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
MAC learning switch : enable
MAC aging time(s) : 300

page 344_
 Multicast mode : transparent
Multicast forward mode : transparent
Multicast forward VLAN : -
Native VLAN option : concern
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Port Port Service-type Index S-VLAN S-PRI C-VLAN C-PRI ENCAP S-PRI
type ID POLICY
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
ETH 1 Transparent - - - - - - -
ETH 2 Transparent - - - - - - -
ETH 3 Transparent - - - - - - -
ETH 4 Transparent - - - - - - -
IPHOST 1 Transparent - - - - - - -
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Port-type Port-ID IGMP-mode IGMP-VLAN IGMP-PRI Max-MAC-Count
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
ETH 1 default-tag 100 0 unlimited
ETH 2 transparent - - unlimited
ETH 3 transparent - - unlimited
ETH 4 transparent - - unlimited
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

27.3.13.Querying the ONT Service Template Information on the OLT

Command OLT(config)# show ont-srvprofile gpon {all | profile-id <profile-id > |

syntax profile-name <profile-name>}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to query the information of the ONT service
Description template that has been created in the system.

all View all business template information on OLT

profile-id
View the business template information of the specified id.
<profile-id

profile-name
View business template information for the specified name.
<profile-name>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View information about the ONT service template with ID 10.
OLT(config)# show ont-srvprofile gpon profile-id 10
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile-ID : 10

page 345_
 Profile-name : srvprofile_10
Binding times : 0
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Port-type Port-number Max-adaptive-number
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
ETH 4 -
POTS 0 -
CATV 0 -
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
MAC learning switch : enable
MAC aging time(s) : 300
Multicast mode : transparent
Multicast forward mode : transparent
Multicast forward VLAN : -
Native VLAN option : concern
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Port Port Service-type Index S-VLAN S-PRI C-VLAN C-PRI ENCAP S-PRI
type ID POLICY
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
ETH 1 Transparent - - - - - - -
ETH 2 Transparent - - - - - - -
ETH 3 Transparent - - - - - - -
ETH 4 Transparent - - - - - - -
IPHOST 1 Transparent - - - - - - -
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Port-type Port-ID IGMP-mode IGMP-VLAN IGMP-PRI Max-MAC-Count
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
ETH 1 transparent - - unlimited
ETH 2 transparent - - unlimited
ETH 3 transparent - - unlimited
ETH 4 transparent - - unlimited
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

27.3.14.Submit the current business template configuration

Command
OLT( config-ont-srvprofile-10 )# commit
syntax

Applicable view Business Template Configuration View

This command is used to submit the current business template

Function
configuration. Only after this command is successfully submitted, all
Description
parameter configurations of the business template will take effect.

page 346_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Submit the current business template configuration
OLT( config-ont-srvprofile-10 )# commit

OLT( config-ont-srvprofile-10 )#

27.4.Traffic Template Configuration

27.4.1.Create a traffic template

OLT(config)# traffic-profile profile-id <Profile ID> profile-name

Command syntax <profile name> cir <c ommitted- r ate- value> pir < p eek- r ate-
rate> cbs <c ommitted- b urst- s ize > pbs < p eek- b urst- s ize >

Applicable view config view

This command is used to create a traffic profile and configure

Function Description
traffic profile parameters for use with rate limiting.

<Profile ID> ID of the traffic template, the value range is 1-256

The name of the traffic template, the length supports 1-16

<profile name>
characters

<committed- rate- Configure the guaranteed bandwidth, the value range is

value> 64-1024000 , the unit is kbps

Configure best effort bandwidth, the value range is 64-102400 ,

< peek- rate- rate>
the unit is kbps

<committed- burst- Configure the committed burst size, the value range is
size > 2000-10240000, the unit is byte

Configure the peak burst size, the value range is 2000-10240000,

< peek- burst- size >
the unit is byte

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create a traffic template with id 10, name test1, cir 128, pir 256, cbs2000, pbs3000
traffic template
OLT(config)# traffic-profile profile-id 10 profile-name test1 cir 128 pir 256 cbs 2000 pbs
3000

OLT(config)#

27.4.2.Modify Traffic Template

page 347_
 OLT(config)# traffic-profile modify { profile-id < Profile - ID > |
profile-name <profile-name> } { cir <c ommitted- r ate- value>
Command syntax
| pir < p eek- r ate- rate> | cbs <c ommitted- b urst- s ize > |
pbs < p eek- b urst- s ize >}

Applicable view config view

Function Description This command is used to modify traffic template parameters.

< Profile - ID > ID of the traffic template, the value range is 1-256

<profile-name> The name of the traffic template, the value range is 1-16

<c ommitted- r ate- Modify the guaranteed bandwidth, the value range is
value> 64-1024000 , the unit is kbps

Modify the best effort bandwidth, the value range is 64-

< p eek- r ate- rate>
102400 , the unit is kbps

<c ommitted- b urst- Modify the committed burst size, the value range is
s ize > 2000-10240000, the unit is byte

Modify the peak burst size, the value range is 2000-10240000,

< peek- b urst- s ize >
the unit is byte

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Modify the traffic template id to 10 and the cir of the traffic template to 150.
OLT(config)# traffic-profile modify profile-id 10 cir 150

OLT(config)#

27.4.3.View traffic template configuration

Command syntax OLT(config)# show traffic-profile all

Applicable view config view

Function Description This command is used to view all traffic profiles on the OLT.

【Configuration case】
Case 1 View all traffic template configurations on the OLT
OLT(config)# show traffic-profile all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
ID Profile-name CIR(kbps) PIR(kbps) CBS(bytes) PBS(bytes) Bind
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
10 test1 150 256 2000 3000 0
20 test 222 222 2000 2000 2

page 348_
 -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 2

OLT(config)#

27.5.ONT Digitmap Template Configuration

27.5.1.Create a new ONT digital map template

Command OLT(config)# ont-digitmap-profile {profile-id <profile-id>

syntax |profile-name <profile-name>}

Applicable view config view

The ont-digitmap-profile command is used to create an ONT digitmap

template. The ONT digitmap template saves the digitmap information
Function
of the ONT, including the digitmap format and the timeout duration
Description
of the digitmap timer. After the new template is added, it can take
effect after being bound to the user.

ONT digitmap template ID, uniquely identifies a template, the value

range: 0-16. When not specified, the system automatically assigns the
<profile-id> smallest free template number . Digitmap template 0 is the default
template of the system. If the ONT does not specify a bound digitmap
template, it will automatically match the digitmap template 0 .

ONT digital map template, the length supports 1-16 characters. The
<profile-name> default template name is digitmap_x, where "x" is replaced with the
actual template number.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create and enter the ONT digital map template with ID 1 .
OLT(config)# ont-digitmap-profile profile-id 1

OLT(config-digitmap-profile-1)#

27.5.2.The timer timeout period when exact matching is configured in

the digitmap template

Command OLT(config-digitmap-profile-1)# critical-dial-time <

syntax critical-dial-time-value >

Applicable view Digitmap Template View

page 349_
 the time-out duration of the digitmap timer when the exact match in
Function
the ONT digitmap template ( the number pressed by the user is
Description
exactly the same as the format in the digitmap template).

<
critical-dial-tim Value range: 1-65535. Unit: ms. Default value: 4000.
e-value >

【Configuration case】
Case 1: When the exact match in ONT digitmap template 1 is set, the timeout period of the
digitmap timer is 4000
OLT(config-digitmap-profile-1)# critical-dial-time 4000

27.5.3.Configure the timer timeout duration for partial matching in

the digitmap template

Command OLT(config-digitmap-profile-1)# critical-dial-time <

syntax critical-dial-time-value >

Applicable view Digitmap Template View

This command is used to set the timeout duration of the digitmap

Function timer when the part of the ONT digitmap template matches (the
Description number pressed by the user is only partially consistent with the
format in the digitmap template).

<
Value range: 1-65535. Unit: ms. Default value: 16000.
partial-dial-time
-value >

【Configuration case】
Case 1: When setting the partial match in the ONT digitmap template 1, the timeout period
of the digitmap timer is 16000
OLT(config-digitmap-profile-1)# partial-dial-time 16000

27.5.4.Configure the digitmap format in the digitmap template

Command OLT(config-digitmap-profile-1)# digitmap-format

syntax <digitmap-format-value>

Applicable view Digitmap Template View

Function
format in the ONT digitmap template
Description

page 350_
 Ranges:
h.248 : Represents a digit map in H248 format
ncs : Represents a digitmap in ncs format
<digitmap-form
n ot_defined: Indicates that the digital map inside the ONT is used
at-value>
v endor_specific: Indicates a digitmap in a manufacturer-defined
format
Default: h .248.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the digitmap format in ONT digitmap template 1 to h.248
OLT(config-digitmap-profile-1)# digitmap-format h248

27.5.5.Configure sub-digitmap scheme in digitmap template

Command OLT(config-digitmap-profile-1)# token < token index > < token

syntax value > _

Applicable view Digitmap Template View

This command is used to add a sub-digitmap scheme to the specified

Function
ONT digitmap template. The content of the sub-digit map scheme is
Description
the number matching rule.

< token index > Subfigure scheme ID. Value range: 1-10

< token value > The content of the sub-digit map scheme, that is, the number
_ matching rule. The input string length is 1-27

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the sub-digitmap scheme in ONT digitmap template 1 to 8888XXXX
OLT(config-digitmap-profile-1)# token 1 8888XXXX

27.5.6.Delete sub-digitmap scheme in digitmap template

Command
OLT(config-digitmap-profile-1)# no token < token index >
syntax

Applicable view Digitmap Template View

Function This command is used to delete the sub-digitmap scheme in the

Description specified ONT digitmap template.

< token index > Subfigure scheme ID. Value range: 1-10

【Configuration case】

page 351_
 Case 1: Delete sub-digitmap scheme 1 in ONT digitmap template 1
OLT(config-digitmap-profile-1)# no token 1
OLT(config-digitmap-profile-1)#

27.5.7.View the configuration of the current digitmap template

Command
OLT( config-ont-srvprofile-10 )# show ont-digitmap-profile current
syntax

Applicable view Digitmap Template Configuration View

Function This command is used to view the configuration of the current

Description digitmap template

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current digitmap template configuration
OLT(config-digitmap-profile-1)# show ont-digitmap-profile current
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile-ID : 1
Profile-name : test
Binding times : 0
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Critical dial time : 4000(ms)
Partial dial time : 16000(ms)
Digital map format: H.248
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
dial-plan-id dial-plan-token
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
1 XL
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

27.5.8.Submit the current digitmap template configuration

Command
OLT(config-digitmap-profile-1)# commit
syntax

Applicable view Digitmap Template Configuration View

This command is used to submit the current digitmap template

Function configuration. Only after successful submission using this command,
Description the parameter configuration of all logarithmic graph templates will
take effect.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Submit the current digital map template configuration

page 352_
 OLT(config-digitmap-profile-1)# commit

27.5.9.Querying the ONT digitmap template information on the OLT

Command OLT(config)# show ont-digitmap-profile {all | profile-id <profile-id> |

syntax profile-name <profile-name>}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to query the information of the ONT digital
Description map template that has been created in the system.

all digitmap template information on OLT

profile-id
digitmap template information of the specified id .
<profile-id

profile-name
View the digitmap template information of the specified name.
<profile-name>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all ONT digital map template information on the OLT .
OLT(config)# show ont-digitmap-profile all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile-ID Profile-name Binding times
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
0 digitmap_0 1
1 test 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 2

27.5.10.Delete the ONT digitmap template on the OLT

Command OLT(config)# no ont-digitmap-profile { profile-id <profile-id > |

syntax profile-name <profile-name>}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to delete the ONT digital map template
Description information that has been created in the system.

profile-id
Delete the digitmap template information of the specified id .
<profile-id

profile-name
Delete the digitmap template information of the specified name .
<profile-name>

page 353_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete ONT digitmap template 1 on the OLT .
OLT(config)# no ont-digitmap-profile profile-id 1

27.6.ONT POTS port template configuration

27.6.1.Create a new ONT POTS port profile

Command OLT(config)# ont-pots-profile {profile-id <profile-id> |profile-name

syntax <profile-name>}

Applicable view config view

The ont-pots-profile command is used to add a POTS port profile of

Function the ONT. The POTS port template saves the physical properties of the
Description ONT POTS port, such as port impedance, transmit/receive gain, and
port signaling type.

ONT POTS port profile ID, which uniquely identifies a profile, the
value range: 0-16. When not specified, the system automatically
assigns the smallest free template number . The POTS port template
<profile-id>
0 is the default template of the system. If the ONT does not specify a
binding POTS port template, it will automatically match the default
template.

ONT POTS port template name, the length supports 1-16 characters.
<profile-name> The default template name is pots_profile__x, where "x" is replaced
with the actual template number.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create and enter the ONT POTS port template with ID 1 .
OLT(config)# ont-pots-profile profile-id 1
OLT(config-pots-profile-1)#

27.6.2.Impedance is configured in the ONT POTS port profile

Command syntax OLT(config-pots-profile-1)# impedance < impedance-value >

Applicable view POTS port template view

Function This command is used to set the impedance of the POTS port in
Description the ONT POTS port profile.

Ranges:
< impedance-value >
0: 600 Ohms

page 354_
 1: 900 Ohms
2: C1=150 nF, R1=750 Ohm, R2=270 Ohm
3: C1=115 nF, R1=820 Ohm, R2=220 Ohm
4: C1=230 nF, R1=1050 Ohm, R2=320 Ohm
Default value: 2.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the POTS port impedance in ONT POTS port template 1 to type 2
OLT(config-pots-profile-1)# impedance 2

27.6.3.the signaling type of the POTS port in the ONT POTS port

profile

Command OLT(config-pots-profile-1)# pots-side-signaling <

syntax pots-side-signaling-value >

Applicable view POTS port template view

Function
the signaling type of the POTS port in the ONT POTS port profile .
Description

Value range: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
1: Loop start indicates the loop start signal (when the AB line is
looped back, it means off-hook, and when the AB line is
disconnected, it means on-hook, generally used for home phones).
2: Ground start means ground start signal (monitor whether the
potential of the Ring line is close to the ground potential (ground
means off-hook), generally used for PBX or relay).
< 3: Loop reverse battery means loop reverse battery signaling (POTS
pots-side-signali port with reverse polarity function, generally used for phones with
ng-value > billing function).
4: Coin first refers to the port where the coin-operated phone is
connected, and the coin must be put in before making a call.
5: Dial tone first refers to the port that connects to the coin-operated
phone, you can play the dial tone before the coin is put in.
6: Multi-party refers to a port where multiple phones are connected
in parallel on one line.
Default value: 1.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the POTS port signaling type in ONT POTS port profile 1 to 1
OLT(config-pots-profile-1)# pots-side-signaling 1

page 355_
27.6.4.the transmit gain of the POTS port in the ONT POTS port

profile

Command
OLT(config-pots-profile-1)# txgain < txgain -value>
syntax

Applicable view POTS port template view

Function This command is used to set the transmit gain of the POTS port in the
Description ONT POTS port profile.

Value range: 0, 1, 2...36 (integer from 0-36). Among them: 0 means

< txgain
-12dB, 1 means -11.5dB, 36 means +6dB, in increments of 0.5dB.
-value>
Default: 24 (0dB)

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the POTS port transmit gain in ONT POTS port template 1 to 0dB
OLT(config-pots-profile-1)# t xgain 24

27.6.5.the receive gain of the POTS port in the ONT POTS port

profile

Command
OLT(config-pots-profile-1)# rxgain < rxgain -value>
syntax

Applicable view POTS port template view

Function This command is used to set the receive gain of the POTS port in the
Description ONT POTS port profile.

Value range: 0, 1, 2...36 (integer from 0-36). Among them: 0 means

< rxgain
-12dB, 1 means -11.5dB, 36 means +6dB, in increments of 0.5dB.
-value>
Default: 24 (0dB)

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the POTS port receive gain in ONT POTS port template 1 to 0dB
OLT(config-pots-profile-1)# rxgain 24

27.6.6.View the configuration of the current ONT POTS port profile

Command
OLT(config-pots-profile-1)# show ont-pots-profile current
syntax

page 356_
 Applicable view POTS port template configuration view

Function This command is used to view the configuration of the current POTS
Description port template

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current POTS port template configuration
OLT(config-pots-profile-1)# show ont-pots-profile current
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile-ID : 1
Profile-name : pots_profile_1
Binding times : 0
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Impedance : C1=150 nf, R1=750 Ohm, R2=270 Ohm
Tx gain : 0(dB)
Rxgaim : 0(dB)
Pots side signalling : Loop start
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

27.6.7.Submit the current ONT POTS port template configuration

Command
OLT(config-pots-profile-1)# commit
syntax

Applicable view POTS port template configuration view

This command is used to submit the current POTS port template

Function
configuration. Only after this command is successfully submitted, all
Description
parameter configurations of the POTS port template will take effect.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Submit the current POTS port template configuration
OLT(config-pots-profile-1)# commit

27.6.8.Querying the ONT POTS port profile information on the OLT

Command OLT(config)# show ont-pots-profile {all | profile-id <profile-id> |

syntax profile-name <profile-name>}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to query the information of the ONT POTS port
Description template that has been created in the system.

all POTS port template information on the OLT

page 357_
 profile-id
POTS port template information of the specified id .
<profile-id

profile-name
POTS port template with the specified name .
<profile-name>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all ONT POTS port profile information on the OLT .
OLT(config)# show ont-pots-profile all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile-ID Profile-name Binding times
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
0 pots_profile_0 1
1 pots_profile_1 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 2

OLT(config)#

27.6.9.Deleting the ONT POTS port profile on the OLT

Command OLT(config)# no ont-pots-profile { profile-id <profile-id > |

syntax profile-name <profile-name>}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to delete the ONT POTS port template created
Description in the system.

profile-id
Deletes the POTS port template with the specified id .
<profile-id

profile-name
Deletes the POTS port template with the specified name .
<profile-name>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete ONT POTS port template 1 on the OLT .
OLT(config)# no ont-pots-profile profile-id 1
OLT(config)#

27.7.ONT SIP Proxy Template Configuration

27.7.1.Create a new ONT SIP proxy template

page 358_
 Command OLT(config)# ont-sipagent-profile {profile-id <profile-id>
syntax |profile-name <profile-name>}

Applicable view config view

The ont-sipagent-profile command is used to add the SIP proxy profile

Function of the ONT . The ONT SIP proxy template saves the basic attribute
Description configuration data of the ONT SIP interface, such as the IP address of
the SIP active or standby proxy server.

ONT SIP proxy template ID, uniquely identifies a template, the value
range: 0-16. When not specified, the system automatically assigns the
smallest free template number . ONT SIP proxy template 0 is the
<profile-id>
default template of the system. If the ONT does not specify and bind
the ONT SIP proxy template , it will automatically match the default
template.

ONT SIP proxy template name, the length supports 1-16 characters.
<profile-name> The default template name is sipagent_x, where "x" is replaced with
the actual template number.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create and enter ONT SIP proxy template with ID 1
OLT(config)# ont-sipagent-profile profile-id 1
OLT(config-sipagent-profile-1)#

27.7.2.the proxy server IP address or domain name in the ONT SIP

proxy template

Command syntax OLT(config-sipagent-profile-1)# proxy-server <proxy-server-uri >

Applicable view ONT SIP proxy template view

Function proxy server IP address or domain name in the ONT SIP proxy
Description template

<proxy-server-uri > String type, the input string length is 1-63.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the proxy server IP address in ONT SIP proxy template 1 to 192.168.2.201
OLT(config-sipagent-profile-1)# proxy-server 192.168.2.201
OLT(config-sipagent-profile-1)#

27.7.3.View the configuration of the current ONT SIP proxy template

page 359_
 Command
OLT(config-sipagent-profile-1)# show ont-sipagent-profile current
syntax

Applicable view ONT SIP proxy template configuration view

Function This command is used to view the configuration of the current ONT
Description SIP proxy template

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current ONT SIP proxy template configuration
OLT(config-sipagent-profile-1)# show ont-sipagent-profile current
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile-ID : 1
Profile-name : sipagent_1
Binding times : 0
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Proxy server: 192.168.2.201
Proxy server port : 0

Rtp
Min port : 50000
Max port : 60000
Dscp : 46

Signal
Transfer mode : UDP
Port : 5070
Dscp : 24

Registration
Server :
Port : 0
Expiration : 600(s)
Rereg head start time : 300(s)

Voice mail
Server :
Subscription expiration : 3600(s)

Conf fatcory :
Bridged line agent :
Auth realm :

Outbound server :

page 360_
 Outbound server port : 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-sipagent-profile-1)#

27.7.4.Submit the current ONT SIP proxy template configuration

Command
OLT(config-sipagent-profile-1)# commit
syntax

Applicable view ONT SIP proxy template configuration view

This command is used to submit the current ONT SIP proxy template
Function configuration. Only after this command is successfully submitted, all
Description parameter configurations of the ONT SIP proxy template will take
effect.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Submit the current ONT SIP proxy template configuration
OLT(config-sipagent-profile-1)# commit
OLT(config-sipagent-profile-1)#

27.7.5.Querying the ONT SIP Proxy Template Information on the

OLT

Command OLT(config)# show ont-sipagent-profile {all | profile-id <profile-id> |

syntax profile-name <profile-name>}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to query the ONT SIP proxy template
Description information that has been created in the system.

all ONT SIP proxy template information on the OLT

profile-id
ONT SIP proxy template information of the specified id .
<profile-id

profile-name
ONT SIP proxy template of the specified name .
<profile-name>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all ONT SIP proxy template information on the OLT .
OLT(config)# show ont-sipagent-profile all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

page 361_
 Profile-ID Profile-name Binding times
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
0 sipagent_0 0
1 sipagent_1 0
2 first 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 3

OLT(config)#

27.7.6.Delete ONT SIP Proxy Template on OLT

Command OLT(config)# no ont-sipagent-profile { profile-id <profile-id > |

syntax profile-name <profile-name>}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to delete the ONT SIP proxy template created
Description in the system.

profile-id
Deletes the ONT SIP proxy template with the specified id .
<profile-id

profile-name
Deletes the ONT SIP proxy template with the specified name .
<profile-name>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete ONT SIP Proxy Template 1 on OLT .
OLT(config)# no ont-sipagent-profile profile-id 1
OLT(config)#

27.8.ONT SIP Service Data Template Configuration

27.8.1.Create a new ONT SIP service data template

Command OLT(config)# ont-siprightflag-profile {profile-id <profile-id>

syntax |profile-name <profile-name>}

Applicable view config view

Function The ont-siprightflag-profile command is used to add the SIP service

Description data profile of the ONT.

ONT SIP service data template ID, uniquely identifies a template, the
<profile-id> value range: 0-16. When not specified, the system automatically
assigns the smallest free template number . SIP service data template

page 362_
 0 is the default template of the system. If the ONT does not specify
the binding SIP service data template, it will automatically match the
default template.

ONT SIP service data template, the length supports 1-16 characters.
<profile-name> The default template name is sipright_x, where "x" is replaced with
the actual template number.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create and enter the ONT SIP service data template with ID 1 .
OLT(config)# ont-siprightflag-profile profile-id 1
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)#

27.8.2.Enable or disable the call hold permission in the ONT SIP

service data profile

Command syntax OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)# call-hold {enable|disable}

Applicable view SIP service data template view

Function
call hold permission in the ONT SIP service data profile .
Description

disable: Disable call hold permission .

enable|disable
enable: Enable call hold permission .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enabling call hold permission in ONT SIP service data profile 1
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)# call-hold enable
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)#

27.8.3.Enable or disable the call park permission in the ONT SIP

service data template

Command syntax OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)# call-park {enable|disable}

Applicable view SIP service data template view

Function
call park permission in the ONT SIP service data profile .
Description

disable: Disables the call park permission .

enable|disable
enable: Enable call park permission .

page 363_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Disable the call park permission in ONT SIP service data profile 1
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)# call-park disable
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)#

27.8.4.Enable or disable call forwarding permission in ONT SIP

service data template

Command syntax OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)# call-transfer {enable|disable}

Applicable view SIP service data template view

Function
call hold permission in the ONT SIP service data profile .
Description

disable: Disable call forwarding permission .

enable|disable
enable: Enable call forwarding permission .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Disable call forwarding permission in ONT SIP service data template 1
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)# call-transfer disable
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)#

27.8.5.Enable or disable call waiting permission in ONT SIP service

data template

Command syntax OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)# call-waiting {enable|disable}

Applicable view SIP service data template view

Function
call waiting permission in the ONT SIP service data profile .
Description

disable: Disable call waiting permission .

enable|disable
enable: Enable call waiting permission .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enabling call waiting permission in ONT SIP service data profile 1
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)# call-waiting enable
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)#

27.8.6.Enable or disable the conference call permission in the ONT

page 364_
 SIP service data template

Command syntax OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)# conference {enable|disable}

Applicable view SIP service data template view

Function
conference call permission in the ONT SIP service data template .
Description

disable: Disable the conference call permission .

enable|disable
enable: Enable teleconferencing permission .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Disable the conference call permission in ONT SIP service data template 1
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)# conference disable
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)#

27.8.7.Enabling or disabling the Do Not Disturb Permission for Calls

in the ONT SIP Service Data Profile

OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)# do-not-disturb
Command syntax
{enable|disable}

Applicable view SIP service data template view

Function call do not disturb permission in the ONT SIP service data
Description profile .

disable: Disable the call do not disturb permission .

enable|disable
enable: Enable DND permission for calls .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Disabling the Do Not Disturb Permission in ONT SIP Service Data Profile 1
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)# do-not-disturb disable
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)#

27.8.8.Enable or disable the hotline service permission in the ONT

SIP service data template

OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)# hotline {enable|disable}

Command syntax
<hotline-num>

Applicable view SIP service data template view

page 365_
 Function
hotline service permission in the ONT SIP service data template .
Description

disable: Disables the hotline service permission .

enable|disable
enable: Enable hotline service permission .

hotline-num Hotline number

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Disabling the hotline service permission in ONT SIP service data template 1
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)# hotline disable
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)#

27.8.9.Enable or disable the message waiting indication permission in

the ONT SIP service data template

Command syntax OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)# mwi {enable|disable}

Applicable view SIP service data template view

Function message waiting indication authority in the ONT SIP service data
Description template .

disable: Disable message waiting to indicate permission .

enable|disable
enable: Enable message waiting indication permission .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Disable the message waiting indication permission in ONT SIP service data template
1
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)# mwi disable
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)#

27.8.10.Enable or disable the three-party call permission in the ONT

SIP service data template

Command syntax OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)# three-party {enable|disable}

Applicable view SIP service data template view

Function
party call permission in the ONT SIP service data template .
Description

disable: Disable the three-way call permission .

enable|disable
enable: Enable three-way calling permission .

page 366_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enabling the three-party call permission in ONT SIP service data template 1
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-0)# three-party enable
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-0)#

27.8.11.View the configuration of the current ONT SIP service data

template

Command
OLT(config-sipagent-profile-1)# show ont-sipagent-profile current
syntax

Applicable view SIP service data template configuration view

Function This command is used to view the configuration of the current SIP
Description service data template

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current SIP service data template configuration
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)# show ont-siprightflag-profile current
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile-ID : 1
Profile-name : sipright_1
Binding times : 0
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Call waiting : enable
Call transfer : disable
Call hold : enable
Call park : disable
Three party : enable
Do not disturb : disable
Conference : disable
Mwi : disable
Hotline : disable
Hotline numbers :
Hotline delay : disable
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)#

27.8.12.Submit the current ONT SIP service data template

configuration

page 367_
 Command
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)# commit
syntax

Applicable view SIP service data template configuration view

This command is used to submit the current SIP service data template
Function configuration. Only after this command is successfully submitted, all
Description parameter configurations of the SIP service data template will take
effect.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Submit the current SIP service data template configuration
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)# commit
OLT(config-siprightflag-profile-1)#

27.8.13.Querying the ONT SIP service data template information on

the OLT

Command OLT(config)# show ont-siprightflag-profile {all | profile-id

syntax <profile-id > | profile-name <profile-name>}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to query the ONT SIP service data template
Description information that has been created in the system.

all SIP service data template information on the OLT

profile-id
SIP service data template of the specified id .
<profile-id

profile-name
View the SIP service data template information of the specified name.
<profile-name>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all ONT SIP service data template information on the OLT .
OLT(config)# show ont-siprightflag-profile all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile-ID Profile-name Binding times
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
0 sipright_0 1
1 sipright_1 0
2 sipright_2 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 3

page 368_
 OLT(config)#

27.8.14.Deleting the ONT SIP Service Data Template on the OLT

Command OLT(config)# no ont-siprightflag-profile { profile-id <profile-id > |

syntax profile-name <profile-name>}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to delete the ONT SIP service data template
Description created in the system.

profile-id
Delete the SIP service data template with the specified id .
<profile-id

profile-name
Delete the SIP service data template of the specified name .
<profile-name>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete ONT SIP service data template 1 on the OLT .
OLT(config)# no ont-siprightflag-profile profile-id 1
OLT(config)#

27.9.ONT Multicast ACL Template Configuration

27.9.1.Create an ONT Multicast ACL Profile

Command OLT(config)# ont-igmpacl gpon {acl-id < ACL - ID > | acl - name < ACL
syntax - NAME >}

Applicable view config view

The ont-igmpacl command is used to add an ONT multicast acl

Function
template. An ONT multicast acl profile is used to add multicast
Description
entries.

ONT multicast acl template ID, which uniquely identifies a template.

< ACL - ID > Value range: 1-256. When not specified, the system automatically
assigns the smallest free template number .

ONT multicast acl template , which can be 1 to 32 characters long.

< ACL - NAME > The default template name is igmpacl_x, where "x" is replaced with
the actual template number.

【Configuration case】

page 369_
 Case 1: Create and enter the ONT multicast ACL profile with ID 1 .
OLT(config)# ont-igmpacl gpon acl-id 1
OLT(config-ont-igmpacl-1)#

27.9.2.Add a multicast entry to the ONT multicast ACL template

OLT(config-ont-igmpacl-1)# igmp rule add < rule - ID >

Command syntax
{ <multicast-vlan -id > /untagged} <start-ip><end-ip>

Applicable view Multicast ACL template view

Function This command is used to add a multicast entry rule to the ONT
Description multicast ACL template

<rule-id> ACL rule ID , the value range is 1-16

<multicast-vlan -id > Multicast VLAN ID , the value range is 1-4094

Start and end multicast IP addresses. When two IPs are

configured with the same value, a single multicast entry is added.
<start-ip>/<end-ip>
When different values are configured, multicast entries are
configured in batches.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Add a multicast vlan 100 to the ONT multicast ACL template 1 , and the multicast
program IP is 224.1.1.1-224.1.1.10.
OLT(config-ont-igmpacl-1)# igmp rule add 1 100 224.1.1.1 224.1.1.10
OLT(config-ont-igmpacl-1)#

27.9.3.Delete the multicast entry from the ONT multicast ACL

template

Command syntax OLT(config-ont-igmpacl-1)# igmp rule delete < rule - ID >

Applicable view Multicast ACL template view

Function This command is used to delete the created multicast entry rule
Description in the ONT multicast ACL template.

<rule-id> ACL rule ID , the value range is 1-16

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the multicast entry rule with rule ID 1 in ONT multicast ACL template 1
OLT(config-ont-igmpacl-1)# igmp rule delete 1
OLT(config-ont-igmpacl-1)#

page 370_
27.9.4.View the configuration of the current ONT multicast ACL

profile

Command
OLT(config-ont-igmpacl-1)# show ont-igmpacl current
syntax

Applicable view Multicast ACL template configuration view

Function This command is used to view the configuration of the current

Description multicast ACL template

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current multicast ACL template configuration
OLT(config-ont-igmpacl-1)# show ont-igmpacl current
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Acl-ID : 1
Acl-name : test
Binding times : 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Rule Vlan Dest Dest Imputed
ID ID IP-Start IP-End group-bw
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
1 100 224.1.1.1 224.2.2.2 unlimited
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Rule Preview Preview Preview Preview Preview
ID length interval count reset-mode reset-time
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
1 unlimited 120 unlimited manually -
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Rule Total: 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-ont-igmpacl-1)#

27.9.5.Submit the current ONT multicast ACL template

configuration

Command
OLT(config-ont-igmpacl-1)# commit
syntax

Applicable view Multicast ACL template configuration view

page 371_
 This command is used to submit the current multicast ACL template
Function configuration. Only after this command is successfully submitted, all
Description parameter configurations of the multicast ACL template will take
effect.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Submit the current multicast ACL template configuration
OLT(config-ont-igmpacl-1)# commit
OLT(config-ont-igmpacl-1)#

27.9.6.Querying the ONT Multicast ACL Profile Information on the

OLT

Command OLT(config)# show ont-igmpacl gpon {all |acl-id < ACL - ID > | acl -
syntax name < ACL - NAME >}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to query the information of the ONT multicast
Description ACL template that has been created in the system.

all View information about all multicast ACL profiles on the OLT

< ACL - ID > multicast ACL template of the specified id .

< ACL - NAME > multicast ACL template of the specified name .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all ONT multicast ACL profile information on the OLT.
OLT(config)# show ont-igmpacl gpon all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Acl-ID Acl-name Binding times
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
1 test 0
2 igmpacl_2 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 2

OLT(config)#

27.9.7.Deleting the ONT Multicast ACL Profile on the OLT

Command OLT(config)# no ont-igmpacl gpon {acl-id < ACL - ID > | acl -name <
syntax ACL - NAME >}

page 372_
 Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to delete the ONT multicast ACL template
Description created in the system.

< ACL - ID > Delete the multicast ACL template with the specified id .

< ACL - NAME > Deletes the multicast ACL template with the specified name .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete ONT multicast ACL profile 2 on the OLT .
OLT(config)# no ont-igmpacl gpon acl-id 2
OLT(config)#

27.10.ONT WAN template configuration

27.10.1.Create a new WAN template

Command OLT(config)# ont-wanprofile gpon (profile-id <1-256> | profile-name

syntax NAME)

Applicable view config view

Function The ont-wanprofile gpon command is used to create or enter an

Description existing onu wan template. It mainly configures the general
parameters of wan, such as adding a static wan, but not configuring
the specific ip, configuring the binding port, and the connection
status vlan mode, etc.

profile-id ONU WAN template ID, if not specified, the system will automatically
<1-256> assign the minimum idle ID

profile-name Onu wan template name, the default name is wanprofile_x, ' x ' is the
NAME actual wan template number

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create and enter the onu wan template with ID 1
OLT(config)# ont-wanprofile gpon profile-id 1
OLT(config-ont-wanprofile-1)#

27.10.2.Add Bridge Wan

Command OLT(config-ont-wanprofile-1)# wan add (<1-8>|WANNAME) ipv4

syntax bridge (internet | other) vlan-mode (untag | transparent | tag
<1-4094> priority <0-7>) mvlan <1-4094>

page 373_
 Applicable view wan template view

Function Add an ipv4 bridge wan

Description

<1-8>|WANNA 1-8: add wan id as index

ME WANNAME: Specify the wan name to add, the name length is 1-24,
the new wan will automatically generate a wan index

(internet | Service type, bridge mode only has internet and other two
other)

(untag | Vlan processing mode:

transparent | Untag: Only allow packets that do not carry vlan
tag <1-4094> Transparent: Transparent transmission
priority <0-7>) Tag: set the vlan id of wan, the value range is 1-4094, priority: 0-7

mvlan <1-4094> Multicast vlan value 1-4094

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Add an ipv4 bridge wan with index 1, service type internet,
configure wan vlanid to 100, priority 0 multicast vlan 200
OLT(config-ont-wanprofile-1)# wan add 1 ipv4 bridge internet vlan-mode tag 100
priority 0 mvlan 200

27.10.3.Add Route Wan

Command OLT(config-ont-wanprofile-1)# wan add (<1-8>|WANNAME) ipv4

syntax route (internet | other | tr069 | tr069-internet | tr069-voice |
tr069-voice-internet |voice | voice-internet ) ( static | pppoe |
dhcp ) vlan-mode (untag | transparent | tag <1-4094> priority
<0-7>)igmp-proxy (enable <1-4094> | disable)

Applicable view wan template view

Function Add an ipv4 route wan

Description

<1-8>|WANNA 1-8: add wan id as index

ME WANNAME: Specify the wan name to add, the name length is 1-24,
the new wan will automatically generate a wan index

(internet | service type, tr069 | voice | tr069-voice cannot bind port

other
|tr069|tr069-in
ternet|tr069-vo
ice|tr069-voice-

page 374_
 internet|voice|
voice-internet)

static | pppoe | Ip mode: The template adds wan to the corresponding Ip mode
dhcp without assigning specific corresponding values, such as specific ip,
pppoe name, etc. The configuration of the specific mode should be
configured for onu under discrete

(untag | tag Vlan processing mode:

<1-4094> Untag: Only allow packets that do not carry vlan
priority <0-7>) Tag: set the vlan id of wan, the value range is 1-4094, priority: 0-7

igmp-proxy Whether to enable multicast proxy, optional.

(enable Enable: Enable, <1-4094> multicast vlan, the value range is 1-4094
<1-4094> | Disable; close
disable)

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Add an ipv4 route wan with index 1, service type internet, select static ip allocation mode,
configure wan vlanid as 100, priority 0, enable multicast proxy multicast vlan 200
OLT(config-ont-wanprofile-1)# wan add 1 ipv4 route internet static vlan-mode tag 100
priority 0 igmp-proxy enable 200

27.10.4.Modify WAN parameters

Command OLT(config-ont-wanprofile-1)# wan modify (<1-8>|WANNAME)

syntax service-type ( internet | other | tr069 |internet-tr069 |
internet-voip | internet-voip-tr069 | voip | voip-tr069) vlan-mode
(untag | transparent | tag <1-4094> priority <0-7>)
{connection-status (enable | disable) | mtu <576-1500>}

Applicable view wan template view

Function Add an ipv4 route wan

Description

<1-8>|WANNA 1-8: Specify wan id

ME WANNAME: Specify the wan name, the name length is 1-24,

( internet|other Modify service type

|tr069|internet
-tr069|internet-
voip|internet-v
oip-tr069|voip|
voip-tr069)

page 375_
 vlan-mode Vlan processing mode:
(untag | Untag: Only allow packets that do not carry vlan
transparent | Transparent: Transparent transmission
tag <1-4094> Tag: set the vlan id of wan, the value range is 1-4094, priority: 0-7
priority <0-7>)

connection-stat Modify the wan connection status: enable: connect

us (enable | Disable: close the connection
disable)

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Modify the connection status of wan 1 to disable
OLT(config-ont-wanprofile-1)# wan modify 1 connection-status disable

27.10.5.Delete the specified WAN

Command OLT(config-ont-wanprofile-1)# wan del (<1-8> | WANNAME)

syntax

Applicable view Wan template view

Function Delete the specified wan connection, if it does not exist, an error will
Description be reported

<1-8>|WANNA 1-8: Specify wan id to delete

ME WANNAME: Specify the name to delete the length 1-24

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the first wan
OLT(config-ont-wanprofile-1)# wan del 1

27.10.6.View current WAN template configuration

Command OLT(config-ont-wanprofile-1)# show ont-wanprofile current

syntax

Applicable view Wan template view

Function View the configuration of the current wan template

Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current configuration
OLT(config-ont-wanprofile-1)# show ont-wanprofile current

page 376_
 -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile-ID : 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
WAN ID : 1
IP mode : Static
Connection status : enable
Connect mode : route
Connect type : Internet
VLAN mode : tag
VLAN id: 100
VLAN priority : 6
IGMP proxy : --
mvlan id : --
MTU : --
Port binding:

-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
WAN ID : 2
IP mode : Bridge
Connection status : enable
Connect mode : bridge
Connect type : Internet
VLAN mode : transparent
VLAN id : --
VLAN priority : --
IGMP proxy : --
mvlan id : --
MTU : --
Port binding:

-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

27.10.7.Submit the current WAN template configuration

Command OLT(config-ont-wanprofile-1) # commit

syntax

Applicable view Wan template view

Function Commit the current template configuration

Description

page 377_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Submit the current template
OLT(config-ont-wanprofile-1)# commit

27.10.8.View WAN Template Information

Command OLT(config)# show ont-w an profile gpon (profile-id <1-256> |

syntax profile-name NAME|all)

Applicable view config view

Function View wan template information

Description

(profile-id All: View all templates to display only the summary information, the
<1-256>| number of bindings
profile-name <1-256>:wan template number
NAME|all) NAME: wan template name

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all wan template information
OLT(config)# show ont-wanprofile gpon all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile-ID Profile-name Binding times
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
1 wanprofile_1 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 1

27.10.9.Delete the specified WAN template

Command OLT(config)# no ont-wanprofile gpon (profile-id <1-256> |

syntax profile-name NAME)

Applicable view config view

Function Delete the created wan, but cannot delete the wan template bound
Description to onu

profile-id ONU WAN profile number, ranging from 1 to 256

<1-256>

profile-name Onu wan name, name length 1-32

NAME

page 378_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete wan template 1
OLT(config)# no ont-wanprofile gpon profile-id 1

27.11.ONT WIFI template configuration

27.11.1.Create a new WIFI template

Command OLT(config)# ont- wifi profile gpon (profile-id <1-256>| profile-name

syntax NAME)

Applicable view config view

Function ont-wi ifi profile gpon command is used to create or enter an existing
Description onu wifi template, and configure the general properties of wifi,
excluding the configuration of ssid

profile-id ONU Wifi template number, if not specified, the system will
<1-256> automatically assign the minimum idle id

profile-name Onu wan profile name, the default name is wifiprofile_x, ' x ' is the
NAME actual wan profile number

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create and enter the onu wifi template with ID 1
OLT(config)# ont-wi ifi profile gpon profile-id 1
OLT(config-ont- wifi profile-1)#

27.11.2.enable WIFI

Command OLT(config-ont-wifiprofile-1)# wifi (2.4g | 5g) (disable|enable)

syntax

Applicable view wifi template view

Function enable wifi

Description

(2.4g | 5g) Wifi frequency band value is 2.4g

5g

(disable|enable Enable: enable

) Disable: close

page 379_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable 2.4g band wifi
OLT(config-ont-wifiprofile-1)# wifi 2.4g enable

27.11.3.WIFI Properties 2.4g Configuration

Command OLT(config-ont-wifiprofile-1)# wifi attribute 2.4g {wifi-mode (802.11b

syntax |802.11g |802.11b/g |802.11n |802.11b/g/n )}
{channel-bandwidth (20|40) |channel-id <0-13> |
wifi-rate (auto|1|2|5.5|6|9|12|18|24|36|48|54) |
txpower (100%|80%|60%|35%|15%)|
country-region (usa |india |european-union |spain |france |japan
|israli |china-taiwan |russian |china |global |world-wide) |
sgi-enable (disable|enable) |
wps-enable (disable|enable) |
ap-iso(disable|enable)}

Applicable view wifi template view

Function Configure the wifi properties of the 2.4g frequency band, each
Description parameter is optional

wifi-mode Configure the working mode of the wireless network

(802.11b|802.1
1g|802.11b/g|8
02.11n|802.11b
/g/n)

channel-bandwi Configure the channel width occupied by wireless data transmission

dth (20|40) 20: 20MHz
40: 40MHz

channel-id The value of the channel for wireless network work is 0-13, 0 is auto
<0-13>

wifi-rate The value of wifi rate is auto 1: 1M

(auto|1|2|5.5| 2:2M 5.5:5.5M 6:6M 9:9M 12:12M 18:18M 24:24M
6|9|12|18|24| 36: 36M 48: 48M 54: 54M
36|48|54)

txpower Transmission power value: 100% 80% 60% 35% 15%

(100%|80%|60
%|35%|15%)

country-region Country code value: USA India European-union Spain France

(usa|india|euro Japan Israli China-taiwan Russian China global world-wide
pean-union|spa

page 380_
 in|france|japan
|israli|china-tai
wan|russian|ch
ina|global|worl
d-wide)

sgi-enable Sgi enabled

(disable|enable
)

wps-enable Wps enable

(disable|enable
)

ap-iso(disable| Ap isolation enable

enable)
【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure 2.4g frequency band wifi properties, select 802.11b channel
bandwidth 40MHZ for network working mode, and select 1 for working
channel
OLT(config-ont-wifiprofile-1) # wifi attribute 2.4g wifi-mode 802.11b
channel-bandwidth 40 channel-id 1

27.11.4.WIFI properties 5g configuration

Command OLT(config-ont-wifiprofile-1)# wifi attribute 5g {wifi-mode ( 802.11b

syntax | 802.11g | 802.11b/g | 802.11n | 802.11b/g/n | 802.11a |
802.11a/n | 802.11ac/a/n )} {channel-bandwidth
( 20|40|80)|channel-id
(0|36|40|44|48|52|56|60|64|149|153|157|161)|
wifi-rate (auto|1|2|5.5|6|9|12|18|24|36|48|54)|
txpower (100%|80%|60%|35%|15%)|
country-region (usa |india |european-union |spain |france |japan
|israli |china-taiwan |russian |china |global |world-wide) |
sgi-enable (disable|enable) |
wps-enable (disable|enable)|
ap-iso(disable|enable)}

Applicable view wifi template view

Function Configure the wifi properties of the 5g frequency band, each

Description parameter is optional

wifi-mode Configure the working mode of the wireless network

page 381_
 (802.11b|802.1
1g|802.11b/g|8
02.11n|802.11b
/g/n|802.11a|8
02.11a/n|802.1
1ac/a/n)

channel-bandwi Configure the channel width occupied by wireless data transmission

dth (20|40|80) 20: 20MHz
40: 40MHz
80: 80MHz

channel-id The value of the channel for wireless network work is 0-13, 0 is auto
<0-13>

wifi-rate The value of wifi rate is auto 1: 1M

(auto|1|2|5.5| 2:2M 5.5:5.5M 6:6M 9:9M 12:12M 18:18M 24:24M
6|9|12|18|24| 36: 36M 48: 48M 54: 54M
36|48|54)

txpower Transmission power value: 100% 80% 60% 35% 15%

(100%|80%|60
%|35%|15%)

country-region Country code value: USA India European-union Spain France

(usa|india|euro Japan Israli China-taiwan Russian China global world-wide
pean-union|spa
in|france|japan
|israli|china-tai
wan|russian|ch
ina|global|worl
d-wide)

sgi-enable Sgi enabled

(disable|enable
)

wps-enable Wps enable

(disable|enable
)

ap-iso(disable| Ap isolation enable

enable)
【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure 5g band wifi properties, select 802.11b channel bandwidth 40MHZ
for network working mode, and select 64 for working channel
OLT(config-ont-wifiprofile-1)# wifi attribute 5g wifi-mode 802.11b channel-bandwidth

page 382_
 40 channel-id 64

27.11.5.Clear WIFI configuration

Command OLT(config-ont-wifiprofile-1)# no wifi attribute all

syntax

Applicable view wifi template view

Function clear wifi configuration

Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear wifi configuration
OLT(config-ont-wifiprofile-1)# no wifi attribute all

27.11.6.Delete the specified WIFI template

Command OLT(config)# no ont-w ifi profile gpon (profile-id <1-256>|

syntax profile-name NAME)

Applicable config view

view

Function Delete the created wifi template, but cannot delete the wifi template
Description bound to onu

profile-id ONU wifi template number, ranging from 1 to 256

<1-256>

profile-name Onu wifi name, name length 1-32

NAME

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete wifi template 1
OLT(config)# no ont-wifiprofile gpon profile-id 1

27.11.7.View the current WIFI template configuration

Command syntax OLT(config-ont-wanprofile-1)# show ont-wifiprofile current

Applicable view WIFI template view

page 383_
 Function View the configuration of the current wan template
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View WIFI Template View
OLT(config-ont-wifiprofile-1)# show ont-wifiprofile current
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile-ID : 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Wifi Band: 5g
Wifi Admin : --
Wi-Fi Mode: 802.11b
ChannelBandwidth : 40MHz
Channel ID : 64
Wi-Fi Rate : --
Tx Power : --
Country Region : --
Sgi Admin : --
Wps Admin : --
AP ISO : --

27.11.8.Submit the current WIFI template configuration

Command OLT(config-ont- wifi profile-1) # commit

syntax

Applicable view Wifi Template View

Function Commit the current template configuration

Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Submit the current template configuration
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0/0)# commit

27.11.9.View WIFI template information

Command OLT(config)# show ont-wi ifi profile gpon (profile-id <1-256>|

syntax profile-name NAME|all)

page 384_
 Applicable view config view

Function View wifi template information

Description

(profile-id All: View all templates to display only the summary information, the
<1-256>| number of bindings
profile-name <1-256>: wifi template number
NAME|all) NAME: wifi template name

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all wifi template information
OLT(config)# show ont-wifiprofile gpon all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile-ID Profile-name Binding times
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
1 wifiprofile_1 1
2 wifiprofile_2 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 2

27.11.10.ONU binding WIFI template

Command OLT(config-interface- gpon -0/0)# ont wifi-profile <port-id> <onu-id>

syntax ( ont-wifiprofile-id <1-256>| ont-wifiprofile-name NAME)

Applicable view gpon view

Function onu binds a specific wifi template

Description

<port-id> pon port id where onu is located

<onu-id> Onu Id

profile-id ONU wifi template number, ranging from 1 to 256

<1-256>

profile-name Onu wifi name, name length 1-32

NAME

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Bind wifi template 1 to pon 1 onu 1
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0/0)# ont wifi-profile 1 1 ont-wifiprofile-id 1

page 385_
27.11.11.ONU unbind WIFI template

Command OLT(config-interface- gpon -0/0)# no ont wifi-profile <port-id>

syntax <onu-id>

Applicable view gpon view

Function onu binds a specific wifi template

Description

<port-id> pon port id where onu is located

<onu-id> Onu Id

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Unbind wifi template 1 of pon 1 onu 1
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0/0)# no ont wifi-profile 1 1

27.11.12.View the WIFI template configuration bound to the ONU

Command OLT(config-interface- g pon-0/0) # show ont wifi-profile <port-id>

syntax <onu-id>

Applicable view gpon view

Function View the configuration information of the wifi template bound to onu
Description

<port-id> pon port id where onu is located

<onu-id> Onu Id

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the wifi template information bound to pon 1 onu 1
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0/0)# show ont wifi-profile 1 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile-ID : 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Wifi Band: 2.4g
Wifi Admin : --
Wifi Mode : --
ChannelBandwidth: 20MHz

page 386_
 Channel ID : 1
Wifi Rate : --
Tx Power : --
Country Region : --
Sgi Admin : --
Wps Admin : --
AP ISO : --

27.12.ONT Multicast Profile Configuration

27.12.1.Create an ONT Multicast Profile

Command OLT(config)# ont-igmpprofile gpon {profile-id <profile-id>

syntax |profile-name <profile-name>}

Applicable view config view

Function
ont-igmpprofile command is used to add an ONT multicast profile.
Description

ONT multicast profile ID, which uniquely identifies a profile, ranges

<profile-id> from 0 to 256. When not specified, the system automatically assigns
the smallest free template number .

ONT multicast profile, which can be 1-32 characters long. The default
<profile-name> template name is igmpprofile_x, where "x" is replaced with the actual
template number.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create and enter the ONT multicast profile with ID 1 .
OLT(config)# ont-igmpprofile gpon profile-id 1
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)#

27.12.2.Bind the multicast ACL profile to the ONT multicast profile

OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp control {dynamic-acl < ACL

Command syntax
- ID > | static-acl < ACL - ID > }

Applicable view Multicast Template View

Function
This command is used to bind the ONT multicast ACL template
Description

page 387_
 ONT multicast acl template ID, uniquely identifies a template,
< ACL - ID >
value range: 1-256

【Configuration case】
Case 1: ONT multicast profile 1 is bound to multicast ACL profile 1
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp control static-acl 1
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)#

27.12.3.Configure the interval for sending IGMP group-specific

query packets in the ONT multicast profile

OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp
Command syntax last-member-query-interval < last-member-query-interval
-value>

Applicable view Multicast Template View

Function the interval for sending IGMP group-specific query packets in the
Description ONT multicast profile .

<
The interval for sending query packets of a specific group, the
last-member-query-i
value range: 0-4294967295, the default value is 1S
nterval- value>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the interval for sending IGMP group-specific query packets in the ONT
multicast profile to 10
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp last-member-query-interval 10
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)#

27.12.4.Set the maximum multicast bandwidth in the ONT multicast

profile

OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp max-multicast-bandwidth

Command syntax
{< max-multicast-bandwidth -value>| unlimited }

Applicable view Multicast Template View

maximum multicast bandwidth in the ONT multicast profile . Use

Function this parameter when you need to limit the maximum multicast
Description bandwidth that can be used by multicast users of different levels
or areas.

page 388_
 <
The maximum multicast bandwidth value, the value range:
max-multicast-band
1-4294967295, the unit: byte/second, the default is unlimited
width- value>

unlimited Indicates that the multicast bandwidth of users is not limited

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the maximum multicast bandwidth in ONT multicast profile 1 to 20M
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp max-multicast-bandwidth 5120
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)#

27.12.5.Set the maximum number of programs in the ONT multicast

profile

OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp max-simultaneous-groups

Command syntax
{<max-simultaneous-groups-value>| unlimited }

Applicable view Multicast Template View

This command is used to set the maximum number of programs

Function in the ONT multicast profile . Use this parameter when you need
Description to set the number of programs that multicast users can watch at
the same time.

<max-simultaneous- The maximum number of multicasts, the value range: 1-65535,

groups-value> the default is unlimited.

Indicates the maximum number of programs that do not limit the

unlimited
user

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the maximum number of programs in ONT multicast profile 1 to 20
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp max-simultaneous-groups 20
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)#

27.12.6.Set the general multicast query packet interval in the ONT

multicast profile

OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp query-interval

Command syntax
{<query-interval-value>|unconcern}

Applicable view Multicast Template View

page 389_
 Function the interval of general multicast query packets in the ONT
Description multicast profile .

<query-interval-valu General multicast query message interval, value range:

e> 1-4294967295, unit: S, default 125S.

unconcern Don't pay attention, just refer to the ONT default value

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the general group query packet interval in ONT multicast profile 1 to 125S
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp query-interval 125
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)#

27.12.7.Set the maximum response time of query packets in the ONT

multicast profile

OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp query-max-response {<

Command syntax
query-max-response -value>|unconcern}

Applicable view Multicast Template View

Function the maximum response time of query packets in the ONT

Description multicast profile .

<
Maximum response time, value range: 1-4294967295, default
query-max-response
10S.
- value>

unconcern Don't pay attention, just refer to the ONT default value

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the maximum response time in ONT multicast profile 1 to 10S
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp query-max-response 100
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)#

27.12.8.Set the robustness coefficient of the system in the ONT

multicast profile

OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp robustness <robustness

Command syntax
-value>

Applicable view Multicast Template View

Function the robustness coefficient of the system in the ONT multicast

page 390_
 Description profile

Robustness coefficient value, the value range: 0-225, the default

<robustness-value>
value is 0

【Configuration case】
Set the robustness coefficient of the system to 2 in ONT multicast profile 1
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp robustness 2
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)#

27.12.9.Set the processing method for unauthorized request to join

packets in the ONT multicast profile

OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp unauthorized-join { discard

Command syntax
|forward}

Applicable view Multicast Template View

Function the processing method for unauthorized joining packets in the

Description ONT multicast profile.

Discard : Discard processing .

discard |forward
Forward: Normal forwarding processing .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The ONT multicast profile 1 is set to discard the packets that request to join without
authorization
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp unauthorized-join discard
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)#

27.12.10.Set the upstream multicast packet rate in the ONT multicast

profile

OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp upstream-rate {<

Command syntax
upstream-rate -value>| unlimited }

Applicable view Multicast Template View

Function
message lamp permission in the ONT multicast profile .
Description

< upstream-rate- Upstream multicast packet rate value, the value range:
value> 1-4294967295, the default is unlimited

page 391_
 unlimited Indicates that the upstream multicast packet rate is not limited

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Unlimited upstream multicast packet rate in ONT multicast profile 1
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp upstream-rate unlimited
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)#

27.12.11.Configure the multicast version in the ONT multicast profile

Command syntax OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp version { v2 |v3}

Applicable view Multicast Template View

Function
multicast version in the ONT multicast profile
Description

v2 |v3 Multicast version number, the default configuration is v2

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The multicast version in ONT multicast profile 1 is V2
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp version v2
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)#

27.12.12.Set the forwarding mode of upstream multicast packets in

the ONT multicast profile

OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp-forward {default <VLAN

Command syntax ID> <VLAN tag priority> |translation <VLAN ID> <VLAN tag
priority> | transparent }

Applicable view Multicast Template View

Function the forwarding mode of upstream multicast packets in the ONT

Description multicast profile.

Default: add a layer of VLAN to the packet

Default|translation| Translation: Convert the original VLAN of the packet to another
transparent VLAN
Transparent: Don't pay attention to VLAN, forward directly

<VLAN ID> VLAN ID value, the value range is 1-4094

<VLAN tag priority> VLAN priority, the value range is 0-7

【Configuration case】

page 392_
 Case 1: Set the forwarding mode of upstream multicast packets to transparent transmission
in ONT multicast profile 1
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# igmp-forward transparent
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)#

27.12.13.Enable or disable the quick leave function in the ONT

multicast profile

OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# multicast fast-leave

Command syntax
{enable|disable}

Applicable view Multicast Template View

Function
quick leave function in the ONT multicast profile
Description

disable: disable the quick leave function

enable|disable
enable: Enable quick leave function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Disabling the Quick Leave function in ONT SIP Service Data Profile 1
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# multicast fast-leave disable
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)#

27.12.14.Set the ONT multicast packet forwarding mode in the ONT

multicast profile

OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# multicast-forward untag |{tag

Command syntax
{translation <VLAN ID>| transparent }}

Applicable view Multicast Template View

Function This command is used to set the ONT multicast packet

Description forwarding mode in the ONT multicast profile.

Untag: Forward out to strip off VLAN Tag

untag|tag
Tag: forwarding with VLAN tag

Translation: Convert the original VLAN of the packet to another

translation|
VLAN for forwarding
transparent
Transparent: Don't pay attention to VLAN, forward directly

<VLAN ID> VLAN ID value, the value range is 1-4094

【Configuration case】

page 393_
 Case 1: Set the ONT multicast packet forwarding mode to untag in ONT multicast profile 1
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# multicast-forward untag
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)#

27.12.15.View the configuration of the current ONT multicast profile

Command
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# show ont-igmpprofile current
syntax

Applicable view Multicast template configuration view

Function This command is used to view the configuration of the current

Description multicast profile

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current multicast profile configuration
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# show ont-igmpprofile current
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile-ID : 1
Profile-name : igmpprofile_1
Binding times : 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
IGMP Version : V2
IGMP Mode : IGMP snooping
IGMP fast leave : disable
Upstream IGMP rate : unlimited
Dynamic access control list table : 0
Static access control list table : 0
Robustness : 2
Query interval : 125(s)
Query max response time : 100(0.1s)
Last member query interval : 10(0.1s)
Unauthorized join request behaviour : discard
Upstream IGMP packet forward mode : transparent
Upstream IGMP packet forward VLAN : -
Upstream IGMP packet priority : -
Downstream IGMP packet forward mode : untag
Downstream IGMP packet forward VLAN : -
Max simultaneous groups : unlimited
Max multicast bandwidth : unlimited
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)#

27.12.16.Submit the current ONT multicast profile configuration

page 394_
 Command
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# commit
syntax

Applicable view Multicast template configuration view

This command is used to submit the current multicast template

Function
configuration. Only after this command is successfully submitted, all
Description
parameter configurations of the multicast template will take effect.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Submit the current multicast template configuration
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)# commit
OLT(config-ont-igmpprofile-1)#

27.12.17.Querying the ONT Multicast Profile Information on the

OLT

Command OLT(config)# show ont-igmpprofile gpon {all | profile-id <profile-id>

syntax | profile-name <profile-name>}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to query the information of the ONT multicast
Description profile that has been created in the system.

all View all multicast profile information on the OLT

profile-id
multicast profile information of the specified id .
<profile-id

profile-name
multicast template of the specified name .
<profile-name>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all ONT multicast profile information on the OLT.
OLT(config)# show ont-igmpprofile gpon all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile-ID Profile-name Binding times
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
1 igmpprofile_1 0
2 igmpprofile_2 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 2

OLT(config)#

page 395_
27.12.18.Deleting the ONT Multicast Profile on the OLT

Command OLT(config)# no ont-igmpprofile gpon { profile-id <profile-id > |

syntax profile-name <profile-name>}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to delete the ONT multicast profile created in
Description the system.

profile-id
Delete the multicast template with the specified id .
<profile-id

profile-name
Deletes the multicast template with the specified name .
<profile-name>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete ONT Multicast Profile 2 on the OLT .
OLT(config)# no ont-igmpprofile gpon profile-id 2
OLT(config)#

27.13.ONT TR069 Template Configuration

27.13.1.Create a new ONT TR069 template

Command OLT(config)# ont - tr069- profile {profile-id <profile-id>

syntax |profile-name <profile-name>}

Applicable view config view

tr069- profile command is used to add the TR069 profile of the ONT .
Function The ONT TR069 template stores the basic attribute configuration data
Description of the ONT TR069 interface, such as the user name, password, and
port of the ACS and CPE .

ONT TR069 template ID, uniquely identifies a template, the value

<profile-id> range: 1-32. When not specified, the system automatically assigns the
smallest free template number .

ONT TR069 template name, the length supports 1-32 characters. The
<profile-name> default template name is tr069profile _x, where "x" is replaced with
the actual template number.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create and enter ONT TR069 template with ID 1 .
OLT(config)# ont-tr069-profile profile-id 1

page 396_
 OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)#

27.13.2.Configure the ACS password in the ONT TR069 template

Command
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# acs-password <password>
syntax

Applicable view TR069 Template View

Function This command is used to set the ACS password of the ONT TR069
Description template

< password > Password content, length 1-25

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the ACS password of the ONT TR069 template as 123456
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# acs-password 123456
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)#

27.13.3.Configure the ACS port number in the ONT TR069 profile

Command
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# acs-port <port>
syntax

Applicable view TR069 Template View

Function This command is used to set the ACS port number of the ONT TR069
Description template

< port > Port number, the value is 0-65535

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the ACS port number of the ONT TR069 template as 12345
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# acs-port 12345
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)#

27.13.4.Configure the URL address of the ACS in the ONT TR069

template

Command
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# acs-url <url address>
syntax

page 397_
 Applicable view TR069 Template View

Function This command is used to set the URL address of the ACS of the ONT
Description TR069 template

< url address > URL address of the ACS server, length 1-25

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the ACS server URL address of the ONT TR069 template as abcd
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# acs- url abcd
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)#

27.13.5.Configure the user name of the ACS in the ONT TR069

template

Command
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# acs-username <USERNAME>
syntax

Applicable view TR069 Template View

Function This command is used to set the username of the ACS of the ONT
Description TR069 template

< USERNAME > ACS username, length 1-50

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the ACS user name of the ONT TR069 template as abcd
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# acs-username abcd
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)#

27.13.6.Configure the authentication domain of the ACS in the ONT

TR069 template

Command
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# auth-realm <REALM>
syntax

Applicable view TR069 Template View

Function This command is used to set the authentication domain of the ACS of
Description the ONT TR069 template

< REALM > Authentication field value, length 1-24

page 398_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the ACS authentication domain of the ONT TR069 template as abcd
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# auth-realm abcd
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)#

27.13.7.Enable or disable ACS connection request authentication in

ONT TR069 template

Command OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# connect-request-auth

syntax {enable|disable}

Applicable view TR069 Template View

Function This command is used to enable or disable ACS connection request

Description authentication for ONT TR069 template

disable: Disable the ACS connection request authentication on

enable|disable function
enable: Enable ACS connection request authentication function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Disable ACS connection request authentication for ONT TR069 template
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# connect-request-auth disable
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)#

27.13.8.Configure the CPE password in the ONT TR069 template

Command
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# cpe-password <password>
syntax

Applicable view TR069 Template View

Function This command is used to set the CPE password of the ONT TR069
Description template

< password > Password content, length 1-25

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the CPE password of the ONT TR069 template as 123456
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# cpe -password 123456
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)#

page 399_
27.13.9.Configure the CPE port number in the ONT TR069 template

Command
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# cpe-port <port>
syntax

Applicable view TR069 Template View

Function
This command is used to set the CPE port of the ONT TR069 template
Description

< port > Port number, the value is 0-65535, 0 means the default value

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the CPE port number of the ONT TR069 template as 12345
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# cpe -port 12345
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)#

27.13.10.Configure the CPE user name in the ONT TR069 template

Command
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# cpe-username <USERNAME>
syntax

Applicable view TR069 Template View

Function This command is used to set the CPE user name of the ONT TR069
Description template

< USERNAME > CPE username, length 1-50

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the CPE user name of the ONT TR069 template as abcd
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# cpe -username abcd

27.13.11.Configuring the Notification Interval in the ONT TR069

Profile

Command OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# inform {enable|disable

syntax |interval<time> }

Applicable view TR069 Template View

Function This command is used to set the notification interval of ONT TR069

page 400_
 Description template

disable: disable the quick leave function

enable|disable enable: Enable quick leave function
|interval Interval: Set the notification interval, the value is 1-4294967295, in
seconds

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Disable the notification function of the ONT TR069 template
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# inform disable

27.13.12.Delete the configuration parameters in the ONT TR069

template

OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# no
Command
{acs-password|acs-url|acs-username|auth-realm|cpe-password|cp
syntax
e-username}

Applicable view TR069 Template View

Function This command is used to delete various parameter configurations in

Description the TR069 template

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the password of the ACS server
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)# no acs-password

27.14.Optical Module Alarm Profile Configuration

27.14.1.Create a new optical module alarm template

Command OLT(config)# optical-alarm-profile {profile-id <profile-id>

syntax |profile-name <profile-name>}

Applicable view config view

Optical-alarm-profile command is used to add an optical module

Function alarm profile. The optical module alarm profile is configured with
Description thresholds for many optical modules, which are used to monitor the
values of optical modules.

Optical module template ID, which uniquely identifies a template.

<profile-id>
The value range is 1-256. When not specified, the system

page 401_
 automatically assigns the smallest free template number .

ONT TR069 template name, the length supports 1-32 characters. The
<profile-name> default template name is optical_alarm_profile_x , where "x" is
replaced with the actual template number.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create and enter the optical module alarm profile with ID 1 .
OLT(config)# optical-alarm-profile profile-id 1
OLT(config-ont-tr069profile-1)#

27.14.2.Configure Optical Transceiver TX Bias Current

OLT(config)# bias-current {alarm-lower <THRESHOLD> |alarm-upper

Command
<THRESHOLD> |warning-lower <THRESHOLD> | warning -upper
syntax
<THRESHOLD>}

Applicable view optical-alarm-profile view

Function bias-current command is used to configure the warning threshold and

Description warning threshold of the TX bias current of the optical transceiver

alarm-lower alarm-lower: bias current threshold alarm lower limit

alarm-upper alarm-upper: Bias current threshold alarm upper limit
warning-lower warning-lower: bias current threshold warning lower limit
warning -upper warning-upper: Bias current threshold warning upper limit

<THRESHOLD> Alarm threshold and alarm threshold, value <1-10000>, unit mA

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the optical transceiver to have a bias current warning lower limit of 500
OLT(config-optical-alarm-profile-1)# bias-current warning-upper 500
OLT(config-optical-alarm-profile-1)#

28.ONT management

28.1.ONT authentication configuration

28.1.1.Enable or disable the automatic discovery function of the ONT

Command OLT(config-interface- gpon -0/0)# ont autofind {<port-id> | all }

page 402_
 syntax <switch>

Applicable view gpon interface view

Enable or disable the ONT auto-discovery function. Unregistered

Function
ONTs will be displayed on the OLT only after the ONT auto-discovery
Description
function is enabled.

Specifies which PON port of the OLT enables the automatic discovery
<port-id>
function of the ONT. The value ranges from 1 to 16.

all Enable the ONT auto-discovery function of all PON ports on the OLT

ONT auto-discovery function

< switch >
Disable : Disable the ONT auto-discovery function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the ONT automatic discovery function of the PON1 port on the OLT
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont autofind 1 enable

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.1.2.The ONT automatically discovers the aging time configuration

Command
OLT(config)# ont autofind { no-aging | timeout < Aging - time >}
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to set the aging time of ONT automatic
Description discovery.

no-aging Set the aging time of ONT auto-discovery to no aging

Set the aging time for ONT auto-discovery, the value range: 100-300,
< Aging - time > the unit: seconds, the default is: 100 seconds, you can use show ont
autofind time to check the configured ONT auto-aging time.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the aging time of the ONT's automatic discovery to 200 seconds
OLT(config)# ont autofind timeout 200

OLT(config)#

28.1.3.Authenticate the ONT and the binding template through the

ONT's SN

page 403_
 OLT(config-interface- gpon -0/0)# ont add <port-id> <on t -id> s
n-auth <SN-VALUE> { ont-lineprofile-id <profile-id>
Command
|ont-lineprofile-name <profile - name> } { ont-srvprofile-id
syntax
<profile-id> |ont-srvprofile-name <profile-name> } |{ always
|once-again < Aging time value> | once-no-aging }

Applicable view gpon interface view

This command is used to authenticate the ONT and bind the ONT line
profile and service profile based on the ONT's SN. The OLT will
Function
determine whether the SN reported by the ONT is consistent with the
Description
configuration. If the SN is the same, the authentication is passed and
the ONT goes online normally.

Specifies the PON port number where the newly added ONT resides.
<port-id>
Values are 1-16

<ONT-id> Specifies the ONT number. Value is 1-128

The SN of the ONT to be authenticated, in the format of 12-bit ASCII

<SN-VALUE> or converted hexadecimal number, in the format: < Length 12, 13,
16>(XXXXXXXXXXXX, XXXX-XXXXXXXX, XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX)

<profile-id> ID number of the ONT template, ranging from 0 to 512

<profile -
The name of the ONT template, 1-16 characters are supported
name>

Always : ONU can go online at any time with unlimited number of

always
authentications

once-again
once-aging : The authentication can only go online once within the
< Aging time
specified time, and the ONU will be cleared once it is offline.
value>

once-no-aging : There is no restriction on when to authenticate, but

once-no-aging after the authentication goes online once, if the ONU is offline, it will
be deleted

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Authenticate an ONT with a number of 9 and sn is an ONT of xpon12345678 at port
1 of pon and bind ONT line profile 15 and ONT service profile 15
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont add 1 9 sn-auth xpon12345678 ont-lineprofile-id
15 ont-srvprofile-id 15

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.1.4.Authenticate the ONT and the binding template through the

page 404_
 password of the ONT's SN

OLT(config-interface- gpon -0/0)# ont add <port-id> <on t -id>

password-auth < PASSWOED -VALUE> { ont-lineprofile-id
Command <profile-id> |ont-lineprofile-name <profile - name> }
syntax { ont-srvprofile-id <profile-id> |ont-srvprofile-name
<profile-name> } |{ always |once-again < Aging time value> |
once-no-aging }

Applicable view gpon interface view

This command is used to authenticate the ONT and bind the ONT line
profile and service profile based on the ONT's SN Password. The OLT
Function
will determine whether the SN Password reported by the ONT is
Description
consistent with the configuration. If they are consistent, the
authentication is passed and the ONT goes online normally.

Specifies the PON port number where the newly added ONT resides.
<port-id>
Values are 1-16

<ONT-id> Specifies the ONT number. Value is 1-128

< PASSWOED Password of the SN of the ONT to be authenticated, in the format of

-VALUE> 10-bit ASCII characters, the character length is 1-10

<profile-id> ID number of the ONT template, ranging from 0 to 512

<profile -
The name of the ONT template, 1-16 characters are supported
name>

Always : ONU can go online at any time with unlimited number of

always
authentications

once-again
once-aging : The authentication can only go online once within the
< Aging time
specified time, and the ONU will be cleared once it is offline.
value>

once-no-aging : There is no restriction on when to authenticate, but

once-no-aging after the authentication goes online once, if the ONU is offline, it will
be deleted

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Authenticate an ONT number 9 at port 1 of pon , the password of sn is ONT of
12345678 , and bind ONT line profile 15 and ONT service profile 15
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont add 1 9 password-auth 12345678 ont-lineprofile-id
15 ont-srvprofile-id 15

page 405_
 OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.1.5.Authenticate ONT and binding template through ONT's SN+

Password

OLT(config-interface- gpon -0/0)# ont add <port-id> <on t -id> s

n-auth <SN-VALUE> password-auth < PASSWOED -VALUE>
Command { ont-lineprofile-id <profile-id> |ont-lineprofile-name <profile -
syntax name> } { ont-srvprofile-id <profile-id> |ont-srvprofile-name
<profile-name> } |{ always |once-again < Aging time value> |
once-no-aging }

Applicable view gpon interface view

This command is used to authenticate the ONT and bind the ONT line
profile and service profile based on the ONT's SN+Password. The OLT
Function
will determine whether the sn and Password reported by the ONT are
Description
consistent with the configuration. If they are consistent, the
authentication is passed and the ONT goes online normally.

Specifies the PON port number where the newly added ONT resides.
<port-id>
Values are 1-16

<ONT-id> Specifies the ONT number. Value is 1-128

The SN of the ONT to be authenticated, in the format of 12-bit ASCII

<SN-VALUE> or converted hexadecimal number, in the format: < Length 12, 13,
16>(XXXXXXXXXXXX, XXXX-XXXXXXXX, XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX)

< PASSWOED Password of the SN of the ONT to be authenticated, in the format of

-VALUE> 10-bit ASCII characters, the character length is 1-10

<profile-id> ID number of the ONT template, ranging from 0 to 512

<profile -
The name of the ONT template, 1-16 characters are supported
name>

Always : ONU can go online at any time with unlimited number of

always
authentications

once-again
once-aging : The authentication can only go online once within the
< Aging time
specified time, and the ONU will be cleared once it is offline.
value>

once-no-aging : There is no restriction on when to authenticate, but

once-no-aging after the authentication goes online once, if the ONU is offline, it will
be deleted

page 406_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: An ont number 9 is authenticated at port 1 , the authenticated sn is xpon12345678,
the authenticated password is the ONT of 12345678 , and the ONT line profile 15 and ONT
service profile 15 are bound
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont add 1 9 sn-auth xpon12345678 password-auth
12345678 ont-lineprofile-id 15 ont-srvprofile-id 15

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.1.6.Authenticate ONT and binding template through ONT's Loid

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont add <port-id> <ONT-id>

loid-auth <LOID-VALUE> { ont-lineprofile-id <profile-id>
Command
|ont-lineprofile-name <profile - name> } { ont-srvprofile-id
syntax
<profile-id> |ont-srvprofile-name <profile-name> } | { always |
once-aging | once-no-aging }

Applicable view gpon interface view

This command is used to authenticate the ONT and bind the ONT line
profile and service profile based on the ONT's loid. The OLT will
Function
determine whether the loid reported by the ONT is consistent with
Description
the configuration. If it is consistent, the authentication is passed and
the ONT goes online normally.

Specifies the PON port number where the newly added ONT resides.
<port-id>
Values are 1-16

<ONT-id> Specifies the ONT number. The value is 1-128

The loid of the ONT to be authenticated, 1 to 24 characters are

<LOID-VALUE>
supported .

<profile-id> ID number of the ONT template, ranging from 0 to 512

<profile -
The name of the ONT template, 1-16 characters are supported
name>

Always : ONU can go online at any time with unlimited number of

always
authentications

once-again
once-aging : The authentication can only go online once within the
< Aging time
specified time, and the ONU will be cleared once it is offline.
value>

once-no-aging : There is no restriction on when to authenticate, but

once-no-aging
after the authentication goes online once, if the ONU is offline, it will

page 407_
 be deleted

【Configuration case】
Authenticate an ONT with an ONT number of 10 and a Loid of 12345678 on pon 1 and bind
the ONT line profile 5 and ONT service profile 5
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont add 1 10 loid-auth 12345678 ont-lineprofile-id 5
ont-srvprofile-id 5 always

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.1.7.Authenticate ONT and bind template through ONT's Loid+

password

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont add <port-id> <ONT-id>

loid-auth <LOID-VALUE> password <PASSWORD-VALUE>
Command
{ ont-lineprofile-id <profile-id> |ont-lineprofile-name <profile -
syntax
name> } { ont-srvprofile-id <profile-id> |ont-srvprofile-name
<profile-name> } | { always | once-aging | once-no-aging}

Applicable view gpon interface view

This command is used to authenticate the ONT and bind the ONT line
profile and service profile based on the ONT's loid+password. The OLT
Function
will determine whether the loid and password reported by the ONT
Description
are consistent with the configuration. If they are consistent, the
authentication is passed and the ONT goes online normally.

Specifies the PON port number where the newly added ONT resides.
<port-id>
Values are 1-16

<ONT-id> Specifies the ONT number. The value is 1-128

The loid of the ONT to be authenticated, 1 to 24 characters are

<LOID-VALUE>
supported .

<PASSWORD-VA Password of the ONT to be authenticated , 1-12 characters are

LUE> supported

<profile-id> ID number of the ONT template, ranging from 0 to 512

<profile -
The name of the ONT template, 1-16 characters are supported
name>

Always : ONU can go online at any time with unlimited number of

always
authentications

page 408_
 once-again
once-aging : The authentication can only go online once within the
< Aging time
specified time, and the ONU will be cleared once it is offline.
value>

once-no-aging : There is no restriction on when to authenticate, but

once-no-aging after the authentication goes online once, if the ONU is offline, it will
be deleted

【Configuration case】
Authenticate an ONT whose number is 10, Loid is test, and password is test at port 1 pon 1,
and bind ONT line profile 5 and ONT service profile 5
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont add 1 10 loid-auth test password-auth test
ont-lineprofile-id 5 ont-srvprofile-id 5 always

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.1.8.Configuring ONT Authentication Mode

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont a uthmode ( <port-id> |all)

syntax ( auto |manual |aaa) { to <auth-mode> }

Applicable view gpon interface view

Function This command is used to configure the ONT authentication mode

Description under the specified PON port.

Specifies the PON port number for which ONT authentication mode
<port-id>
needs to be configured . Values are 1-16

Configure the automatic authentication mode for the specified PON

auto
port

Configure the manual authentication mode for the specified PON

manual
port

aaa aaa authentication mode for the specified PON port

After configuring the ONT authentication mode, which authentication

mode is used to record, there are the following authentication
modes:
1- loose-auth
to <auth-mode>
2- loid-password-auth
3- password-auth
4- sn-auth
5- sn-password-auth

page 409_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the ONT authentication mode of the pon 1 port to be automatic
authentication
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont authmode 1 auto

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.1.9.Batch authentication of ONTs in the discovery state

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont confirm <port-id> all { loid-auth

| loid-password-auth | password-auth | sn-auth |
sn-password-auth } { ont-srvprofile-id <profile-id>
|ont-srvprofile-name <profile-name>} | { always |once-again <
Aging time value> | once-no-aging }
Command
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont confirm <port-id> {loid-auth <
syntax
LOID-VALUE > | password-auth < PASSWORD-VALUE > | sn-auth <
SN-VALUE >} { ont-lineprofile-id <profile-id> |ont-lineprofile-name
<profile - name> } { ont-srvprofile-id <profile-id>
|ont-srvprofile-name <profile-name>} | { always |once-again <
Aging time value> | once-no-aging }

Applicable view gpon interface view

This command is used to authenticate the ONT in the discovery state

under the specified PON port. If the ONT auto-discovery switch is
enabled on the OLT, after an ONT is added, the OLT will obtain the
Function
ONT's registration information, and the ONT is in the auto-discovery
Description
state. After this command is used to confirm the ONT, the ONT enters
the normal working state, and the related services can be configured
on the ONT. Can be used to register ONTs in batches.

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

all Batch authentication of all discovered ONTs under the PON port.

loose-auth Loid authentication method

The loid value that needs to be entered in the loid authentication

< LOID-VALUE >
mode, with a length of 1-24 characters

loid-password-a
Password authentication method using loid+loid
uth

password-auth Password authentication using sn

< The password value that needs to be entered in password

page 410_
 PASSWORD-VAL authentication mode, the length is 1-10 characters
UE >

sn-auth Using sn authentication

The SN of the ONT to be authenticated, in the format of 12-bit ASCII

<SN-VALUE> or converted hexadecimal number, in the format: < Length 12, 13,
16>(XXXXXXXXXXXX, XXXX-XXXXXXXX, XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX)

sn-password-au
Adopt sn+password authentication method
th

<profile-id> ID number of the ONT template, ranging from 0 to 512

<profile -
The name of the ONT template, 1-16 characters are supported
name>

Always : ONU can go online at any time with unlimited number of

always
authentications

once-again
once-aging : The authentication can only go online once within the
< Aging time
specified time, and the ONU will be cleared once it is offline.
value>

once-no-aging : There is no restriction on when to authenticate, but

once-no-aging after the authentication goes online once, if the ONU is offline, it will
be deleted

【Configuration case】
all the ONTs in the discovery state under the pon 1 port according to the sn method and
bind the line profile and business
business template 10
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#ont confirm 1 all sn-auth ont-lineprofile-id 10
ont-srvprofile-id 10
Number of ONTs that can be added: 0, success: 0

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

Case 2: Authenticate the ONT that is in the discovery state and the loid is test under port
pon 1, and bind the line profile and service profile 10
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont confirm 1 loid-auth test ont-lineprofile-id 10
ont-srvprofile-id 10
Add port 1 ONT 1 successfully.

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.1.10.Canceling an ONT in auto-discovery state

page 411_
 Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont cancel <port-id> {all | sn <
syntax SN-VALUE >}

Applicable view gpon interface view

This command is used to cancel an ONT in auto-discovery state. If the

ONT auto-discovery switch is enabled on the OLT, after an ONT is
Function added, the OLT will obtain the ONT's registration information, and the
Description ONT is in the auto-discovery state. Use this command to clear the
registration information saved on the OLT by the ONT and release the
storage space resources of the registration information.

Specifies which PON port of the OLT needs to cancel the ONT
<port-id>
auto-discovery state , ranging from 1 to 16

The sn of the ONT whose auto-discovery status is to be canceled. The

< SN-VALUE > string that can be entered must be 12, 13, or 16 characters long, and
the format is XXXXXXXXXXXX, XXXX-XXXXXXXX, XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX .

Cancel all automatically discovered ONTs under a GPON port. Use this
all
parameter when deleting ONTs in batches.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Cancel the ONT whose sn is test under PON 1 port and is in auto-discovery state
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont cancel 1 test

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.1.11.Delete an ONT certified by the OLT

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont delete <port-id> {< ONT-id > |

syntax all}

Applicable view gpon interface view

This command is used to delete an authenticated ONT. After this

Function
command is executed successfully, the authenticated ONT will go
Description
offline .

<port-id> Delete the authenticated ONT under the specified PON port

Delete the authenticated ONT with the specified ID under the

< ONT-id >
specified PON port

all Delete all authenticated ONTs under a specified PON port in batches

【Configuration case】

page 412_
 Delete the authenticated ONT 1 under the PON 2 port
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont delete 2 1

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.1.12.Blacklist Authentication ONT (Configuration and View)

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont blacklist <switch>

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont blacklist add sn < SN-VALUE >
Command
mask < length >
syntax
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont blacklist add delete <index>
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont blacklist

Applicable view gpon interface view

Function This command is used to add the specified ONT to the blacklist, and
Description then make the ONT authentication of the blacklist unsuccessful.

Enable : Enable blacklist authentication ONT

<switch>
Disable : Disable the blacklist authentication ONT

sn < Add the specified ONT sn to the blacklist, the length is 12 characters,
SN-VALUE > and the format is XXXXXXXXXXXX

of the sn mask that the specified ONT sn is added to the blacklist. The
mask < length >
value ranges from 4 to 12 .

Specify the id of the ONT to be removed from the blacklist. You can
<index>
use show ont blacklist to check the id of the ONT in the blacklist.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Add the ONT whose SN is test12345678 to the blacklist, configure the mask length of
sn to 4, and enable blacklist authentication
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont blacklist add sn test12345678 mask 4
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont blacklist enable
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.1.13.Configure the SN sequence number of the ONT

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont enable|disable <port-ID> <

syntax SN-VALUE >

Applicable view gpon view

Function
Configure the SN serial number of the ONU
Description

page 413_
 <port-ID> The PON port number to be set , the value range is 1-8 .

The sequence number of the ONT SN to be set, with a length of 12,

< SN-VALUE >
13 or 16.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the SN serial number of the ONU under the PON1 port to be
111111111111
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont disable 1 111111111111
The ONU does not exist in the authentication table

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.1.14.Re-register ONT

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont re -register <port-id> {<

syntax ONT-id > | all}

Applicable view gpon interface view

This command is used to re-register the ONT. After this command is

Function
executed successfully, the ONT goes offline and re-reports the
Description
registration information .

<port-id> Re-register the ONT under the specified PON port

Re-register the ONT with the specified ID under the specified PON
< ONT-id >
port

all Re-register all ONTs under a specified PON port in batches

【Configuration case】
Re-register ONT 1 under PON 2
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont re-register 2 1
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# 2000-01-03 08:50:39 PON 0/0/2 ONU 1 Onu offline
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# 2000-01-03 08:50:48 PON 0/0/2 ONU 1 Onu online

28.1.15.Modify the authentication method of the ONT

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont modify <port-id> < ONT-id >

auth-type { loid -auth { < LOID-VALUE > | password-auth
Command syntax
<PASSOERD-VALUE> } | password-auth < PASSWORD-VALUE >} |
{sn-auth < SN-VALUE > | password-auth < PASSWORD-VALUE > }}

page 414_
 Applicable view gpon interface view

This command is used to modify the authentication mode of a

Function Description
registered ONT.

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values
<port-id>
are 1-16

The ONT id of the authentication mode to be modified, in the

< ONT-id >
range of 1-128 .

Modify the authentication method of the registered ONT to sn and

enter the sn value to be authenticated . The length supports 12,
sn-auth < SN-VALUE >
13, and 13, and the format is XXXXXXXXXXXX, XXXX-XXXXXXXX,
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

Modify the authentication method of the registered ONT to the

sn-auth < SN-VALUE > | password of sn+sn and enter the sn value and the password value
password-auth < under sn. The length of sn supports 12, 13, and 13, and the format
PASSWORD-VALUE > is XXXXXXXXXXXX, XXXX-XXXXXXXX, XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX, and the
value range of password is 1- 10 characters

Modify the authentication mode of the registered ONT to

password-auth <
password under sn and enter the password value under sn. The
PASSWORD-VALUE >
password range is 1-10 characters.

Modify the authentication method of the registered ONT to loid

loid -auth < LOID -VALUE > and enter the loid value to be authenticated . The value ranges
from 1 to 24 characters.

Modify the authentication method of the registered ONT to the

loid -auth { < LOID-VALUE >
password of loid+loid and enter the loid value and the password
|password-auth
value under the loid. The loid value range is 1-24 characters, and
<PASSOERD-VALUE>
the password value range is 1-12 characters .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Modify the authentication method of the first ONT under PON 1 to be sn
authentication and the sn to be xpon12345678
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont modify 1 1 auth-type sn-auth xpon12345678

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

Case 2 : Modify the authentication method of the first ONT under PON 1 to be loid
authentication and the loid to be test
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont modify 1 1 auth-type loid-auth test

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

page 415_
 Case 3 : Modify the authentication method of the first ONT under PON 1 to sn + password
authentication and the loid and password to be xpon12345678 and test1 respectively
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont modify 1 1 auth-type sn-auth xpon12345678
password-auth test

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.1.16.lines and service profiles bound to an ONT

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont modify <port-id> < ONT-id >

Command {{ ont -lineprofile-id <profile-id> | ont-lineprofile-name <profile-id>}
syntax | {ont -srvprofile-id <profile-name>| ont-srvprofile-name
<profile-name>}}

Applicable view gpon interface view

Function This command is used to modify the line profile and service profile
Description bound to the ONT under the PON port.

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

Specifies the ONT id of the line profile and service profile to be

< ONT-id >
repaired, ranging from 1 to 128

<profile-id> the line template and service template , ranging from 0 to 512

The name of the line template and service template, the value is 1-16
<profile-name>
characters

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Change the line profile of ONT 1 under PON 1 to 5
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont modify 1 1 ont-lineprofile-id 5

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

Case 2 : Modify the line profile and service profile of ONT 1 under PON 1 to 5 and 5
respectively
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont modify 1 1 ont-lineprofile-id 5 ont-srvprofile-id 5

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.1.17.View auto-discovered ONTs

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont autofind <port-id> { all |

syntax brief } | {sn < SN-VALUE >}

page 416_
 OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont autofind all | brief
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont autofind time

Applicable view config view or gpon interface view

Function This command is used to view the unregistered ONTs automatically

Description discovered on the OLT.

Check the PON port number where the ONT is automatically

<port-id>
discovered. Values are 1-16

View all auto-discovered ONTs under the specified PON port. If you
all | brief add a brief, you can also see the information such as the loid, model,
and auto-discovery aging time displayed by the auto-discovered ONT.

sn <
View automatically discovered ONTs based on the specified SN
SN-VALUE >

show ont View all the automatically discovered ONTs on the OLT, and if you add
autofind all | the brief, you can also see the information such as the loid, model,
brief and auto-discovery aging time displayed by the auto-discovered ONT.

View auto-discovered on OLT but not registered What is the default

time
auto-aging time of the ONT

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all ONTs automatically discovered by the PON2 port
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont autofind 2 all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Number : 1
Frame/Slot : 0/0
Port : 2
Logic ID : 1
Ont SN : DD16B3551CD3
Password: 12345678
Loid : e067b3551cd3
Loid Password : e067b3551cd3
OMCC Ver : 0xA0
Vendor ID : xPON
Ont Version : HZ660.1A
Ont Software Version : V2.1.2
Equipment ID : ONT1
Last autofind time : Sat Jan 1 10:15:36 2000
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 1

page 417_
 OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

Case 2 : View all auto-discovered ONTs on the OLT

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont autofind all brief
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
ID F/S/P SN LOID Aging Equipment-ID
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
1 0/0/2 DD16B3551CD3 e067b3551cd3 81 ONT1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 1

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.1.18.View ONT registration information

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont info <port-id> { <

ONT-id > | all}
Command
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont info { by-desc <
syntax
DESCRIPTION > | by-loid < LOID-VALUE > | by-password <
PASSWORD-VALUE > | by-sn < SN-VALUE >}

Applicable view config view or gpon interface view

This command is used to view the status of the ONT, including the
detailed registration status of the ONT, the template information
bound to the ONT, and the port configuration of the ONT.
This command is used to query the related information of the ONT
(including the current status of the ONT, the related configuration of
the ONT, and the related information of the ONT T-CONT).
Port: The number of the ONT's PON port on the OLT.
ONT ID: The ONT number set by the user.
SN : The sn of the ONT .
Function
Control flag:
Description
active : The ONT is in an active state. The ONT needs to be
activated on the OLT first, and the ONT is allowed to go online
only when the ONT is in the activated state.
deactive : The ONT is in a deactivated state. When the ONT
is in the deactivated state, use the ont activate command to
activate the ONT
Run state: The running flag of the ONT, which identifies the current
running state of the ONT. It includes two states, "online" and
"offline". When the ONT is normally online, it is "online".

page 418_
 Config state: The configuration state. After the ONT goes online
normally, this state indicates whether the ONT is configured to be
delivered, restored, and the completion of configuration delivery and
restoration. There are three states including "initial", "failed" and
"Success".
initial: The ONT is in the process of configuration delivery or
configuration restoration.
failed: Failed to deliver or restore the ONT configuration.
Success: The ONT configuration is delivered or restored
successfully.

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

Specify the detailed information of the ONT id to be viewed. When

the viewed information is specified to the ONT id, you can see the
< ONT-id > detailed registration status of the ONT, the template information
bound to the ONT, the port configuration information of the ONT, etc.
The value ranges from 1 to 128 .

View the registration status of all registered ONUs on the specified

all PON port, mainly some brief registration information, including
online and offline.

by-desc < View the registration status of the ONT by specifying the description
DESCRIPTION > information of the ONT, supporting 1-64 characters

by-loid < View the registration status of the ONT by specifying the LOID of the
LOID-VALUE > ONT, supporting 1-24 characters

by-password <
Check the registration status of the ONT by specifying the password
PASSWORD-VAL
under the SN of the ONT, which supports 1-10 characters.
UE >

Check the registration status of the ONT by specifying the SN of the

by-sn <
ONT, the length supports 12 , 13, 16, the format is: XXXXXXXXXXXX,
SN-VALUE >
XXXX-XXXXXXXX, XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX)

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the registration status of all ONTs on the PON2 port
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont info 2 all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
F/SP ONT SN Control Run Config Match
ID flag state state state
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
0/0 2 1 TPLGCAF02E40 Active Online failed mismatch
0/0 2 2 DD16B3551CD3 Active Offline initial initial

page 419_
0/0 2 3 XPON12345678 Active Online success match
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 3, online: 2, deactive: 0, failed: 1

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

Case 2 : View the detailed registration information of PON2 port ONT3

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont info 2 3
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
F/S : 0/0
Port : 2
ONT-ID : 3
Control flag : active
Run state : online
Config state : success
Match state : match
DBA type: SR
Distance(m) : 1
Validity mode : always
Authentic mode : sn-auth
SN : XPON12345678
Description :
Last up time : 2000-01-01 09:16:46
Last down time :
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Line Profile-ID : 6
Line Profile-name : 1530
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
FEC upstream : Disable
OMCC encrypt : Off
Qos mode : PQ
Mapping mode : VLAN
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
<T-CONT 0> DBA-Profile ID : 0
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
<T-CONT 1> DBA-Profile ID : 6
<Gem ID 1> US-GEM-CAR : - DS-ENCRYPT-MODE : off
Mapping-ID VLAN Priority
1 101 -
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Service Profile-ID : 6
Service Profile-name : 12
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Port-type Port-number Max-adaptive-number

page 420_
 -------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
ETH 4 -
POTS adaptive 2
CATV adaptive 1
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
MAC learning switch : enable
MAC aging time(s) : 300
Multicast mode : transparent
Multicast forward mode : transparent
Multicast forward VLAN : -
Native VLAN option : concern
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Port Port Service-type Index S-VLAN S-PRI C-VLAN C-PRI ENCAP S-PRI
type ID POLICY
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
ETH 1 Translation 1 101 - 101 - - -
ETH 2 Translation 1 101 - 101 - - -
ETH 3 Translation 1 101 - 101 - - -
ETH 4 Translation 1 101 - 101 - - -
IPHOST 1 Transparent - - - - - - -
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Port-type Port-ID IGMP-mode IGMP-VLAN IGMP-PRI Max-MAC-Count
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
ETH 1 transparent - - unlimited
ETH 2 transparent - - unlimited
ETH 3 transparent - - unlimited
ETH 4 transparent - - unlimited
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.2.ONT policy authentication and batch delivery configur

ation management

28.2.1.Enabling or disabling the ONT policy authentication function

in global mode

Command
OLT(config)# ont policy -auth < switch>
syntax

Applicable view config view

page 421_
 Function This command is used to globally enable or disable the ONT policy
Description authentication function.

enable : Globally enable ONT policy authentication mode

<switch>
disable : Disable the ONT policy authentication method globally

【Configuration case】
ONT policy authentication function in global mode
OLT(config)# ont policy-auth enable

OLT(config)#

28.2.2.Enabling or disabling the ONT policy authentication function

on the PON port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont policy -a uth {<port-id> | all}

syntax <switch>

Applicable view gpon interface view

Function This command is used to enable or disable the policy-based

Description authentication function of the ONT under the specified PON port.

Specifies the ONT under which PON supports policy authentication .

<port-id>
The value ranges from 1 to 16 .

all Enable or disable policy authentication for all PON ports on the OLT

enable : Enable ONT policy authentication mode

<switch>
disable : disable ONT policy authentication mode

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the ONT policy authentication method under the pon 1 port
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont policy-auth 1 enable

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.2.3.Configuring the ONT Policy Authentication Mode

Command OLT(config)# ont policy-auth mode to { loid-auth |

syntax loid-password-auth | password-auth | sn-auth | sn-password-auth }

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the ONT policy authentication

page 422_
 Description mode.

Specifies the ONT under which PON supports policy authentication .

<port-id>
The value ranges from 1 to 16 .

{ loid-auth |
loid-password-a
uth | The ONT registration method in the ONT policy authentication is
password-auth configured as loid, loid+password , pasword under sn, sn, or
| sn-auth | password under sn+sn.
sn-password-au
th }

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the policy authentication mode of the ONT as loid-password-auth .
OLT(config)# ont policy-auth mode to loid-password-auth

OLT(config)#

28.2.4.Configuring the Matching Mode of Batch Delivery

Configurations in ONT Policy Authentication

OLT(config)# ont policy-auth policy {all | equid-auth <

EQUIPMENT-ID > | equid-swver-auth < EQUIPMENT-ID > <
SOFTWARE-VER > | vendor-auth < VENDOR-ID >} { ont-lineprofile-id
Command
< Profile - ID > | ont-lineprofile-name < Profile - name >}
syntax
{ ont-srvprofile-id < Profile - ID > | ont-srvprofile-name < Profile -
name > }{ ont-wanprofile-id < Profile - ID >| ont-wanprofile-name <
Profile - name > } { scope PORT-LIST }

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the configuration method in

Function
batches in ONT policy authentication, mainly for batch delivery of line
Description
template and service template configuration.

Assign line profile and service profile configuration to all ONTs in

all
batches

{ equid-auth < The configuration of line profiles and service profiles can be delivered
EQUIPMENT-ID in batches according to the model matching the ONT. The model
> number supports 1-20 characters.

equid-swver-au The line template and service template configurations are delivered
th < in batches according to the matching ONT model + software version

page 423_
 EQUIPMENT-ID number. The model number supports 1-20 characters, and the
>< software version number supports 1-14 characters.
SOFTWARE-VER
>

The configuration of line templates and service templates can be

vendor-auth <
delivered in batches according to the vendor ID matching the ONT,
VENDOR-ID >
and the maximum length is 4 characters.

ID number of the ONT template to be delivered in batches, the value

<profile-id>
range is 0-512

<profile - The name of the ONT template to be distributed in batches, 1-16

name> characters are supported

scope Specifies the ONT under which PON supports policy authentication
PORT-LIST batch configuration , the value range is 1-16

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the matching ONT manufacturer ID to XPON to deliver line template and service
template id 5 in batches.
OLT(config)# ont policy-auth policy vendor-auth XPON ont-lineprofile-id 5
ont-srvprofile-id 5

OLT(config)#

28.2.5.Viewing the policy authentication configuration information of

the ONT

Command
OLT(config)# show ont policy-auth
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the ONT policy authentication

Description configuration information on the OLT.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the policy authentication configuration information of the ONT on the OLT.
OLT(config)# show ont policy-auth
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Autoauth Switch : enable
Autoauth Mode : equid-auth
Target auth Mode : sn-auth
Validity Mode : always-on

page 424_
 -------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
There is no rule exist!
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

28.3.ONT Basic Management

28.3.1.Add description information to ONT

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont description <port-id> <

syntax ONT-id > < description >

Applicable view gpon interface view

Function This command is used to add descriptive information to the ONT to

Description facilitate differentiation and management .

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

The ONT id for which description information is to be added, in the

< ONT-id >
range of 1-128 .

< description > Description information to be added, supports 1-64 characters

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Add description information as test to ONT 1 under PON 1 port
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont description 1 1 test

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.2.Activate ONT

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont activate <port-id> {< ONT-id > |

syntax all}

Applicable view gpon interface view

This command is used to activate a deactivated ONT. The ONT can

Function only work properly when it is in the active state. When the ONT
Description needs to work normally, use this command to activate the ONT. By
default, the ONT is active.

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

page 425_
 ONT -id: The id of the ONT to be activated, ranging from 1 to 128 .
< ONT-id > | all
a ll: activate all ONTs

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Activate the first ONT under PON port 1
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont activate 1 1

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.3.Deactivate ONT

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont de activate <port-id> {<

syntax ONT-id > | all}

Applicable view gpon interface view

This command is used to deactivate the ONT. When the ONT is not
Function
required to work normally, use this command to activate the ONT. By
Description
default, the ONT is active.

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

ONT -id: The id of the ONT to be deactivated, ranging from 1 to 128 .

< ONT-id > | all
a ll: All ONTs to be deactivated

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Deactivate the first ONT under PON port 1
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont deactivate 1 1

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.4.Restart the ONT

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont reboot <port-id> {< ONT-id >

syntax |all}

Applicable view gpon interface view

Function
This command is used to restart the ONT.
Description

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

< ONT-id >| all ONT - id : ONT id of the ONT to be restarted, ranging from 1 to 128

page 426_
 all : Restart all ONTs under the PON port

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Restart ONT 1 with PON 1 port
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont reboot 1 1

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.5.ONT management ip (iphost) function configuration

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont ipconfig <port-id> < ONT-id >

ip-index < IP - host - index > {dhcp vlan < VLAN-ID > priority < VLAN -
priority >}
Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont ipconfig <port-id> < ONT-id >
syntax ip-index < IP - host - index > {static ip-address <ONT-IP> mask < ONT
- subnet - mask > | {gateway < ONT gateway > | pri-dns < ONT -
primary - DNS > | slave-dns < ONT - slave - DNS > | vlan < VLAN -
ID > priority < VLAN - tag - priority >}}

Applicable view gpon interface view

This command is used to configure the iphost function of the ONT,

Function
including management IP address, subnet mask, gateway,
Description
management vlan, priority, etc.

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

< ONT-id > ONT - id : ONT id of the ONT to be configured, ranging from 1 to 128

ip-index < IP -
Configure IP Host interface index, value range: 0-1
host - index >

Configure the ONT to obtain the IP address dynamically through

dhcp
DHCP.

vlan < Configure the management VLAN of the ONT. The value ranges from
VLAN-ID > 1 to 4094.

Configure the priority of the ONT management VLAN, which takes

priority < VLAN
effect on the ONT. The larger the value of the priority, the higher the
- priority >
priority, the value range is 0-7

static Configure the IP address as static

ip-address
Configure a static management IP address in the format of XXXX
<ONT-IP>

page 427_
 mask < ONT - Configure the address mask of the static IP address, the format is
subnet - mask > XXXX

Configure the IP address of the gateway of the ONT management

gateway < ONT
network, which must be in the same network segment as the
gateway >
configured static IP address, in the format of XXXX

Configure the IP address of the primary DNS server. The DNS server is
pri-dns < ONT - used to resolve the IP address through the domain name, or obtain
primary - DNS > its domain name information through the IP address, the format is
XXXX

slave-dns < ONT Configure the IP address of the secondary DNS server, the format is
- slave - DNS > XXXX

【Configuration case】
the static management IP of ONT 1 of PON1 port as 192.168.101.1, subnet mask as
255.255.255.0, gateway IP as 192.168.101.254, management vlan as 101, priority as 0
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont ipconfig 1 1 ip-index 0 ip-address 192.168.101.1
mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.101.254 vlan 101 priority 0

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

Case 2: Configure the management IP address of ONT 2 of PON1 port as dhcp mode
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont ipconfig 1 1 ip-index 0 dhcp vlan 101 priority 0

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.6.Delete the ONT management ip (iphost) configuration

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# no ont ipconfig <port-id> <

syntax ONT-id > | ip-index < IP - host - index >

Applicable view gpon interface view

This command is used to delete the iphost function of the ONT,

Function
including management IP address, subnet mask, gateway,
Description
management vlan, priority, etc.

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

ONT - id : ONT id of the ONT whose management ip is to be deleted,

< ONT-id >
ranging from 1 to 128

ip-index < IP - Specifies the index of the IP Host interface to be deleted, the value
host - index > range: 0-1

page 428_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the management IP of ONT 1 of PON1 port
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# no ont ipconfig 1 1

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.7.View ONT management ip (iphost) configuration

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont ipconfig <port-id> <

syntax ONT-id > | ip-index < IP - host - index >

Applicable view gpon interface view

Function This command is used to view the iphost configuration and iphost
Description status of the ONT

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

ONT - id : the ONT id of the ONT whose management ip is to be

< ONT-id >
viewed, ranging from 1 to 128

【Configuration case】
the management IP of ONT 1 of PON3 port
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont ipconfig 3 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
ONT IP host index : 0
ONT config type : DHCP
ONT IP : -
ONT subnet mask : -
ONT gateway : -
ONT primary DNS :-
ONT slave DNS : -
ONT manage VLAN: 100
ONT manage priority : 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.8.automatic aging switch for ONT registration

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont auto -aging switch

syntax (<port-ID>|all) (off|on)

page 429_
 Applicable view gpon view

Function
automatic aging switch for ONT registration .
Description

<port-ID> to be modified , the value range is 1-16.

off|on Off: off on: on

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the automatic ONU registration function of all PON ports, and disable the
ONU automatic registration function under pon3
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont auto-aging switch all on
Number of Ports that can be set: 8, success: 8

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont auto-aging s

scan-interval switch

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont auto-aging switch 3 off

Set Pon 3 Success

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.9.automatic aging time for ONT registration

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont auto -aging time ( interval |

syntax default)

Applicable view gpon view

Function
automatic aging time for ONT registration .
Description

Set the ONT automatic aging interval, the value range is 1-180, the
interval
unit is days

default Time default time is 30 days

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the automatic aging time of the ONT to be 20 days
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont auto-aging time 20

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.10.the aging time configuration of ONU

page 430_
 Command
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont auto-aging info
syntax

Applicable view gpon view

Function This command is used to view the aging time configuration of the
Description ONU .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the aging time configuration of the ONU .
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont auto-aging info
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
F/S Port Switch Interval(Day) Scan interval(Day)
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
0/0 1 on 20 7
0/0 2 on 20 7
0/0 3 off 20 7
0/0 4 on 20 7
0/0 5 on 20 7
0/0 6 on 20 7
0/0 7 on 20 7
0/0 8 on 20 7
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.11.the scan interval for ONT registration

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont auto -aging scan-interval

syntax ( interval | default)

Applicable view gpon view

Function
the scan interval for ONT registration .
Description

Set the ONT automatic aging interval, the value range is 1-180, the
interval
unit is days

default scan-interval default time is 7 days

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the ont scan interval to 20 days
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont auto-aging scan-interval 20

page 431_
 OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.12.Clear offline ONU

Command
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont delete <port-ID> offline-list all
syntax

Applicable view gpon view

Function
Clear offline ONU
Description

<port-ID> to be set , the value range is 1-16.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear all offline ONUs on PON1
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont delete 1 offline-list all
Total offline ONT(s): 0 delete.

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.13.Configure the ONU automatic restart time

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont auto-reboot <port-ID> <

Command
ONT-LIST > time (< Relative time >|< Absolute time >) interval <
syntax
Interval >

Applicable view gpon view

Function
This command is used to set the ONU automatic restart time .
Description

<port-ID> to be modified , the value range is 1-16.

< ONT-LIST > Onu-list: ONU list to be modified, the value format is: 1, 3-5, 8

(< Relative
time >|< Relative time: HH:MM
Absolute Absolute time: YYYY/MM/DD-HH:MM:SS
time >)

< Interval > Interval: The value range is 1-365, the unit is Day

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the automatic restart time of the first onu under pon to be 11:22 every 15
days
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont auto-reboot 1 1 time 11:22 interval 15

page 432_
 OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.14.Check ONU automatic restart time

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont auto-reboot ( rtimer-list |

syntax atimer-list)

Applicable view gpon view

Function
This command is used to check the ONU automatic restart time .
Description

< rtimer-list | rtimer-list: Relative time, corresponding to the set Relative time
atimer-list > atimer-list : Absolute time, corresponding to the set Absolute time

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check ont automatic restart time
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont auto-reboot atimer-list
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
F/SP ONT-ID Time
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont auto-reboot rtimer-list

-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
F/SP ONT Time Interval RebootTimes NextReboot
ID (day) (day)
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
0/0 1 1 11:11 1 0 0
0/0 1 1 11:22 15 0 14
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------

28.3.15.View ONT version information

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont version < port-id > {<ONT

syntax -id > | all}

Applicable view config view or gpon interface view

This command is used to query information about the version of the

Function
ONT . You can query the software and hardware version of the ONT ,
Description
the manufacturer, and other information.

The number of the PON port where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16 .

page 433_
 ID of the ONT to be viewed. If the ONT ID is specified after the
<ONT-id> command, the detailed version information of the ONT is viewed. The
value ranges from 1 to 128 .

View the version information of all ONTs under the specified PON
all port. This command mainly shows some brief version information of
the ONT.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query the version information of the ONT numbered 2 under the PON2 port.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont version 2 2
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Frame/Slot : 0/0
Port : 2
ONT-ID : 2
Vendor-ID : xPON
ONT Version : HZ660.1A
Product-ID : 0000
Equipment-ID : ONT1
Main Software Version : V2.1.2
Main Software is commit : yes
Main Software is active : yes
Standby Software Version : V2.1.0
Standby Software is commit : no
Standby Software is active : no
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.16.View the ONT's actual capability set

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont capability < port-id >

syntax <ONT -id >

Applicable view config view or gpon interface view

This command is used to query the actual capability set parameter

Function
information of the online ONT under the PON port, including the type
Description
and number of ONT ports.

The number of the PON port where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16 .

<ONT-id> ID of the ONT to be viewed, the value range is 1-128

page 434_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query the actual capability set information of the ONT numbered 2 under the PON2
port
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont capability 2 2
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Frame/Slot : 0/0
Port : 2
ONT-ID : 2
ONT TYPE : SFU/HGU
OMCC version : 0xA0
Number of uplink PON ports : 1
Number of POTS ports : 0
Number of ETH ports : 1
Number of VEIP : 1
Number of CATV UNI ports : 0
Number of GEM ports : 256
Number of T-CONTs : 15
The type of flow control : PQ + Car
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.17.Configuring ONT Quiet Time

Command
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont quiet-period <time>
syntax

Applicable view gpon view

Function
Configuring ONT Quiet Time
Description

<time> Quiet time, the value range is 10-120, the unit is seconds

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the ONT silence time to be 60 seconds
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont quiet-period 60

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.18.View ONT silent time

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont quiet-period

page 435_
 syntax

Applicable view gpon view

Function
View ONT silent time
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View ONT silent time
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont quiet-period

GPON ONT quiet-period: 60s

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.19.View the ONT capability set configured by the user

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont config-capability <

syntax port-id > <ONT -id >

Applicable view config view or gpon interface view

This command is used to query the capability set information of the

ONT configured by the user . You can compare the queried ONT
Function
capability set configured by the user with the ONT 's actual capability
Description
set to check whether the capabilities match. Mainly the ONT
capability set information configured in the service template.

The number of the PON port where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

<ONT-id> ID of the ONT to be viewed, the value range is 1-128

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query the user configuration capability set of ONT number 3 under PON3 port.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont config-capability 3 3
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Frame/Slot : 0/0
Port : 3
ONT-ID : 3
Number of ETH ports : 0
Number of POTS ports : 0
Number of CATV ports : 1
Number of GEM ports : 1
Number of T-CONTs : 2

page 436_
 -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.20.Reasons for Failure to View ONT Configuration Status

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont failed-config < port-id >

syntax <ONT -id >

Applicable view gpon interface view

Function This command is used to check the reason why the ONT configuration
Description status fails.

The number of the PON port where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

<ONT-id> ID of the ONT to be viewed, the value range is 1-128

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The reason for the failure to query the configuration status of ONT number 1 on the
PON3 port.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont failed-config 3 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Frame/Slot : 0/0
Port : 3
ONT-ID : 1
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
CATV port 1 : shutdown
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.21.View the optical power information of the ONT

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont optical-info < port-id >

syntax {<ONT -id > | all}

Applicable view gpon interface view

This command is used to query the information about the optical

power of the ONT under the PON port. Usually, when performing
Function
routine maintenance or troubleshooting on an ONT, you can use this
Description
command to query the optical power information of the ONT to
determine whether the optical power of the ONT is normal.

page 437_
 The number of the PON port where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16 .

<ONT-id> ID of the ONT to be viewed, the value range is 1-128

View the optical power information of all ONTs under a specified PON
all
port

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query the optical power information of the ONT numbered 3 under the PON3 port.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont optical-info 3 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Frame/Slot : 0/0
Port : 3
ONT-ID : 1
Voltage(V): 3.28
Tx optical power(dBm): 2.73
Rx optical power(dBm): -17.12
Laser bias current(mA): 9.95
Temperature(C): 35.24
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.22.Check the number of ONTs registered and online under the

OLT PON port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont register-statistics {<

syntax port-id > | all}

Applicable view config view or gpon interface view

Function This command is used to query the number of ONTs registered and
Description online under the PON port.

<port-id> Specify which PON port to view

all View the number of ONTs registered and online under all PON ports

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query the number of ONTs registered and online under the PON3 port.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont register-statistics 3
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
F/SP Autofind Authenticated Online

page 438_
 -------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
0/0 3 0 3 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.23.Configuring the Security Key Renegotiation Interval

Command OLT( config-interface-gpon-0/0 )# key-exchange-interval

syntax <1000-3600>

Applicable view Gpon view

Function This command is used to set the renegotiation interval for security
Description keys

<1000-3600> The value is 1000-3600, the unit is ms

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the security key renegotiation interval to 1000ms
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# key-exchange-interval 1000

28.3.24.Delete the security key renegotiation interval configuration

Command
OLT( config-interface-gpon-0/0 )# no key-exchange-interval
syntax

Applicable view Gpon view

Function This command is used to delete the renegotiation interval of the

Description security key

<1000-3600> The value is 1000-3600, the unit is ms

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Renegotiation Interval for Deleting Security Keys
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# no key-exchange-interval

28.3.25.Query the security key renegotiation interval

Command
OLT( config-interface-gpon-0/0 )# show key-exchange
syntax

page 439_
 Applicable view Gpon view

Function This command is used to view the renegotiation interval

Description configuration of the security key

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the renegotiation interval configuration of the security key
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show key-exchange
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Control Status Interval(ms)
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Enable 1000
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

28.3.26.Enable or disable the security key function

Command
OLT( config-interface-gpon-0/0 )# encryption {enable|disable}
syntax

Applicable view Gpon view

Function
This command is used to enable or disable the security key function
Description

{enable|disable
Enable is to enable, disable is to disable
}

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enabling the security key function
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# encryption enable

28.3.27.Check the ONT downstream data encryption switch status

Command
OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# show encryption
syntax

Applicable view view gpon view

Function
ONT encryption
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check ont encryption
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show encryption

page 440_
 GPON ONT encryption switch: Enable

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.28.View ONT health status

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont run-info <port-ID> (< ONT

syntax -ID>| all)

Applicable view gpon view

Function
View ont running information
Description

<port-ID> The port number to be viewed, in the range of 1-16.

< ONT -ID> ONT to be viewed , the value range is 1-128 .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the running status of all onu under PON8
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont run-info 8 all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
F/S Port ONT-ID Run state Last down time On line time
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
0/0 8 1 online -- 1days 1h:58m:54s
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.29.View the sn serial number of the automatically discovered

ONU

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont autofind {<port-ID>} all

syntax brief sn-format hex|string

Applicable view gpon view

Function
View the sn serial number of the automatically discovered onu
Description

<port-ID> The port number to be viewed, in the range of 1-16.

Hex: hexadecimal display

hex|string
String: String display

page 441_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Hexadecimal display of onu's sn serial number automatically found under pon1
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont autofind 1 all brief sn-format hex
Error: The automatically found ONTs does not exist.

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.30.Check the current status of the ONU

Command
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont status-count
syntax

Applicable view gpon view

Function
Check the current status of the ONU
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current status count of the ONU
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont status-count
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total Info
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Offline : 0
Inactive : 0
Disable : 0
Active : 1
ConfigSuccess : 1
MibReady : 1
Unknown : 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.31.View ONT rate

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont-rate < port- list > {< ONT -
syntax list> | all}

Applicable view gpon view

Function
View ont rate
Description

page 442_
 <port- list > Port list to be viewed , the value format is: 1, 3-5, 8

< ONT- list> Onu-list: ONU list to be viewed , the value format is: 1, 3-5, 8

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the ONT rate
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont-rate 1,2-4 all
Error: There is no ont-rate available.

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.32.View ONT port status

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont port state <port-ID> <

syntax ONT-id > eth all

Applicable view gpon view

Function
View ONT port status
Description

<port-ID> The port number to be viewed, in the range of 1-16.

< ONT -ID> ONT to be viewed , the value range is 1-128 .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the status of all ports of the first ONU of PON8
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont port state 8 1 eth all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
F/SP ONT Port Type Speed(Mbps) Duplex Link-State
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
0/0 8 1 1 GE - - down
0/0 8 1 2 - - - -
0/0 8 1 3 - - - -
0/0 8 1 4 - - - -
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.33.View ONT optical backhaul information

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont postback optical-info

syntax <port-ID> < ONT-id >|all

Applicable view gpon view

page 443_
 Function
View ONT optical backhaul information
Description

<port-ID> The port number to be viewed, in the range of 1-16.

< ONT -ID> ONT to be viewed , the value range is 1-128 .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the optical backhaul information of the first ONU under PON8
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont postback optical-info 8 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Frame/Slot : 0/0
Port : 8
ONT ID : 1
OLT Rx ONT optical power(dBm) : -21.13
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.3.34.View ONT Multicast

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont port multicast-group <

syntax port-ID> < ONT-id > eth <ONT-port-ID>

Applicable view gpon view

Function
View ont multicast
Description

<port-ID> The port number to be viewed, in the range of 1-16.

< ONT -ID> ONT to be viewed , the value range is 1-128 .

<ONT-port-ID> The ONT port to be viewed , in the range of 1-8.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the multicast group of the first port of the first ont under pon8
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont port multicast-group 8 1 eth 1
No multicast group

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.4.ONT upgrade management

28.4.1.Transfer the upgrade file of the ONT to the OLT

page 444_
 OLT(config)# load file {ftp <ip-address> < ftp - user - name > < FTP -
Command
user - password > < FILE-NAME >} | { tftp <ip-address> <
syntax
FILE-NAME >}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to transfer the upgrade file of the ONT to the
Description OLT.

ftp Use the ftp protocol to transfer the ONT upgrade file to the OLT

<ip-address> The ip address of the ftp or tftp server, in the format XXXX

< FTP - user - The access user name of the ftp server, the value range is 1-32
name > characters

< FTP - user - The access password of the ftp server, the value range is 1-32
password > characters

The upgrade file name of the ONT, the value range is 1-64 characters,
< FILE-NAME >
and the extension of the ONT upgrade file needs to be added.

tftp Use the tftp protocol to transfer the ONT upgrade file to the OLT

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Use ftp to transfer the upgrade file 111.tar of the ONT to the OLT
OLT(config)# load file ftp 192.168.5.111 test test 111.tar

OLT(config)#

28.4.2.Configure the ONT to be upgraded

Command OLT(config)# ont load select < FrameID/SlotID > {all | <port-id>}
syntax {<ont-list> | all}

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to configure which ONTs need to be upgraded.
Description

<
Configure the ONT upgrade under the specified board, the value is
FrameID/SlotID
0/0
>

Configure the ONT upgrade under the specified PON port, and the
all | <port-id> port-id value ranges from 1 to 16;
all is to configure ONTs under all PONs to be upgraded

page 445_
 Configure which ONTs under the specified PON port need to be
upgraded. The value of ont-list is 1-128, and the range can be
<ont-list> | all}
specified. The format is 1-17, 128;
all is to configure all ONT upgrades under the specified PON

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The ONTs with the ONT id 1-6 under the PON1 port need to be upgraded
OLT(config)# ont load select 0/0 1 1-6
Number of ONTs that can be added: 6, success: 0

OLT(config)

28.4.3.Start or stop ONT upgrade

OLT(config)# ont load start < FrameID/SlotID > < FILENAME > |
Command
activemode { graceful | immediate | next-startup }
syntax
OLT(config)# ont load stop < FrameID/SlotID >

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to start or stop ONT upgrade.
Description

load start Configure to start the ONT upgrade

<
Configure the ONT under the specified board to start the upgrade,
FrameID/SlotID
the value is 0/0
>

< FILENAME > Configure the ONT upgrade file name for starting the upgrade

Select the effective mode. If no input is entered, the default is to load

activemode
and take effect when the ONT is restarted next time.

The ONT loading policy takes effect in the graceful reset mode. That
is, after loading the file to the ONT according to the loading policy,
the ONT decides whether to restart immediately according to its own
graceful
settings to make the loading take effect (for example, whether there
is an emergency call). The ONT waits for a maximum of four hours,
after which it is forced to restart.

After the loading is complete, the ONT restarts immediately for the
immediate
loading to take effect.

After the loading is complete, the loading will take effect when the
next-startup
ONT restarts next time.

page 446_
 Delete ONT load data. Enable this parameter when you want to
load stop
delete all load tasks and data on the ONT immediately.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Start the ONT and use the upgrade file of 111.tar to upgrade. After the upgrade,
restart immediately to make the upgrade take effect.
OLT(config)# ont load start 0/0 111.tar activemode immediate

OLT(config)

28.4.4.View the configuration information of ONT upgrade

Command
OLT(config)# show ont load info < FrameID/SlotID >
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the upgrade configuration information

Description of the ONT that needs to be upgraded.

<
Specifies which board to view the ONT upgrade configuration
FrameID/SlotID
information, the value is 0/0
>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the ONT upgrade information configured on the OLT 0/0 board
OLT(config)# show ont load info 0/0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
File name :
Load state : stop
Active mode : immediate
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

28.4.5.Check the upgrade progress of the ONT

Command
OLT(config)# show ont load info < FrameID/SlotID >
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to view the upgrade progress of the ONT.
Description

page 447_
 <
Specifies which board to view the ONT upgrade progress on. The
FrameID/SlotID
value is 0/0.
>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the ONT upgrade progress under the OLT 0/0 board
OLT(config)# show ont load select 0/0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
F/S PON ONT ID State Progress
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
0/0 3 1 waiting 0%
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 1, waiting: 1, fail: 0, success: 0, loading: 0, cancel: 0

OLT(config)#

28.5.ONT WAN connection management

28.5.1.Add Bridge Wan

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# ont wan add <port-id> <onu-id>

( <1-8>|WANNAME ) ipv4 bridge (internet | other)
Command
vlan-mode (untag | transparent | tag <1-4094> priority
syntax
<0-7>)(mvlan <1-4094> | binding {eth PORT-LIST | ssid PORT-LIST |
5g-ssid PORT-LIST})

Applicable view gpon view

Function
Add an ipv4 bridge wan
Description

<port-id> pon port id where onu is located

<onu-id> Onu Id

(<1-8>|WANNA 1-8: add wan id as index

ME) WANNAME: Specify the wan name to add, the name length is 1-24,
the new wan will automatically generate a wan index

(internet | Service type, bridge mode only has internet and other two
other)

(untag | Vlan processing mode:

transparent | Untag: Only allow packets that do not carry vlan
tag <1-4094> Transparent: Transparent transmission

page 448_
 priority <0-7>) Tag: set the vlan id of wan, the value range is 1-4094, priority: 0-7

mvlan <1-4094> Configure multicast vlan (1-4094) optional

{eth PORT-LIST Wan binding port, optional

| ssid PORT-LIST Eth: bind eth port: <1-8> (input: 1-2,4)
| 5g-ssid Ssid: bind ssid: <1-8> (input: 1-2,4)
PORT-LIST} 5g-Ssid: bind 5g-ssid: <1-8> (input: 1-2,4)

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Add an ipv4 bridge wan with index 1 to pon port 1 onu 1, service type internet,
configure wan vlanid as 100, priority 0 multicast vlan 200, bind port eth1-2
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan add 1 1 1 ipv4 bridge internet vlan-mode tag
100 priority 0 mvlan 200 binding eth 1-2

28.5.2.Add Route Wan

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# ont wan add <port-id> <onu-id>

(<1-8>|WANNAME) ipv4 route (internet | other | tr069 |
tr069-internet |tr069-voice | tr069-voice-internet | voice |
voice-internet) (static ip ABCD mask ABCD gateway ABCD
Command
primary-dns ABCD secondary-dns ABCD | pppoe servicename NAME
syntax
username NAME password PASSWORD | dhcp)
vlan-mode (untag | transparent | tag <1-4094> priority <0-7>)
{ igmp-proxy (enable <1-4094> | disable) | binding {eth PORT-LIST |
ssid PORT-LIST | 5g- ssid PORT-LIST} }

Applicable view gpon view

Function
Add an ipv4 route wan
Description

<port-id> pon port id where onu is located

<onu-id> Onu Id

<1-8>|WANNA 1-8: add wan id as index

ME WANNAME: Specify the wan name to add, the name length is 1-24,
the new wan will automatically generate a wan index

(internet | service type, tr069 | voice | tr069-voice cannot bind port

other | tr069 |
tr069-internet |
tr069-voice |
tr069-voice-inte
rnet | voice |

page 449_
 voice-internet

(static ip ABCD IP mode:

mask ABCD Static: Add static ip:
gateway ABCD ip xxxx mask mask:xxxx gateway:gateway
primary-dns primary-dns: preferred dns server ip secondary: alternate dns server
ABCD ip
secondary-dns Pppoe: pppoe mode:
ABCD | pppoe Servicename: pppoe service name length 1-24
servicename Username: User name, length 1-24
NAME Password: User password length 1-24
username DHCP mode
NAME
password
PASSWORD |
dhcp)

(untag | tag Vlan processing mode:

<1-4094> Untag: Only allow packets that do not carry vlan
priority <0-7>) Tag: set the vlan id of wan , the value range is 1-4094, priority: 0-7

igmp-proxy Whether to enable multicast proxy, optional.

(enable Enable: Enable, <1-4094> multicast vlan, the value range is 1-4094
<1-4094> | Disable; close
disable)

{eth PORT-LIST Wan binding port, optional

| ssid PORT-LIST Eth: bind eth port: <1-8> (input: 1-2,4)
| 5g-ssid Ssid: bind ssid: <1-8> (input: 1-2,4)
PORT-LIST} 5g-Ssid: bind 5g-ssid: <1-8> (input: 1-2,4)

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Add an ipv4 route wan with index 1 to pon port 1 onu 1, service type internet, ip
allocation mode select static, ip: 192.168.100.10 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway: 192.168.100.1
preferred dns: 202.96.134.133 Standby 202.96.128.166 Configure wan vlanid as 100, priority 0
enable multicast proxy multicast vlan 200, bind port eth1-2
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan add 1 1 1 ipv4 route internet static ip
192.168.100.10 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.100.1 primary-dns
202.96.134.133 secondary-dns 202.96.134.133 vlan-mode tag 100 priority 0 igmp-proxy
enable 200 binding eth 1-2

Case 2 : Add an ipv4 route wan with wan name pppoe_test to pon port 1 onu 1, service type
internet, ip mode select pppoe, pppoe service name test username test password test vlan mode
select untag
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan add 1 1 pppoe_test ipv4 route internet pppoe

page 450_
 servicename test username test password test vlan-mode untag

28.5.3.View the ONT's WAN connection information

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont wan config <port-id> <

syntax ONT-id >

Applicable view gpon interface view

Function This command is used to view the created WAN connection

Description information of the ONT.

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Value
<port-id>
range: 1-16

ONT - id : the ONT id of the ONT WAN connection information to be

< ONT-id >
viewed, ranging from 1 to 128

【Configuration case】
Connect the WAN connection information of ONT 1 of PON2 port
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont wan config 2 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
WAN ID : 1
Connection name : 1_TR069_R_VID_10
Connection enable : Enable
Connection status : Up

IP Version : IPv4
Service type: TR069

VLAN : Enable
VLAN id: 100
VLAN priority : 0
VLAN DEI : 1

Connection type : DHCP

IPv4 address : 192.168.5.133
IPv4 mask : 255.255.255.0
IPv4 gateway : 192.168.5.1
Automatically get DNS address : Enable
IPv4 primary_DNS : 192.168.5.1
IPv4 secondary_DNS : 8.8.8.8

NAT enable : Disable

MTU: 1500

page 451_
 LAN DHCP: Enable

Bridge port binding : port1 ssid1

-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

28.5.4.ONT WAN connection modification

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify <port-id> <

ONT-id > < Wan - connection - ID > ipv4 bridge
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan config <port-id> <
ONT-id > < Wan - connection - ID > ipv4 dhcp
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify <port-id> <
ONT-id > < Wan - connection - ID > ipv4 pppoe servicename
Command <NAME> username <NAME> password < PASSWORD >
syntax OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify <port-id> <
ONT-id > < Wan - connection - ID > ipv4 static ip <ONT-IP> mask <
ONT - subnet - mask > gateway < ONT - gateway > primary-dns <
ONT - primary - DNS > secondary-dns < ONT - slave - DNS >
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify <port-id> <
ONT-id > < Wan - connection - ID > ipv4 option-60 (enable OPTION
|disable)

Applicable view gpon interface view

This command is used to modify the WAN connection of the ONT,

including static ip address, dhcp, bridge and pppoe WAN connection,
Function this configuration is mainly suitable for HGU terminals with WiFi. This
Description command is only used to modify the WAN connection information of
the ONT, and the OLT does not support the creation of the WAN
connection of the ONT temporarily.

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

ONT - id : ONT id of the ONT connected to the WAN to be modified,

< ONT-id >
ranging from 1 to 128

< Wan -
connection - Index of the created WAN connection, value range: 0-32
ID >

bridge Change the type of WAN connection to bridge

dhcp Change the type of WAN connection to dhcp

pppoe Change the type of WAN connection to pppoe

page 452_
 username
Modify the pppoe account of pppoe's WAN connection
<NAME>

password <
Modify the pppoe password of pppoe's WAN connection
PASSWORD >

Modify the pause time of pppoe dial-on-demand, the value range is

<time-value>
1-86400, the unit is second

static ip Change the type of WAN connection to static ip address

Modify the static IP address of the WAN connection , the format is

<ONT-IP>
XXXX

mask < ONT - Modify the address mask of the static IP address of the WAN
subnet - mask > connection, the format is XXXX

Modify the IP address of the gateway connected to the WAN, which

gateway < ONT
must be in the same network segment as the configured static IP
gateway >
address, in the format of XXXX

Modify the IP address of the primary DNS server for the WAN
pri-dns < ONT - connection. The DNS server is used to resolve the IP address through
primary - DNS > the domain name, or obtain its domain name information through
the IP address, the format is XXXX

slave-dns < ONT Modify the IP address of the secondary DNS server for the WAN
- slave - DNS > connection, the format is XXXX

option-60 Whether to enable option60 flag

(enable OPTION Enable: Enable OPTION content length 1-64
|disable) Disable: close

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Modify WAN connection 1 of ONT 1 of PON1 port to bridge
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify 1 1 1 ipv4 bridge

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

1 of PON1 port to dhcp

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify 1 1 1 2 ipv4 dhcp
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

Case 3: Modify the WAN connection 3 of ONT 1 of the PON1 port to pppoe, and the pppoe
username and password are test/test
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify 1 1 1 3 ipv4 pppoe username test
password test
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

page 453_
 Case 4: Modify the WAN connection 4 of ONT 1 of the PON1 port to a static IP address, the
IP address is 192.168.5.55, the gateway is 192.168.5.254, the primary DNS address is 8.8.8.8, and
the secondary DNS address is 4.4.4.4
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify 1 1 1 2 ipv4 static ip 192.168.5.55
mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.5.254 primary-dns 8.8.8.8 secondary-dns 4.4.4.4
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.5.5.Enable or disable the ONT's WAN connection

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify <port-id> <

syntax ONT-id > < Wan - connection - ID > connection- status <switch >

Applicable view gpon interface view

Function
This command is used to open or close the WAN connection.
Description

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Value
<port-id>
range: 1-16

ONT - id : The ONT id to be configured to open or close the WAN

< ONT-id >
connection, ranging from 1 to 128

< Wan -
connection - The index of the created WAN connection, the value range: 0-32
ID >

Enable : Enable the WAN connection of the ONT

<switch>
Disable : Disable the ONT's WAN connection

【Configuration case】
Enable WAN connection 1 of ONT 1 of PON1 port
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify 1 1 1 connection- status enable
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.5.6.Modify the bound port of the ONT WAN connection

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify <port-id> <

Command
ONT-id > < Wan - connection - ID > binding <ONT-port-id>
syntax

Applicable view gpon interface view

Function This command is used to modify the WAN connection of the ONT and
Description the actual port binding information of the ONT.

<port-id> Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are

page 454_
 1-16

ONT - id : the ONT id of the ONT bound to the port by the WAN
< ONT-id >
connection to be modified, ranging from 1 to 128

< Wan -
connection - The index of the created WAN connection, the value range: 0-32
ID >

Modify the actual port of the ONT that needs to be bound to the
<ONT-port-id> WAN connection. The ONT's lan port is port1-port4, the ONT's WiFi
SSID is <1-8>, and the ONT's 5g WiFi SSID is <1-8>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Bind the WAN connection 1 of the ONT 1 of the PON1 port to the LAN1 and WiFi
SSID1 together
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify 1 1 0 binding eth 1 ssid1

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.5.7.Modifying the service type of an ONT WAN connection

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify <port-id> <

syntax ONT-id > < Wan - connection - ID > service-type <service-type>

Applicable view gpon interface view

Function This command is used to modify the WAN connection service type of
Description the ONT.

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

ONT - id : ONT id of the ONT whose WAN connection service type is

< ONT-id >
to be modified, ranging from 1 to 128

< Wan -
connection - The index of the created WAN connection, the value range: 0-32
ID >

Modify the service type of the ONT WAN connection:

Internet : used to surf the Internet
internet-tr069: for both internet and tr069
<service-type> internet-voip: for internet and voice at the same time
internet-voip-tro69: for internet, voice and tr069 at the same time
other: for iptv
tr069: for tr069

page 455_
 voip: for voice
voip-tr069: for both voice and tr069

【Configuration case】
Change the service type of WAN connection 1 of ONT 1 of PON1 port to internet-voip
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify 1 1 1 service-type internet-voip

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.5.8.VLAN Handling Mode of ONT WAN Connections

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# ont wan modify <port-id> <onu-id>

Command
( <1-8>|WANNAME ) vlan-mode (untag | transparent | tag <1-4094>
syntax
priority <0-7>)

Applicable view gpon view

Function
Add an ipv4 bridge wan
Description

<port-id> pon port id where onu is located

<onu-id> Onu Id

(<1-8>|WANNA 1-8: add wan id as index

ME) WANNAME: Specify the wan name to add, the name length is 1-24,
the new wan will automatically generate a wan index

(untag | Vlan processing mode:

transparent | Untag: Only allow packets that do not carry vlan
tag <1-4094> Transparent: Transparent transmission
priority <0-7>) Tag: set the vlan id of wan, the value range is 1-4094, priority: 0-7

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Modify the vlan processing mode of pon port 1 onu 1 wan connection 1 to
transparent transmission.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify 1 1 1 vlan-mode transparent

28.5.9.Modify the MTU value of the ONT WAN connection

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify <port-id> <

syntax ONT-id > < Wan - connection - ID > mtu <MTU-value>

Applicable view gpon interface view

page 456_
 Function This command is used to configure the MTU value of the ONT's WAN
Description connection.

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Value
<port-id>
range: 1-16

ONT - id : ONT id of the ONT whose WAN connection MTU value is to

< ONT-id >
be configured, ranging from 1 to 128

< Wan -
connection - The index of the created WAN connection, the value range: 0-32
ID >

Configure the MTU value of the WAN connection of the ONT, the
<MTU-value>
value range: 64-1540

【Configuration case】
Configure the MTU value of WAN connection 1 of ONT 1 of PON1 port to 1500
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify 1 1 1 mtu 1500

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.5.10.Enable or disable the NAT function of ONT WAN connection

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify <port-id> <

syntax ONT-id > < Wan - connection - ID > nat <switch >

Applicable view gpon interface view

This command is used to enable or disable the nat function of the

Function
ONT's WAN connection. This function is mainly applicable to WAN
Description
connections with dhcp, pppoe and static ip addresses.

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Value
<port-id>
range: 1-16

ONT - id : the ONT id of the ONT to be configured with the WAN

< ONT-id >
connection nat, ranging from 1 to 128

< Wan -
connection - The index of the created WAN connection, the value range: 0-32
ID >

nat function of ONT WAN connection

<switch>
Disable : Disable the nat function of the ONT WAN connection

【Configuration case】

page 457_
 Case 1: Enable nat function on WAN connection 1 of ONT 1 of PON1 port
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify 1 1 1 nat enable

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.5.11.Enable or disable the DHCP function on the LAN side of the

ONT

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify <port-id> <

syntax ONT-id > < Wan - connection - ID > lan-dhcp <switch >

Applicable view gpon interface view

This command is used to enable or disable the DHCP function on the

Function LAN side of the ONT under the WAN connection. It is mainly used to
Description determine whether the PC under the ONT allocates an IP address
from the ONT side under the WAN.

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Value
<port-id>
range: 1-16

ONT - id : The ONT id of the LAN side dhcp function to be configured

< ONT-id >
on the ONT, ranging from 1 to 128

< Wan -
connection - The index of the created WAN connection, the value range: 0-32
ID >

Enable : Enable the dhcp function on the LAN side of the ONT under
the WAN connection
<switch>
Disable : Disable the dhcp function on the LAN side of the ONT under
the WAN connection

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the DHCP function on the LAN side of the WAN connection 1 of ONT 1 of the
PON1 port
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont wan modify 1 1 1 lan-dhcp enable

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.6.ONT WIFI connection management

28.6.1.enable WIFI

page 458_
 Command OLT(config-interface- g pon-0/0) # ont wifi <port-id> <onu-id>
syntax (2.4g|5g) (disable|enable)

Applicable gpon view

view

Function enable wifi

Description

<port-id> pon port id where onu is located

<onu-id> Onu Id value 1-64

(2.4g|5g) wifi band 2.4g and 5g

(disable|enable Enable: open

) Disable: close
【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable 2.4g band wifi of pon 1 onu 1
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0/0)# ont wifi 1 1 2.4g enable

28.6.2.WIFI properties 2.4G frequency band configuration

Command OLT(config-interface- g pon-0/0)# ont wifi <port-id> <onu-id>

syntax attribute 2.4g {wifi-mode (802.11b | 802.11g | 802.11b/g | 802.11n
| 802.11b /g/n)| channel-bandwidth (20|40) |channel-id <0-13> |
wifi-rate (auto|1|2|5.5|6|9|12|18|24|36|48| 54)| txpower (100%
|80%|60%|35%|15%)|country-region (usa |india |european-union
|spain |france |japan |israli |china-taiwan |russian |china |global
|world-wide) | sgi-enable (disable|enable) |wps-enable (disable
|enable) |ap-iso(disable|enable)}

Applicable gpon view

view

Function Configure the wifi properties of the 2.4g frequency band, each
Description parameter is optional

<port-id> pon port id where onu is located

<onu-id> Onu Id value 1-64

wifi-mode Configure the working mode of the wireless network

(802.11b|802.1
1g|802.11b/g|8
02.11n|802.11b

page 459_
 /g/n)

channel-bandwi Configure the channel width occupied by wireless data transmission

dth (20|40) 20: 20MHz
40: 40MHz

channel-id The value of the channel for wireless network work is 0-13, 0 is auto
<0-13>

wifi-rate The value of wifi rate is auto 1: 1M

(auto|1|2|5.5| 2:2M 5.5:5.5M 6:6M 9:9M 12:12M 18:18M 24:24M
6|9|12|18|24| 36: 36M 48: 48M 54: 54M
36|48|54)

txpower Transmission power value: 100% 80% 60% 35% 15%

(100%|80%|60
%|35%|15%)

country-region Country code value: USA India European-union Spain France

(usa|india|euro Japan Israli China-taiwan Russian China global world-wide
pean-union|spa
in|france|japan
|israli|china-tai
wan|russian|ch
ina|global|worl
d-wide)

sgi-enable Sgi enabled

(disable|enable Enable: open
) Disable: close

wps-enable Wps enable

(disable|enable Enable: open
) Disable: close

ap-iso(disable| Ap isolation enable

enable) Enable: open
Disable: close
【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the 2.4g band wifi properties of pon 1 onu 1, select 802.11b channel
bandwidth 40MHZ for network working mode, and select 5 for working
channel
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0/0)# ont wifi 1 1 attribute 2.4g wifi-mode 802.11b
channel-bandwidth 40 channel-id 5

28.6.3.WIFI attribute 5G frequency band configuration

page 460_
 Command OLT(config-interface- gpon-0/0)# ont wifi <port-id> <onu-id>
syntax attribute 5g {wifi-mode ( 802.11b | 802.11g | 802.11b/g | 802.11n |
802.11b/ g/n | 802.11a | 802.11a/n | 802.11ac/a/n )|
channel-bandwidth (20|40|80) |channel-id
(0|36|40|44|48|52|56|60|64|149|153|157|161)|
wifi-rate (auto|1|2|5.5|6|9|12|18|24|36|48|54)|
txpower (100%|80%|60%|35%|15%)|
country-region
(usa|india|european-union|spain|france|japan|israli|china-taiwan
|russian|china|global|world-wide) |
sgi-enable (disable|enable) |
wps-enable (disable|enable)|
ap-iso(disable|enable)}

Applicable gpon view

view

Function Configure the wifi properties of the 5g frequency band, each

Description parameter is optional

<port-id> pon port id where onu is located

<onu-id> Onu Id value 1-64

wifi-mode Configure the working mode of the wireless network

(802.11b|802.1
1g|802.11b/g|8
02.11n|802.11b
/g/n|802.11a|8
02.11a/n|802.1
1ac/a/n)

channel-bandwi Configure the channel width occupied by wireless data transmission

dth (20|40|80) 20: 20MHz
40: 40MHz
80: 80MHz

channel-id The value of the channel for wireless network work is 0-13, 0 is auto
<0-13>

wifi-rate The value of wifi rate is auto 1: 1M

(auto|1|2|5.5| 2:2M 5.5:5.5M 6:6M 9:9M 12:12M 18:18M 24:24M
6|9|12|18|24| 36: 36M 48: 48M 54: 54M
36|48|54)

txpower Transmission power value: 100% 80% 60% 35% 15%

(100%|80%|60

page 461_
 %|35%|15%)

country-region Country code value: USA India European-union Spain France

(usa|india|euro Japan Israli China-taiwan Russian China global world-wide
pean-union|spa
in|france|japan
|israli|china-tai
wan|russian|ch
ina|global|worl
d-wide)

sgi-enable Sgi enabled

(disable|enable Enable: open
) Disable: close

wps-enable Wps enable

(disable|enable Enable: open
) Disable: close

ap-iso(disable| Ap isolation enable

enable) Enable: open
Disable: close
【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the 5g band wifi attribute of pon 1 onu 1, select 802.11a/n channel
bandwidth 40MHZ for network working mode, 36 working channel and
world-wide country code
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0/0)# ont wifi 1 1 attribute 5g wifi-mode 802.11a/n
channel-bandwidth 40 channel-id 36 country-region world-wide

28.6.4.De-enable WIFI SSID

Command OLT(config-interface- g pon-0/0 ) # ont wifi ssid <port-id> <onu-id>

syntax <1-4> (2.4g|5g) admin disable

Applicable gpon view

view

Function de-enable wifi ssid

Description

<port-id> pon port id where onu is located

<onu-id> Onu Id value 1-64

<1-4> ssid index value is 1-4

page 462_
 (2.4g|5g) wifi band 2.4g and 5g

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Turn off 5g band ssid 1 of pon 1 onu 1
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0/0)# ont wifi ssid 1 1 1 5g admin disable

28.6.5.Configure WIFI SSID properties

Command OLT(config-interface- g pon-0/0)# ont wifi ssid <port-id> <onu-id>

syntax <1-4> (2.4g|5g) admin enable broadcast-admin (disable|enable)
NAME max -user <0-128> {open|(wpa | wpa2| wpa2-mixed)
wpa-encrypt (tkip | aes | tkip/aes) KEY}

Applicable gpon view

view

Function Configure the properties of wifi ssid

Description

<port-id> pon port id where onu is located

<onu-id> Onu Id value 1-64

<1-4> ssid index value is 1-4

(2.4g|5g) wifi band 2.4g and 5g

broadcast-admi Broadcast enable enable: open

n Disable: close
(disable|enable
)

NAME SSID name length 1-24

max-user The maximum number of connected users ranges from 0 to 128

<0-128>

open|(wpa | Encryption method, open is not encrypted

wpa2| Wpa: use wpa encryption
wpa2-mixed) Wpa2: use wpa2 encryption
Wpa2-mixed mixed encryption

(tkip | aes | Wpa encryption algorithm

tkip/aes) Value tkip aes tkip/aes

KEY Password length 1-24

【Configuration case】

page 463_
 Case 1: Configure 2.4g frequency band wifi ssid 1 of pon 1 onu 1, enable broadcast, ssid
name test, maximum number of connected users 10, encryption method select wpa encryption
algorithm tkip password 123
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0/0)# ont wifi ssid 1 1 1 2.4g admin enable
broadcast-admin enable test max-user 10 wpa wpa-encrypt tkip 123

28.6.6.Restore WIFI default properties

Command OLT(config-interface- g pon-0/0)# ont wifi <port-id> <onu-id>

syntax default-setting

Applicable gpon view

view

Function Restore the default properties of onu wifi, olt will clear the
Description configuration locally

<port-id> pon port id where onu is located

<onu-id> Onu Id value 1-64

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Restore the wifi of pon 1 onu 1 to default properties
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0/0)# ont wifi 1 1 default-setting

28.6.7.View ONU WIFI configuration

Command OLT(config-interface- g pon-0/0)# show ont wifi config <port-id>

syntax <onu-id>

Applicable gpon view

view

Function View onu wifi configuration, including ssid information

Description

<port-id> pon port id where onu is located

<onu-id> Onu Id value 1-64

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the wifi configuration of pon 1 onu 1
OLT(config-interface- g pon-0/0)# show ont wifi config 1 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Wifi Band: 2.4g
Wi-Fi state : disable

page 464_
 Wi-Fi Mode: 802.11b
ChannelBandwidth: 40MHz
Channel ID : 5
Wifi Rate : --
Tx Power : --
Country Region : --
SGI Enable : --
WPS Enable : --
AP ISO : --
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
SSID(2.4g) status Broadcast Name MaxUser Encrypt Wpa Key
Admin mode encrypt
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
1 enable enable test 10 WPA TKIP 123
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------

28.7.ONT port management

28.7.1.ONT port Native - vlan (access) VLAN configuration

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont port native-vlan <port-id> <

Command
ONT-id > eth <ONT-port-id> {vlan < VLAN - ID > | priority <
syntax
Priority >}

Applicable view gpon interface view

This command is used to configure native-vlan, that is, access vlan,

for the ONT port. The vlan processing rules are as follows:
For outbound packets:
 When the VLAN ID carried in the packet is the same as the ID
Function of the native VLAN, the packet does not contain a VLAN tag
Description (that is, untag).
 When the VLAN ID carried in the packet is different from the
ID of the native VLAN, the packet contains a VLAN tag.
For inbound Untag packets, add a Native VLAN. By default, the native
VLAN of an Ethernet port is 1.

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

< ONT-id > ONT id of the ONT to be configured, ranging from 1 to 128

page 465_
 The ONT port id of the native-vlan needs to be configured, and the
<ONT-port-id>
value ranges from 1 to 8.

Set the vlan id of the native-vlan of the ONT port, ranging from 1 to
<vlan id>
4094

<priority> Optional, set the priority of the ONT port vlan

【Configuration case】
Configure native-vlan 100 for eth port 1 of ONT 1 of PON1 port
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont port native-vlan 1 1 eth 1 vlan 100

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.7.2.Configuring the uplink and downlink rate limits for ONT

ports

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont port car <port-id> < ONT-id >

syntax eth < eth -port-id> {inbound | outbound} < traffic - profile - ID >

Applicable view gpon interface view

Function This command is used to configure the upstream and downstream

Description bandwidth rate limit function of the ONT port .

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

< ONT-id > ONT id of the ONT to be configured, ranging from 1 to 128

<eth-port-id> The id of the Ethernet port of the ONT, ranging from 1 to 8

inbound Configuring the upstream (ingress) rate limit function of an ONT port

Configuring the downstream (egress) rate limit function of an ONT

outbound
port

The ONT port rate limit needs to be bound to the traffic template id.
The bandwidth value configured for the port rate limit on the ONT is
< traffic - profile
bound to the traffic template. You can use the OLT(config)# show
- ID >
traffic-profile all command to check which traffic profiles exist on the
OLT.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the upstream and downstream port rates of the first Ethernet port of ONT
1 on the PON1 port to be 500M (the traffic template id is 6 )

page 466_
 OLT(config)# show traffic-profile all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
ID Profile-name CIR(kbps) PIR(kbps) CBS(bytes) PBS(bytes) Bind
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
6 XR500V 512000 512000 512000 512000 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont port car 1 1 eth 1 inbound 6 outbound 6
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.7.3.Check the uplink and downlink rate limits of ONT ports

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont port car <port-id> <

syntax ONT-id > eth all

Applicable view config view or gpon interface view

Function configuration of the upstream and downstream bandwidth rates of

Description the ONT port.

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

< ONT-id > ONT id of the ONT to be viewed, ranging from 1 to 128

View the upstream and downstream bandwidth rate configuration of

all
all ports of the ONT

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the upstream and downstream bandwidth rate configuration of all ports of
PON2 port ONT2
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont port car 2 2 eth all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
F/SP ONT Port Inbound Outbound
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
0/0 2 2 1 6 6
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.7.4.Enable or disable the ONT port flow control function

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont port attribute <port-id> <

syntax ONT-id > eth < eth -port-id> flow-control <switch>

Applicable view config view

page 467_
 Function This command is used to enable or disable the flow control function
Description of the ONT Ethernet port .

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

< ONT-id > ONT id of the ONT to be configured, ranging from 1 to 64

<eth-port-id> The id of the Ethernet port of the ONT, ranging from 1 to 8

on: Enable the flow control function of the Ethernet port

<switch>
off: Disable the flow control function of the catv port

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the flow control function of the first Ethernet port of ONT 1 of the PON1
port .
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont port attribute 1 1 eth 1 flow-control on

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.7.5.Configuring the auto-negotiation function of an ONT port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont port attribute <port-id> <

syntax ONT-id > eth < eth -port-id> auto-neg

Applicable view gpon interface view

Function This command is used to enable the auto-negotiation function of the

Description ONT port.

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

< ONT-id > ONT id of the ONT to be configured, ranging from 1 to 128

ID of the Ethernet port that needs to enable ONT port

<eth-port-id>
auto-negotiation, the value range is 1-24

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the auto-negotiation function of the first Ethernet port of ONT 1 of the PON1
port.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont port attribute 1 1 eth 1 auto-neg

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.7.6.Configure the speed and duplex mode of the ONT port

page 468_
 Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont port attribute <port-id> <
syntax ONT-id > eth < eth -port-id> speed <speed> dulepx full/half

Applicable view gpon interface view

Function
speed and duplex mode of the ONT Ethernet port.
Description

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

< ONT-id > ONT id of the ONT to be configured, ranging from 1 to 128

<eth-port-id> The id of the Ethernet port of the ONT, ranging from 1 to 8

10 : 10Mb/s
<speed> 100 : 100Mb/s
1000 : 1000Mb/s

full : full duplex mode

full/half
half : half duplex mode

【Configuration case】
the first Ethernet port of ONT 1 is 1000Mb /s and it is in full-duplex mode .
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont port attribute 1 1 eth 1 speed 1000 dulepx full

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.7.7.Enable or disable ONT port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont port attribute <port-id> <

syntax ONT-id > eth < eth -port-id> operational-state <switch>

Applicable view gpon interface view

Function
This command is used to enable or disable the port of the ONT.
Description

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

< ONT-id > ONT id of the ONT to be configured, ranging from 1 to 128

<eth-port-id> The id of the Ethernet port of the ONT, ranging from 1 to 8

on: open the ONT port

< switch >
off: Turn off the ONT port

page 469_
 【Configuration case】
the first port of ONT 1 of the PON1 port
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont port attribute 1 1 eth 1 operational-state on

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.7.8.Binding an IGMP profile to an ONT port

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont port attribute <port-ID> <

Command
onu-id > | <onu-list> eth <ONT-port-ID> igmp-profile profile-id <
syntax
Profile ID >

Applicable view gpon view

Function
Ont binding igmp template
Description

to which the ONT to be configured belongs. The value ranges from 1

<port-ID>
to 16.

< onu-id > |

Onu-list: ONU list to be modified, the value format is: 1, 3-5, 8
<onu-list>

<ONT-port-ID> The ont port id to be modified, the value range is 1-8

< Profile ID > igmp template id, the value range is 1-256

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The first port of the first onu under pon1 is bound to igmp template 1
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont port attribute 1 1 eth 1 igmp-profile profile-id 1
The ONU does not exist in the authentication table

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.7.9.View ONT port configuration information (native-vlan, port

rate, flow control)

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont port attribute <port-id> <

syntax ONT-id > eth all

Applicable view config view or gpon interface view

Function This command is used to view the ONT port configuration (including
Description native-vlan, port rate, flow control)

<port-id> Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are

page 470_
 1-16

< ONT-id > ONT id of the ONT to be viewed, ranging from 1 to 128

View the upstream and downstream bandwidth rate configuration of

all
all ports of the ONT

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the configuration information of all ports of PON2 port ONT2
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont port attribute 2 2 eth all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
F/SP ONT ONT Auto-neg Speed Duplex Port Flow Native Priority
port (Mbps) switch control VLAN
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
0/0 2 2 1 enable auto auto on off 101 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.7.10.View ONT port status (link status, rate negotiation)

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont port state <port-id> <

syntax ONT-id > eth all

Applicable view config view or gpon interface view

Function This command is used to view ONT port status (including link status,
Description port negotiation rate), etc.

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

< ONT-id > ONT id of the ONT to be viewed, ranging from 1 to 128

all View the status of all ports on the ONT

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the status of all ports of PON2 port ONT2
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont port state 2 2 eth all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
F/SP ONT Port Type Speed(Mbps) Duplex Link-State
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
0/0 2 2 1 GE - - down
0/0 2 2 2 - - - -
0/0 2 2 3 - - - -
0/0 2 2 4 - - - -

page 471_
 -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.7.11.Enable or disable ONT CATV port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont port attribute <port-id> <

syntax ONT-id > catv <catv-port-id> operational-status <switch>

Applicable view gpon interface view

Function
This command is used to enable or disable the ONT CATV port .
Description

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

< ONT-id > ONT id of the ONT to be configured, ranging from 1 to 128

<catv-port-id> The catv port id of the ONT, ranging from 1 to 8

on: enable catv port

<switch>
off: disable the catv port

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the CATV port of ONT 1 of the PON1 port .
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont port attribute 1 1 catv 1 operational-state on

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.7.12.View the CATV configuration of the ONT

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont port attribute <port-id> <

syntax ONT-id > catv all

Applicable view gpon interface view

Function
This command is used to view the ONT CATV port configuration.
Description

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

< ONT-id > ONT id of the ONT to be viewed, ranging from 1 to 128

all View all CATV port configurations of the ONT

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the CATV port configuration information of the PON2 port ONT2

page 472_
 OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont port attribute 2 2 catv all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
F/SP ONT ONT-Port Port-Switch
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
0/0 2 2 1 off
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.7.13.View ONT CATV information

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont catv-info <port-ID> {<

syntax ONT-id > | all}

Applicable view gpon view

Function
View ont catv information
Description

<port-ID> to be viewed , in the range of 1-16.

< ONT-id > ONT to be viewed , the value range is 1-128 .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View CATV information of all ONUs of PON8

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont catv-info 8 all

-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
F/SP ONT Voltage Tx Rx optical Temperature
ID (V) Voltage(dBuV) power(dBm) (C)
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
0/0 8 1 -- -- -- --
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.7.14.View the MAC address table learned by the ONT port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont port learned-mac

syntax <port-id> < ONT-id > eth < eth -port-id>

Applicable view config view or gpon interface view

Function This command is used to view the MAC address table learned by the
Description ONT port

page 473_
 Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

< ONT-id > ONT id of the ONT to be viewed, ranging from 1 to 128

Specifies that the ONT needs to view the learned MAC address table
< eth -port-id>
port id, which ranges from 1 to 8.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the MAC address table learned by port 1 of ONT2 of PON2 port
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show ont port learned-mac 2 2 eth 1
No mac address learned

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.8.ONT performance statistics

28.8.1.View ONT performance statistics

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# show statistics ont <port-ID> <

syntax ONT-id >

Applicable view gpon view

Function
View ONU traffic statistics
Description

<port-ID> ONT to be checked , in the range of 1-16.

< ONT -ID> ONT to be viewed , the value range is 1-128 .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the traffic statistics of ONU1 under pon8
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show statistics ont 8 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Rx rate (kbps): 0 Tx rate (kbps): 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Upstream frames : 0
Upstream bytes : 0

Downstream frames : 0
Downstream bytes : 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

page 474_
28.8.2.port performance statistics of the ONT in the current 15

minutes

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# show statistics

Command
ont-eth-performance <port-ID> < ONT-id > <ONT-port-ID>
syntax
current-15minutes

Applicable view gpon view

Function
View the current 15-minute performance statistics of ont
Description

<port-ID> ONT to be checked , in the range of 1-16.

< ONT -ID> ONT to be viewed , the value range is 1-128 .

<ONT-port-ID> The ONT port to be viewed , in the range of 1-8.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the current 15-minute performance statistics of port 1 of ONU1 under pon8
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show statistics ont-eth-performance 8 1 1
current-15minutes
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Received frames: 0
Received bytes: 0
Received broadcast frames: 0
Received multicast frames :0
Received 64 byte frames: 0
Received 65~127 byte frames: 0
Received 128~255 byte frames: 0
Received 256~511 byte frames: 0
Received 512~1023 byte frames: 0
Received 1024~1518 byte frames: 0
Received crc error frames: 0
Received undersize frames :0
Received oversize frames: 0
Received discarded frames :0

Sent frames: 304

Sent bytes: 19456
Sent broadcast frames: 304
Sent multicast frames :0
Sent 64 byte frames :304
Sent 65~127 byte frames :0

page 475_
 Sent 128~255 byte frames :0
Sent 256~511 byte frames :0
Sent 512~1023 byte frames: 0
Sent 1024~1518 byte frames: 0
Sent crc error frames :0
Sent undersize frames :0
Sent oversize frames :0
Sent discarded frames :0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.8.3.View the port performance statistics of the ONT in the past 15

minutes

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# show statistics

Command
ont-eth-performance <port-ID> < ONT-id > <ONT-port-ID>
syntax
historic-15minutes

Applicable view gpon view

Function
View port performance statistics of ont in the past 15 minutes
Description

<port-ID> ONT to be checked , in the range of 1-16.

< ONT -ID> ONT to be viewed , the value range is 1-128 .

<ONT-port-ID> The ONT port to be viewed , in the range of 1-8.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the performance statistics of port 1 of ONU1 under pon8 in the past 15
minutes
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show statistics ont-eth-performance 8 1 1
historic-15minutes
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Received frames: 0
Received bytes: 0
Received broadcast frames: 0
Received multicast frames :0
Received 64 byte frames: 0
Received 65~127 byte frames: 0
Received 128~255 byte frames: 0
Received 256~511 byte frames: 0

page 476_
 Received 512~1023 byte frames: 0
Received 1024~1518 byte frames: 0
Received crc error frames: 0
Received undersize frames :0
Received oversize frames: 0
Received discarded frames :0

Sent frames: 896

Sent bytes: 57344
Sent broadcast frames: 896
Sent multicast frames :0
Sent 64 byte frames :896
Sent 65~127 byte frames :0
Sent 128~255 byte frames :0
Sent 256~511 byte frames :0
Sent 512~1023 byte frames: 0
Sent 1024~1518 byte frames: 0
Sent crc error frames :0
Sent undersize frames :0
Sent oversize frames :0
Sent discarded frames :0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.8.4.Reset ONT traffic statistics

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# reset statistics

syntax ont-eth-performance <port-ID> < ONT-id > <ONT-port-ID>

Applicable view gpon view

Function
reset ont traffic statistics
Description

<port-ID> the ONT to be reset belongs . The value ranges from 1 to 16.

< ONT -ID> The ONT to be reset , the value range is 1-128 .

<ONT-port-ID> The ONT port to be reset , the value range is 1-8.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Reset the traffic statistics of port 1 in ONU1 of pon8
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# reset statistics ont-eth-performance 8 1 1

page 477_
 OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.9.ON U voice port configuration

28.9.1.Enable or disable ONT voice port

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont port attribute <port-id> <

syntax ONT-id > pots < pots -port-id> operational-state <switch>

Applicable view gpon interface view

Function
This command is used to enable or disable the voice port of the ONT.
Description

Specifies the PON port number where the ONT is located. Values are
<port-id>
1-16

< ONT-id > ONT id of the ONT to be configured, ranging from 1 to 128

< pots -port-id> Voice port id of the ONT, ranging from 1 to 8

on: Enable ONT voice port

< switch >
off: Disable the ONT voice port

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the first voice port of ONT 1 on the PON1 port
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont port attribute 1 1 pots 1 operational-state on

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.9.2.Add ONU voice port discrete configuration

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# sippstnuser add <port-id> <onu-id>

Command
<onu-port-id> {(password <password> )| (telno <telno> ) |
syntax
(username <username> )}

Applicable view gpon view

Function
Add onu voice port discrete configuration
Description

<port-ID> the ONT to be added belongs , in the range of 1-16.

< ONT -ID> The ONT to be configured , the value range is 1-128 .

page 478_
 <ONT-port-ID> Voice port id of the ONT, ranging from 1 to 8 .

<password> Password, maximum length is 23

<telno> Telno, max length is 31

<username> Username, maximum length is 24

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Add the first voice port of ONU1 under the PON1 port.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# sippstnuser add 1 1 1
The ONU does not exist in the authentication table

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.9.3.Delete the ONU voice port configuration

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# sippstnuser del <port-id> <onu-id>

syntax <onu-port-id>

Applicable view gpon view

Function
Delete the ONU voice port configuration
Description

<port-ID> the ONT to be cancelled belongs . The value ranges from 1 to 16.

< ONT -ID> The ONT to be cancelled , the value range is 1-128 .

<ONT-port-ID> Voice port id of the ONT, ranging from 1 to 8 .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the first voice port of ONU1 under the PON1 port.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# sippstnuser del 1 1 1
The ONU does not exist in the authentication table

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.9.4.Modifying the discrete configuration of the ONU voice port

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# sippstnuser modify <port-id>

Command
<onu-id> <onu-port-id> {(password <password> )| (telno <telno> ) |
syntax
(username <username> )}

Applicable view gpon view

page 479_
 Function
Modifying the discrete configuration of the ONU voice port
Description

<port-ID> the ONT to be modified belongs . The value ranges from 1 to 16.

< ONT -ID> The ONT to be modified , the value range is 1-128 .

<ONT-port-ID> Voice port id of the ONT, ranging from 1 to 8 .

<password> Password, maximum length is 23

<telno> Tleno, max length 31

<username> Username, maximum length is 24

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Modify the user name of the first voice port of ONU1 under the PON1 port to 12,
password 123, and telno1234.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# sippstnuser modify 1 1 1 username 12 password 123
telno 1234
The ONU does not exist in the authentication table

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.9.5.ONU voice port service binding ont-sipagent template

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# sippstnuser ipconfig <port-id>

Command
<onu-id> <onu-port-id> [ip-index <ip-index> )]ont-sipagent-profile
syntax
{ profile-id <profile-id>} | {profile-name <profile-name> }

Applicable view gpon view

Function
ONU voice port service binding ont-sipagent template
Description

<port-ID> the ONT to be cancelled belongs . The value ranges from 1 to 16.

< ONT -ID> The ONT to be cancelled , the value range is 1-128 .

<ONT-port-ID> Voice port id of the ONT, ranging from 1 to 8 .

<ip-index> ip sequence numbers 0 and 1.

<profile-id> ont-sipagent template id, the value range is 0-16

<profile-name> ont-sipagent template name, the maximum length is 16

【Configuration case】

page 480_
 Case 1: The first voice port of ONU1 under PON1 port is bound to o nt-sipagent template 1.
LT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# sippstnuser ipconfig 1 1 1 ont-sipagent-profile profile-id
1
The sip agent profile does not exist

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.9.6.ONU voice port service binding digitmap template

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# sippstnuser digitmap <port-id>

Command
<onu-id> <onu-port-id> digitmap-profile {profile-id <profile-id> }|
syntax
{profile- name <profile-name> }

Applicable view gpon view

Function
The ONU voice port service is bound to the digitmap template.
Description

<port-ID> the ONT to be cancelled belongs . The value ranges from 1 to 16.

< ONT -ID> The ONT to be cancelled , the value range is 1-128 .

<ONT-port-ID> Voice port id of the ONT, ranging from 1 to 8 .

<profile-id> digitmap template id, the value range is 0-16

< profile-name> Digitmap template name, the maximum length is 16

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The first voice port of ONU1 under PON1 port is bound to digitmap template 1.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# sippstnuser digitmap 1 1 1 digitmap-profile profile-id 1
The digital map profile does not exist

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.9.7.ONU voice port service binding siprightflag template

OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# sippstnuser rightflag <port-id>

Command
<onu-id> <onu-port-id> siprightflag-profile {profile-id <profile-id> } |
syntax
{profile- name <profile-id> }

Applicable view gpon view

Function
ONU voice port service binding siprightflag template
Description

<port-ID> the ONT to be cancelled belongs . The value ranges from 1 to 16.

page 481_
 < ONT -ID> The ONT to be cancelled , the value range is 1-128 .

<ONT-port-ID> Voice port id of the ONT, ranging from 1 to 8

<profile-id> siprightflag template id, the value range is 0-16

<profile-name> siprightflag template name, the maximum length is 16

【Configuration case】
Case 1: The first voice port of ONU1 under PON1 port is bound to siprightflag template 1.
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# sippstnuser rightflag 1 1 1 siprightflag-profile profile-id
1
The ONU does not exist in the authentication table

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

28.10.ONU restores factory mode

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont restore factory <Port ID> <ONT

syntax ID>

Applicable view gpon tries

Function
Restore onu factory mode.
Description
【Configuration case】
Case 1 : pon 16 port onu1 restore factory mode
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont restore factory 16 1
<cr> - Please press ENTER to execute command

28.11.Configuring ONT CATV Global Management

Command OLT(config)# ont port attribute catv default-operational-state

syntax <switch>

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to enable or disable all ONT CATV ports
Description

on: enable catv port

<switch>
off: disable the catv port

【Configuration case】

page 482_
 Case 1: Enable the C ATV ports of all ONTs under the OLT
OLT(config)# ont port attribute catv default-operational-state on

28.12.ONU tr069 template

28.12.1.ONU binding tr069 template

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont tr069- profile < Port ID ><ONT

Command ID>{ ont-tr069profile-id
syntax <ont-tr069profile-id>|ont-tr069profile-name
<ont-tr069profile-name >}

Applicable view gpon view

Function
tr069 template created by onu binding
Description

<
ont-tr069profile onu tr069 template id
-id>

<
ont-tr069profile onu tr069 template name
-name >
【Configuration case】
Case 1 : pon 16 port onu1 binding tr069 template 1
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# ont tr069-config 16 1 ont-tr069profile-id 1
<cr> - Please press ENTER to execute command

28.12.2.Remove ONT tr069 template

Command OLT(config)# no ont-tr069-profile{profile-id

syntax <profile-id>|profile-name <profile-name> }

Applicable view gpon view

Function
Delete the created tr069 template
Description

<profile-id> template id

<profile-name> template name

【Configuration case】
Case 1 : Delete already created template 1

page 483_
 OLT(config)# no ont-tr069-profile profile-id 1

28.12.3.View information about the ONT tr069 template

Command
syntax OLT(config)# show ont-tr069-profile all

Applicable view config view

Function
View all tr069 templates that have been created
Description
【Configuration case】
Case 1 : View the created tr069 template
OLT(config)# show ont-tr069-profile all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile-ID Profile-name Binding times
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
1 tr069profile_1 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total: 1

28.12.4.View the relevant parameters and binding times of the ONT

tr069 template

Command OLT(config)# show ont-tr069-profile{< profile-id>|< profile-name> }

syntax {<cr>|<bound-info>} -

Applicable view gpon view

Function View the specific configuration parameters and template binding

Description times of the corresponding template

<profile-id> template id

<profile-name> template name

【Configuration case】
Case 1 : View the configuration and binding times of template 1
OLT(config)# show ont-tr069-profile profile-id 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Profile-ID : 1
Profile-name : tr069profile_1
Binding times : 0
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------

page 484_
 Acs url :
Acs port : 0
Acs user name :
Acs user password :
Auth realm :
Inform : enalbe
Inform interval : 30
Connect request auth : enalbe
Cpe user name :
Cpe user password :
Cpe port : 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
OLT(config)# show ont-tr069-profile profile-id 1 bound-info
Tr069 profile 1 has not been bound.

29.Service virtual port configuration

Service Virtual Port is also called Service Flow. It is the result of classifying user service
traffic (referred to as flow classification) based on the characteristics of Ethernet packets on
physical ports or logical ports. Layer 2 logical channel carrying services between 16Port/8Port
GPON OLTs (determines the Layer 2 forwarding path of packets).
When the number of users accessing the device is huge, there are multiple services (Internet,
VoIP, IPTV, etc.) for the same user. Different user services can be distinguished by configuring
different service flows (so that they do not affect each other). Generally, services of different users
or different services of the same user are carried by different service flows.
The service virtual port is the basis for implementing various services on the new
16Port/8Port GPON OLT (contents that must be configured). In addition to distinguishing
business traffic, it is also the most fine-grained division of user business. Differentiated and
refined management can be achieved on its basis, such as QoS processing, line identification and
security policies.

Table 1: VLAN tag conversion modes in upstream and downstream

Tag-action How to handle

Add two layers of Tag. Add two layers of packets on the user side:
S-VLAN+C-VLAN. Applies to:
S-VLAN is QinQ VLAN, Common VLAN or Stacking VLAN, single service
add-double
or service flow classified by user-encapuser-encap flow.
S-VLAN is QinQ VLAN, Common VLAN or Stacking VLAN, untagged
service flow.
inner-vlan: The inner VLAN after switching. When the processing

page 485_
 method is add-double or translate-and-double, the inner VLAN can
be specified.
By default , the C-VLAN carried on the user side remains
unchanged, and a layer of S-VLAN is added. If VLAN is set in the
default new 16Port/8Port GPON OLT to distinguish different services, but
you do not want to change the VLAN tag of user-side packets. Use
this mode.
The C-VLAN carried by the user side is switched to the S-VLAN by
performing a layer-level VLAN switch. This mode is used when only
translate one layer of VLAN tags can be used to identify user services and
the service VLAN configured on the new 16Port/8Port GPON OLT is
different from the VLAN in the user-side packets.
Switch VLAN and add a layer of VLAN tag. Switch the C-VLAN carried
on the user side to a C-VLAN, and then add an S-VLAN to form an
S+C two-layer VLAN uplink. This mode is used when two layers of
VLAN tags are required to identify user services (for example,
one layer identifies services and one layer identifies users),
translate-and-add
and the VLAN of user-side packets is different from the user-side
VLAN planned on the new 16Port/8Port GPON OLT. .
inner-vlan: The inner VLAN after switching. When the processing
method is add-double or translate-and-double, the inner VLAN can
be specified.
Transparent transmission without any VLAN changes. Directly use
the C-VLAN carried on the user side as the S-VLAN upstream. This
transparent mode can be used if the VLANs that are planned on the new
16Port/8Port GPON OLT to identify different services are
consistent with the VLANs of user-side packets.

29.1.Create service-port

29.1.1.Create a single-service virtual port

OLT(config)# service-port {<service-port-Start_index >|autoindex}

vlan <vlan-id> gpon <frameid/slotid> port <port-id> ont <ont-id>
gemport <gemport-id> tag -action {default|add-double} inbound
Command syntax
{[ index <Traffic profile index>]|[name <Traffic profile name>]}
outbound {[index <Traffic profile index>]|[name <Traffic profile
name>]}

Applicable view config view

This command is used to create a single-service virtual port.

Function
Single-service virtual port service means that a user port only passes
Description
one service type, or does not distinguish between service types.

page 486_
 The starting index value of the service virtual port. When you need
<service-port-Sta
to set the service virtual port according to the index value, use this
rt_index>
parameter , the value range is <0-8100>

When creating a service virtual port, you can specify an index value
<autoindex> or not. If not specified, the system automatically assigns a free index
value

<vlan-id> Service VLAN, used to uniquely identify a VLAN. Value range: 1-4094

<frameid/slotid> Used to identify the frame number/slot number, default 0/0

<port-id> Port number, the value range is 1-16

ID of the ONT. When the service virtual port of the specified ONT
<ont-id>
needs to be set, the value range is 1-128

Gemport identifies the service virtual channel between the OLT and
the ONT, that is, the channel that carries the service flow. GEM
<gemport-id>
PortID refers to a uniform number within each PON port. The value
range is 1-30

Tag-action For details, please refer to Table 1 in this chapter

inbound Ingress port direction

outbound Outgoing port direction

<Traffic profile
Index of traffic templates
index>

<Traffic profile
Traffic template name
name>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create a single-service virtual port 3, the service vlan is 100, the vlan tag conversion
mode is set to the default mode, and the traffic template named test is bound.
OLT(config)# service-port 3 vlan 100 gpon 0/0 port 3 ont 1 gemport 1 tag-action default
inbound name test outbound name test
config service-port total 1, failed 0.

OLT(config)#

29.1.2.Create a multi-service virtual port

OLT(config)# service-port {<service-port-Start_index>|autoindex}

Command syntax
vlan <vlan-id> gpon <frameid/slotid> port <port-id> ont <ont-id>

page 487_
 gemport <gemport-id> multi -service
{ [user-vlan<user-vlan-id>]|[ethertype<ipv4oe|ipv6oe|pppoe >]
|[user-8021p <priority> user-vlan <user-vlan-id>] } tag-action
{ default|translate|translate-and-add|transparent } inbound
{[ index <Traffic profile index>]|[name <Traffic profile name>]}
outbound {[index <Traffic profile index>]|[name <Traffic profile
name> ]}

Applicable view config view

This command is used to create a multi-service virtual port. The

Function
multi-service virtual port service means that a user port needs to
Description
carry multiple services, and the service types must be distinguished.

The starting index value of the service virtual port. When you need
<service-port-Sta
to set the service virtual port according to the index value, use this
rt_index>
parameter , the value range is <0-8100>

When creating a service virtual port, you can specify an index value
<autoindex> or not. If not specified, the system automatically assigns free index
values.

<vlan-id> Service VLAN, used to uniquely identify a VLAN. Value range: 1-4094

<frameid/slotid> Used to identify the frame number/slot number, default 0/0

<port-id> Port number, the value range is 1-16

ID of the ONT. Use this parameter when you need to set the service
<ont-id> virtual port of the specified ONT, or delete all service virtual ports
under the specified ONT. The value range is 1-128

Gemport identifies the service virtual channel between the OLT and
the ONT, that is, the channel that carries the service flow. GEM
<gemport-id>
PortID refers to a uniform number within each PON port. The value
range is 1-30

Indicates multi-service virtual port services. The multi-service virtual

multi-service port service means that a user port needs to carry multiple services,
and the service types must be distinguished.

User-side VLAN ID. Use this parameter when users need to be

<user-vlan-id>
distinguished by user-side VLAN. The value range is from 1-4094

User side priority. Use this parameter when users need to be

<priority>
distinguished by user-side priority. The value range is 0-7

User-side service Ethernet type. This parameter is used when users

ethertype
need to be distinguished by user-side service encapsulation type.

page 488_
 Value range: pppoe, ipv6oe, ipv4oe
When the packets on the user side are PPPoE packets (that is,
packets with the Ethernet type of 0x8863 and 0x8864), use "pppoe".
When the packets on the user side are IPv6 packets (that is, packets
whose ether type is 0x86dd), use "ipv6oe".
When the user-side packets are other than "pppoe" and "ipv6oe"
packets (that is, packets whose Ethernet type is not 0x8863, 0x8864,
or 0x86dd;), use "ipv4oe".

Tag-action For details, please refer to Table 1 in this chapter

inbound Ingress port direction

outbound Outgoing port direction

<Traffic profile
Index of traffic templates
index>

<Traffic profile
Traffic template name
name>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create a multi-service virtual port 5, the service vlan is 100, the user vlan is also 100,
the vlan tag conversion mode is set to transparent transmission mode, and the traffic template
named test is bound.
OLT(config)# service-port 5 vlan 100 gpon 0/0 port 3 ont 1 gemport 1 multi-service
user-vlan 100 tag-action transparent inbound name test outbound name test
config service-port total 1, failed 0.

OLT(config)#

29.1.3.Automatically configure bulk single-service virtual ports

OLT(config)# service-port autoconfig vlan <vlan-id> gpon

<frameid/slotid> port <port-id> gemport <gemport-id> tag-action
Command syntax {default|add-double } inbound {[ index <Traffic profile
index>]|[name <Traffic profile name>]} outbound {[index <Traffic
profile index>]|[name <Traffic profile name>]}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to automatically configure single-service

Description virtual ports for all ONUs under the same PON port.

<vlan-id> Service VLAN, used to uniquely identify a VLAN. Value range: 1-4094

page 489_
 <frameid/slotid> Used to identify the frame number/slot number, default 0/0

<port-id> Port number, the value range is 1-16

Gemport identifies the service virtual channel between the OLT and
the ONT, that is, the channel that carries the service flow. GEM
<gemport-id>
PortID refers to a uniform number within each PON port. The value
range is 1-30

Tag-action For details, please refer to Table 1 in this chapter

inbound Ingress port direction

outbound Outgoing port direction

<Traffic profile
Index of traffic templates
index>

<Traffic profile
Traffic template name
name>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Automatically configure a vlan100 for all ONUs corresponding to the PON3 port, set
the conversion mode to default, and bind the single service flow of the traffic template named
test
OLT(config)# service-port autoconfig vlan 100 gpon 0/0 port 3 gemport 1 tag-action
default inbound name test outbound name test
config service-port autoconfig complete, total 1, failed 0.

OLT(config)#

29.1.4.Automatically configure batch multi-service virtual ports

OLT(config)# service-port autoconfig vlan <vlan-id> gpon

<frameid/slotid> port <port-id> gemport <gemport-id>
multi-service user-vlan<user-vlan-id> tag-action
Command syntax { default|translate|translate-and-add|transparent } inbound
{ [index <Traffic profile index>]|[name <Traffic profile name>]}
outbound {[index <Traffic profile index>]|[name <Traffic profile
name> ]}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to automatically configure multi-service

Description virtual ports for all ONUs under the same PON port.

<vlan-id> Service VLAN, used to uniquely identify a VLAN. Value range: 1-4094

page 490_
 <frameid/slotid> Used to identify the frame number/slot number, default 0/0

<port-id> Port number, the value range is 1-16

ID of the ONT. Use this parameter when you need to set the service
<ont-id> virtual port of the specified ONT, or delete all service virtual ports
under the specified ONT. The value range is 1-128

Gemport identifies the service virtual channel between the OLT and
the ONT, that is, the channel that carries the service flow. GEM
<gemport-id>
PortID refers to a uniform number within each PON port. The value
range is 1-30

Indicates multi-service virtual port services. The multi-service virtual

multi-service port service means that a user port needs to carry multiple services,
and the service types must be distinguished.

User-side VLAN ID. Use this parameter when users need to be

<user-vlan-id>
distinguished by user-side VLAN. The value range is from 1-4094

Tag-action For details, please refer to Table 1 in this chapter

inbound Ingress port direction

outbound Outgoing port direction

<Traffic profile
Index of traffic templates
index>

<Traffic profile
Traffic template name
name>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Automatically configure a service vlan100 for the corresponding ONU under the
PON3 port, the user side vlan100, the vlan conversion mode is transparent transmission, and the
multi-service flow of the traffic template named test is bound
OLT(config)# service-port autoconfig vlan 100 gpon 0|0 port 3 gemport 1 multi-service
user-vlan 100 tag-action transparent inbound name test outbound name test
config service-port autoconfig complete, total 1, failed 0.

OLT(config)#

29.1.5.Configuring the service virtual port creation mode

OLT(config)# service-port automode gpon <frameid/slotid>

Command syntax
port<port-id> <auto|manual>

page 491_
 Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the creation mode of the

Description service-required port for the PON port.

<frameid/slotid> Used to identify the frame number/slot number, default 0/0

<port-id> Port number, the value range is 1-16

auto: auto-create mode

<create mode>
manual : create the schema manually

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the service virtual port creation mode under the PON1 port to manual mode
OLT(config)# service-port automode gpon 0/0 port 1 manual
config service-port automode complete, total 1, failed 0.

OLT(config)#

29.1.6.Configuring service virtual port description information

Command syntax OLT(config)# service-port desc <service-port-index> <description>

Applicable view config view

This command is used to set the description information of the

service virtual port. To facilitate maintenance, you can use this
Function command to set identification information for the service virtual
Description port. After the service virtual port description information is
successfully set, the service virtual port description information can
be used.

The starting index value of the service virtual port. When you need
<service-port-ind
to set the service virtual port according to the index value, use this
ex>
parameter , the value range is <0-8100>

<description> Service virtual port description information, character range: 1-64

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the description information of service virtual port 3 to test
OLT(config)# service-port desc 3 test

OLT(config)#

29.1.7.Configuring a Service Virtual Port Performance Statistics

page 492_
 Switch

OLT(config)# service-port statistics performance

Command syntax {<service-port-index>|<all>|[gpon<frameid/slotid> port<port-id>]}
{disable|enable}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to enable or disable the performance

Description statistics function of the service virtual port.

The index value of the service virtual port. When you need to set the
<service-port-ind
service virtual port according to the index value, use this parameter ,
ex>
the value range is <0-8100>

<all> All service virtual ports

<frameid/slotid> Used to identify the frame number/slot number, default 0/0

<port-id> Port number, the value range is 1-16

disable: Disable the performance statistics function of service virtual

ports
disable|disable
enable: Enable the service virtual port performance statistics
function

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the performance statistics function of service virtual port 3
OLT(config)# service-port statistics performance 3 enable

OLT(config)#

29.1.8.Configure service virtual port performance statistics clearing

OLT(config)# service-port statistics performance

Command syntax {<service-port-index>|<all>|[gpon<frameid/slotid> port<port-id>]}
clear

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to clear the performance statistics of service

Description virtual ports

The index value of the service virtual port. When you need to set the
<service-port-ind
service virtual port according to the index value, use this parameter ,
ex>
the value range is <0-8100>

page 493_
 <all> All service virtual ports

<frameid/slotid> Used to identify the frame number/slot number, default 0/0

<port-id> Port number, the value range is 1-16

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear performance statistics of service virtual port 3
OLT(config)# service-port statistics performance 3 clear

OLT(config)#

29.1.9.Configuring the Management Status of Service Virtual Ports

OLT(config)# service-port <service-port-Start_index >

Command syntax
<service-port-End_index > adminstatus {disable|enable}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to set the management status of single or

Description multiple service virtual ports

The starting index value of the service virtual port. When you need
<service-port-Sta
to set the service virtual port according to the index value, use this
rt_index>
parameter , the value range is <0-8100>

Service virtual port termination index value. When you need to set
<service-port-En
the service virtual port according to the index value, use this
d_index>
parameter , the value range is <0-8100>

disable: disable service virtual port

disable|enable
enable: enable service virtual port

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Close service virtual ports 1-3
OLT(config)# service-port 1 3 adminstatus disable
config service-port admin status, failed 0.

OLT(config)#

Case 2: Open service virtual port 1

OLT(config)# service-port 1 adminstatus enable

OLT(config)#

29.1.10.Modify the vlan conversion mode of the service virtual port

page 494_
 OLT(config)# service-port <service-port-Start_index >
Command syntax <service-port-End_index > tag-action
{add-double|default|translate|translate-and-add|transparent}

Applicable view config view

This command is used to quickly modify the VLAN tag switching

mode of the service virtual port. After using the service-port
command to add a service virtual port, for a user service, only the
VLAN tag switching method needs to be changed (for example, the
Function
operator needs to add or delete the number of VLAN tag layers in
Description
user packets according to the VLAN usage plan, etc.), other When
the parameters do not change, you can use this command to modify
the VLAN tag switching mode of the service virtual port without
re-creating the service virtual port.

The starting index value of the service virtual port. When you need
<service-port-Sta
to set the service virtual port according to the index value, use this
rt_index>
parameter , the value range is <0-8100>

Service virtual port termination index value. When you need to set
<service-port-En
the service virtual port according to the index value, use this
d_index>
parameter , the value range is <0-8100>

Tag-action For details, please refer to Table 1 in this chapter

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Modify the vlan conversion mode of service virtual port 1 to default
OLT(config)# service-port 1 tag-action default
modify service-port tagAction success

OLT(config)#

Case 2: Modify the vlan conversion mode of service virtual ports 1-3 to default
OLT(config)# service-port 1 3 tag-action default
modify service-port tagAction complete !!! fail:0

OLT(config)#

29.1.11.Modify the traffic template referenced by the service virtual

port

OLT(config)# service-port <service-port-Start_index >

Command syntax
<service-port-End_index > traffic-profile inbound { [index <Traffic

page 495_
 profile index>]|[name <Traffic profile name>]} outbound {[index <
Traffic profile index>]|[name <Traffic profile name>]}

Applicable view config view

This command is used to quickly modify the traffic profile referenced

by the service virtual port. After the service virtual port is added
using the service-port command , if you only need to change the
Function
content of the parameters carried by the traffic template for a
Description
certain user service, and other parameters remain unchanged, you
can use this command to change the referenced service virtual port
without re-creating the service virtual port. flow template.

The starting index value of the service virtual port. When you need
<service-port-Sta
to set the service virtual port according to the index value, use this
rt_index>
parameter , the value range is <0-8100>

Service virtual port termination index value. When you need to set
<service-port-En
the service virtual port according to the index value, use this
d_index>
parameter , the value range is <0-8100>

inbound Ingress port direction

outbound Outgoing port direction

<Traffic profile
Index of traffic templates
index>

<Traffic profile
Traffic template name
name>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Modify the service virtual port 3 and re-bind the traffic template to the traffic
template named test
OLT(config)# service-port 3 traffic-profile inbound name test outbound name test
modify service-port traffic profile success.

OLT(config)#

Case 2: Modify the service virtual port 1-3 and re-bind the traffic template to the traffic
template named test
OLT(config)# service-port 1 3 traffic-profile inbound name test outbound name test
modify service-port traffic profile complete !!! fail:0.

OLT(config)#

29.2.delete service-port

page 496_
29.2.1.Delete service virtual port

OLT(config)# no service-port {<service-port-Start_index >

Command syntax
{<service-port-End_index >|<all>}

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to delete the created service virtual port.
Description

The starting index value of the service virtual port. When you need
<service-port-Sta
to set the service virtual port according to the index value, use this
rt_index>
parameter , the value range is <0-8100>

Service virtual port termination index value. When you need to set
<service-port-En
the service virtual port according to the index value, use this
d_index>
parameter , the value range is <0-8100>

< all> All service virtual ports

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Deleting service virtual port 2
OLT(config)# no service-port 2

OLT(config)#

Case 2: Deleting service virtual ports 2-3

OLT(config)# no service-port 2 3
cancel service-port complete, failed_count 0

OLT(config)#

Case 3: Delete all single-service virtual ports

OLT(config)# no service-port all

It will take several minutes, are you sure

to release service-port(s)? (y|n)yes

OLT(config)#

29.2.2.Delete the corresponding service virtual port under the PON

port

Command syntax OLT(config)# no service-port gpon <frameid/slotid> port<port-id>

page 497_
 OLT(config)# no service-port gpon <frameid/slotid> port <port-id>
ont <ont-id> gemport <gemport-id>
{ [user-vlan<user-vlan-id>]|[ethertype< ipv4oe|ipv6oe|pppoe >]
|[user-8021p<priority> user-vlan <user-vlan-id>] }

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to delete all service virtual ports under the
Description PON port or corresponding to a single ONU.

<frameid/slotid> Used to identify the frame number/slot number, default 0/0

<port-id> Port number, the value range is 1-16

ID of the ONT. Use this parameter when you need to set the service
<ont-id> virtual port of the specified ONT, or delete all service virtual ports
under the specified ONT. The value range is 1-128

Gemport identifies the service virtual channel between the OLT and
the ONT, that is, the channel that carries the service flow. GEM
<gemport-id>
PortID refers to a uniform number within each PON port. The value
range is 1-30

User-side VLAN ID. Use this parameter when users need to be

<user-vlan-id>
distinguished by user-side VLAN. The value range is from 1-4094

User side priority. Use this parameter when users need to be

<priority>
distinguished by user-side priority. The value range is 0-7

User-side service Ethernet type. This parameter is used when users

need to be distinguished by user-side service encapsulation type.
Value range: pppoe, ipv6oe, ipv4oe
When the packets on the user side are PPPoE packets (that is,
packets with the Ethernet type of 0x8863 and 0x8864), use "pppoe".
ethertype
When the packets on the user side are IPv6 packets (that is, packets
whose ether type is 0x86dd), use "ipv6oe".
When the user-side packets are other than "pppoe" and "ipv6oe"
packets (that is, packets whose Ethernet type is not 0x8863, 0x8864,
or 0x86dd;), use "ipv4oe".

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete all service virtual ports corresponding to the PON3 port
OLT(config)# no service-port gpon 0|0 port 3

OLT(config)#

Case 2: Delete the service virtual port corresponding to ONT1 under PON3 port

page 498_
 OLT(config)# no service-port gpon 0|0 port 3 ont 1 gemport 1 user-vlan 100

OLT(config)#

29.2.3.Delete the service virtual port corresponding to the VLAN

OLT(config)# no service-port vlan <start_vlan-id> <end_vlan-id>

Command syntax OLT(config)# no service-port vlan <start_vlan-id> gpon
<frameid/slotid> port <port-id>

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to delete service virtual ports corresponding

Description to multiple or single VLANs.

<start_vlan-id> Start vlan ID

<end_vlan-id> Terminate vlan ID

<frameid/slotid> Used to identify the frame number/slot number, default 0/0

<port-id> Port number, the value range is 1-16

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete vlan100, the service virtual port under the PON3 port
OLT(config)# no service-port vlan 100 gpon 0|0 port 3

OLT(config)#

Case 2: Delete the service virtual port corresponding to vlan 100-101

OLT(config)# no service-port vlan 100 101

OLT(config)#

29.2.4.Delete the traffic template referenced by the service virtual

port

OLT(config)# no service-port <service-port-Start_index >

Command syntax
[ <service-port-End_index > ] traffic-profile <inbound> <outbound>

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to delete the traffic template referenced by

Description the created service virtual port.

<service-port-Sta The starting index value of the service virtual port. When you need

page 499_
 rt_index> to set the service virtual port according to the index value, use this
parameter , the value range is <0-8100>

Service virtual port termination index value. When you need to set
<service-port-En
the service virtual port according to the index value, use this
d_index>
parameter , the value range is <0-8100>

<inbound> Ingress port direction

<outbound> Outgoing port direction

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the traffic template referenced in the inbound direction of service virtual port
2
OLT(config)# no service-port 2 traffic-profile inbound
cancel the service-port traffic profile success.

OLT(config)#

Case 2: Delete the traffic profile referenced in the outbound direction of service virtual ports
2-3
OLT(config)# no service-port 2 3 traffic-profile outbound
cancel service-port traffic profile complete!!! fail_num:0

OLT(config)#

29.2.5.Delete service virtual port description information

Command syntax OLT(config)# no service-port desc <service-port-index>

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to delete the description information of the

Description service virtual port

Service virtual port index value. When you need to set the service
<service-port-ind
virtual port according to the index value, use this parameter , the
ex>
value range is <0-8100>

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Descriptive information of port 3 is required to delete services
OLT(config)# no service-port desc 1

OLT(config)#

29.3.View service-port

page 500_
29.3.1.View single or all service virtual ports

Command syntax OLT(config)# show service-port {<service-port-index > |<all>}

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to view the created service virtual port.
Description

Service virtual port index value. When you need to set the service
<service-port-ind
virtual port according to the index value, use this parameter , the
ex>
value range is <0-8100>

< all> All service virtual ports

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View service virtual port 1
OLT(config)# show service-port 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Index : 1
Vlan Id : 101
PortId : 0/0/14
ONT ID : 1
GEM port index : 1
Flow type : vlan
Flow param : 101
Inbound id|name : -/-
Outbound id|name : -/-
Admin status : enable
State : up
Tag action : transparent
Description : -
Stat. performance : disable
Create method : manual
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Notes: v/e--vlan/ethertype, v/p--vlan/8021p
Dvlan--double vlan
pri-tag--priority-tagged,
ppp--pppoe, ip4--ipv4oe, ip6--ipv6oe

OLT(config)#

Case 2: View all service virtual ports

OLT(config)# show service-port all

page 501_
 -------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------
INDEX VLAN PORT ONT GEM FLOW FLOW TAG INNER INNER RX TX STATE METHOD
ID ID ID PORT TYPE PARA ACTION VLAN PRI
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------
1 101 0/0/14 1 1 vlan 101 transparent - - - - up manaul
2 100 0/0/3 1 1 vlan 100 transparent - - - - down manaul
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------
Total service-port config entry : 2 ( up/down : 1 /1 )
Total inbound ethtype/pri entry : 512 ( using/unused : 0 /512 )
Total outbound speedlimit entry : 128 ( using/unused : 0 /128 )

OLT(config)#

29.3.2.View the automatically configured service virtual port

Command syntax OLT(config)# show service-port autoconfig

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the automatically configured service

Description virtual port.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the automatically configured service virtual port
OLT(config)# show service-port autoconfig
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
PORT SVLAN GEM FLOW FLOW TAG INNER INNER RX TX SWITCH
ID PORT TYPE PARA ACTION VLAN PRI
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
0/0/1 1 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - auto
0/0/2 1 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - auto
0/0/3 1 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - auto
0/0/4 1 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - auto
0/0/5 1 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - auto
0/0/6 1 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - auto
0/0/7 1 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - auto
0/0/8 1 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - auto
0/0/9 1 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - auto
0/0/10 1 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - auto
0/0/11 1 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - auto
0/0/12 1 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - auto
0/0/13 1 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - auto
0/0/14 1 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - auto
0/0/15 1 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - auto

page 502_
 0/0/16 1 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - auto
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config)#

29.3.3.Query service virtual ports based on service VLANs

OLT(config)# show service-port vlan <start_vlan-id>

Command syntax
[(exclude|include) STRING ]

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the service virtual ports

Description corresponding to single or multiple service VLANs.

<start_vlan-id> Start vlan ID

<frameid/slotid> Used to identify the frame number/slot number, default 0/0

<port-id> Port number, the value range is 1-16

【Configuration case】

Case 1 : View the service virtual port corresponding to vlan100 under PON3 port
OLT(config)# show service-port vlan 100
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------
INDEX VLAN PORT ONT GEM FLOW FLOW TAG INNER INNER RX TX STATE METHOD
ID ID ID PORT TYPE PARA ACTION VLAN PRI
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------
6 100 0/0/3 1 1 etype ipv4oe default - - - - down manaul
7 100 0/0/14 1 1 v/p 100/1 transparent - - - - up manaul
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------
Total service-port config entry : 2 ( up/down : 1 /1 )
Total inbound ethtype/pri entry : 512 ( using/unused : 2 /510 )
Total outbound speedlimit entry : 128 ( using/unused : 1 /127 )

OLT(config)#

29.3.4.Query service virtual ports based on user-side packet types

Command syntax OLT(config)# show service-port ethertype {ipv4oe|ipv6oe|pppoe }

Applicable view config view

Function This command can query the service virtual port according to the
Description user-side packet type

page 503_
 User-side service Ethernet type. This parameter is used when users
need to be distinguished by user-side service encapsulation type.
Value range: pppoe, ipv6oe, ipv4oe
When the packets on the user side are PPPoE packets (that is,
packets with the Ethernet type of 0x8863 and 0x8864), use "pppoe".
ethertype
When the packets on the user side are IPv6 packets (that is, packets
whose ether type is 0x86dd), use "ipv6oe".
When user-side packets are other than "pppoe" and "ipv6oe"
packets (that is, packets whose Ethernet type is not 0x8863, 0x8864,
or 0x86dd;), use "ipv4oe".

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the service virtual port whose user-side packets are ipv4oe
OLT(config)# show service-port ethertype ipv4oe
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------
INDEX VLAN PORT ONT GEM FLOW FLOW TAG INNER INNER RX TX STATE METHOD
ID ID ID PORT TYPE PARA ACTION VLAN PRI
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------
6 100 0/0/3 1 1 etype ipv4oe default - - - - down manaul
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------
Total service-port config entry : 1 ( up/down : 0 /1 )
Total inbound ethtype/pri entry : 512 ( using/unused : 2 /510 )
Total outbound speedlimit entry : 128 ( using/unused : 1 /127 )

OLT(config)#

29.3.5.Query service virtual ports based on user-side VLANs

Command syntax OLT(config)# show service-port user-vlan <user-vlan-id>

Applicable view config view

Function This command can query the service virtual port according to the
Description user-side vlan

<user-vlan-id> User-side VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the service virtual port whose user side vlan is 101
OLT(config)# show service-port user-vlan 100
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------
INDEX VLAN PORT ONT GEM FLOW FLOW TAG INNER INNER RX TX STATE METHOD
ID ID ID PORT TYPE PARA ACTION VLAN PRI
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------

page 504_
 7 100 0/0/14 1 1 v/p 100/1 transparent - - - - up manaul
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------
Total service-port config entry : 1 ( up/down : 1 /0 )
Total inbound ethtype/pri entry : 512 ( using/unused : 2 /510 )
Total outbound speedlimit entry : 128 ( using/unused : 1 /127 )

OLT(config)#

29.3.6.Query service virtual ports based on user-side VLAN priority

OLT(config)# show service-port user-8021p <priority> user-vlan

Command syntax
<user-vlan-id>

Applicable view config view

Function This command can query the service virtual port according to the
Description user-side VLAN priority.

User-side VLAN ID. Use this parameter when users need to be

<user-vlan-id>
distinguished by user-side VLAN. The value range is from 1-4094

User side priority. Use this parameter when users need to be

<priority>
distinguished by user-side priority. The value range is 0-7

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View vlan100 on the user side, the service virtual port with priority 1
OLT(config)# show service-port user-8021p 1 user-vlan 100
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------
INDEX VLAN PORT ONT GEM FLOW FLOW TAG INNER INNER RX TX STATE METHOD
ID ID ID PORT TYPE PARA ACTION VLAN PRI
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------
7 100 0/0/14 1 1 v/p 100/1 transparent - - - - up manaul
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------
Total service-port config entry : 1 ( up/down : 1 /0 )
Total inbound ethtype/pri entry : 512 ( using/unused : 2 /510 )
Total outbound speedlimit entry : 128 ( using/unused : 1 /127 )

OLT(config)#

29.3.7.Check the service virtual port under the PON port

OLT(config)# show service-port gpon <frameid/slotid>

port<Start_port-id><End_port-id>
Command syntax
OLT(config)# show service-port gpon <frameid/slotid> port
<port-id>{[ ethertype<ipv4oe|ipv6oe|pppoe >]|[user-8021p<priori

page 505_
 ty> user-vlan <user-vlan-id> ]||[user-vlan <user-vlan-id>]}
OLT(config)# show service-port gpon <frameid/slotid> port
<port-id> ont <ont-id> gemport <gemport-id>
{ [user-vlan<user-vlan-id>]|[ethertype< ipv4oe|ipv6oe|pppoe >]
|[user-8021p<priority> user-vlan <user-vlan-id>] }

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the service virtual ports

Description corresponding to all or a single ONU under the PON port.

<frameid/slotid> Used to identify the frame number/slot number, default 0/0

<Start_port-id> Start port number, the value range is 1-16

<End_port-id> Termination port number, the value range is 1-16

ID of the ONT. Use this parameter when you need to set the service
<ont-id> virtual port of the specified ONT, or delete all service virtual ports
under the specified ONT. The value range is 1-128

Gemport identifies the service virtual channel between the OLT and
the ONT, that is, the channel that carries the service flow. GEM
<gemport-id>
PortID refers to a uniform number within each PON port. The value
range is 1-30

User-side VLAN ID. Use this parameter when users need to be

<user-vlan-id>
distinguished by user-side VLAN. The value range is from 1-4094

User side priority. Use this parameter when users need to be

<priority>
distinguished by user-side priority. The value range is 0-7

User-side service Ethernet type. This parameter is used when users

need to be distinguished by user-side service encapsulation type.
Value range: pppoe, ipv6oe, ipv4oe
When the packets on the user side are PPPoE packets (that is,
packets with the Ethernet type of 0x8863 and 0x8864), use "pppoe".
ethertype
When the packets on the user side are IPv6 packets (that is, packets
whose ether type is 0x86dd), use "ipv6oe".
When user-side packets are other than "pppoe" and "ipv6oe"
packets (that is, packets whose Ethernet type is not 0x8863, 0x8864,
or 0x86dd;), use "ipv4oe".

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View all service virtual ports corresponding to PON1-2
OLT(config)# show service-port gpon 0/0 port 1 2
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------

page 506_
 INDEX VLAN PORT ONT GEM FLOW FLOW TAG INNER INNER RX TX STATE METHOD
ID ID ID PORT TYPE PARA ACTION VLAN PRI
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------
0 101 0/0/2 1 1 vlan 101 transparent - - - - down manaul
1 1 0/0/2 2 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - down auto
3 101 0/0/2 2 1 vlan 101 transparent - - - - down manaul
5 1 0/0/2 3 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - down auto
9 101 0/0/2 4 1 vlan 101 transparent - - - - up manaul
11 1 0/0/2 4 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - up auto
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------
Total service-port config entry : 6 ( up/down : 2 /4 )
Total inbound ethtype/pri entry : 512 ( using/unused : 2 /510 )
Total outbound speedlimit entry : 128 ( using/unused : 1 /127 )

OLT(config)#

Case 2: View the corresponding service virtual port under the PON2 port
OLT(config)# show service-port gpon 0/0 port 2
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------
INDEX VLAN PORT ONT GEM FLOW FLOW TAG INNER INNER RX TX STATE METHOD
ID ID ID PORT TYPE PARA ACTION VLAN PRI
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------
0 101 0/0/2 1 1 vlan 101 transparent - - - - down manaul
1 1 0/0/2 2 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - down auto
3 101 0/0/2 2 1 vlan 101 transparent - - - - down manaul
5 1 0/0/2 3 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - down auto
9 101 0/0/2 4 1 vlan 101 transparent - - - - up manaul
11 1 0/0/2 4 1 vlan 1 transparent - - - - up auto
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- -------
Total service-port config entry : 6 ( up/down : 2 /4 )
Total inbound ethtype/pri entry : 512 ( using/unused : 2 /510 )
Total outbound speedlimit entry : 128 ( using/unused : 1 /127 )

OLT(config)#

29.3.8.View the configuration of the current service virtual port

Command OLT(config)# show current-config section service-port

syntax (all|service-port -id ) [ (include|exclude) STRING ]

Applicable view config view

Function This command checks the current configuration of the service virtual
Description port

page 507_
 service-port- id Specifies the service virtual port, the value range is 0-4000.

include Match mac addresses that contain regular expressions

exclude Match mac addresses that do not contain regular expressions

STRING Regular expression, length 1-64 bytes

【Configuration case】

Case 1: View the current real-time configuration of all service virtual ports.
OLT(config)# show current-config section service-port all

!
service-port 0 vlan 400 gpon 0/0 port 8 ont 1 gemport 1 multi-service user-vlan 400
tag-action transparent
service-port autoconfig vlan transparent gpon 0/0 port 1 gemport 1
service-port autoconfig vlan transparent gpon 0/0 port 2 gemport 1
service-port autoconfig vlan transparent gpon 0/0 port 3 gemport 1
service-port autoconfig vlan transparent gpon 0/0 port 4 gemport 1
service-port autoconfig vlan transparent gpon 0/0 port 5 gemport 1
service-port autoconfig vlan transparent gpon 0/0 port 6 gemport 1
service-port autoconfig vlan transparent gpon 0/0 port 7 gemport 1
service-port autoconfig vlan transparent gpon 0/0 port 8 gemport 1
!

OLT(config)#

29.3.9.Query service virtual port performance statistics switch

OLT(config)# show service-port statistics performance switch

Command syntax
{<service-port-index>|<all>|[gpon<frameid/slotid> port<port-id>]}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the performance statistics function of

Description the service virtual port.

Service virtual port index value. When you need to set the service
<service-port-ind
virtual port according to the index value, use this parameter , the
ex>
value range is <0-8100>

<all> All service virtual ports

<frameid/slotid> Used to identify the frame number/slot number, default 0/0

<port-id> Port number, the value range is 1-16

page 508_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Querying the status of performance statistics on service virtual port 1
OLT(config)# show service-port statistics performance switch 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
INDEX VLAN PORT ONT GEM FLOW FLOW SWITCH
ID ID ID PORT TYPE PARA
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
1 1 0/0/2 2 1 vlan 1 disable
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total : 1

OLT(config)#

Case 2: Querying the performance statistics switch status of all service virtual ports
OLT(config)# show service-port statistics performance switch all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
INDEX VLAN PORT ONT GEM FLOW FLOW SWITCH
ID ID ID PORT TYPE PARA
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
0 101 0/0/2 1 1 vlan 101 disable
1 1 0/0/2 2 1 vlan 1 disable
2 1 0/0/3 3 1 vlan 1 disable
3 101 0/0/2 2 1 vlan 101 disable
4 1 0/0/14 1 1 vlan 1 disable
5 1 0/0/2 3 1 vlan 1 disable
6 100 0/0/3 1 1 etype ipv4oe disable
7 100 14 1 1 v/p 100/1 disable
8 55 0/0/14 1 3 vlan 55 disable
9 101 0/0/2 4 1 vlan 101 disable
10 1 0/0/13 1 1 vlan 1 disable
11 1 0/0/2 4 1 vlan 1 disable
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total : 12

OLT(config)#

Case 3: Query the performance statistics switch status of all service virtual ports under the
PON3 port
OLT(config)# show service-port statistics performance switch gpon 0/0 port 3
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
INDEX VLAN PORT ONT GEM FLOW FLOW SWITCH
ID ID ID PORT TYPE PARA
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
2 1 0/0/3 3 1 vlan 1 disable
6 100 0/0/3 1 1 etype ipv4oe disable

page 509_
 -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Total : 2

OLT(config)#

29.4.gemport traffic statistics

29.4.1.View gem port statistics

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# show statistics gemport <port-ID>

syntax < ONT-id > <GEM-id>

Applicable view gpon view

Function
View gemport traffic statistics
Description

<port-ID> The port number to be viewed, in the range of 1-16.

< ONT -ID> ONT to be viewed , the value range is 1-128 .

<GEM-id> GEM to be viewed , the value range is 1-30 .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the statistics of gem1 port of ONU1 of PON8
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show statistics gemport 8 1 1
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Upstream frames : 0
Upstream bytes : 0

Downstream frames : 0
Downstream bytes : 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

29.4.2.View default gem port traffic statistics

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# show statistics gemport <port-ID>

syntax default-gem-port

Applicable view gpon view

Function
View the traffic statistics of the default gem port
Description

page 510_
 <port-ID> The port number to be viewed, in the range of 1-16.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the default gem port statistics of pon1

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show statistics gemport 1 default-gem-port

-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Upstream frames : 0
Upstream bytes : 0

Downstream frames : 0
Downstream bytes : 0
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
OLT(config-interface- gpon -0 / 0)#

29.4.3.Viewing multicast gem port traffic statistics

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# show statistics gemport <port-ID>

syntax multicast-gem-port

Applicable view gpon view

Function
Viewing multicast gem port traffic statistics
Description

<port-ID> The port number to be viewed, in the range of 1-16.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the statistics of the multicast gem port of pon1
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# show statistics gemport 1 multicast-gem-port
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Upstream frames : 0
Upstream bytes : 0

Downstream frames : 541

Downstream bytes: 109021
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

29.4.4.Reset gem port traffic statistics

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# reset statistics gemport <port-ID> <

page 511_
 syntax ONT-id > <GEM-id>

Applicable view gpon view

Function
Reset gem port traffic statistics
Description

<port-ID> to be reset , the value range is 1-16.

< ONT -ID> The ONT to be reset , the value range is 1-128 .

<GEM-id> The GEM to reset , the value range is 1-30 .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Reset the traffic statistics of GEM1 in ONU1 of pon8
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# reset statistics gemport 8 1 1
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

29.4.5.Reset default gem port traffic statistics

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# reset statistics statistics gemport

syntax <port-ID> default-gem-port

Applicable view gpon view

Function
Reset default gem port traffic statistics
Description

<port-ID> to be reset , the value range is 1-16.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Reset pon1 default gem port traffic statistics
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# reset statistics gemport 1 default-gem-port

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

29.4.6.Reset multicast gem port traffic statistics

Command OLT(config-interface-gpon -0/0 )# reset statistics gemport <port-ID>

syntax multicast-gem-port

Applicable view gpon view

Function Reset multicast gem port traffic statistics

page 512_
 Description

<port-ID> to be reset , the value range is 1-16.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Reset the traffic statistics of the multicast gem port under pon1
OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)# reset statistics gemport 1 multicast-gem-port

OLT(config-interface-gpon-0/0)#

30.Log management and query

30.1.Add log server

Command
OLT(config)# syslog add <ip-address> <hostname>
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to increase the syslog server. A large amount

of log information will be generated when the device is running, and
the storage space of the device itself is relatively limited. Use this
Function
command when you need to configure a log server to collect and
Description
store device logs. After the syslog server is successfully added, some
important information of the device can be recorded on the host
(also called the log server) through the syslog mechanism.

<ip-address> The IP address of the syslog server.

syslog server name. The identifier added when creating a syslog

< Hostname > server to distinguish other syslog servers is used to uniquely identify a
syslog server.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Add a syslog server, the IP address is 192.168.1.223, and the server name is log.
OLT(config)# syslog add 192.168.1.223 log
Add syslog host successful!
OLT(config)#

30.2.delete log server

Command
OLT(config)# syslog delete ip <ip-address>|name <hostname>
syntax

page 513_
 Applicable view config view

This command is used to delete the log host. Use this command
Function when a log host IP address has changed or is no longer in use. After
Description successfully deleting a log host, you can set another host as the log
host or reset the IP address of the original log host.

<ip-address> The IP address of the syslog server.

syslog server name. The identifier added when creating a syslog

< Hostname > server to distinguish other syslog servers is used to uniquely identify a
syslog server.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Delete the syslog server, the IP address is 192.168.2.245, and the server name is
test .
OLT(config)# syslog delete ip 192.168.2.245 name test
Delete syslog host successful!
OLT(config)#

30.3.Configure the log server log switch

Command
OLT(config)# syslog operlog < switch >
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure whether the OLT logs are sent to
Description the log server.

e nable : The log of the OLT is sent to the log server

< switch >
disable : OLT logs are not sent to the log server

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure OLT logs not to be sent to the log server
OLT(config)# syslog operlog disable

OLT(config)#

30.4.Configuring the log server alarm log switch

Command
OLT(config)# syslog alarmlog < switch >
syntax

Applicable view config view

page 514_
 Function This command is used to configure whether the OLT alarm log is
Description sent to the log server.

Enable : The alarm log of the OLT is sent to the log server
< switch >
Disable : OLT alarm logs are not sent to the log server

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure OLT alarm logs not to be sent to the log server
OLT(config)# syslog alarmlog disable

OLT(config)#

30.5.Activate log server host

Command
OLT(config)# syslog activate ip <ip-address>|name <hostname>
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to activate the log saving server . Use this
command when setting the log information output control level or
Function
the information output switch state to activate the log to the server .
Description
After the log server is successfully activated , the system reports log
information to the corresponding server .

<ip-address> The IP address of the syslog server.

Syslog server name. The identifier added when creating a syslog

< Hostname > server to distinguish other syslog servers is used to uniquely identify a
syslog server.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Activate the server saved by syslog , the IP address is 192.168.2.223, and the server
name is syslog .
OLT(config)# syslog activate ip 192.168.2.223 name syslog
Activate syslog host successful!

OLT(config)#

30.6.Deactivate the log server host

Command
OLT(config)# syslog deactivate ip <ip-address>|name <hostname>
syntax

page 515_
 Applicable view config view

This command is used to deactivate a log saving server . Use this

command when an active log server is not used temporarily and the
Function
active status of the log server needs to be modified . After a log
Description
server is successfully deactivated , the system no longer reports log
information to the log server .

<Destination-IP
The IP address of the syslog server.
>

syslog server name. The identifier added when creating a syslog

< Hostname > server to distinguish other syslog servers is used to uniquely identify a
syslog server.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Deactivate the syslog server, the IP address is 192.168.2.223, and the server name is
syslog .
OLT(config)# syslog deactivate ip 192.168.2.223 name syslog
Deactivate syslog host successed!

OLT(config)#

30.7.View log server host configuration information

Command
OLT(config)# show syslog list
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to query the configuration information of

Function the syslog server. Use this command when you need to query the IP
Description address, host name, host status and other information of the syslog
server.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the log server host configuration information.
OLT(config)# show syslog list
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
IP address Host name Terminal state
192.168.2.223 syslog active
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------

OLT(config)#

page 516_
30.8.Manually backing up OLT logs (FTP)

Command OLT(config)# backup log ftp <server-ip-address> <user-name>

syntax <user-password> <filename>

Applicable view enable view, config view

Function
This command is used to manually save the log to the ftp server.
Description

<server-ip-addr
The ip address of the ftp server .
ess>

<user-name> ftp login username .

<user-password
ftp login password .
>

<filename> The name of the file where the log is saved .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Save the log to the ftp server. The IP address of the ftp server is: 192.168.1.223, the
user name is admin, the password is admin, and the file name is log.
OLT(config)# backup log ftp 192.168.1.223 admin admin logback
Start backup log files
The backup is successful

30.9.Manually backing up OLT logs (TFTP mode)

Command
OLT(config)# backup log ftp <server-ip-address> <filename>
syntax

Applicable view enable view, config view

Function
This command is used to manually save the log to the tftp server.
Description

<server-ip-addr
The ip address of the tftp server .
ess>

<filename> The name of the file where the log is saved .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Save the log to the tftp server, the IP address of the tftp server is: 192.168.1.223,
and the file name is log.
OLT(config)# backup log tftp 192.168.1.223 logback
Start backup log files

page 517_
 The backup is successful

30.10.Delete OLT logs

Command
OLT(config)# erase log
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
Clear the log information of the OLT .
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear the log information of the OLT .
OLT(config)# erase log

OLT(config)#

30.11.View all OLT logs

Command
OLT(config)# show log [ type (operate | logon) ]
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to view all logs of OLT .
Description

type View log information by type

operate Operation type log information

logon login type log information

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query all logs of OLT .
OLT(config)# show log
2000/01/03 11:39:16 [root@Console:13] logoff
2000/01/03 11:44:05 [[email protected]:43] logoff
2000/01/03 12:33:20 [[email protected]:43] logon via Telnet successfully
2000/01/03 12:33:21 [192.168.5.70@root] cmd: enable
2000/01/03 12:33:22 [192.168.5.70@root] cmd:config
2000/01/03 12:33:31 [192.168.5.70@root] cmd: interface link-aggregation
2000/01/03 12:38:54 [[email protected]:43] logoff
OLT(config)#

page 518_
31.Alarm management and query

31.1.Clear the specified active alarm entry

Command
OLT(config)# alarm active clear <alarm-raising-number>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to clear the specified alarm entry
Description

Press the alarm serial number to clear active alarms. This parameter
< is used when the active alarm corresponding to an alarm serial
alarm-raising-n number needs to be cleared. Value range: 1-4294967294 . You need
umber > to use the commands alarm output detail on and show alarm active
all to view the alarm serial number .

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear the active alarm entry with serial number 2 .
OLT(config)# alarm active clear 2
OLT( config)#

31.2.Clear the active alarm log of the specified level

Command
OLT(config)# alarm active clear alarmlevel <alarmlevel id >
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to clear the active alarm log of the specified
Description level

1- Critical , severe
2- major , important
<alarmlevel id >
3- minor , minor
4- warning , warning

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear the active alarm log with warning level .
OLT(config)# alarm active clear alarmlevel 4

OLT(config)#

page 519_
31.3.Clear the activity alarm log of the specified board

Command
OLT(config)# alarm active clear alarm parameter board <F/S >
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to clear the active alarm log of the specified
Description board.

<F/S> Card slot number, the value is 0/0

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear the active alarm log of board 0/0 .
OLT(config)# alarm active clear alarmparameter board 0/0

OLT(config)#

31.4.Clear the active alarm log of the specified GE port

Command
OLT(config)# alarm active clear alarm parameter ge <F/S /P>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to clear the active alarm log of the specified
Description GE port

<F/S /P> Uplink GE port number, ranging from 0/0/1 – 0/ 0/4

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear the active alarm log of the g e1 port .
OLT(config)# alarm active clear alarmparameter ge 0/0/1

OLT(config)#

31.5.Clear the active alarm log of the specified PON port

Command
OLT(config)# alarm active clear alarm parameter pon <F/S /P>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to clear the active alarm log of the specified
Description PON port .

page 520_
 <F/S /P> PON port number, ranging from 0/0/1 – 0/ 0/16

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear the active alarm log of the g e1 port .
OLT(config)# alarm active clear alarmparameter pon 0/0/1

OLT(config)#

31.6.Clear the active alarm log of the specified XGE port

Command
OLT(config)# alarm active clear alarm parameter x ge <F/S /P>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to clear the active alarm log of the specified
Description XG E port .

<F/S /P> Uplink XGE port number, the value is 0/0/1 – 0/ 0/2

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear the active alarm log of the xg e1 port .
OLT(config)# alarm active clear alarmparameter x ge 0/0/1

OLT(config)#

31.7.Configure the alarm level of the specified alarm entry

Command
OLT(config)# alarm alarmlevel < alarm-ID> <alarmlevel id >
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the alarm level of the specified
Description alarm entry.

< alarm-ID> Serial number of the alarm entry, the value range is 1-4294967294

0- Default , to revert to the default level

1- critical , serious
<alarmlevel id >
2- error , important
3- warning , warning

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the level of alarm 102 to be 1 (serious) .

page 521_
 OLT(config)# alarm alarmlevel 102 1
OLT(config)#

31.8.Enabling and Configuring the Alarm Anti-jitter Period

Command
OLT(config)# alarm jitter-interval < interval >
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the alarm anti-jitter period.

When this command is executed, the alarm jitter is enabled and the
Function configuration value takes effect. The system alarm will wait for an
Description alarm anti-jitter period before being reported to the network
management. If the alarm status recovers during an alarm anti-jitter
period, the Alarms will not be reported to the NMS.

< interval > Alarm period value, the value range is 1-60 , the unit is second

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the alarm anti-jitter period to 3 seconds .
OLT(config)# alarm jitter-interval 3

OLT(config)#

31.9.Disable the alarm anti-jitter function

Command
OLT(config)# alarm jitter- proof disable
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to disable the alarm anti-jitter function. i.e. 0
Description seconds

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Disable the alarm anti-jitter function .
OLT(config)# alarm jitter-proof disable

OLT(config)#

31.10.Configure the output switch of the specified alarm entry

Command OLT(config)# alarm output alarmid <alarm - ID> [gpon (F/S <Port
syntax ID>|all)] <switch>

page 522_
 Applicable view config view

This command is used to enable or disable the output of the

specified alarm entry. In the enabled state, the specified alarm entry
Function
is allowed to be reported to the NMS output; in the disabled state,
Description
the specified alarm entry is not allowed to be reported to the NMS
output.

<alarm - ID> Serial number of the alarm entry, the value range is 1-4294967294

e enable : enable
<switch>
disable : disable

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Disable the output of the 102nd alarm entry .
OLT(config)# alarm output alarmid 102 disable

OLT(config)#

31.11.Configure the alarm output switch of the specified level

type

Command
OLT(config)# alarm output alarmlevel <alarm level > <switch>
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to enable or disable the output of alarm

entries of specified severity type. When enabled, alarms of the
Function
specified severity type are allowed to be reported to the NMS output;
Description
when disabled, the specified severity type alarms are not allowed to
be reported to the NMS output.

1- Critical , severe
2- Major , major
<alarm -level >
3- Minor , minor
4- Warning , warning

e enable : enable
<switch>
disable : disable

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Disable the output of alarms with level 4 (warning) .
OLT(config)# alarm output alarmlevel 4 disable

page 523_
 OLT(config)#

31.12.Configure all alarm output switches

Command
OLT(config)# alarm output all <switch>
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to enable or disable the output of all alarms.

Function When enabled, all alarms are allowed to be reported to the network
Description management output; when disabled, all alarms are not allowed to be
reported to the network management output.

e enable : enable
<switch>
disable : disable

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Disable the output of all alarms .
OLT(config)# alarm output all disable

OLT(config)#

31.13.Configuring the Alarm Output Detailed Information

Switch

Command
OLT(config)# alarm output detail <switch>
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to enable or disable the output function of

Function alarm details. When the state is enabled, detailed alarm information
Description is output; when the state is disabled, simple alarm information is
output.

on: enable
<switch>
off: disable

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Disable the alarm output detail function .
OLT(config)# alarm output detail off
OLT(config)#

31.14.View the specified active alert entry

page 524_
 Command OLT(config)# show alarm active alarm- id <alarm- id >
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to view the specified alarm entry
Description

<alarm- id > Alarm serial number, the value range is 1-4294967294

【Configuration case】
the active alarm entry with serial number 2 04 .
OLT(config)# show alarm active alarmid 204
ALARM 15 Major 204 2000-01-02 02:22:51
ALARM NAME : pon port link down
INSTANCE : PON FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 3
REPEAT TIME : 1
FIRST OCCUR : 2000-01-02 02:22:51
LAST OCCUR : 2000-01-02 02:22:51
DESCRIPTION :

total number : 1

OLT(config)#

31.15.View active alarms of a specified level

Command
OLT(config)# show alarm active alarmlevel < alarmlevel id >
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to view the alarm log of the specified level
Description

0- Default, restore to the default level

1- critical, serious
<alarmlevel id >
2- error, important
3- warning, warning

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the active alarm log of level 2 .
OLT(config)# show alarm active alarmlevel 2
ALARM 15 Major 204 2000-01-02 02:22:51
ALARM NAME : pon port link down

page 525_
 INSTANCE : PON FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 3
REPEAT TIME : 1
FIRST OCCUR : 2000-01-02 02:22:51
LAST OCCUR : 2000-01-02 02:22:51
DESCRIPTION :

total number : 1

OLT(config)#

31.16.View active alarm logs of a specified board

Command
OLT(config)# show alarm active alarm parameter board <F/S >
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the active alarm log of the specified
Description board.

<F/S> Card slot number, the value is 0/0

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the alarm log of board 0/0 .
OLT(config)# show alarm active alarmparameter board 0/0
ALARM 15 Major 204 2000-01-02 02:22:51
ALARM NAME : pon port link down
INSTANCE : PON FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 3
REPEAT TIME : 1
FIRST OCCUR : 2000-01-02 02:22:51
LAST OCCUR : 2000-01-02 02:22:51
DESCRIPTION :

total number : 1

OLT(config)#

31.17.View active alarm logs of a specified GE port

Command
OLT(config)# show alarm active alarm parameter ge <F/S /P>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the active alarm log of the specified

page 526_
 Description GE port

<F/S /P> Uplink GE port number, ranging from 0/0/1 – 0/ 0/4

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the active alarm log of the g e8 port .
OLT(config)# show alarm active alarmparameter ge 0/0/8
ALARM 18 Critical 203 2000-01-02 02:48:48
ALARM NAME : sni port link down
INSTANCE : GE FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 8
REPEAT TIME : 1
FIRST OCCUR : 2000-01-02 02:48:48
LAST OCCUR : 2000-01-02 02:48:48
DESCRIPTION :

total number : 1

OLT(config)#

31.18.View the active alarm log of the specified PON port

Command
OLT(config)# show alarm active alarm parameter pon <F/S /P>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the active alarm log of the specified
Description PON port .

<F/S /P> PON port number, ranging from 0/0/1 – 0/ 0/16

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the active alarm log of the pon 3 port .
OLT(config)# show alarm active alarmparameter pon 0/0/3
ALARM 15 Major 204 2000-01-02 02:22:51
ALARM NAME : pon port link down
INSTANCE : PON FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 3
REPEAT TIME : 1
FIRST OCCUR : 2000-01-02 02:22:51
LAST OCCUR : 2000-01-02 02:22:51
DESCRIPTION :

total number : 1

page 527_
 OLT(config)#

31.19.View the active alarm log of the specified XGE port

Command
OLT(config)# show alarm active alarm parameter x ge <F/S /P>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to clear the active alarm log of the specified
Description XG E port .

<F/S /P> Uplink XGE port number, the value is 0/0/1 – 0/ 0/2

【Configuration case】
the active alarm log of the xg e1 port .
OLT(config)# show alarm active alarmparameter xge 0/0/1
ALARM 26 Critical 131082 2000-01-02 04:18:33
ALARM NAME : The sni port is unpluged
INSTANCE : XGE FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1
REPEAT TIME : 1
FIRST OCCUR : 2000-01-02 04:18:33
LAST OCCUR : 2000-01-02 04:18:33
DESCRIPTION :

total number : 1

OLT(config)#

31.20.View all alarm logs

Command
OLT(config)# show alarm active all
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to view all active alarm logs .
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query all active alarm logs of the OLT .
OLT(config)# show alarm active all
ALARM 28 Critical 131082 2000-01-02 04:18:53
ALARM NAME : The sni port is unpluged
INSTANCE : XGE FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 2

page 528_
 DESCRIPTION :

ALARM 26 Critical 131082 2000-01-02 04:18:33

ALARM NAME : The sni port is unpluged
INSTANCE : XGE FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1
DESCRIPTION :

ALARM 23 Critical 203 2000-01-02 04:17:40

ALARM NAME : sni port link down
INSTANCE : GE FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 5
DESCRIPTION :

ALARM 18 Critical 203 2000-01-02 02:48:48

ALARM NAME : sni port link down
INSTANCE : GE FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 8
DESCRIPTION :

ALARM 15 Major 204 2000-01-02 02:22:51

ALARM NAME : pon port link down
INSTANCE : PON FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 3
DESCRIPTION :

total number : 5

OLT(config)#

31.21.View the history of the specified alarm entry

Command
OLT(config)# show alarm history alarmid <alarm- id >
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the history of the specified alarm
Description entry

<alarm- id > Alarm serial number, the value range is

【Configuration case】
the alarm history record with serial number 2 04 .
OLT(config)# show alarm history alarmid 204
ALARM 35 Cleared 204 2000-01-02 07:05:07
ALARM NAME : pon port link up
INSTANCE : PON FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1
DESCRIPTION :

page 529_
 ALARM 34 Major 204 2000-01-02 07:02:33
ALARM NAME : pon port link down
INSTANCE : PON FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1
DESCRIPTION :

ALARM 32 Cleared 204 2000-01-02 07:01:39

ALARM NAME : pon port link up
INSTANCE : PON FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1
DESCRIPTION :

31.22.View the alarm history of the specified severity

Command
OLT(config)# show alarm history alarmlevel < alarmlevel id >
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the alarm history of the specified
Description level

1- Critical , severe
2- major , important
<alarmlevel id >
3- minor , minor
4- warning , warning

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the alarm history of level 4 .
OLT(config)# show alarm history alarmlevel 4
ALARM 38 Cleared 401 2000-01-02 07:07:06
ALARM NAME : uni link up
INSTANCE : FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1, ONTID: 4, SlotID: 0, Uni: 1
DESCRIPTION :

ALARM 37 Warning 401 2000-01-02 07:06:57

ALARM NAME : uni link down
INSTANCE : FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1, ONTID: 4, SlotID: 0, Uni: 1
DESCRIPTION :

ALARM 30 Cleared 401 2000-01-02 05:57:49

ALARM NAME : uni link up
INSTANCE : FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1, ONTID: 3, SlotID: 0, Uni: 1
DESCRIPTION :

31.23.View the alarm history of a specified board

page 530_
 Command
OLT(config)# show alarm history alarm parameter board <F/S >
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the alarm history of the specified
Description board

<F/S> Card slot number, the value is 0/0

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the alarm history of board 0/0 .
OLT(config)# show alarm history alarmparameter board 0/0
ALARM 38 Cleared 401 2000-01-02 07:07:06
ALARM NAME : uni link up
INSTANCE : FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1, ONTID: 4, SlotID: 0, Uni: 1
DESCRIPTION :

ALARM 37 Warning 401 2000-01-02 07:06:57

ALARM NAME : uni link down
INSTANCE : FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1, ONTID: 4, SlotID: 0, Uni: 1
DESCRIPTION :

ALARM 36 Critical 403 2000-01-02 07:05:47

ALARM NAME : ONT ethernet port autoNegotiation failure
INSTANCE : FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1, ONTID: 5, SlotID: 0, Uni: 1
DESCRIPTION :

31.24.View the alarm history of a specified GE port

Command
OLT(config)# show alarm history alarm parameter ge <F/S /P>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the alarm history of the specified GE
Description port

<F/S /P> Uplink port number, ranging from 0/0/1 – 0/ 0/4

【Configuration case】
the alarm history of the g e8 port .
OLT(config)# show alarm history alarmparameter ge 0/0/8
ALARM 18 Critical 203 2000-01-02 02:48:48
ALARM NAME : sni port link down

page 531_
 INSTANCE : GE FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 8
DESCRIPTION :

ALARM 17 Cleared 203 2000-01-02 02:48:05

ALARM NAME : sni port link up
INSTANCE : GE FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 8
DESCRIPTION :

31.25.View the alarm history of the specified PON port

Command
OLT(config)# show alarm history alarm parameter pon <F/S /P>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the alarm history of the specified PON
Description port .

<F/S /P> P ON port number, the value is 0/0/1 – 0/ 0/16

【Configuration case】
the alarm history of pon 1 port .
OLT(config)# show alarm history alarmparameter pon 0/0/1
ALARM 40 Cleared 401 2000-01-02 23:42:34
ALARM NAME : uni link up
INSTANCE : FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1, ONTID: 4, SlotID: 0, Uni: 1
DESCRIPTION :

ALARM 39 Warning 401 2000-01-02 23:42:31

ALARM NAME : uni link down
INSTANCE : FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1, ONTID: 4, SlotID: 0, Uni: 1
DESCRIPTION :

31.26.View the alarm history of the specified XGE port

Command
OLT(config)# show alarm history alarm parameter x ge <F/S /P>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the alarm history of the specified XG E
Description port

<F/S /P> Uplink XGE port number, the value is 0/0/1 – 0/ 0/2

【Configuration case】

page 532_
 the alarm history of the xg e1 port .
OLT(config)# show alarm history alarmparameter xge 0/0/1
ALARM 26 Critical 131082 2000-01-02 04:18:33
ALARM NAME : The sni port is unpluged
INSTANCE : XGE FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1
DESCRIPTION :

ALARM 25 Cleared 131082 2000-01-02 04:18:15

ALARM NAME : The sni port is pluged
INSTANCE : XGE FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1
DESCRIPTION :

31.27.View all alarm history

Command
OLT(config)# show alarm history all
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to view all alarm history records .
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query all alarm history records .
OLT(config)# show alarm history all
ALARM 40 Cleared 401 2000-01-02 23:42:34
ALARM NAME : uni link up
INSTANCE : FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1, ONTID: 4, SlotID: 0, Uni: 1
DESCRIPTION :

ALARM 39 Warning 401 2000-01-02 23:42:31

ALARM NAME : uni link down
INSTANCE : FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1, ONTID: 4, SlotID: 0, Uni: 1
DESCRIPTION :

31.28.Clear all alarm history

Command
OLT(config)# alarm history clear all
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to clear all alarm history records .
Description

page 533_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear all event history .
OLT(config)# alarm history clear all

31.29.View the alarm anti-jitter period

Command
OLT(config)# show alarm jitter
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to query the period of alarm anti-jitter .
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query the alarm anti-jitter period of the OLT .
OLT(config)# show alarm jitter
Jitter-Interval : 5s
OLT(config)#

31.30.View basic alarm information

Command
OLT(config)# show alarm list
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to query basic alarm information .
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query the basic alarm information of the OLT .
OLT(config)# show alarm list
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
AlarmId Output Level Def Level Name
100102 Yes Major Major The board reset
100104 Yes Warning Warning The temperature is abnormal
100105 Yes Major Major The fan is abnormal
100107 Yes Major Major The device power fault
100203 Yes Critical Critical sni port link down
100204 Yes Major Major Port state change disable
100306 Yes Warning Warning Dying gasp(DGi)
100315 Yes Major Major The performance statistics upper crossed
100316 Yes Major Major The performance statistics lower crossed
1000001 Yes Major Major Loss of signal(LOS)

page 534_
 1000003 Yes Major Major Rogue ONT detected
1000004 Yes Major Major Do not support this tranceiver
1000005 Yes Major Major Loss of signal for ONT(LOSi)
1000006 Yes Major Major Loss of frame for ONT(LOFi)
1000007 Yes Major Major Loss of acknowledgement from ONT(LOAi)
1000008 Yes Major Major Signal fail of ONT(SFi)
1000009 Yes Major Major Signal degrade ONT(SDi)
1000010 Yes Major Major Loss of GEM channel delineation of ONT(LCDGi)
1000012 Yes Major Major ONT does not react correctly after deactive or disable(DFi)
1000013 Yes Major Major PLOAM loss for ONT(LOAMi)
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
OLT(config)#

31.31.Configuring Bandwidth Threshold Alarms in the

Upstream/Downstream Direction of a Port

Command OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# bandwidth-alarm threshold

syntax <port-list> (rx|tx) (enable < value >|disable)

Applicable view XGE interface view or GE interface view or GPON view

Function This command is used to configure the bandwidth threshold alarm of

Description the port.

<port-list> Specify the port number, such as 1, 2.

rx Ingress , upstream direction

tx Egress , downstream direction

enable Enable the bandwidth alarm of the port and set the threshold.

disable Disable the bandwidth alarm on the port.

The threshold that needs to be set. The value range is 512-10485760,

value
and the unit is kbps.
【Configuration case】

Case 1: Enable the bandwidth alarm in the upstream direction of the port and set the
threshold to 1024000kbps.
OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)# bandwidth-alarm threshold 1 rx enable 1024000

OLT(config-interface-ge-0/0)#

32.Incident management and inquiry

page 535_
32.1.Configure the specified event level

Command
OLT(config)# event eventlevel < Event ID > <0-4>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to configure the specified event level
Description

Event ID, uniquely representing an event alarm, the value range is

< Event-ID >
<1-4294967294>

0- Default , the default level

1- critical , serious
<0-4> 2- major , important
3- Minor , minor
4- Warning , warning

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure event level 3 (minor) with event ID 10001 .
OLT(config)# event eventlevel 10001 3

OLT(config)#

32.2.Configure all event output switches

Command
OLT(config)# event output all < switch >
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to set the output mode of all events in the
Function
command line terminal. When the status is enabled, all events can be
Description
output on the command line; otherwise, the opposite is true.

enable: enable
< switch >
disable : disable

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Turn off all event output functions .
OLT(config)# event output all disable

OLT(config)#

32.3.Configure event output details switch

page 536_
 Command
OLT(config)# event output detail < switch >
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to set the switch of the event output detailed
Function information function. When the state is on, the event can output
Description detailed information of the event on the command line; when it is off,
only simple event information is output.

on : turn on
< switch >
off : off

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable the event output detailed information function .
OLT(config)# event output detail on

OLT(config)#

32.3.1.Enable or disable the output of the specified event

Command OLT(config)# event output eventid ( < eventid > |all) { gpon F/S
syntax ( <port-id> | all)} < switch >

Applicable view config view

This command is used to disable or enable the output of the specified

Function event. When the status is enable, the specified event is allowed to be
Description output on the terminal; when the status is diasble, the specified
event is prohibited from being output on the terminal.

<port-id> Port number, the value range is 1-16

< eventid > The ID of the event , the value range is <1-4294967294>

enable: allow
< switch >
disable : disable

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Allow event 10001 to be output on the terminal .
OLT(config)# event output eventid 10001 enable
OLT(config)#

32.4.Configuring the alarm output limit information switch

Command OLT(config)# alarm output limit (on |off)

page 537_
 syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to enable or disable the function of limiting

the number of output alarm entries per second . When the status is
Function
enabled, the maximum number of alarm information is output per
Description
second ; when the status is disabled, all the alarm information is
output.

on: enable
<switch>
off: disable
【Configuration case】
Case 1: Limit the number of output alarm entries .
OLT(config)# alarm output limit on
OLT(config)#

32.5.Configuring the Number of Alarm Output Limit Entries

Command
OLT(config)# alarm output limit <limit number>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the limit number of entries for
Description alarm output

<limit number> 1-1000, the maximum number of alarm entries output per second

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the limit number of alarm entries to be output per second to 100
OLT(config)# alarm output limit 100
OLT(config)#

32.6.Enable or disable the output of events of the specified

level

Command
OLT(config)# event output eventlevel < eventlevel > < switch >
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to disable or allow the output of events of the

Function specified level. When the state is enable, the events of the specified
Description level are allowed to be output on the terminal; when the state is
diasble, the events of the specified level are forbidden to be output

page 538_
 on the terminal.

1- Critical , severe
2- Major , important
< eventlevel >
3- Minor , minor
4- Warning , warning

enable: allow
< switch >
disable : disable

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Events with level 3 (minor) are allowed to be output on the terminal .
OLT(config)# event output eventlevel 3 enable

OLT(config)#

32.7.View all event history

Command
OLT(config)# show event history all
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to view all event history .
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query all event history records .
OLT(config)# show event history all
EVENT 13 Warning 13002 2000-01-02 07:05:56
EVENT NAME : ONT is offline
INSTANCE : FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1, ONTID: 5

EVENT 12 Warning 13001 2000-01-02 07:05:43

EVENT NAME : ONT is online
INSTANCE : FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1, ONTID: 5

32.8.View the history of the specified event

Command
OLT(config)# show event history eventid < eventid >
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the history of the specified event .

page 539_
 Description

<eventid> Event ID, the value range is 1-4294967294

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query the history of event 13002 .
OLT(config)# show event history eventid 13002
EVENT 14 Warning 13002 2000-01-03 05:27:27
EVENT NAME : ONT is offline
INSTANCE : FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1, ONTID: 4
DESCRIPTION : E067B312118A00012770

EVENT 13 Warning 13002 2000-01-02 07:05:56

EVENT NAME : ONT is offline
INSTANCE : FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1, ONTID: 5
DESCRIPTION : E067B300000100012770

32.9.View the history of events of a specified level

Command
OLT(config)# show event history eventlevel < eventlevel >
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the history of events of the specified
Description level .

1- Critical , severe
2- Major , important
<eventlevel>
3- Minor , minor
4- Warning , warning

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query history records with event level 4 (alarm) .
OLT(config)# show event history eventlevel 4
EVENT 14 Warning 13002 2000-01-03 05:27:27
EVENT NAME : ONT is offline
INSTANCE : FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1, ONTID: 4
DESCRIPTION : E067B312118A00012770

EVENT 13 Warning 13002 2000-01-02 07:05:56

EVENT NAME : ONT is offline
INSTANCE : FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1, ONTID: 5
DESCRIPTION : E067B300000100012770

page 540_
32.10.View the history of events of a specified board

Command
OLT(config)# show event history event parameter board <F/S>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the history records of specified board
Description events .

< F/S > Board number, the value is 0/0

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Query the event history of board 0/0 .
OLT(config)# show event history eventparameter board 0/0
EVENT 14 Warning 13002 2000-01-03 05:27:27
EVENT NAME : ONT is offline
INSTANCE : FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1, ONTID: 4
DESCRIPTION : E067B312118A00012770

EVENT 13 Warning 13002 2000-01-02 07:05:56

EVENT NAME : ONT is offline
INSTANCE : FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 1, ONTID: 5
DESCRIPTION : E067B300000100012770

32.11.View the event history of the specified GE port

Command
OLT(config)# show event history eventparameter ge <F/S /P>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the event history of the specified GE
Description port

<F/S /P> Port number, ranging from 0/0/1 – 0/ 0/4

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the event history of the g e8 port .
OLT(config)# show event history eventparameter ge 0/0/4
total number : 0

OLT(config)#

32.12.View the event history of the specified PON port

page 541_
 Command
OLT(config)# show event history eventparameter pon <F/S /P>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the event history of the specified PON
Description port

<F/S /P> P on slogan, the value is 0/0/1 – 0/ 0/16

【Configuration case】
the event history of pon 1 port .
OLT(config)# show event history eventparameter pon 0/0/3
EVENT 7 Warning 13002 2000-01-02 02:22:51
EVENT NAME : ONT is offline
INSTANCE : FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 3, ONTID: 2
DESCRIPTION : E067B301010100012770

EVENT 6 Warning 13001 2000-01-02 02:22:40

EVENT NAME : ONT is online
INSTANCE : FrameID: 0, SlotID: 0, PortID: 3, ONTID: 2
DESCRIPTION : E067B301010100012708

32.13.View the event history of the specified XGE port

Command
OLT(config)# show event history eventparameter x ge <F/S /P>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the event history of the specified XG E
Description port

<F/S /P> Card slot number, the value is 0/0/1 – 0/ 0/2

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the event history of the xg e1 port .
OLT(config)# show event history eventparameter xge 0/0/1
total number : 0

OLT(config)#

32.14.Clear all event history

Command OLT(config)# event history clear all

page 542_
 syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command clears all event history .
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear all event history .
OLT(config)# event history clear all

32.15.View basic information about an event

Command
OLT(config)# show event list
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to view the basic information of the event
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the basic information of the event .
OLT(config)# show event list
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
EventId Output Level Def Level Name
113001 Yes Warning Warning ONT online
113002 Yes Warning Warning ONT offline
1100001 Yes Warning Warning SN collision
1100002 Yes Warning Warning Ranging failed
1100003 Yes Warning Warning Active failed
1100004 Yes Warning Warning ONT pwd auth failed
1100005 Yes Warning Warning Assign omci port for the ONT failed
1100008 Yes Warning Warningpon Drv connection Device fail
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
OLT(config)#

33.OLT WEB program management

33.1.Close OLT WEB

Command
OLT(config)# web server disable
syntax

page 543_
 Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to close the OLT web login
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Turn off OLT web login
OLT(config)# web server disable
Disable web server successful!

33.2.Open OLT WEB

Command
OLT(config)# web server en able
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to enable OLT web login
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable OLT web login
OLT(config)# web server enable
Enable web server successful!

33.3.Uninstall the OLT WEB program

Command
OLT(config)# web uninstall
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to uninstall OLT web
Description

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Uninstall OLT web program
OLT(config)# web uninstall
Uninstall web server successful!

33.4.Configure the protocol type of OLT WEB login

Command
OLT(config)# web server protocol (http|https|both)
syntax

page 544_
 Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to configure the protocol type of OLT web
Description login.

http http: log in to the web through the http protocol.

https https: log in to the web through the https protocol.
both both: Log in to the web through http protocol or https protocol.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Log in to the web through the http protocol
OLT(config)# web server protocol http
OLT(config)#

33.5.View the information of the OLT WEB program

Command
OLT(config)# show web server
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the information of the OLT WEB
Description program.

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Uninstall OLT web program
OLT(config)# show web server
Web server status : Disable
Web server http port : 80
Web server https port : 443
Web server protocol : http
Web server login-captcha : Disable
Web version : V2.0.0_220228 (Mon, 28 Feb 2022 09:31:43 +0800)

33.6.Enable or disable the WEB verification code login

function

Command
OLT(config)# web login-captcha (enable|disable)
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to enable or disable the WEB verification code
Description login function

page 545_
 【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable WEB verification code login function
OLT(config)# web login-captcha enable

34.PPPoE proxy function

34.1.Enable/disable PPPoE proxy function

Command
OLT(config)# pppoe agent enable/disable
syntax

Applicable view config view

This command is used to enable or disable the PPPoE proxy function.

After enabling, the device intercepts the protocol packets in the
Function
PPPoE discovery phase, inserts the user's physical information in the
Description
upstream direction, strips the user's physical information in the
downstream direction, and then forwards them.

disable: Disable the pppoe proxy function.

enable/disable
enable: Enable the pppoe proxy function.
【Configuration case】

Case 1: Start the pppoe proxy function

OLT(config)# pppoe agent enable

34.2.Configuring PPPoE Proxy Forwarding Policy

Command syntax OLT(config)# pppoe agent policy (keep|drop|replace)

Applicable view config view

This command is used to configure the forwarding policy of

Function Description
request packets.

keep Forward pppoe packets as they are

drop Directly discard pppoe packets

replace Replace the original pppoe message and forward it

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the forwarding policy of pppoe to forward according to the original

page 546_
forwarding policy
OLT(config)# pppoe agent policy keep

34.3.Configure padding mode for PPPoE options

Command syntax OLT(config)# pppoe agent format <format-name>

Applicable view config view

Function Description Configure pppoe proxy format

<format-name> Item name in pppoe format, length 1-32

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Configure the pppoe proxy format as type5
OLT(config)# pppoe agent format type5

34.4.Create a custom ascill type PPPoE proxy format item

OLT(config)# pppoe agent format add ascii name

Command syntax
<format-name>{cid <circuit-id> | rid <remote-id>}

Applicable view config view

Create a custom format item, the field data of this item is filled
Function Description
in ascii format.

<format-name> Custom format item name, length 1-32

String, organized with defined keywords and slashes/or single

quotes as delimiters.
circuit-id/remote-id
Keywords: hostname, oltmac, vlan, chassis, frame, slot, point,
gemid, onusn

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create a custom acill type pppoe proxy format item, the name is test01, and the rid
is the keyword oltmac
OLT(config)# pppoe agent format add ascii name test01 rid oltmac

34.5.Create custom hex type PPPoE proxy format item

page 547_
 OLT(config)# pppoe agent format add hex name
Command syntax
<format-name>{cid <circuit-id> | rid <remote-id>}

Applicable view config view

Create a custom format item, the field data of this item is filled
Function Description
in hex format.

<format-name> Custom format item name, length 1-32

String, organized with defined keywords and slashes/or single

quotes as delimiters.
circuit-id/remote-id
Keywords: hostname, oltmac, vlan, chassis, frame, slot, point,
gemid, onusn

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Create a custom hex type pppoe proxy format item, the name is test02, and the cid
is the keyword oltmac
OLT(config)# pppoe agent format add hex name test02 cid oltmac

34.6.Modify the sub-options of the custom PPPoE proxy

format item

OLT(config)# pppoe agent format modify name

Command syntax
<format-name>{cid <circuit-id> | rid <remote-id>}

Applicable view config view

Function Description Modify custom option82 format items

<format-name> Custom format item name, length 1-32

String, organized with defined keywords and slashes/or single

quotes as delimiters.
circuit-id/remote-id
Keywords: hostname, oltmac, vlan, chassis, frame, slot, point,
gemid, onusn

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Modify the sub-option cid of the pppoe proxy custom format item test02 to
hostname
OLT(config)# pppoe agent format modify name test02 cid hostname

page 548_
34.7.View PPPoE proxy configuration information

Command syntax OLT(config)# show pppoe agent config

Applicable view config view

Function Description This command is used to view the configuration of pppoe proxy

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the configuration of the PPPOE proxy
OLT(config)# show pppoe agent config
pppoe agent disable
pppoeplus policy: keep
pppoeplus option82 format: type5

OLT(config)#

34.8.View PPPoE proxy format items

Command syntax OLT(config)# show pppoe agent format (all | format-name)

Applicable view config view

Function Description This command is used to view the pppoe proxy format

all View all format items

format-name name of the format item to be viewed

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the configuration of the PPPOE proxy
OLT(config)# show pppoe agent format all
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Index: 1 Name: type4 type: hex

CircuitId: vlan(2 bytes)slot(1 byte)ponid(1 byte)onuid(1 byte)

RemoteId : oltmac(6 bytes)
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Index: 2 Name: type5 type: hex

CircuitId: vlan(2 bytes)slot(1 byte)ponid(1 byte)

RemoteId : oltmac(6 bytes)
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

page 549_
 Index: 3 Name: type6 type: ascii

CircuitId: hostname-chassis-slot-ponid-gemidonuid
RemoteId :
-------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
OLT(config)#

35.Access control settings

35.1.Default access rules

Command
OLT( config )# service default policy {deny|permit}
syntax

Applicable view Config view

Function This command is used to set the default access rule for all login
Description methods

{deny|permit} Deny is denied, permit is allowed

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Set the default access rule to deny access
OLT(config)# service default policy deny

35.2.Set up access rules for different login methods

OLT( config )# service {http|snmp|ssh|telnet}

Command
{add|delete|insert|modify} rule range <ABCD> to <ABCD>
syntax
{deny|permit}

Applicable view config view

This command is used to set access rules for different login methods,
Function
(Note: rule id does not need to be set in the add command, it will
Description
increment from 1 by default)

{add|delete|ins
add, delete, insert, modify
ert|modify}

{deny|permit} deny is denied, permit is allowed

{http|snmp|ssh
Login Method
|telnet}

page 550_
 <ABCD> ip address

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Add ssh access rules to allow access from 192.168.1.1 to 192.168.1.254
OLT(config)# service ssh add rule range 192.168.1.1 to 192.168.1.254 permit

35.3.Clear access rules

Command
OLT( config )# service {http|snmp|ssh|telnet} rule clear
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to clear the access rules for this login method
Description

{deny|permit} deny is denied, permit is allowed

{http|snmp|ssh
Login Method
|telnet}

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Clear all access rules for http
OLT(config)# service http rule clear

35.4.View access rule information

Command OLT( config )# show service {default

syntax policy}|{(telnet|ssh|http|https|snmp) rule}

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the default access rules of all login
Description methods or the access rule information of a specific login method.

default policy Default access rules for all login methods

{telnet|ssh|htt
Login Method
p|https|snmp}

rule access rules

【Configuration case】
Case 1: View the access rules of http

page 551_
 OLT(config)# show service http rule
No Rules for service http

36.Login method control

36.1.Device login method settings

Command OLT(config)# service (telnet|ssh|http|https|snmp) { enable |

syntax disable} < service port>

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to enable different login methods.
Description

(telnet|ssh|htt
Login Method
p|https|snmp)

{ enable enable: enable a certain login method

|disable} disable: disable a certain login method

Specifies the port number of the server , the value range is

< service port >
1-65535

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Enable telnet login service
OLT(config)#service telnet enable
OLT(config)#

36.2.Check the status of the device login method

Command
OLT(config)# show service (telnet|ssh|http|https|snmp) status
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function This command is used to view the status information of different

Description login methods.

(telnet|ssh|htt
Login Method
p|https|snmp)

【Configuration case】
Case 1: Check the status of the telnet login method
OLT(config)#show service telnet status
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------

page 552_
 SERVICE PORT DEFAULT PORT STATUS
telnet 23 23 enable
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
OLT(config)#

36.3.TELNET access device

Command
OLT( config )# telnet <WORD>
syntax

Applicable view config view

Function
This command is used to access the device remotely
Description

<WORD> IP address or hostname of the remote system

【Configuration case】
Case 1: telnet to 192.168.101.1
OLT(config)# telnet 192.168.101.1

Appendix 1
Different VLAN modes process packets as follows:

Processing of received messages Processing of sent

When the Tagged frame When the messages
Vlan
received received message has a
mode
message does Tag
not carry a Tag
 When the vlan id is the
same as the native vlan,
the packet is discarded
Mark the native
 When the vlan id is Remove native vlan and
Access vlan for the
different from the native forward packets
message
vlan, the packet is
discarded

Add the  When the vlan id is in  When the vlan id is the

configured native the list that the port is same as the native vlan,
trunk vlan to the allowed to pass through, remove the vlan tag of
message the packet is received the packet and forward
 When the vlan id is not the packet.

page 553_
 in the list allowed by the  When the vlan id is
port, discard the packet different from the native
vlan and is the vlan id
allowed by the port, the
original tag is maintained
and the packet is sent.
When the vlan id carried in
the packet is the vlan id
that the port is allowed to
pass through, the packet is
Hybrid sent, and the vlan hybrid
command can be used to
configure whether the port
carries the tag in the packet
sent by the vlan.

page 554_